Table of Contents

l

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

FORM 10-K

(Mark One)
x ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(D) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the fiscal year ended December 31 2020, 2023

OR

TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 FOR THE TRANSITION PERIOD FROM TO

Commission File Number 001-39489

¨TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(D) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

NUBURU, INC.

For the transition period from        to      

Tailwind Acquisition Corp.

(Exact name of registrantRegistrant as specified in its charter)Charter)

Delaware

001-39489

85-1288435

(State or other jurisdiction of

incorporation or organization)

(Commission File Number)

(I.R.S. Employer Identification
Number)

1545 Courtney Ave.

Los Angeles, CA

90046Identification No.)

7442 S Tucson Way, Suite 130,

Centennial, CO

80112

(Address of principal executive offices)

(Zip Code)

Registrant’s telephone number, including area code: (646) 432-0610(720) 767-1400

Not Applicable
(Former name or former address, if changed since last report)

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

Title of Each Class:each class

Trading Symbol:

Symbol(s)

Name of Each Exchangeeach exchange on Which Registered:which registered

Units, each consisting of one share of Class A common stock, 0.0001

Common Stock, par value and one half of one warrant$0.0001 per share

TWND.U

BURU

The New York Stock Exchange
Class A common stock included as part of the unitsTWNDThe New York Stock Exchange
Redeemable warrants included as part of the units, each whole warrant exercisable for one share of Class A common stock at an exercise price of 11.50TWND WSThe New York Stock Exchange

NYSE American

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None

Indicate by check mark if the registrantRegistrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. Yes ¨ No xYES No

Indicate by check mark if the registrantRegistrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Exchange Act. Yes ¨Nox

Indicate by check mark whether the registrantRegistrant: (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrantRegistrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes x No ¨ NO

Indicate by check mark whether the registrantRegistrant has submitted electronically every Interactive Data File required to be submitted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrantRegistrant was required to submit and post such files). YesxNo¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, a smaller reporting company, or an emerging growth company. See definitionthe definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” “smaller reporting company”company,” and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

Large accelerated filer

¨

Accelerated filer

¨

Non-accelerated filer

x

Smaller reporting company

x

Emerging growth company

x

If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act. ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has filed a report on and attestation to its management’s assessment of the effectiveness of its internal control over financial reporting under Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act (15 U.S.C. 7262(b)) by the registered public accounting firm that prepared or issued its audit report.

If securities are registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act, indicate by check mark whether the financial statements of the registrant included in the filing reflect the correction of an error to previously issued financial statements.

Indicate by check mark whether any of those error corrections are restatements that required a recovery analysis of incentive-based compensation received by any of the registrant’s executive officers during the relevant recovery period pursuant to §240.10D-1(b).

Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act). Yes x No ¨YES NO

As of June 30, 2020, the last business day of the registrant’s most recently completed second fiscal quarter, the registrant’s securities were not publicly traded. The registrant’s units began trading on The New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”) on September 4, 2020 and the registrant’s shares of Class A common stock, par value $0.0001 (the “Class A common stock”) and public warrants began trading on the NYSE on October 23, 2020. The aggregate market value of the Class Avoting Common Stock held by non-affiliates of the registrant at June 30, 2023 was approximately $23,600,000. Shares of common stock outstanding, other than shares heldbeneficially owned by each executive officer and director have been excluded in that such persons who may be deemed to be affiliates. This determination of executive officers and directors as affiliates of the registrant, computed by reference to the closing sales priceis not necessarily a conclusive determination for theany other purposes.

The number of shares of Class A common stock on December 31, 2020,Registrant's Common Stock outstanding as reported on the NYSE,of April 9, 2024 was $347,250,112.36,932,403 shares.

As of March 31, 2021, 33,421,570 shares of Class A common stock, par value $0.0001, and 8,355,393 shares of Class B common stock, par value $0.0001, were issued and outstanding.

Documents Incorporated by Reference: None.

Reference

Portions of the Registrant’s definitive proxy statement for the Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be held in 2024, which will be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission no later than 120 days after the end of the Registrant’s fiscal year ended December 31, 2023, are incorporated by reference into Part III hereof.


Table of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Page

CAUTIONARYSPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

iii

1

PART I

3

4

Item

ITEM 1.

BusinessBUSINESS

3

4

Item

ITEM 1A.

Risk FactorsRISK FACTORS

24

17

Item

ITEM 1B.

Unresolved Staff CommentsUNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS

51

44

Item 2.

ITEM 1C.

PropertiesCYBERSECURITY

51

44

Item 3.

ITEM 2.

Legal ProceedingsPROPERTIES

51

45

Item 4. 

ITEM 3.

Mine Safety DisclosuresLEGAL PROCEEDINGS

51

45

ITEM 4.

MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES

45

PART II

52

Item 5.PART II

Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities52

46

Item 6.

ITEM 5.

Selected Financial DataMARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES

53

46

Item 7.

ITEM 6.

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations[RESERVED]

53

47

Item 7A.

ITEM 7.

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market RiskMANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

56

48

Item 8.

ITEM 7A.

Financial Statements and Supplementary DataQUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

56

Item 9.

ITEM 8.

Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial DisclosureFINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA

56

Item 9A.

ITEM 9.

Controls and ProceduresCHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE

57

56

ITEM 9A.

CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

56

PART III

ITEM 9B.

58OTHER INFORMATION

57

Item 10.

ITEM 9C.

Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate GovernanceDISCLOSURE REGARDING FOREIGN JURISDICTION THAT PREVENT INSPECTIONS.

58

57

Item 11.

Executive Compensation

66

Item 12.PART III

Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters68

58

Item 13.

ITEM 10.

Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director IndependenceDIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

70

58

Item 14.

ITEM 11.

Principal Accountant Fees and ServicesEXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

71

58

ITEM 12.

SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS

58

PART IV

ITEM 13.

73CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE

58

Item 15.

ITEM 14.

Exhibits, Financial Statements SchedulesPRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES

73

58

Item 16.

FormPART IV

59

ITEM 15.

EXHIBITS, FINANCIAL STATEMENTS SCHEDULES

59

ITEM 16.

FORM 10-K SummarySUMMARY

75

63

i


Table of Contents

SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

CERTAIN TERMS

Unless otherwise stated in thisThis Annual Report on Form 10-K (this “Report”), or the context otherwise requires, references to:

·“Advisors” or our “Advisory Board” are to Jeff Stibel, Will Quist, Michael Kim, Eli Broverman, Carter Reum, Courtney Reum, Dan Teran, Jesse Pujji, Colin Walsh, and Jeff Hunter;

·“common stock” are to our Class A common stock and our Class B common stock, collectively;

·“founder shares” are to shares of our Class B common stock initially purchased by our sponsor in a private placement prior to the offering, and the shares of our Class A common stock issued upon the conversion thereof;

·“initial stockholders” are to holders of our founder shares prior to our offering;

·“management” or our “management team” are to Chris Hollod and Matt Eby;

·“management” or our “management team” are to our officers and directors, and “directors” are to our current directors and director nominees;

·“private placement warrants” are to the warrants issued to our sponsor in a private placement simultaneously with the closing of the offering;

·“public shares” are to shares of our Class A common stock sold as part of the units in the offering;

·“public stockholders” are to the holders of our public shares, including our initial stockholders and management team to the extent our initial stockholders and/or members of our management team purchase public shares, provided that each initial stockholder’s and member of our management team’s status as a “public stockholder” shall only exist with respect to such public shares;

·“QOMPLX” are to QOMPLX, Inc.;

·“sponsor” are to Tailwind Sponsor LLC, a Delaware limited liability company; and

·“we,” “us,” “our,” “company” or “our company” are to Tailwind Acquisition Corp.

ii

CAUTIONARY NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

This Report, including, without limitation, statements under the heading “Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” includescontains forward-looking statements within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”). These, which statements involve substantial risk and uncertainties. Forward-looking statements generally relate to future events or our future financial or operating performance. In some cases, you can identify forward-looking statements can be identified by the use of forward-looking terminology, including thebecause they contain words such as “may,” “will,” “should,” “expects,” “plans,” “anticipates,” “could,” “intends,” “target,” “projects,” “contemplates,” “believes,” “estimates,” “anticipates,” “expects,” “intends,” “plans,” “may,” “will,“predicts,” “potential,” “projects,” “predicts,” “continue,” or “should,”“continue” or in each case, theirthe negative of these words or other variationssimilar terms or comparable terminology. There can be no assuranceexpressions that actual results will not materially differ from expectations. Suchconcern our expectations, strategy, plans, or intentions. Forward-looking statements contained in this Annual Report on Form 10-K include, but are not limited to, statements about:

our success in retaining or recruiting, or changes required in, our officers, key employees, or directors;
our public securities’ potential liquidity and trading;
the ability to maintain the listing of our common stock, par value of $0.0001 per share (the "Common Stock") on a securities exchange;
the anticipated benefits of the Business Combination (as defined in "Frequently Used Terms" below);
the outcome of any statements relatinglegal proceedings that may be instituted against us related to the Business Combination;
existing regulations and regulatory developments in the United States and other jurisdictions;
the need to hire additional personnel and our ability to consummateattract and retain such personnel;
our plans and ability to obtain, maintain, enforce, or protect intellectual property rights;
obtaining financing under that certain Purchase Agreement by and among the Company and Lincoln Park Capital Fund, LLC (“Lincoln Park”), dated as of August 5, 2022 (as it may be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Lincoln Park Purchase Agreement”)
our business, operations and financial performance, including:
expectations with respect to financial and business performance, including financial projections and business metrics and any acquisitionunderlying assumptions thereunder;
future business plans and growth opportunities, including revenue opportunity available from new or existing clients and expectations regarding the use of blue laser technology in 3D printing applications;
expectations regarding product development and pipeline;
expectations regarding research and development efforts;
expectations regarding market size;
expectations regarding the competitive landscape;
expectations regarding future acquisitions, partnerships, or other business combination (including our proposed business combinationrelationships with QOMPLX)third parties;
future capital requirements and any sources and uses of cash, including the ability to obtain additional capital in the future; and
other statements thatdetailed under the section entitled “Risk Factors” and in other sections of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Forward-looking statements are not guarantees of performance. You should not put undue reliance on these statements which speak only as of currentthe date hereof. You should understand that the following important factors, in addition to those discussed under the heading “Risk Factors” and elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K, could affect our future results, and could cause those results or historical facts. These statements are based on management’s current expectations, but actual results mayother outcomes to differ materially due to various factors, including, but not limited to:

·our ability to select an appropriate target business or businesses;

·our ability to complete our initial business combination with QOMPLX (including due to a failure of certain closing conditions), or any other initial business combination;

·our expectations around the performance of the prospective target business or businesses;

·our success in retaining or recruiting, or changes required in, our officers, key employees or directors following our initial business combination;

·our officers and directors allocating their time to other businesses and potentially having conflicts of interest with our business or in approving our initial business combination, as a result of which they would then receive expense reimbursements;

·our potential ability to obtain additional financing to complete our initial business combination;

·our pool of prospective target businesses;

·our ability to consummate an initial business combination due to the uncertainty resulting from the recent COVID-19 pandemic;

·the ability of our officers and directors to generate a number of potential acquisition opportunities;

·our public securities’ potential liquidity and trading;

·the lack of a market for our securities;

·the use of proceeds not held in the trust account or available to us from interest income on the trust account balance;

·the trust account not being subject to claims of third parties; or

·our financial performance following the offering.

The forward-looking statements contained in this Report are based on our current expectations and beliefs concerning future developments and their potential effects on us. Future developments affecting us may not be those that we have anticipated. These forward-looking statements involve a number of risks, uncertainties (some of which are beyond our control) and other assumptions that may cause actual results or performance to be materially different from those expressed or implied in the forward-looking statements in this Annual Report on Form 10-K:

our ability to obtain financing, including under the Lincoln Park Purchase Agreement;
our ability to meet NYSE American’s continued listing standards;
our ability to protect our intellectual property;
whether the market embraces our products;
whether we achieve full commercialization in a timely manner;
the outcome of any legal proceedings that may be instituted against us;

1


Table of Contents

the ability to recognize the anticipated benefits of the Business Combination, which may be affected by, these forward-looking statements. Theseamong other things, competition, our ability to grow and manage growth profitably, maintain relationships with customers and suppliers, and retain our management and key employees;
our ability to retain or recruit key employees;
costs related to being a public company;
changes in applicable laws or regulations;
the possibility that we may be adversely affected by economic, business, or competitive factors;
volatility in the markets caused by geopolitical and economic factors; and
other risks and uncertainties include, butset forth in the section titled “Risk Factors” and in other sections of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

These and other factors that could cause actual results to differ from those implied by the forward-looking statements in this Annual Report on Form 10-K are not limited to, those factorsmore fully described under the heading “Risk Factors.” Should oneFactors” and elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. The risks described under the heading “Risk Factors” are not exhaustive. Other sections of this Annual Report on Form 10-K describe additional factors that could adversely affect our business, financial condition, or moreresults of these risksoperations. New risk factors emerge from time to time and it is not possible to predict all such risk factors, nor can we assess the impact of all such risk factors on our business, or uncertainties materialize,the extent to which any factor or should anycombination of our assumptions prove incorrect,factors may cause actual results may vary in material respectsto differ materially from those projectedcontained in theseany forward-looking statements. All forward-looking statements attributable to us or persons acting on their behalf are expressly qualified in their entirety by the foregoing cautionary statements. We undertake no obligationobligations to update or revise publicly any forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise, except as required by law.

In addition, statements of belief and similar statements reflect our beliefs and opinions, as applicable, on the relevant subject. These statements are based upon information available to us, as applicable, as of the date of this Annual Report on Form 10-K, and while we believe such information forms a reasonable basis for such statements, such information may be required under applicable securities laws. These riskslimited or incomplete, and others described under “Risk Factors” maystatements should not be exhaustive.read to indicate that we have conducted an exhaustive inquiry into, or review of, all potentially available relevant information. These statements are inherently uncertain and you are cautioned not to unduly rely upon these statements.

Frequently Used Terms

By their nature, forward-looking statements involve risks

Unless otherwise stated in Item 8. Financial Statements and uncertainties because they relateaccompanying footnotes, or the context otherwise requires, references in this Annual Report to:

“Business Combination” are to eventsthe business combination of Legacy Nuburu with a subsidiary of Tailwind, with Legacy Nuburu surviving such business combination as a wholly owned subsidiary of Tailwind;

“Business Combination Agreement” are to that certain Business Combination Agreement, dated as of August 5, 2022, by and depend on circumstances that mayamong Tailwind, Nuburu, and Merger Sub, Inc., as the same has been or may not occurbe amended, modified, supplemented, or waived from time to time;

“Closing” are to the consummation of the Transactions;

“Closing Date” are to January 31, 2023, the date on which the Transactions were consummated;

"Common Stock" are to the Company's common stock, par value of $0.0001 per share, listed on the New York Stock Exchange after the Business Combination;

“Exchange Ratios” are to the quotients as defined in, and calculated in accordance with, the Business Combination Agreement, which was included as an exhibit to our Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 001-39489) filed with the SEC on February 6, 2023;

“Legacy Nuburu” are to Nuburu Subsidiary, Inc., a Delaware corporation (f/k/a Nuburu, Inc. before the Closing Date);

“Public Warrants” are to the 16,710,785 whole warrants of the Company sold to public investors in the future. We caution you that forward-looking statementsTailwind IPO (defined below);

“SEC” is the Securities and Exchange Commission;

“Tailwind” are not guaranteesto Tailwind Acquisition Corp, a Delaware corporation and our predecessor company prior to the consummation of future performancethe Transactions, which changed its name to Nuburu, Inc. following the consummation of the Transactions, and that our actual results of operations, financial conditionits consolidated subsidiaries;

“Tailwind IPO” are to the initial public offering by Tailwind which closed on September 9, 2020; and liquidity, and developments in

“Transactions” are to the industry in which we operate may differ materially from those made in or suggestedBusiness Combination, together with the other transactions contemplated by the forward-looking statements containedBusiness Combination Agreement and the related agreements.

Unless the context otherwise requires, all references in this Report. In addition, even if our results or operations, financial conditionsection to “Nuburu,” the “Company,” “we,” “us,” “our,” and liquidity,other similar terms refer to: (i) Legacy Nuburu and developments inits subsidiaries prior to the industry in which we operate are consistent withClosing, and (ii) Nuburu, Inc., a Delaware corporation, and its consolidated subsidiary, Nuburu Subsidiary, Inc., after the forward-looking statements contained in this Report, those results or developments may not be indicativeClosing.

2


Table of results or developments in subsequent periods.

Contents

iii

SUMMARY OF RISK FACTORS

The following is a summary of the principal risks described below in Part I, Item 1A “Risk Factors” in this Report.Annual Report on Form 10-K. We believe that the risks described in the “Risk Factors”Risk Factors section are material to investors, but other factors not presently known to us or that we currently believe are immaterial may also adversely affect us. The following summary should not be considered an exhaustive summary of the material risks facing us, and it should be read in conjunction with the “Risk Factors”Risk Factors section and the other information contained in this Report.Annual Report on Form 10-K.

·We are a newly formed company with no operating history and no revenues, and you have no basis on which to evaluate our ability to achieve our business objective.

·Past performance by our management team or our Advisors is not indicative of future performance of an investment in us.

·Our public stockholders may not be afforded an opportunity to vote on our proposed business combination, which means we may complete our initial business combination even though a majority of our public stockholders do not support such a combination.

·Your only opportunity to affect the investment decision regarding a potential business combination will be limited to the exercise of your right to redeem your shares from us for cash, unless we seek stockholder approval of the business combination.

·If we seek stockholder approval of our initial business combination, our initial stockholders have agreed to vote in favor of such initial business combination, regardless of how our public stockholders vote.

·The ability of our public stockholders to redeem their shares for cash may make our financial condition unattractive to potential business combination targets, which may make it difficult for us to enter into a business combination with a target.

·The ability of our public stockholders to exercise redemption rights with respect to a large number of our shares may not allow us to complete the most desirable business combination or optimize our capital structure.

·The ability of our public stockholders to exercise redemption rights with respect to a large number of our shares could increase the probability that our initial business combination would not be consummated and that you would have to wait for liquidation in order to redeem your stock.

·Our search for a business combination, and any target business with which we ultimately consummate a business combination, may be materially adversely affected by the recent coronavirus (COVID-19) outbreak and the status of debt and equity markets.

·We may not be able to complete our initial business combination within the prescribed time frame, in which case we would cease all operations except for the purpose of winding up and we would redeem our public shares and liquidate, in which case our public stockholders may only receive $10.00 per share, or less than such amount in certain circumstances, and our warrants will expire worthless.

·If we seek stockholder approval of our initial business combination, our sponsor, directors, officers, advisors and their affiliates may elect to purchase shares from public stockholders, which may influence a vote on a proposed business combination and reduce the public “float” of our Class A common stock.

·If a stockholder fails to receive notice of our offer to redeem our public shares in connection with our business combination, or fails to comply with the procedures for tendering its shares, such shares may not be redeemed.


·You will not have any rights or interests in funds from the trust account, except under certain limited circumstances. To liquidate your investment, therefore, you may be forced to sell your public shares or warrants, potentially at a loss.

·The NYSE may delist our securities from trading on its exchange, which could limit investors’ ability to make transactions in our securities and subject us to additional trading restrictions.

·You are not entitled to protections normally afforded to investors of many other blank check companies.

·If we seek stockholder approval of our initial business combination and we do not conduct redemptions pursuant to the tender offer rules, and if you or a “group” of stockholders are deemed to hold in excess of 15% of our Class A common stock, you will lose the ability to redeem all such shares in excess of 15% of our Class A common stock.

·Because of our limited resources and the significant competition for business combination opportunities, it may be more difficult for us to complete our initial business combination. If we are unable to complete our initial business combination, our public stockholders may receive only approximately $10.00 per share on our redemption of our public shares, or less than such amount in certain circumstances, and our warrants will expire worthless.

·If the net proceeds of our initial public offering and the sale of the private placement warrants not being held in the trust account are insufficient to allow us to operate for at least the next 24 months, we may be unable to complete our initial business combination, in which case our public stockholders may only receive $10.00 per share, or less than such amount in certain circumstances, and our warrants will expire worthless.

·If the net proceeds of our initial public offering and the sale of the private placement warrants not being held in the trust account are insufficient, it could limit the amount available to fund our search for a target business or businesses and complete our initial business combination and we will depend on loans from our sponsor or management team to fund our search for a business combination, to pay our franchise and income taxes and to complete our initial business combination. If we are unable to obtain these loans, we may be unable to complete our initial business combination.

·We may be required to take write-downs or write-offs, restructuring and impairment or other charges that could have a significant negative effect on our financial condition, results of operations and our stock price, which could cause you to lose some or all of your investment.

·If third parties bring claims against us, the proceeds held in the trust account could be reduced and the per-share redemption amount received by stockholders may be less than $10.00 per share.

·Our directors may decide not to enforce the indemnification obligations of our sponsor, resulting in a reduction in the amount of funds in the trust account available for distribution to our public stockholders.

·If, after we distribute the proceeds in the trust account to our public stockholders, we file a bankruptcy petition or an involuntary bankruptcy petition is filed against us that is not dismissed, a bankruptcy court may seek to recover such proceeds, and we and our board may be exposed to claims of punitive damages.


PART I

Item 1.Business

Overview

We are a blank check company incorporated as a Delaware corporation and formed for the purpose of effecting a merger, capital stock exchange, asset acquisition, stock purchase, reorganization or similar business combination with one or more businesses, which we referRisks Relating to throughout this Report as our initial business combination. We are an early stage and emerging growth company and, as such, we are subject to all of the risk associated with early stage and emerging growth companies.

On September 9, 2020, we consummated an initial public offering of 33,421,570 units, including the 3,421,570 units as a result of the underwriter’s partial exercise of its over-allotment option, at an offering price of $10.00 per unit and a private placement with our Sponsor of 9,700,000 private placement warrants at a price of $1.00 per warrant. The gross proceeds from our initial public offering, together with certain of the proceeds from the private placement, totaled $343,915,700 in the aggregate.

We are seeking to capitalize on the multiple decades of combined investment experience of our management team, board of directors and Advisors who are both technology entrepreneurs as well as technology-oriented investors with a shared vision of identifying and investing in technology companies. We are also deeply experienced in identifying omni-channel trends that we believe are even more important in a COVID and post-COVID world. We believe that our management team’s, board of directors’ and Advisors’ relationships with leading technology company founders, executives of private and public companies, venture capitalists and growth equity fund managers and their ability to identify and implement value creation initiatives, in particular via marketing optimization, give us a competitive advantage. Our team has been immersed in the same ecosystem as the current founders of private companies who are making decisions on how to build currency for future growth and monetization.

While we may pursue an initial business combination target in any business, industry or geographical location, we intend to focus our search within the consumer internet, digital media and marketing technology sectors. We intend to capitalize on the ability of our management team to identify, acquire and operate a business or businesses that can benefit from our management team’s, board of directors’ and Advisors’ established relationships and operating experience. Our management team has extensive experience in identifying and executing strategic investments and has done so successfully in a number of sectors, particularly in digital consumer-facing businesses.

Accordingly, on March 1, 2021, we entered into a Business Combination Agreement (as it may be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Business Combination Agreement”), with Compass Merger Sub, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“Merger Sub”), QOMPLX and Rationem, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, in its capacity as the representative of the stockholders of QOMPLX (“QOMPLX Stockholder Representative”).

QOMPLX is a cloud-native leader in risk analytics that provides technology solutions in the cybersecurity, risk transfer, and finance spaces. QOMPLX’s customers rapidly ingest, transform, and contextualize large, complex, and disparate data sources using our platform and solutions in order to better quantify, model, and predict risks and make critical operational decisions. QOMPLX’s technology platform delivers valuable operational services that are enhanced by QOMPLX’s domain expertise to help organizations develop more informed risk strategies and make quality decisions in demanding areas, such as cybersecurity, insurance, finance and government.

The Business Combination Agreement provides for, among other things, the following transactions: (i) QOMPLX will change its name to “QOMPLX Operations, Inc.”; (ii) our certificate of incorporation and bylaws will be amended and restated; and (iii) Merger Sub will merge with and into QOMPLX, with QOMPLX as the surviving company in the merger, and after giving effect to such merger, continuing as our wholly owned subsidiary (the “Merger”). In addition, in connection with the transactions contemplated by the Business Combination Agreement, we are expected to change our name to “QOMPLX, Inc.” (“New QOMPLX”) and QOMPLX is expected to consummate each of the acquisitions of Sentar, Inc., an Alabama corporation (“Sentar”), and substantially all assets of RPC Tyche LLP, a limited liability partnership incorporated under the laws of England and Wales (“Tyche”) (such acquisitions, collectively, the “Pipeline Acquisitions” and, together with the other transactions contemplated by the Business Combination Agreement, including the PIPE Financing and the Bridge Financing (each as defined below), the “Business Combination”).


Immediately prior to the effective time of the Business Combination, in accordance with the terms and subject to the conditions of the Business Combination Agreement, outstanding shares of QOMPLX (other than treasury shares and shares with respect to which appraisal rights under the Delaware General Corporation Law are properly exercised and not withdrawn) will be exchanged for shares of Class A common stock, par value $0.0001 per share, of New QOMPLX (the “New QOMPLX Common Stock”) and outstanding QOMPLX vested options to purchase shares of QOMPLX will be exchanged for comparable options to purchase New QOMPLX Common Stock, in each case, based on an implied QOMPLX equity value of $850,000,000. This implied equity value of $850,000,000 is increased by the aggregate exercise price of vested options used to purchase shares of QOMPLX and is reduced by the accrued and unpaid interest under the Notes (as defined below) issued pursuant to the Bridge Financing Agreement (each as defined below). Unvested and unexercised QOMPLX options will also be exchanged for comparable options to purchase New QOMPLX Common Stock based on the same exchange ratio that is used for the exchange of the vested options to purchase shares of QOMPLX.

Concurrently with the execution of the Business Combination Agreement, we entered into (i) subscription agreements (the “Subscription Agreements”) with certain investors, including, among others, Cannae Holdings, LLC (“Cannae”) and additional third party investors and (ii) a bridge financing agreement (the “Bridge Financing Agreement”, and together with the Subscription Agreements, collectively, the “Financing Agreements”) with QOMPLX, Cannae and certain other stockholders of QOMPLX. Pursuant to the Subscription Agreements, (A) each investor agreed to subscribe for and purchase, and we agreed to issue and sell to such investors, on the closing date of the Business Combination substantially concurrently with the closing of the Business Combination, an aggregate of 16,000,000 shares of New QOMPLX Common Stock for a purchase price of $10.00 per share, for aggregate gross proceeds of $160,000,000 (the “PIPE Financing”) and (B) we agreed to issue an additional 835,539 shares of New QOMPLX Common Stock to Cannae in exchange for its agreement to act as the lead investor in the PIPE Financing with a $50,000,000 commitment. Pursuant to the Bridge Financing Agreement, QOMPLX has agreed to issue convertible notes (the “Notes”) to the investors party thereto in an aggregate principal amount of $20,000,000 and hawse have agreed to, subject to, and conditioned upon the occurrence of, and effective as of immediately prior to, the closing of the Business Combination, assume the Notes and satisfy and discharge the principal amount and accrued and unpaid interest under each Note as of such time by way of issuance of one share of New QOMPLX Common Stock for every $10.00 of principal amount and accrued and unpaid interest payable on a Note as of such time.

Consummation of the transactions contemplated by the Business Combination Agreement are subject to customary conditions of the respective parties, including receipt of approval from stockholders of each of Tailwind and QOMPLX for consummation of the transactions and certain other actions related thereto by our stockholders.

Other than as specifically discussed, this Report does not assume the closing of the transactions contemplated by the Business Combination Agreement.

Our Management Team, Board of Directors and Advisory Board

Philip Krim, our Chairman, has served as Casper Sleep Inc.’s Chief Executive Officer and as a member of its board of directors since October 2013. Since founding the Company in 2013, Mr. Krim has led Casper through tremendous growth, growing revenue from $15 million in 2014 to over $440 million in 2019, and successfully took the company public in February 2020. Prior to that, Mr. Krim was the Chief Executive Officer of Vocalize Mobile, a mobile search advertising platform for small businesses, from January 2010 until July 2013, and the Chief Executive Officer of The Merrick Group from January 2003 until December 2009.

In addition to Mr. Krim, our board of directors includes private equity and venture capital veterans Chris Hollod, our Chief Executive Officer (Founder and Managing Partner of Hollod Holdings), Matt Eby, our Chief Financial Officer (Co-Founder and former Managing Partner of Tengram Capital Partners), and Alan Sheriff (Co-Founder and former Chief Executive Officer of Solebury Capital). Additionally, our board of directors also benefits from the rich expertise of Wisdom Lu (Founding Partner of Stibel & Co. and Bryant Stibel), Neha Parikh (former President of Hotwire), and Will Quist (Partner at Slow Ventures).


In addition to our management team and board of directors, we have assembled a highly differentiated Advisory Board of accomplished founders and operators that will help position us as the value-add partner of choice for today’s leading entrepreneurs. The Advisory Board provides us significant advantages via their operational expertise and deep networks. Additionally, they provides deep domain expertise across our target sub-verticals which will be instrumental during our diligence processes. Our Advisory Board also provides us access to unique sourcing opportunities via their direct networks. Given the extensive operational experiences across our Advisory Board, our Advisors are able to provide guidance to our eventual target on how to best position the company for long term success.

Our Advisory Board is comprised of Jeff Stibel (Founding Partner of Stibel & Co. and Bryant Stibel and former President & CEO of Web.com), Michael Kim (Founder and Managing Partner of Cendana Capital), Dan Teran (Co-Founder and former CEO of Managed by Q), Eli Broverman (Co-Founder of Betterment), Carter Reum (Co-Founder and General Partner at M13), Courtney Reum (Co-Founder and General Partner at M13), Jesse Pujji (Co-Founder and Executive Chairman of Ampush), Colin Walsh (Ouai Haircare), and Jeff Hunter (Founder of Talentism LLC).

With respect to the above, past performance of our management team or our Advisors is not a guarantee of either (i) success with respect to a business combination that may be consummated or (ii) the ability to successfully identify and execute a transaction. You should not rely on the historical record of management and its affiliates as indicative of future performance. Our management has no prior experience in operating blank check companies or special purpose acquisition companies.

Our management team, sponsor, officers, directors and Advisors may sponsor, form or participate in other blank check companies similar to ours during the period in which we are seeking an initial business combination. Any such companies may present additional conflicts of interest in pursuing an acquisition target, particularly in the event there is overlap among investment mandates. However, we do not currently expect that any such other blank check company would materially affect our ability to complete our initial business combination. In addition, our officers, directors and Advisors are not required to commit any specified amount of time to our affairs, and, accordingly, will have conflicts of interest in allocating management time among various business activities, including identifying potential business combinations and monitoring the related due diligence.

Our Mission

Our mission is to provide growth capital, strategic expertise and a preferred path to a public listing for disruptive high-growth technology and direct-to-consumer companies. We believe companies, at a certain stage in their development, will see material benefits from being publicly traded, including increasing brand and company awareness, developing a more liquid acquisition currency and diversifying funding sources and access to capital. An acquisition by a blank check company with a team that is well-known to, and respected by, technology and vertically focused company founders, their current third-party investors and their management teams, we believe, can provide a more transparent and efficient mechanism to bring a private technology company to the public markets.

Our Strategy and Target Industries

We believe that we are well positioned to identify attractive initial business combination opportunities across the technology and direct-to-consumer sectors. Our goal is to acquire a target that we can help achieve significant organic growth and could serve as a platform for future add on acquisitions with the goal of becoming an integrated provider offering a broad range of products or services across the technology ecosystem.

High-growth technology and direct-to-consumer companies that are successful at creating data-driven direct to consumer business models and addressing the significant consumer demand for more personalized experiences will reach significant financial scale and create shareholder value. With consumers spending more time online, brands can more easily control the entire customer journey from discovery to payment, often driving higher lifetime values. With transactions occurring online, there has been an explosion of data generated by consumers such as frequency of webpage visits, transaction size, viewed and saved items, checkout cart items, etc. As all this new data provides an opportunity for better targeting and marketing, many private companies have been raising significant private capital to deploy via marketing with the hopes of supercharging growth. However, many companies lack the marketing sophistication required to build a sustainable competitive moat with positive long-term unit economics. As our management team, board of directors and Advisors have seen, the best companies in these categories are able to efficiently acquire new customers and deliver a personalized experience which increases engagement and drives higher long-term retention.


Key sub-sectors within the technology ecosystem that we believe are poised to experience rapid growth and could benefit from the experiences of our management team, board of directors and Advisors include, but are not limited to, telehealth, eSports and digital gaming/betting, digital health and wellness, agriculture and food technology, education technology, financial and insurance technology, real estate technology, space technology and enterprise software companies, among others. The success or failure of companies that operate in these markets is largely driven by their ability to harness the power of data-driven marketing in an efficient manner.

Tremendous market value has been created by these types of businesses over the last decade as entrepreneurs and investors have raced to build the next-generation of technology and direct-to-consumer internet brands.

Despite the significant growth of the sector, many companies remain private with no clear timetable to become public. We believe there exists a set of companies that with the right guidance and leadership could and should be public companies. Within our target universe there have been over 1,000 companies that raised $50 million or more from 2015 to June 2020, representing approximately $200 billion plus of private capital raised in aggregate. In the same time period only approximately 100 companies in our target universe went public raising approximately $45 billion in aggregate capital (Source: Pitchbook, Thompson One and Capital IQ). This significant imbalance in the number of private companies and capital raised vs public companies is emblematic of a broken IPO market. With so much capital tied up in illiquid private markets, we believe there will be significant interest from founders and investors in these categories to engage with our team to achieve a public listing.

The coronavirus (“COVID-19”) outbreak has proven to be a catalyst for growth for our potential target universe, pulling forward digital consumer trends and adoption across several consumer categories. There are a number of businesses who have seen massive growth due in part to COVID-19 and they will need capital to effectively address the increased demand for their products and services. We will likely represent an attractive option to many of these companies as an efficient and strategic way to raise capital and reach the public markets quickly.

Our management team, board of directors and Advisors have extensive experience building, advising and investing in companies operating in the same ecosystem as many of the companies in our target categories. We will leverage our embedded relationships and network of peers in the space to quickly engage with founders in our target universe. Our unique set of experiences building omni-channel business models and operations will be viewed as a strategic asset to founders in our target categories. For example, in February 2020 our Chairman, Mr. Krim, successfully led the public debut of an omni-channel digital first brand, (Casper Sleep (NYSE:CSPR)), putting him in a unique position to advise other founders in the category looking to reach the public markets.

Additionally, our management team, board of directors and Advisors have an extensive track record of building data-driven marketing organizations, which has resulted in significant growth in both revenue and shareholder value. Our experience building sustaining consumer internet brands and leading marketing teams uniquely positions us to help companies in the category achieve their long-term vision and outperform the competition.

We aim to leverage our extensive expertise driving marketing innovation and revenue growth within leading public technology companies to help founders achieve long-term success and overcome any deterrents to becoming a public company. By leveraging our extensive operational experience and network, we believe we can provide significant benefits to potential targets and public market investors that can potentially lead to attractive long-term risk-adjusted returns in the public markets.

We believe there are significant opportunities in these industries to drive value creation, and the below themes will be general areas of focus:


·Traditional late-stage growth equity targets looking for a liquidity event and valuable operating and marketing expertise;

·Business combinations (e.g. two competitors in similar segments) to achieve synergies from enhanced scale, liquidity and increased marketing efficiency;

·Verticalization of the target company through acquisitions (e.g. within downstream infrastructure and supply chain) to improve margins and IP defensibility;

·Global consolidation (e.g. two companies in similar segments but different geographies) to achieve synergies from enhanced scale, liquidity and increased marketing efficiency;

·Special situations (e.g., spin outs, divestitures) with strong brands that have potential for operational improvement and future growth;

·Rapidly growing companies with opportunity to change large categories.

Our Value Proposition And Differentiation

Our management team, board of directors and Advisors bring a unique set of operational skills and transaction experience that will be highly relevant for today’s entrepreneur. In addition, the collective team’s capital markets, M&A and capital raising experience will be invaluable to a potential target as they look to ready themselves for a public debut.

·Extensive Operating Experience With Rare Skillsets: Our management team, board of directors and Advisors have extensive experience serving in leadership positions for high-growth public and private companies. The team boasts significant operational experience driving growth through innovative marketing techniques with Mr. Krim introducing innovative quantitative marketing approaches at Casper Sleep (NYSE:CSPR), with key areas of expertise including: (i) identifying superior brands and products using (a) data science to optimize audiences, (b) optimization of media mix of advertising (often purchased programmatically through real-time auctions), and (c) driving the ‘lifetime value’ of customers (via behavioral signals to drive promotions and engagement); and (ii) capturing and architecting the right customer data elements, using predictive modeling to drive propensity models that understand a customer’s wants and needs, and putting in place optimal marketing technologies to deploy experiences in real time. This expertise will be highly valuable for identifying categories and companies with under-optimized marketing practices and rapidly scaling customer acquisition and lifetime value, as well as for potential targets to understand their own customers and acquiring them efficiently to unlock growth.

·Significant Public Equity Capital Markets Experience: Our management team, board of directors and Advisors brings decades of “best-practice” know-how to ensure the target company’s success as a public company, providing guidance around (i) investor relations (ii) equity research (iii) introductions to long-only funds, among others. Recently, Solebury Capital advised Casper Sleep (NYSE:CSPR) on its IPO. Mr. Eby has significant experience navigating the public markets leading Starwood Property Trust’s (NYSE:STWD) $930 million IPO in 2009. Additionally, Mr. Krim successfully took Casper Sleep (NYSE:CSPR) public in February 2020.

·Attractive Industry Dynamics For SPAC Success: In the current environment, there is growing investor demand for companies with (i) a direct relationship with their customers, (ii) ability to efficiently market to and grow their customer base and (iii) high-growth and clear path to profitability. Our target verticals are ripe for consolidation with few large-cap companies and thousands of sub-scale companies.

·Founder Friendly Platform For Growth: The team will bring to bear operational expertise and capital to accelerate the targets organic growth initiatives such as (i) optimization of marketing strategies (ii) operational improvements and (iii) new product development, among others. Our management team, board of directors and Advisors have the experience and track record to successfully integrate add-on acquisitions, bringing PE Sponsor-like support, without running / controlling the business.


·Transaction Expertise With Access To Proprietary Deal Flow: Having operated and invested in high-growth technology and direct-to-consumer companies across their corporate life cycles, our management team, board of directors and Advisors have developed deep relationships with key large multi-national organizations and leading private & public equity investors including leading venture and growth investors in Silicon Valley and across the globe. Our team has a strong track record of building proprietary deal flow and identifying and executing successful M&A transactions during tenures across A-Grade Investments, Tengram Capital Partners, Solebury Capital, Casper Sleep (NYSE:CSPR), and Credit Suisse. Our reputation and relevant experience will likely make Tailwind a preferred partner for potential targets. Mr. Eby, in particular, brings significant experience managing and executing complex transactions across a variety of deal structures.

Business Combination Criteria and Sourcing Process

We intend to leverage what we believe is a competitive advantage in sourcing potential targets that will materially benefit from our unique expertise and where we are best situated to augment the value of the business following the completion of the initial business combination.

We believe our management team is well positioned to identify unique opportunities across the technology private company landscape. Our selection process will leverage our relationships with leading technology company founders, executives of private and public companies, venture capitalists and growth equity funds, in addition to the extensive industry and geographical reach of the management team, board of directors and Advisors which we believe should provide us with a key competitive advantage in sourcing potential business combination targets.

We also believe that our management team’s, the board of directors’ and Advisors’ reputation, experience and track record of making investments in the technology industry will make us a preferred partner for these potential targets. Given our profile and thematic approach, we anticipate that target business candidates may be brought to our attention from various unaffiliated sources, in particular founders of, and investors in, other private and public technology companies in our networks.

We intend to focus our target sourcing efforts on assessing companies that we believe would benefit significantly from being publicly traded. Further, we believe that we are providing an interesting alternative investment opportunity that capitalizes on key trends impacting the capital markets for technology companies.

Consistent with our strategy, we have identified the following general criteria and guidelines that we believe are important in evaluating prospective target businesses. We expect to conduct a comprehensive due diligence review which will include, among other things, management and employee meetings, review of financial information, facility inspection, and an extensive review of all other material target company information. We intend to use these criteria as guidelines in evaluating potential acquisition opportunities, but an acquisition may be executed even if it does not meet our guidelines.

Acquisition Criteria

When candidate companies are being evaluated, we expect to use the following, non-exclusive criteria for determining opportunities.

·Size: We intend to target entities whose enterprise value is between approximately $750 million to $2 billion, with a focus on founder-led, late stage growth equity opportunities in the high-growth technology and direct-to-consumer ecosystems with defensible market positions. We believe these companies offer long term risk-adjusted return potential.

·Founder-Led Businesses Where We Have Strong Relationships: Strong, experienced management team that could benefit from our extensive networks and insights with a track record of driving growth and profitability. Founders that have a long-term vision for the future of their business and want to build a lasting company. Companies where we have a unique relationship and can engage directly with the founder(s), potentially without participating in an auction.


·Large Addressable Markets Being Disrupted by Technology: We plan to identify high quality businesses run by exceptional teams pursuing large market opportunities. Target companies positioned in industries that are ripe for disruption and technological advancements. Sectors at an inflection point, where technology and disruptors will be uniquely advantaged to capture market share and future growth. Scalable platform in a market ripe for horizontal and / or vertical consolidation.

·Strong Growth And Attractive Margin Profile: Consistent organic revenue growth with scalable unit economics. Potential for future top line and margin expansion. Ability to generate attractive returns on capital and has a compelling use for capital to achieve their growth strategy.

·Opportunities Where Our Team Can Add Value: Sector where management can benefit from our extensive networks and insights. Taking advantage of our connections in both the public and private markets in order to generate firm value and future growth. Leverage industry experience, financial acumen and network of management team to identify additional operational and marketing improvement opportunities.

These criteria are not intended to be exhaustive. Any evaluation relating to the merits of a particular initial business combination may be based, to the extent relevant, on these general guidelines as well as other considerations, factors and criteria that our management team may deem relevant. In the event that we decide to enter into our initial business combination with a target business that does not meet the above criteria and guidelines, we will disclose that the target business does not meet the above criteria in our stockholder communications related to our initial business combination, which would be in the form of proxy solicitation materials or tender offer documents that we would file with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission, or the SEC.

Our Acquisition Process

In evaluating a prospective target business, we expect to conduct a thorough due diligence review that will encompass, among other things, meetings with incumbent management and employees, document reviews, inspection of facilities, as well as a review of financial and other information that will be made available to us. We will also utilize our operational and capital allocation experience.

We are not prohibited from pursuing an initial business combination with a company that is affiliated with our sponsor, officers or directors. In the event we seek to complete our initial business combination with a company that is affiliated with our sponsor, officers or directors, we, or a committee of independent directors, will obtain an opinion from an independent investment banking firm or an independent accounting firm that our initial business combination is fair to our company from a financial point of view. We are not required to obtain such an opinion in any other context.

Members of our management team indirectly own founder shares and/or private placement warrants following our initial public offering and, accordingly, may have a conflict of interest in determining whether a particular target business is an appropriate business with which to effectuate our initial business combination. Further, each of our officers and directors may have a conflict of interest with respect to evaluating a particular business combination if the retention or resignation of any such officers and directors was included by a target business as a condition to any agreement with respect to our initial business combination.

Each of our officers and directors presently has, and any of them in the future may have, additional, fiduciary or contractual obligations to other entities pursuant to which such officer or director is or will be required to present a business combination opportunity. Accordingly, if any of our officers or directors becomes aware of a business combination opportunity which is suitable for an entity to which he or she has then-current fiduciary or contractual obligations, he or she has honored his or her fiduciary or contractual obligations to present such opportunity to such entity. We do not believe, however, that the fiduciary duties or contractual obligations of our officers or directors materially affect our ability to complete our business combination. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that we renounce our interest in any corporate opportunity offered to any director or officer unless such opportunity is expressly offered to such person solely in his or her capacity as a director or officer of our company and such opportunity is one we are legally and contractually permitted to undertake and would otherwise be reasonable for us to pursue.


Initial Business Combination

So long as our securities are then listed on the NYSE, our initial business combination must occur with one or more target businesses that together have an aggregate fair market value of at least 80% of the assets held in the trust account (excluding the deferred underwriting commissions and taxes payable on the income earned on the trust account) at the time of the agreement to enter into the initial business combination. If our board is not able to independently determine the fair market value of the target business or businesses, we will obtain an opinion from an independent investment banking firm or an independent accounting firm with respect to the satisfaction of such criteria.

We anticipate structuring our initial business combination so that the post-transaction company in which our public stockholders own shares will own or acquire 100% of the equity interests or assets of the target business or businesses. We may, however, structure our initial business combination such that the post-transaction company owns or acquires less than 100% of such interests or assets of the target business in order to meet certain objectives of the target management team or stockholders or for other reasons. However, we will only complete such business combination if the post-transaction company owns or acquires 50% or more of the outstanding voting securities of the target or otherwise acquires a controlling interest in the target sufficient for it not to be required to register as an investment company under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, or the Investment Company Act. Even if the post-transaction company owns or acquires 50% or more of the voting securities of the target, our stockholders prior to the business combination may collectively own a minority interest in the post-transaction company, depending on valuations ascribed to the target and us in the business combination transaction. For example, we could pursue a transaction in which we issue a substantial number of new shares in exchange for all of the outstanding capital stock of a target. In this case, we would acquire a 100% controlling interest in the target. However, as a result of the issuance of a substantial number of new shares, our stockholders immediately prior to our initial business combination could own less than a majority of our outstanding shares subsequent to our initial business combination. If less than 100% of the equity interests or assets of a target business or businesses are owned or acquired by the post- transaction company, the portion of such business or businesses that is owned or acquired is what will be valued for purposes of the 80% of net assets test. If the business combination involves more than one target business, the 80% of net assets test will be based on the aggregate value of all of the target businesses and we will treat the target businesses together as the initial business combination for purposes of a tender offer or for seeking stockholder approval, as applicable. In addition, as long as our sponsor is controlled by Philip Krim, we have agreed not to enter into a definitive agreement regarding an initial business combination without the prior consent of our sponsor. If our securities are not then listed on the NYSE for whatever reason, we would no longer be required to meet the foregoing 80% of net asset test.

Our Management Team

Members of our management team are not obligated to devote any specific number of hours to our matters but they intend to devote as much of their time as they deem necessary to our affairs until we have completed our initial business combination. The amount of time that any member of our management team will devote in any time period will vary based on whether a target business has been selected for our initial business combination and the current stage of the business combination process.

We believe our management team’s operating and transaction experience and network of relationships with investment banks, private equity firms, professional advisors and senior industrial executives provide us with a substantial number of potential business combination targets. Over the course of their careers, the members of our management team have developed a broad network of contacts and corporate relationships around the world. This network has grown through the activities of our management team sourcing, acquiring and financing businesses, our management team’s relationships with sellers, financing sources and target management teams. Our management team is also highly experienced in executing transactions under varying economic and financial market conditions.

Status as a Public Company

We believe our structure will make us an attractive business combination partner to target businesses, including QOMPLX. As an existing public company, we offer a target business an alternative to the traditional initial public offering through a merger or other business combination. In this situation, the owners of the target business would exchange their shares of stock in the target business for shares of our stock or for a combination of shares of our stock and cash, allowing us to tailor the consideration to the specific needs of the sellers. Although there are various costs and obligations associated with being a public company, we believe certain target businesses will find this method a more certain and cost effective method to becoming a public company than the typical initial public offering. In a typical initial public offering, there are additional expenses incurred in marketing, road show and public reporting efforts that may not be present to the same extent in connection with a business combination with us.


Furthermore, once a proposed business combination is completed, the target business will have effectively become public, whereas an initial public offering is always subject to the underwriter’s ability to complete the offering, as well as general market conditions, which could delay or prevent the offering from occurring or could have negative valuation consequences. Once public, we believe the target business would then have greater access to capital and an additional means of providing management incentives consistent with stockholders’ interests. It can offer further benefits by augmenting a company’s profile among potential new customers and vendors and aid in attracting talented employees.

We are an “emerging growth company,” as defined in Section 2(a) of the Securities Act, as modified by the JOBS Act. As such, we are eligible to take advantage of certain exemptions from various reporting requirements that are applicable to other public companies that are not emerging growth companies including, but not limited to, not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in our periodic reports and proxy statements, and exemptions from the requirements of holding a non-binding advisory vote on executive compensation and stockholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved. If some investors find our securities less attractive as a result, there may be a less active trading market for our securities and the prices of our securities may be more volatile.

In addition, Section 107 of the JOBS Act also provides that an emerging growth company can take advantage of the extended transition period provided in Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act for complying with new or revised accounting standards. In other words, an emerging growth company can delay the adoption of certain accounting standards until those standards would otherwise apply to private companies. We intend to take advantage of the benefits of this extended transition period.

We will remain an emerging growth company until the earlier of (1) the last day of the fiscal year (a) following the fifth anniversary of the completion of our initial public offering, (b) in which we have total annual gross revenue of at least $1.07 billion, or (c) in which we are deemed to be a large accelerated filer, which means the market value of our Class A common stock that is held by non-affiliates exceeds $700 million as of the end of the prior fiscal year’s second fiscal quarter, and (2) the date on which we have issued more than $1.0 billion in non-convertible debt securities during the prior three-year period.

Financial Position

As of December 31, 2020, we had approximately $334,321,131 held in the trust account, before payment of $11,697,550 in deferred underwriting fees. With the funds available, we offer a target business a variety of options such as creating a liquidity event for its owners, providing access to the expertise of our management team, providing capital for the potential growth and expansion of its operations or strengthening its balance sheet by reducing its debt or leverage ratio. Because we are able to complete our business combination using our cash, debt or equity securities, or a combination of the foregoing, we have the flexibility to use the most efficient combination that will allow us to tailor the consideration to be paid to the target business to fit its needs and desires.

Effecting our Initial Business Combination

We are not presently engaged in, and we will not engage in, any operations for an indefinite period of time following our initial public offering. We will effectuate our initial business combination using cash from the proceeds of our initial public offering and the private placement of the private placement warrants, our capital stock, debt or a combination of these as the consideration to be paid in our initial business combination. We may seek to complete our initial business combination with a company or business that may be financially unstable or in its early stages of development or growth, which would subject us to the numerous risks inherent in such companies and businesses.

If our initial business combination is paid for using equity or debt securities, or not all of the funds released from the trust account are used for payment of the consideration in connection with our business combination or used for redemptions of purchases of our Class A common stock, we may apply the balance of the cash released to us from the trust account for general corporate purposes, including for maintenance or expansion of operations of the post-transaction company, the payment of principal or interest due on indebtedness incurred in completing our initial business combination, to fund the purchase of other companies or for working capital.


We may seek to raise additional funds through a private offering of debt or equity securities in connection with the completion of our initial business combination, and we may effectuate our initial business combination using the proceeds of such offering rather than using the amounts held in the trust account. Subject to compliance with applicable securities laws, we would expect to complete such financing only simultaneously with the completion of our business combination. In the case of an initial business combination funded with assets other than the trust account assets, our tender offer documents or proxy materials disclosing the business combination would disclose the terms of the financing and, only if required by law, we would seek stockholder approval of such financing. There are no prohibitions on our ability to raise funds privately or through loans in connection with our initial business combination.

Sources of Target Businesses

We anticipate that target business candidates will be brought to our attention from various unaffiliated sources, including investment market participants, private equity groups, investment banking firms, consultants, accounting firms and large business enterprises. Target businesses may be brought to our attention by such unaffiliated sources as a result of being solicited by us through calls or mailings. These sources may also introduce us to target businesses in which they think we may be interested on an unsolicited basis, since many of these sources will have read this report and know what types of businesses we are targeting. Our officers and directors, as well as their affiliates, may also bring to our attention target business candidates that they become aware of through their business contacts as a result of formal or informal inquiries or discussions they may have, as well as attending trade shows or conventions. In addition, we expect to receive a number of proprietary deal flow opportunities that would not otherwise necessarily be available to us as a result of the business relationships of our officers and directors. While we do not presently anticipate engaging the services of professional firms or other individuals that specialize in business acquisitions on any formal basis, we may engage these firms or other individuals in the future, in which event we may pay a finder’s fee, consulting fee or other compensation to be determined in an arm’s length negotiation based on the terms of the transaction. We will engage a finder only to the extent our management determines that the use of a finder may bring opportunities to us that may not otherwise be available to us or if finders approach us on an unsolicited basis with a potential transaction that our management determines is in our best interest to pursue. Payment of finder’s fees is customarily tied to completion of a transaction, in which case any such fee will be paid out of the funds held in the trust account. In no event, however, will our sponsor or any of our existing officers or directors, or any entity with which they are affiliated, be paid any finder’s fee, consulting fee or other compensation prior to, or for any services they render in order to effectuate, the completion of our initial business combination (regardless of the type of transaction that it is). We have agreed to pay an affiliate of our sponsor a total of $10,000 per month for office space, utilities and secretarial and administrative support and to reimburse our sponsor for any out-of-pocket expenses related to identifying, investigating and completing an initial business combination. Some of our officers and directors may enter into employment or consulting agreements with the post-transaction company following our initial business combination. The presence or absence of any such fees or arrangements will not be used as a criterion in our selection process of an acquisition candidate.

We are not prohibited from pursuing an initial business combination with a business combination target that is affiliated with our sponsor, officers or directors or making the acquisition through a joint venture or other form of shared ownership with our sponsor, officers or directors. In the event we seek to complete our initial business combination with a business combination target that is affiliated with our sponsor, officers or directors, we, or a committee of independent directors, would obtain an opinion from an independent investment banking firm or an independent accounting firm that such an initial business combination is fair to our company from a financial point of view. We are not required to obtain such an opinion in any other context.

If any of our officers or directors becomes aware of a business combination opportunity that falls within the line of business of any entity to which he or she has pre-existing fiduciary or contractual obligations, he or she may be required to present such business combination opportunity to such entity prior to presenting such business combination opportunity to us. Our officers and directors currently have certain relevant fiduciary duties or contractual obligations that may take priority over their duties to us.


Selection of a Target Business and Structuring of Our Initial Business Combination

Our initial business combination must occur with one or more target businesses that together have an aggregate fair market value of at least 80% of our assets held in the trust account (excluding the deferred underwriting commissions and taxes payable on the income earned on the trust account) at the time of the agreement to enter into the initial business combination. The fair market value of the target or targets will be determined by our board of directors based upon one or more standards generally accepted by the financial community, such as discounted cash flow valuation or value of comparable businesses. If our board is not able to independently determine the fair market value of the target business or businesses, we will obtain an opinion from an independent investment banking firm or from an independent accounting firm, with respect to the satisfaction of such criteria. We do not intend to purchase multiple businesses in unrelated industries in conjunction with our initial business combination. Subject to this requirement, our management will have virtually unrestricted flexibility in identifying and selecting one or more prospective target businesses, although we will not be permitted to effectuate our initial business combination with another blank check company or a similar company with nominal operations.

In any case, we will only complete an initial business combination in which we own or acquire 50% or more of the outstanding voting securities of the target or otherwise acquire a controlling interest in the target sufficient for it not to be required to register as an investment company under the Investment Company Act. If we own or acquire less than 100% of the equity interests or assets of a target business or businesses, the portion of such business or businesses that are owned or acquired by the post-transaction company is what will be valued for purposes of the 80% of net assets test. There is no basis for investors in our initial public offering to evaluate the possible merits or risks of any target business with which we may ultimately complete our business combination.

To the extent we effect our business combination with a company or business that may be financially unstable or in its early stages of development or growth we may be affected by numerous risks inherent in such company or business. Although our management will endeavor to evaluate the risks inherent in a particular target business, we cannot assure you that we will properly ascertain or assess all significant risk factors.

In evaluating a prospective target business, we expect to conduct a thorough due diligence review, which will encompass, among other things, meetings with incumbent management and employees, document reviews, interviews of customers and suppliers, inspection of facilities, as well as a review of financial and other information that will be made available to us.

Lack of Business Diversification

For an indefinite period of time after the completion of our initial business combination, the prospects for our success may depend entirely on the future performance of a single business. Unlike other entities that have the resources to complete business combinations with multiple entities in one or several industries, it is probable that we will not have the resources to diversify our operations and mitigate the risks of being in a single line of business. By completing our business combination with only a single business, our lack of diversification may:

·subject us to negative economic, competitive and regulatory developments, any or all of which may have a substantial adverse impact on the particular industry in which we operate after our initial business combination; and

·cause us to depend on the marketing and sale of a single product or limited number of products or services.

Limited Ability to Evaluate the Target’s Management Team

Although we intend to closely scrutinize the management of a prospective target business when evaluating the desirability of effecting our business combination with that business, our assessment of the target business’ management may not prove to be correct. In addition, the future management may not have the necessary skills, qualifications or abilities to manage a public company. Furthermore, the future role of members of our management team, if any, in the target business cannot presently be stated with any certainty or may otherwise be subject to change. While it is possible that one or more of our directors will remain associated in some capacity with us following our business combination, it is unlikely that any of them will devote their full efforts to our affairs subsequent to our business combination. Moreover, we cannot assure you that members of our management team will have significant experience or knowledge relating to the operations of the particular target business.

Operations


We cannot assure you that any of our key personnel will remain in senior management or advisory positions with the combined company. The determination as to whether any of our key personnel will remain with the combined company will be made at the time of our initial business combination. With respect to the proposed Business Combination with QOMPLX, such matters are specified in the Business Combination Agreement.

Following a business combination, we may seek to recruit additional managers to supplement the incumbent management of the target business. We cannot assure you that we will have the ability to recruit additional managers, or that those additional managers will have the requisite skills, knowledge or experience necessary to enhance the incumbent management.

Stockholders May Not Have the Ability to Approve Our Initial Business Combination

We may conduct redemptions without a stockholder vote pursuant to the tender offer rules of the SEC, subject to the provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and bylaws. However, we will seek stockholder approval if it is required by law or applicable stock exchange rule, or we may decide to seek stockholder approval for business or other legal reasons.

Presented in the table below is a graphic explanation of the types of initial business combinations we may consider and whether stockholder approval is currently required under Delaware law for each such transaction.

Type of Transaction 

Whether Stockholder Approval is Required
Purchase of assetsNo
Purchase of stock of target not involving a merger with the companyNo
Merger of target into a subsidiary of the companyNo
Merger of the company with a targetYes

Under the NYSE’s listing rules, stockholder approval would be required for our initial business combination if, for example:

·we issue (other than in a public offering) shares of Class A common stock that will either (a) be equal to or in excess of 20% of the number of shares of our Class A common stock then outstanding or (b) have voting power equal to or in excess of 20% of the voting power then outstanding;

·any of our directors, officers or substantial stockholders (as defined by the NYSE rules) has a 5% or greater interest, directly or indirectly, in the target business or assets to be acquired and if the number of shares of Class A common stock to be issued, or if the number of shares of Class A common stock into which the securities may be convertible or exercisable, exceeds either (a) 1% of the number of shares of Class A common stock or 1% of the voting power outstanding before the issuance in the case of any of our directors and officers or (b) 5% of the number of shares of common stock or 5% of the voting power outstanding before the issuance in the case of any substantial stockholders; or

·the issuance or potential issuance of common stock will result in our undergoing a change of control.


The decision as to whether we will seek stockholder approval of a proposed business combination in those instances in which stockholder approval is not required by law or applicable stock exchange rules will be made by us, solely in our discretion, and will be based on business and legal reasons, which include a variety of factors, including, but not limited to:

·the timing of the transaction, including in the event we determine stockholder approval would require additional time and there is either not enough time to seek stockholder approval or doing so would place the company at a disadvantage in the transaction or result in other additional burdens on the company;

·the expected cost of holding a stockholder vote;

·the risk that the stockholders would fail to approve the proposed business combination;

·other time and budget constraints of the company; and

·additional legal complexities of a proposed business combination that would be time-consuming and burdensome to present to stockholders.

Permitted Purchases of Our Securities

In the event we seek stockholder approval of our business combination and we do not conduct redemptions in connection with our business combination pursuant to the tender offer rules, our sponsor, directors, officers, Advisors or their affiliates may purchase shares in privately negotiated transactions or in the open market either prior to or following the completion of our initial business combination. However, they have no current commitments, plans or intentions to engage in such transactions and have not formulated any terms or conditions for any such transactions. None of the funds in the trust account will be used to purchase shares in such transactions. They will be restricted from making any such purchases when they are in possession of any material non-public information not disclosed to the seller or if such purchases are prohibited by Regulation M under the Exchange Act. Such a purchase may include a contractual acknowledgement that such stockholder, although still the record holder of our shares is no longer the beneficial owner thereof and therefore agrees not to exercise its redemption rights. Subsequent to the consummation of our initial public offering, we will adopt an insider trading policy which will require insiders to refrain from purchasing shares during certain blackout periods and when they are in possession of any material non-public information and to clear all trades with our legal counsel prior to execution. We cannot currently determine whether our insiders will make such purchases pursuant to a Rule 10b5-1 plan, as such purchases will be dependent upon several factors, including but not limited to, the timing and size of such purchases. Depending on such circumstances, our insiders may either make such purchases pursuant to a Rule 10b5-1 plan or determine that such a plan is not necessary.

In the event that our sponsor, directors, officers, Advisors or their affiliates purchase shares in privately negotiated transactions from public stockholders who have already elected to exercise their redemption rights, such selling stockholders would be required to revoke their prior elections to redeem their shares. We do not currently anticipate that such purchases, if any, would constitute a tender offer subject to the tender offer rules under the Exchange Act or a going-private transaction subject to the going-private rules under the Exchange Act; however, if the purchasers determine at the time of any such purchases that the purchases are subject to such rules, the purchasers will comply with such rules.

The purpose of such purchases would be to (i) vote such shares in favor of the business combination and thereby increase the likelihood of obtaining stockholder approval of the business combination or (ii) to satisfy a closing condition in an agreement with a target that requires us to have a minimum net worth or a certain amount of cash at the closing of our business combination, where it appears that such requirement would otherwise not be met. This may result in the completion of our business combination that may not otherwise have been possible.

In addition, if such purchases are made, the public “float” of our common stock may be reduced and the number of beneficial holders of our securities may be reduced, which may make it difficult to maintain or obtain the quotation, listing or trading of our securities on a national securities exchange.

Our sponsor, officers, directors and/or their affiliates anticipate that they may identify the stockholders with whom our sponsor, officers, directors or their affiliates may pursue privately negotiated purchases by either the stockholders contacting us directly or by our receipt of redemption requests submitted by stockholders following our mailing of proxy materials in connection with our initial business combination. To the extent that our sponsor, officers, directors, Advisors or their affiliates enter into a private purchase, they would identify and contact only potential selling stockholders who have expressed their election to redeem their shares for a pro rata share of the trust account or vote against the business combination. Our sponsor, officers, directors, Advisors or their affiliates will only purchase shares if such purchases comply with Regulation M under the Exchange Act and the other federal securities laws.


Any purchases by our sponsor, officers, directors and/or their affiliates who are affiliated purchasers under Rule 10b-18 under the Exchange Act will only be made to the extent such purchases are able to be made in compliance with Rule 10b-18, which is a safe harbor from liability for manipulation under Section 9(a)(2) and Rule 10b-5 of the Exchange Act. Rule 10b-18 has certain technical requirements that must be complied with in order for the safe harbor to be available to the purchaser. Our sponsor, officers, directors and/or their affiliates will not make purchases of common stock if the purchases would violate Section 9(a)(2) or Rule 10b-5 of the Exchange Act.

Redemption Rights for Public Stockholders Upon Completion of Our Initial Business Combination

We will provide our public stockholders with the opportunity to redeem all or a portion of their shares of Class A common stock upon the completion of our initial business combination at a per-share price, payable in cash, equal to the aggregate amount then on deposit in the trust account as of two business days prior to the consummation of the initial business combination including interest earned on the funds held in the trust account and not previously released to us to pay our franchise and income taxes, divided by the number of then outstanding public shares, subject to the limitations described herein. The amount in the trust account is initially anticipated to be approximately $10.00 per public share. The per-share amount we will distribute to investors who properly redeem their shares will not be reduced by the deferred underwriting commissions we will pay to the underwriter. The redemption rights will include the requirement that a beneficial holder must identify itself in order to validly redeem its shares. Our sponsor, officers and directors have entered into a letter agreement with us, pursuant to which they have agreed (i) to waive their redemption rights with respect to any founder shares and public shares held by them in connection with the completion of our initial business combination and a stockholder vote to approve an amendment to our amended and restated certificate of incorporation (A) that would modify the substance or timing of our obligation to provide holders of shares of Class A common stock the right to have their shares redeemed in connection with our initial business combination or to redeem 100% of our public shares if we do not complete our initial business combination within 24 months from the closing of our initial public offering or (B) with respect to any other provision relating to the rights of holders of our Class A commons stock and (ii) to waive their rights to liquidating distributions from the trust account with respect to any founder shares they hold if we fail to consummate an initial business combination within 24 months from the closing of our initial public offering (although they will be entitled to liquidating distributions from the trust account with respect to any public shares they hold if we fail to complete our initial business combination within the prescribed time frame).

Manner of Conducting Redemptions

We will provide our public stockholders with the opportunity to redeem all or a portion of their shares of Class A common stock upon the completion of our initial business combination either (i) in connection with a stockholder meeting called to approve the business combination or (ii) by means of a tender offer. The decision as to whether we will seek stockholder approval of a proposed business combination or conduct a tender offer will be made by us, solely in our discretion, and will be based on a variety of factors described in the section “— Stockholders May Not Have the Ability to Approve Our Initial Business Combination,” such as the timing of the transaction and whether the terms of the transaction would require us to seek stockholder approval under the law or stock exchange listing requirement. Asset acquisitions and stock purchases would not typically require stockholder approval while direct mergers with our company where we do not survive and any transactions where we issue more than 20% of our outstanding common stock or seek to amend our amended and restated certificate of incorporation would require stockholder approval. If we structure a business combination transaction with a target company in a manner that requires stockholder approval, we will not have discretion as to whether to seek a stockholder vote to approve the proposed business combination. We intend to conduct redemptions without a stockholder vote pursuant to the tender offer rules of the SEC unless stockholder approval is required by law or stock exchange listing requirements or we choose to seek stockholder approval for business or other legal reasons.


If a stockholder vote is not required and we do not decide to hold a stockholder vote for business or other legal reasons, we will, pursuant to our amended and restated certificate of incorporation:

·conduct the redemptions pursuant to Rule 13e-4 and Regulation 14E of the Exchange Act, which regulate issuer tender offers; and

·file tender offer documents with the SEC prior to completing our initial business combination which contain substantially the same financial and other information about the initial business combination and the redemption rights as is required under Regulation 14A of the Exchange Act, which regulates the solicitation of proxies.

Upon the public announcement of our business combination, we or our sponsor will terminate any plan established in accordance with Rule 10b5-1 to purchase shares of our Class A common stock in the open market if we elect to redeem our public shares through a tender offer, to comply with Rule 14e-5 under the Exchange Act.

In the event we conduct redemptions pursuant to the tender offer rules, our offer to redeem will remain open for at least 20 business days, in accordance with Rule 14e-1(a) under the Exchange Act, and we will not be permitted to complete our initial business combination until the expiration of the tender offer period. In addition, the tender offer will be conditioned on public stockholders not tendering more than a specified number of public shares which are not purchased by our sponsor, which number will be based on the requirement that we may not redeem public shares in an amount that would cause our net tangible assets to be less than $5,000,001 or any greater net tangible asset or cash requirement which may be contained in the agreement relating to our initial business combination. If public stockholders tender more shares than we have offered to purchase, we will withdraw the tender offer and not complete the initial business combination.

If, however, stockholder approval of the transaction is required by law or stock exchange listing requirement, or we decide to obtain stockholder approval for business or other legal reasons, we will, pursuant to our amended and restated certificate of incorporation:

·conduct the redemptions in conjunction with a proxy solicitation pursuant to Regulation 14A of the Exchange Act, which regulates the solicitation of proxies, and not pursuant to the tender offer rules; and

·file proxy materials with the SEC.

In the event that we seek stockholder approval of our initial business combination, we will distribute proxy materials and, in connection therewith, provide our public stockholders with the redemption rights described above upon completion of the initial business combination.

If we seek stockholder approval, we will complete our initial business combination only if a majority of the outstanding shares of common stock voted are voted in favor of the business combination. A quorum for such meeting will consist of the holders present in person or by proxy of shares of outstanding capital stock of the company representing a majority of the voting power of all outstanding shares of capital stock of the company entitled to vote at such meeting. Our initial stockholders will count toward this quorum and have agreed to vote their founder shares and any public shares purchased during or after our initial public offering in favor of our initial business combination. For purposes of seeking approval of the majority of our outstanding shares of common stock voted, non-votes will have no effect on the approval of our initial business combination once a quorum is obtained. As a result, in addition to our initial stockholders’ founder shares, we would need 12,533,089, or 37.5%, of the 33,421,570 public shares sold in our initial public offering to be voted in favor of a transaction (assuming all outstanding shares are voted) in order to have our initial business combination approved. We will give at least 10 days prior written notice of any such meeting, if required, at which a vote shall be taken to approve our initial business combination. These quorum and voting thresholds, and the voting agreements of our initial stockholders, may make it more likely that we will consummate our initial business combination. Each public stockholder may elect to redeem its public shares irrespective of whether they vote for or against the proposed transaction.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that in no event will we redeem our public shares in an amount that would cause our net tangible assets to be less than $5,000,001 or any greater net tangible asset or cash requirement which may be contained in the agreement relating to our initial business combination. For example, the proposed business combination may require: (i) cash consideration to be paid to the target or its owners; (ii) cash to be transferred to the target for working capital or other general corporate purposes; or (iii) the retention of cash to satisfy other conditions in accordance with the terms of the proposed business combination. In the event the aggregate cash consideration we would be required to pay for all shares of Class A common stock that are validly submitted for redemption plus any amount required to satisfy cash conditions pursuant to the terms of the proposed business combination exceed the aggregate amount of cash available to us, we will not complete the business combination or redeem any shares, and all shares of Class A common stock submitted for redemption will be returned to the holders thereof.


Limitation on Redemption Upon Completion of Our Initial Business Combination if We Seek Stockholder Approval

Notwithstanding the foregoing, if we seek stockholder approval of our initial business combination and we do not conduct redemptions in connection with our business combination pursuant to the tender offer rules, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that a public stockholder, together with any affiliate of such stockholder or any other person with whom such stockholder is acting in concert or as a “group” (as defined under Section 13 of the Exchange Act), will be restricted from seeking redemption rights with respect to more than an aggregate of 15% of the shares sold in our initial public offering, which we refer to as the “Excess Shares,” without our prior consent. We believe this restriction will discourage stockholders from accumulating large blocks of shares, and subsequent attempts by such holders to use their ability to exercise their redemption rights against a proposed business combination as a means to force us or our management to purchase their shares at a significant premium to the then-current market price or on other undesirable terms. Absent this provision, a public stockholder holding more than an aggregate of 15% of the shares sold in our initial public offering could threaten to exercise its redemption rights if such holder’s shares are not purchased by us or our management at a premium to the then-current market price or on other undesirable terms. By limiting our stockholders’ ability to redeem no more than 15% of the shares sold in our initial public offering, we believe we will limit the ability of a small group of stockholders to unreasonably attempt to block our ability to complete our business combination, particularly in connection with a business combination with a target that requires as a closing condition that we have a minimum net worth or a certain amount of cash. However, we would not be restricting our stockholders’ ability to vote all of their shares (including Excess Shares) for or against our business combination.

Tendering Stock Certificates in Connection with a Tender Offer or Redemption Rights

As described above, we intend to require our public stockholders seeking to exercise their redemption rights, whether they are record holders or hold their shares in “street name,” to, at the holder’s option, either deliver their stock certificates to our transfer agent or deliver their shares to our transfer agent electronically using The Depository Trust Company’s DWAC (Deposit/Withdrawal At Custodian) system, prior to the date set forth in the proxy materials or tender offer documents, as applicable. In the case of proxy materials, this date may be up to two business days prior to the date on which the vote on the proposal to approve the initial business combination is initially to be held. In addition, if we conduct redemptions in connection with a stockholder vote, we intend to require a public stockholder seeking redemption of its public shares to also submit a written request for redemption to our transfer agent two business days prior to the initially scheduled vote in which the name and other identifying information of the beneficial owner of such shares is included. The proxy materials or tender offer documents, as applicable, that we will furnish to holders of our public shares in connection with our initial business combination will indicate whether we are requiring public stockholders to satisfy such delivery requirements. Accordingly, a public stockholder would have up to two business days prior to the initially scheduled vote on the initial business combination if we distribute proxy materials, or from the time we send out our tender offer materials until the close of the tender offer period, as applicable, to submit or tender its shares if it wishes to seek to exercise its redemption rights. In the event that a stockholder fails to comply with these or any other procedures disclosed in the proxy or tender offer materials, as applicable, its shares may not be redeemed. Given the relatively short exercise period, it is advisable for stockholders to use electronic delivery of their public shares.

There is a nominal cost associated with the above-referenced process and the act of certificating the shares or delivering them through the DWAC system. The transfer agent will typically charge the broker submitting or tendering shares a fee of approximately $80.00 and it would be up to the broker whether or not to pass this cost on to the redeeming holder. However, this fee would be incurred regardless of whether or not we require holders seeking to exercise redemption rights to submit or tender their shares. The need to deliver shares is a requirement of exercising redemption rights regardless of the timing of when such delivery must be effectuated.

Any request to redeem such shares, once made, may be withdrawn at any time up to the date set forth in the proxy materials or tender offer documents, as applicable. Furthermore, if a holder of a public share delivered its certificate in connection with an election of redemption rights and subsequently decides prior to the applicable date not to elect to exercise such rights, such holder may simply request that the transfer agent return the certificate (physically or electronically). It is anticipated that the funds to be distributed to holders of our public shares electing to redeem their shares will be distributed promptly after the completion of our initial business combination.


If our initial business combination is not approved or completed for any reason, then our public stockholders who elected to exercise their redemption rights would not be entitled to redeem their shares for the applicable pro rata share of the trust account. In such case, we will promptly return any certificates delivered by public holders who elected to redeem their shares.

If our initial proposed initial business combination is not completed, we may continue to try to complete an initial business combination with a different target until 24 months from the closing of our initial public offering.

Redemption of Public Shares and Liquidation if no Initial Business Combination

Our sponsor, executive officers and directors have agreed that we will have only 24 months from the closing of our initial public offering to complete our initial business combination. If we are unable to complete our business combination within such 24-month period, we will: (i) cease all operations except for the purpose of winding up; (ii) as promptly as reasonably possible but not more than ten business days thereafter, redeem the public shares, at a per-share price, payable in cash, equal to the aggregate amount then on deposit in the trust account including interest earned on the funds held in the trust account and not previously released to us to pay our franchise and income taxes (less up to $100,000 of interest to pay dissolution expenses), divided by the number of then outstanding public shares, which redemption will completely extinguish public stockholders’ rights as stockholders (including the right to receive further liquidating distributions, if any), subject to applicable law; and (iii) as promptly as reasonably possible following such redemption, subject to the approval of our remaining stockholders and our board of directors, dissolve and liquidate, subject in each case to our obligations under Delaware law to provide for claims of creditors and the requirements of other applicable law. There will be no redemption rights or liquidating distributions with respect to our warrants, which will expire worthless if we fail to complete our business combination within the 24-month time period.

Our sponsor, officers and directors have entered into a letter agreement with us, pursuant to which they have waived their rights to liquidating distributions from the trust account with respect to any founder shares held by them if we fail to complete our initial business combination within 24 months from the closing of our initial public offering. However, if our initial stockholders acquire public shares in or after our initial public offering, they will be entitled to liquidating distributions from the trust account with respect to such public shares if we fail to complete our initial business combination within the allotted 24-month time period.

Our sponsor, executive officers and directors have agreed, pursuant to a written agreement with us, that they will not propose any amendment to our amended and restated certificate of incorporation that would modify the substance or timing of our obligation to provide holders of our Class A common stock the right to have their shares redeemed in connection with our initial business combination or to redeem 100% of our public shares if we do not complete our initial business combination within 24 months from the closing of our initial public offering or with respect to any other provision relating to the rights of holders of our Class A common stock unless we provide our public stockholders with the opportunity to redeem their shares of Class A common stock upon approval of any such amendment at a per-share price, payable in cash, equal to the aggregate amount then on deposit in the trust account, including interest (which interest shall be net of taxes payable) divided by the number of the then outstanding public shares. However, we may not redeem our public shares in an amount that would cause our net tangible assets to be less than $5,000,001 upon consummation of our initial business combination.

We expect that all costs and expenses associated with implementing our plan of dissolution, as well as payments to any creditors, will be funded from amounts remaining out of the approximately $2,245,798 held outside the trust account as of December 31, 2020, although we cannot assure you that there will be sufficient funds for such purpose. However, if those funds are not sufficient to cover the costs and expenses associated with implementing our plan of dissolution, to the extent that there is any interest accrued in the trust account not required to pay our franchise and income taxes on interest income earned on the trust account balance, we may request the trustee to release to us an additional amount of up to $100,000 of such accrued interest to pay those costs and expenses.

If we were to expend all of the net proceeds of our initial public offering and the sale of the private placement warrants, other than the proceeds deposited in the trust account, and without taking into account interest, if any, earned on the trust account, the per-share redemption amount received by stockholders upon our dissolution would be approximately $10.00.


The proceeds deposited in the trust account could, however, become subject to the claims of our creditors which would have higher priority than the claims of our public stockholders. We cannot assure you that the actual per-share redemption amount received by stockholders will not be substantially less than $10.00. Under Section 281(b) of the DGCL, our plan of dissolution must provide for all claims against us to be paid in full or make provision for payments to be made in full, as applicable, if there are sufficient assets. These claims must be paid or provided for before we make any distribution of our remaining assets to our stockholders. While we intend to pay such amounts, if any, we cannot assure you that we will have funds sufficient to pay or provide for all creditors’ claims.

Although we will seek to have all vendors, service providers (other than our independent registered public accounting firm), prospective target businesses or other entities with which we do business execute agreements with us waiving any right, title, interest or claim of any kind in or to any monies held in the trust account for the benefit of our public stockholders, there is no guarantee that they will execute such agreements or even if they execute such agreements that they would be prevented from bringing claims against the trust account including but not limited to fraudulent inducement, breach of fiduciary responsibility or other similar claims, as well as claims challenging the enforceability of the waiver, in each case in order to gain an advantage with respect to a claim against our assets, including the funds held in the trust account. If any third party refuses to execute an agreement waiving such claims to the monies held in the trust account, our management will perform an analysis of the alternatives available to it and will only enter into an agreement with a third party that has not executed a waiver if management believes that such third party’s engagement would be significantly more beneficial to us than any alternative. Examples of possible instances where we may engage a third party that refuses to execute a waiver include the engagement of a third party consultant whose particular expertise or skills are believed by management to be significantly superior to those of other consultants that would agree to execute a waiver or in cases where management is unable to find a service provider willing to execute a waiver.

In addition, there is no guarantee that such entities will agree to waive any claims they may have in the future as a result of, or arising out of, any negotiations, contracts or agreements with us and will not seek recourse against the trust account for any reason. Our sponsor has agreed that it will be liable to us if and to the extent any claims by a vendor for services rendered or products sold to us, or a prospective target business with which we have discussed entering into a transaction agreement, reduce the amount of funds in the trust account to below (i) $10.00 per public share or (ii) such lesser amount per public share held in the trust account as of the date of the liquidation of the trust account, due to reductions in value of the trust assets, in each case net of the interest that may be withdrawn to pay our tax obligations, except as to any claims by a third party who executed a waiver of any and all rights to seek access to the trust account and except as to any claims under our indemnity of the underwriter of our initial public offering against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act. In the event that an executed waiver is deemed to be unenforceable against a third party, then our sponsor will not be responsible to the extent of any liability for such third party claims. We have not independently verified whether our sponsor has sufficient funds to satisfy its indemnity obligationsbeen profitable historically and believe that our sponsor’s only assets are securities of our company. We have not asked our sponsor to reserve for such indemnification obligations. Therefore, we cannot assure you that our sponsor would be able to satisfy those obligations. As a result, if any such claims were successfully made against the trust account, the funds available for our initial business combination and redemptions could be reduced to less than $10.00 per public share. In such event, we may not be able to complete our initial business combination, and you would receive such lesser amount per share in connection with any redemption of your public shares. None of our officers will indemnify us for claims by third parties including, without limitation, claims by vendors and prospective target businesses.

In the event that the proceedsachieve profitability in the trust account are reduced below (i) $10.00 per public share or (ii) such lesser amount per public share held in the trust account as of the date of the liquidation of the trust account, due to reductions in value of the trust assets, in each case net of the amount of interest which may be withdrawn to pay our tax obligations, and our sponsor asserts that it is unable to satisfy its indemnification obligations or that it has no indemnification obligations related to a particular claim, our independent directors would determine whether to take legal action against our sponsor to enforce its indemnification obligations. While we currently expect that our independent directors would take legal action on our behalf against our sponsor to enforce its indemnification obligations to us, it is possible that our independent directors in exercising their business judgment may choose not to do so if, for example, the cost of such legal action is deemed by the independent directors to be too high relative to the amount recoverable or if the independent directors determine that a favorable outcome is not likely. future.

We have not asked our sponsor to reserve for such indemnification obligations and we cannot assure you that our sponsor would be able to satisfy those obligations. Accordingly, we cannot assure you that due to claims of creditors the actual value of the per-share redemption price will not be less than $10.00 per public share.


We will seek to reduce the possibility that our sponsor will have to indemnify the trust account due to claims of creditors by endeavoring to have all vendors, service providers (other than our independent registered public accounting firm), prospective target businesses or other entities with which we do business execute agreements with us waiving any right, title, interest or claim of any kind in or to monies held in the trust account. Our sponsor will also not be liable as to any claims under our indemnity of the underwriter of our initial public offering against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act. We have access to up to approximately $2,245,798received fewer proceeds from the proceeds of our initial public offering and sale of our private placement warrants with which to pay any such potential claims (including costs and expenses incurred in connection with our liquidation, currently estimated to be no more than approximately $100,000). In the event that we liquidate and it is subsequently determined that the reserve for claims and liabilities is insufficient, stockholders who received funds from our trust account could be liable for claims made by creditors.

Under the DGCL, stockholders may be held liable for claims by third parties against a corporation to the extent of distributions received by them in a dissolution. The pro rata portion of our trust account distributed to our public stockholders upon the redemption of our public shares in the event we do not complete our business combination within 24 months from the closing of our initial public offering may be considered a liquidating distribution under Delaware law. If the corporation complies with certain procedures set forth in Section 280 of the DGCL intended to ensure that it makes reasonable provision for all claims against it, including a 60-day notice period during which any third-party claims can be brought against the corporation, a 90-day period during which the corporation may reject any claims brought, and an additional 150-day waiting period before any liquidating distributions are made to stockholders, any liability of stockholders with respect to a liquidating distribution is limited to the lesser of such stockholder’s pro rata share of the claim or the amount distributed to the stockholder, and any liability of the stockholder would be barred after the third anniversary of the dissolution.

Furthermore, if the pro rata portion of our trust account distributed to our public stockholders upon the redemption of our public shares in the event we do not complete our business combination within 24 months from the closing of our initial public offering, is not considered a liquidating distribution under Delaware law and such redemption distribution is deemed to be unlawful, then pursuant to Section 174 of the DGCL, the statute of limitations for claims of creditors could then be six years after the unlawful redemption distribution, instead of three years, as in the case of a liquidating distribution. If we are unable to complete our business combination within 24 months from the closing of our initial public offering, we will: (i) cease all operations except for the purpose of winding up; (ii) as promptly as reasonably possible but not more than ten business days thereafter, redeem the public shares, at a per-share price, payable in cash, equal to the aggregate amount then on deposit in the trust account including interest earned on the funds held in the trust account and not previously released to us to pay our franchise and income taxes (less up to $100,000 of interest to pay dissolution expenses), divided by the number of then outstanding public shares, which redemption will completely extinguish public stockholders’ rights as stockholders (including the right to receive further liquidating distributions, if any), subject to applicable law; and (iii) as promptly as reasonably possible following such redemption, subject to the approval of our remaining stockholders and our board of directors, dissolve and liquidate, subject in each case to our obligations under Delaware law to provide for claims of creditors and the requirements of other applicable law. Accordingly, it is our intention to redeem our public shares as soon as reasonably possible following our 24th month and, therefore, we do not intend to comply with those procedures. As such, our stockholders could potentially be liable for any claims to the extent of distributions received by them (but no more) and any liability of our stockholders may extend well beyond the third anniversary of such date.

Because we will not be complying with Section 280, Section 281(b) of the DGCL requires us to adopt a plan, based on facts known to us at such time that will provide for our payment of all existing and pending claims or claims that may be potentially brought against us within the subsequent 10 years. However, because we are a blank check company, rather than an operating company, and our operations will be limited to searching for prospective target businesses to acquire, the only likely claims to arise would be from our vendors (such as lawyers, investment bankers, etc.) or prospective target businesses. As described above, pursuant to the obligation contained in our underwriting agreement, we will seek to have all vendors, service providers (other than our independent registered public accounting firm), prospective target businesses or other entities with which we do business execute agreements with us waiving any right, title, interest or claim of any kind in or to any monies held in the trust account. As a result of this obligation, the claims that could be made against us are significantly limited and the likelihood that any claim that would result in any liability extending to the trust account is remote. Further, our sponsor may be liable only to the extent necessary to ensure that the amounts in the trust account are not reduced below (i) $10.00 per public share or (ii) such lesser amount per public share held in the trust account as of the date of the liquidation of the trust account, due to reductions in value of the trust assets, in each case net of the amount of interest withdrawn to pay our franchise and income taxes and will not be liable as to any claims under our indemnity of the underwriter of our initial public offering against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act. In the event that an executed waiver is deemed to be unenforceable against a third party, our sponsor will not be responsible to the extent of any liability for such third-party claims.


If we file a bankruptcy petition or an involuntary bankruptcy petition is filed against us that is not dismissed, the proceeds held in the trust account could be subject to applicable bankruptcy law, and may be included in our bankruptcy estate and subject to the claims of third parties with priority over the claims of our stockholders. To the extent any bankruptcy claims deplete the trust account, we cannot assure you we will be able to return $10.00 per share to our public stockholders. Additionally, if we file a bankruptcy petition or an involuntary bankruptcy petition is filed against us that is not dismissed, any distributions received by stockholders could be viewed under applicable debtor/creditor and/or bankruptcy laws as either a “preferential transfer” or a “fraudulent conveyance.” As a result, a bankruptcy court could seek to recover all amounts received by our stockholders. Furthermore, our board may be viewed as having breached its fiduciary duty to our creditors and/or may have acted in bad faith, and thereby exposing itself and our company to claims of punitive damages, by paying public stockholders from the trust account prior to addressing the claims of creditors. We cannot assure you that claims will not be brought against us for these reasons.

Our public stockholders will be entitled receive funds from the trust account only upon the earliest to occur of: (a) the completion of our initial business combination, (b) the redemption of any public shares properly tendered in connection with a stockholder vote to amend our amended and restated certificate of incorporation (i) to modify the substance or timing of our obligation to provide holders of our Class A common stock the right to have their shares redeemed in connection with our initial business combination or to redeem 100% of our public shares if we do not complete our initial business combination within 24 months from the closing of our initial public offering or (ii) with respect to any other provisions relating to the rights of holders of our Class A common stock, and (c) the redemption of our public shares if we have not consummated our business combination within 24 months from the closing of our initial public offering, subject to applicable law. These provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, like all provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, may be amended with a stockholder vote.

Competition

In identifying, evaluating and selecting a target business for our business combination, we may encounter intense competition from other entities having a business objective similar to ours, including other blank check companies, private equity groups and leveraged buyout funds, and operating businesses seeking strategic acquisitions. Many of these entities are well established and have extensive experience identifying and effecting business combinations directly or through affiliates. Moreover, many of these competitors possess greater financial, technical, human and other resources than we do. Our ability to acquire larger target businesses will be limited by our available financial resources. This inherent limitation gives others an advantage in pursuing the acquisition of a target business. Furthermore, our obligation to pay cash in connection with our public stockholders who exercise their redemption rights may reduce the resources available to us for our initial business combination and our outstanding warrants, and the future dilution they potentially represent, may not be viewed favorably by certain target businesses. Either of these factors may place us at a competitive disadvantage in successfully negotiating an initial business combination.

Facilities

Our executive offices are located at 1545 Courtney Ave, Los Angeles, California 90046, and our telephone number is (646) 432-0610. Our executive offices are provided to us by an affiliate of our sponsor. Commencing on September 3, 2020, we have agreed to pay an affiliate of our sponsor a total of $10,000 per month for office space, utilities and secretarial and administrative support. We consider our current office space adequate for our current operations.

Employees

We currently have two officers. Members of our management team are not obligated to devote any specific number of hours to our matters but they intend to devote as much of their time as they deem necessary to our affairs until we have completed our initial business combination.

The amount of time that any such person will devote in any time period will vary based on whether a target business has been selected for our initial business combination and the current stage of the business combination process.


Periodic Reporting and Financial Information

We have registered our units, Class A common stock and warrants under the Exchange Act and have reporting obligations, including the requirement that we file annual, quarterly and current reports with the SEC. In accordance with the requirements of the Exchange Act, our annual reports will contain financial statements audited and reported on by our independent registered public accounting firm.

We will provide stockholders with audited financial statements of the prospective target business as part of the tender offer materials or proxy solicitation materials sent to stockholders to assist them in assessing the target business. In all likelihood, these financial statements will need to be prepared in accordance with GAAP or IFRS, depending on the circumstances and the historical financial statements may be required to be audited in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. These financial statement requirements may limit the pool of potential target businesses we may conduct an initial business combination with because some targets may be unable to provide such financial statements in time for us to disclose such financial statements in accordance with federal proxy rules and complete our initial business combination within the prescribed time frame. We cannot assure you that any particular target business identified by us as a potential acquisition candidate will have financial statements prepared in accordance with such requirements or that the potential target business will be able to prepare its financial statements in accordance with such requirements. To the extent that this requirement cannot be met, we may not be able to acquire the proposed target business. While this may limit the pool of potential acquisition candidates, we do not believe that this limitation will be material.

We will be required to evaluate our internal controls over financial reporting procedures for the fiscal year ending December 31, 2021 as required by the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. Only in the event we are deemed to be a large accelerated filer or an accelerated filer, and no longer qualify as an emerging growth company, will we be required to have our internal control over financial reporting procedures audited. A target company may not be in compliance with the provisions of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act regarding adequacy of their internal controls over financial reporting. The development of the internal controls of any such entity to achieve compliance with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act may increase the time and costs necessary to complete any such acquisition.


Item 1A.Risk Factors

An investment in our securities involves a high degree of risk. You should consider carefully all of the risks described below, together with the other information contained in this Report and the prospectus associated with our initial public offering, before making a decision to invest in our securities. If any of the following events occur, our business, financial condition and operating results may be materially adversely affected. In that event, the trading price of our securities could decline, and you could lose all or part of your investment. For risk factors related to the Business Combination please refer to the registration statement on Form S-4 initially filed with the SEC on March 25, 2021.

Risks Relating to our Search for, and Consummation of or Inability to Consummate, a Business Combination

We are a newly formed company with no operating history and no revenues, and you have no basis on which to evaluate our ability to achieve our business objective.

We are a newly formed company with no operating results. Because we lack an operating history, you have no basis upon which to evaluate our ability to achieve our business objective of completing our initial business combination with one or more target businesses. We have no plans, arrangements or understandings with any prospective target business concerning a business combination and may be unable to complete our business combination. If we fail to complete our business combination, we will never generate any operating revenues.

Past performance by our management team or our Advisors is not indicative of future performance of an investment in us.

Information regarding performance by, or businesses associated with, our management team or our Advisors, is presented for informational purposes only. Any past experience and performance of our management team or our Advisors is not a guarantee either: (1) that we will be able to successfully identify a suitable candidate for our initial business combination; or (2) of any results with respect to any initial business combination we may consummate. You should not rely on the historical record of the performance of our management team or our Advisors as being indicative of the future performance of an investment in us or the returns we will, or are likely to, generate going forward.

Our public stockholders may not be afforded an opportunity to vote on our proposed business combination, which means we may complete our initial business combination even though a majority of our public stockholders do not support such a combination.

We may not hold a stockholder vote to approve our initial business combination unless the business combination would require stockholder approval under applicable law or stock exchange listing requirements or if we decide to hold a stockholder vote for business or other legal reasons. Except as required by law, the decision as to whether we will seek stockholder approval of a proposed business combination or will allow stockholders to sell their shares to us in a tender offer will be made by us, solely in our discretion, and is based on a variety of factors, such as the timing of the transaction and whether the terms of the transaction would otherwise require us to seek stockholder approval. Accordingly, we may complete our initial business combination even if holders of a majority of our public shares do not approve of the business combination we complete.

If we seek stockholder approval of our initial business combination, our initial stockholders have agreed to vote in favor of such initial business combination, regardless of how our public stockholders vote.

Our initial stockholders have agreed to vote their founder shares, as well as any public shares purchased during or after our initial public offering, in favor of our initial business combination. As a result, in addition to our initial stockholders’ founder shares, we would need 12,533,089, or 37.5%, of the 33,421,570 public shares sold in our initial public offering to be voted in favor of a transaction (assuming all outstanding shares are voted) in order to have our initial business combination approved. Our initial stockholders own shares representing 20% of our outstanding shares of common stock immediately following the completion of our initial public offering. Accordingly, if we seek stockholder approval of our initial business combination, it is more likely that the necessary stockholder approval will be received than would be the case if our initial stockholders agreed to vote their founder shares in accordance with the majority of the votes cast by our public stockholders.


Your only opportunity to affect the investment decision regarding a potential business combination will be limited to the exercise of your right to redeem your shares from us for cash, unless we seek stockholder approval of the business combination.

At the time of your investment in us, you will not be provided with an opportunity to evaluate the specific merits or risks of one or more target businesses. Since our board of directors may complete a business combination without seeking stockholder approval, public stockholders may not have the right or opportunity to vote on the business combination, unless we seek such stockholder vote. Accordingly, if we do not seek stockholder approval, your only opportunity to affect the investment decision regarding a potential business combination may be limited to exercising your redemption rights within the period of time (which will be at least 20 business days) set forth in our tender offer documents mailed to our public stockholders in which we describe our initial business combination.

The ability of our public stockholders to redeem their shares for cash may make our financial condition unattractive to potential business combination targets, which may make it difficult for us to enter into a business combination with a target.

We may seek to enter into a business combination transaction agreement with a prospective target that requires as a closing condition that we have a minimum net worth or a certain amount of cash. If too many public stockholders exercise their redemption rights, we would not be able to meet such closing condition and, as a result, would not be able to proceed with the business combination. Furthermore, in no event will we redeem our public shares in an amount that would cause our net tangible assets to be less than $5,000,001. Consequently, if accepting all properly submitted redemption requests would cause our net tangible assets to be less than $5,000,001 upon consummation of our initial business combination or such greater amount necessary to satisfy a closing condition as described above, we would not proceed with such redemption and the related business combination and may instead search for an alternate business combination. Prospective targets will be aware of these risks and, thus, may be reluctant to enter into a business combination transaction with us.

The ability of our public stockholders to exercise redemption rights with respect to a large number of our shares may not allow us to complete the most desirable business combination or optimize our capital structure.

At the time we enter into an agreement for our initial business combination, we will not know how many stockholders may exercise their redemption rights, and therefore will need to structure the transaction based on our expectations as to the number of shares that will be submitted for redemption. If our business combination agreement requires us to use a portion of the cash in the trust account to pay the purchase price, or requires us to have a minimum amount of cash at closing, we will need to reserve a portion of the cash in the trust account to meet such requirements, or arrange for third party financing. In addition, if a larger number of shares are submitted for redemption than we initially expected, we may needanticipated. We will require additional capital to restructure the transaction to reserve a greater portion of the cash in the trust account or arrange for third party financing. Raising additional third party financing may involve dilutive equity issuances or the incurrence of indebtedness at higher than desirable levels. The above considerations may limitfinance our ability to complete the most desirable business combination available to us or optimize our capital structure. The amount of the deferred underwriting commissions payable to the underwriter will not be adjusted for any shares that are redeemed in connection with a business combination. The per-share amount we will distribute to stockholders who properly exercise their redemption rights will not be reduced by the deferred underwriting commissionoperations and after such redemptions, the per-share value of shares held by non-redeeming stockholders will reflect our obligation to pay the deferred underwriting commissions.

The ability of our public stockholders to exercise redemption rights with respect to a large number of our shares could increase the probability that our initial business combination would not be consummated and that you would have to wait for liquidation in order to redeem your stock.

Ifimplement our business combination agreement requires us to use a portion of the cash in the trust account to pay the purchase price, or requires us to have a minimum amount of cash at closing, the probability that our initial business combination would not be consummated is increased. If our initial business combination is unsuccessful, you would not receive your pro rata portion of the trust account until we liquidate the trust account. If you are in need of immediate liquidity, you could attempt to sell your stock in the open market; however, at such time our stock may trade at a discount to the pro rata amount per share in the trust account. In either situation, you may suffer a material loss on your investment or lose the benefit of funds expected in connection with our redemption until we liquidate or you are able to sell your stock in the open market.


The requirement that we complete our initial business combination within the prescribed time frame may give potential target businesses leverage over us in negotiating a business combinationplan and may decrease our ability to conduct due diligence on potential business combination targets as we approach our dissolution deadline, which could undermine our ability to complete our business combination on terms that would produce value for our stockholders.

Any potential target business with which we enter into negotiations concerning a business combination will be aware that we must complete our initial business combination within 24 months from the closing of our initial public offering. Consequently, such target business may obtain leverage over us in negotiating a business combination, knowing that if we do not complete our initial business combination with that particular target business, we may be unable to complete our initial business combination with any target business. This risk will increase as we get closer to the timeframe described above. In addition, we may have limited time to conduct due diligencestrategy and may enter into our initial business combination on terms that we would have rejected upon a more comprehensive investigation.

Our search for a business combination, and any target business with which we ultimately consummate a business combination, may be materially adversely affected by the recent coronavirus (COVID-19) outbreak and the status of debt and equity markets.

In December 2019, a novel strain of coronavirus was reported to have surfaced in Wuhan, China, which has and is continuing to spread throughout the world, including the United States. On January 30, 2020, the World Health Organization declared the outbreak of COVID-19 a “Public Health Emergency of International Concern.” On January 31, 2020, U.S. Health and Human Services Secretary Alex M. Azar II declared a public health emergency for the United States to aid the U.S. healthcare community in responding to COVID-19, and on March 11, 2020 the World Health Organization characterized the outbreak as a “pandemic”. The COVID-19 outbreak has and a significant outbreak of other infectious diseases could result in a widespread health crisis that could adversely affect the economies and financial markets worldwide, and the business of any potential target business with which we consummate a business combination could be materially and adversely affected. Furthermore, we may be unable to complete a business combination if continued concerns relating to COVID-19 continue to restrict travel, limit the ability to have meetings with potential investors or the target company’s personnel, vendors and services providers are unavailable to negotiate and consummate a transaction in a timely manner. The extent to which COVID-19 impacts our search for a business combination will depend on future developments, which are highly uncertain and cannot be predicted, including new information which may emerge concerning the severity of COVID-19 and the actions to contain COVID-19 or treat its impact, among others. If the disruptions posed by COVID-19 or other matters of global concern continue for an extensive period of time, our ability to consummate a business combination, or the operations of a target business with which we ultimately consummate a business combination, may be materially adversely affected. In addition, our ability to consummate a transaction may be dependent on the ability to raise equity and debt financing which may be impacted by COVID-19 and other events, including as a result of increased market volatility, decreased market liquidity and third-party financing being unavailable on terms acceptable to us or at all.

We may not be able to complete our initial business combination within the prescribed time frame, in which case we would cease all operations except for the purpose of winding up and we would redeem our public shares and liquidate, in which case our public stockholders may only receive $10.00 per share, or less than such amount in certain circumstances, and our warrants will expire worthless.

Our sponsor, executive officers and directors have agreed that we must complete our initial business combination within 24 months from the closing of our initial public offering. We may not be able to find a suitable target business and complete our initial business combination within such time period. If we have not completed our initial business combination within such time period, we will: (i) cease all operations except for the purpose of winding up; (ii) as promptly as reasonably possible but not more than ten business days thereafter, redeem the public shares, at a per-share price, payable in cash, equal to the aggregate amount then on deposit in the trust account including interest earned on the funds held in the trust account and not previously released to us to pay our franchise and income taxes (less up to $100,000 of interest to pay dissolution expenses), divided by the number of then outstanding public shares, which redemption will completely extinguish public stockholders’ rights as stockholders (including the right to receive further liquidating distributions, if any), subject to applicable law; and (iii) as promptly as reasonably possible following such redemption, subject to the approval of our remaining stockholders and our board of directors, dissolve and liquidate, subject in each case to our obligations under Delaware law to provide for claims of creditors and the requirements of other applicable law. In such case, our public stockholders may only receive $10.00 per share, and our warrants will expire worthless. In certain circumstances, our public stockholders may receive less than $10.00 per share on the redemption of their shares.


If we are unable to complete an initial business combination within the 24-month period from the closing of our initial public offering, we may seek an amendment to our amended and restated certificate of incorporation to extend the period of time we have to complete an initial business combination beyond 24 months. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation requires that such an amendment be approved by holders of 65% of our outstanding common stock.

If we seek stockholder approval of our initial business combination, our sponsor, directors, officers, advisors and their affiliates may elect to purchase shares from public stockholders, which may influence a vote on a proposed business combination and reduce the public “float” of our Class A common stock.

If we seek stockholder approval of our initial business combination and we do not conduct redemptions in connection with our business combination pursuant to the tender offer rules, our sponsor, directors, officers, advisors or their affiliates may purchase shares in privately negotiated transactions or in the open market either prior to or following the completion of our initial business combination, although they are under no obligation to do so. Such a purchase may include a contractual acknowledgement that such stockholder, although still the record holder of our shares is no longer the beneficial owner thereof and therefore agrees not to exercise its redemption rights. In the event that our sponsor, directors, officers, advisors or their affiliates purchase shares in privately negotiated transactions from public stockholders who have already elected to exercise their redemption rights, such selling stockholders would be required to revoke their prior elections to redeem their shares. The purpose of such purchases could be to vote such shares in favor of the business combination and thereby increase the likelihood of obtaining stockholder approval of the business combination, or to satisfy a closing condition in an agreement with a target that requires us to have a minimum net worth or a certain amount of cash at the closing of our business combination, where it appears that such requirement would otherwise not be met. This may result in the completion of our business combination that may not otherwise have been possible.

In addition, if such purchases are made, the public “float” of our Class A common stock and the number of beneficial holders of our securities may be reduced, possibly making it difficult to obtain or maintain the quotation, listing or trading of our securities on a national securities exchange.

If a stockholder fails to receive notice of our offer to redeem our public shares in connection with our business combination, or fails to comply with the procedures for tendering its shares, such shares may not be redeemed.

We will comply with the tender offer rules or proxy rules, as applicable, when conducting redemptions in connection with our business combination. Despite our compliance with these rules, if a stockholder fails to receive our tender offer or proxy materials, as applicable, such stockholder may not become aware of the opportunity to redeem its shares. In addition, the proxy solicitation or tender offer materials, as applicable, that we will furnish to holders of our public shares in connection with our initial business combination will indicate the applicable delivery requirements, which will include the requirement that a beneficial holder must identify itself in order to validly redeem its shares. For example, we may require our public stockholders seeking to exercise their redemption rights, whether they are record holders or hold their shares in “street name,” to either tender their certificates to our transfer agent prior to the date set forth in the tender offer documents or proxy materials mailed to such holders, or up to two business days prior to the initially scheduled vote on the proposal to approve the business combination in the event we distribute proxy materials, or to deliver their shares to the transfer agent electronically. In the event that a stockholder fails to comply with these or any other procedures, its shares may not be redeemed.


As the number of special purpose acquisition companies evaluating targets increases, attractive targets may become scarcer and there may be more competition for attractive targets. This could increase the cost of our initial business combination and could even result in our inability to find a target or to consummate an initial business combination.

In recent years, the number of special purpose acquisition companies that have been formed has increased substantially. Many potential targets for special purpose acquisition companies have already entered into an initial business combination, and there are still many special purpose acquisition companies seeking targets for their initial business combination, as well as many such companies currently in registration. As a result, at times, fewer attractive targets may be available, and it may require more time, more effort and more resources to identify a suitable target and to consummate an initial business combination. In addition, because there are more special purpose acquisition companies seeking to enter into an initial business combination with available targets, the competition for available targets with attractive fundamentals or business models may increase, which could cause target companies to demand improved financial terms. Attractive deals could also become scarcer for other reasons, such as economic or industry sector downturns, geopolitical tensions or increases in the cost of additional capital needed to close business combinations or operate targets post-business combination. This could increase the cost of, delay or otherwise complicate or frustrate our ability to find and consummate an initial business combination, and may result in our inability to consummate an initial business combination on terms favorable to our investors altogether.

You will not have any rights or interests in funds from the trust account, except under certain limited circumstances. To liquidate your investment, therefore, you may be forced to sell your public shares or warrants, potentially at a loss.

Our public stockholders will be entitled to receive funds from the trust account only upon the earliest to occur of: (a) the completion of our initial business combination, (b) the redemption of any public shares properly tendered in connection with a stockholder vote to amend our amended and restated certificate of incorporation (i) to modify the substance or timing of our obligation to provide holders of our Class A common stock the right to have their shares redeemed in connection with our initial business combination or to redeem 100% of our public shares if we do not complete our initial business combination within 24 months from the closing of our initial public offering or (ii) with respect to any other provisions relating to the rights of holders of our Class A common stock, and (c) the redemption of our public shares if we have not consummated our business combination within 24 months from the closing of our initial public offering, subject to applicable law. In addition, if we are unable to complete an initial business combination within 24 months from the closing of our initial public offering for any reason, compliance with Delaware law may require that we submit a plan of dissolution to our then-existing stockholders for approval prior to the distribution of the proceeds held in our trust account. In that case, public stockholders may be forced to wait beyond 24 months from the closing of our initial public offering before they receive funds from our trust account. In no other circumstances will a public stockholder have any rightraise such capital when needed, or interest of any kind in the trust account. Accordingly, to liquidate your investment, you may be forced to sell your public shares or warrants, potentially at a loss.

Because of our limited resources and the significant competition for business combination opportunities, it may be more difficult for us to complete our initial business combination. If we are unable to complete our initial business combination, our public stockholders may receive only approximately $10.00 per share on our redemption of our public shares, or less than such amount in certain circumstances, and our warrants will expire worthless.

We expect to encounter intense competition from other entities having a business objective similar to ours, including private investors (which may be individuals or investment partnerships), other blank check companies and other entities, domestic and international, competing for the types of businesses we intend to acquire. Many of these individuals and entities are well-established and have extensive experience in identifying and effecting, directly or indirectly, acquisitions of companies operating in or providing services to various industries. Many of these competitors possess greater technical, human and other resources or more local industry knowledge than we do and our financial resources will be relatively limited when contrasted with those of many of these competitors. While we believe there are numerous target businesses we could potentially acquire with the net proceeds of our initial public offering and the sale of the private placement warrants, our ability to compete with respect to the acquisition of certain target businesses that are sizable will be limited by our available financial resources. This inherent competitive limitation gives others an advantage in pursuing the acquisition of certain target businesses. Furthermore, because we are obligated to pay cash for the shares of Class A common stock which our public stockholders redeem in connection with our initial business combination, target companies will be aware that this may reduce the resources available to us for our initial business combination.

This may place us at a competitive disadvantage in successfully negotiating a business combination. If we are unable to complete our initial business combination, our public stockholders may receive only approximately $10.00 per share on the liquidation of our trust account and our warrants will expire worthless. In certain circumstances, our public stockholders may receive less than $10.00 per share upon our liquidation.


If the net proceeds of our initial public offering and the sale of the private placement warrants not being held in the trust account are insufficient to allow us to operate for at least the next 24 months, we may be unable to complete our initial business combination, in which case our public stockholders may only receive $10.00 per share, or less than such amount in certain circumstances, and our warrants will expire worthless.

The funds available to us outside of the trust account may not be sufficient to allow us to operate for at least the 24 months from the closing of our initial public offering, assuming that our initial business combination is not completed during that time. We believe that the funds available to us outside of the trust account will be sufficient to allow us to operate for the 24 months following the closing of our initial public offering; however, we cannot assure you that our estimate is accurate. Of the funds available to us, we could use a portion of the funds available to us to pay fees to consultants to assist us with our search for a target business. We could also use a portion of the funds as a down payment or to fund a “no-shop” provision (a provision in letters of intent designed to keep target businesses from “shopping” around for transactions with other companies on terms more favorable to such target businesses) with respect to a particular proposed business combination. If we are unable to complete our initial business combination, our public stockholders may receive only approximately $10.00 per share on the liquidation of our trust account and our warrants will expire worthless. In certain circumstances, our public stockholders may receive less than $10.00 per share upon our liquidation.

If third parties bring claims against us, the proceeds held in the trust account could be reduced and the per-share redemption amount received by stockholders may be less than $10.00 per share.

Our placing of funds in the trust account may not protect those funds from third-party claims against us. Although we will seek to have all vendors, service providers (other than our independent registered public accounting firm), prospective target businesses or other entities with which we do business execute agreements with us waiving any right, title, interest or claim of any kind in or to any monies held in the trust account for the benefit of our public stockholders, such parties may not execute such agreements, or even if they execute such agreements they may not be prevented from bringing claims against the trust account, including, but not limited to, fraudulent inducement, breach of fiduciary responsibility or other similar claims, as well as claims challenging the enforceability of the waiver, in each case in order to gain advantage with respect to a claim against our assets, including the funds held in the trust account. If any third party refuses to execute an agreement waiving such claims to the monies held in the trust account, our management will perform an analysis of the alternatives available to it and will only enter into an agreement with a third party that has not executed a waiver if management believes that such third party’s engagement would be significantly more beneficial to us than any alternative. The underwriter of our initial public offering will not execute an agreement with us waiving such claims to the monies in the trust account.

Examples of possible instances where we may engage a third party that refuses to execute a waiver include the engagement of a third party consultant whose particular expertise or skills are believed by management to be significantly superior to those of other consultants that would agree to execute a waiver or in cases where management is unable to find a service provider willing to execute a waiver. In addition, there is no guarantee that such entities will agree to waive any claims they may have in the future as a result of, or arising out of, any negotiations, contracts or agreements with us and will not seek recourse against the trust account for any reason. Upon redemption of our public shares, if we are unable to complete our business combination within the prescribed timeframe, or upon the exercise of a redemption right in connection with our business combination, we will be required to provide for payment of claims of creditors that were not waived that may be brought against us within the 10 years following redemption. Accordingly, the per-share redemption amount received by public stockholders could be less than the $10.00 per share initially held in the trust account, due to claims of such creditors. Our sponsor has agreed that it will be liable to us if and to the extent any claims by a vendor for services rendered or products sold to us, or a prospective target business with which we have discussed entering into a transaction agreement, reduce the amount of funds in the trust account to below (i) $10.00 per public share or (ii) such lesser amount per public share held in the trust account as of the date of the liquidation of the trust account due to reductions in the value of the trust assets, in each case net of the interest that may be withdrawn to pay our franchise and income taxes. This liability will not apply with respect to any claims by a third party who executed a waiver of any and all rights to seek access to the trust account and except as to any claims under our indemnity of the underwriter of our initial public offering against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act. Moreover, in the event that an executed waiver is deemed to be unenforceable against a third party, then our sponsor will not be responsible to the extent of any liability for such third party claims. We have not independently verified whether our sponsor has sufficient funds to satisfy its indemnity obligations and believe that our sponsor’s only assets are securities of our company. We have not asked our sponsor to reserve for such indemnification obligations. Therefore, our sponsor may not be able to satisfy those obligations. As a result, if any such claims were successfully made against the trust account, the funds available for our initial business combination and redemptions could be reduced to less than $10.00 per public share. In such event, we may not be able to complete our initial business combination, and you would receive such lesser amount per share in connection with any redemption of your public shares. None of our officers will indemnify us for claims by third parties including, without limitation, claims by vendors and prospective target businesses.


Our stockholders may be held liable for claims by third parties against us to the extent of distributions received by them upon redemption of their shares.

Under the DGCL, stockholders may be held liable for claims by third parties against a corporation to the extent of distributions received by them in a dissolution. The pro rata portion of our trust account distributed to our public stockholders upon the redemption of our public shares in the event we do not complete our initial business combination within 24 months from the closing of our initial public offering may be considered a liquidating distribution under Delaware law. If a corporation complies with certain procedures set forth in Section 280 of the DGCL intended to ensure that it makes reasonable provision for all claims against it, including a 60-day notice period during which any third-party claims can be brought against the corporation, a 90-day period during which the corporation may reject any claims brought, and an additional 150-day waiting period before any liquidating distributions are made to stockholders, any liability of stockholders with respect to a liquidating distribution is limited to the lesser of such stockholder’s pro rata share of the claim or the amount distributed to the stockholder, and any liability of the stockholder would be barred after the third anniversary of the dissolution. However, it is our intention to redeem our public shares as soon as reasonably possible following the 24th month from the closing of our initial public offering in the event we do not complete our business combination and, therefore, we do not intend to comply with the foregoing procedures.

Because we will not be complying with Section 280, Section 281(b) of the DGCL requires us to adopt a plan, based on facts known to us at such time that will provide for our payment of all existing and pending claims or claims that may be potentially brought against us within the 10 years following our dissolution. However, because we are a blank check company, rather than an operating company, and our operations will be limited to searching for prospective target businesses to acquire, the only likely claims to arise would be from our vendors (such as lawyers, investment bankers, etc.) or prospective target businesses. If our plan of distribution complies with Section 281(b) of the DGCL, any liability of stockholders with respect to a liquidating distribution is limited to the lesser of such stockholder’s pro rata share of the claim or the amount distributed to the stockholder, and any liability of the stockholder would likely be barred after the third anniversary of the dissolution. We cannot assure you that we will properly assess all claims that may be potentially brought against us. As such, our stockholders could potentially be liable for any claims to the extent of distributions received by them (but no more) and any liability of our stockholders may extend beyond the third anniversary of such date. Furthermore, if the pro rata portion of our trust account distributed to our public stockholders upon the redemption of our public shares in the event we do not complete our initial business combination within 24 months from the closing of our initial public offering is not considered a liquidating distribution under Delaware law and such redemption distribution is deemed to be unlawful, then pursuant to Section 174 of the DGCL, the statute of limitations for claims of creditors could then be six years after the unlawful redemption distribution, instead of three years, as in the case of a liquidating distribution.

We may not hold an annual meeting of stockholders until after the consummation of our initial business combination, which could delay the opportunity for our stockholders to elect directors.

In accordance with the NYSE corporate governance requirements, we are not required to hold an annual meeting until one year after our first fiscal year end following our listing on the NYSE. Under Section 211(b) of the DGCL, we are, however, required to hold an annual meeting of stockholders for the purposes of electing directors in accordance with our bylaws unless such election is made by written consent in lieu of such a meeting. We may not hold an annual meeting of stockholders to elect new directors prior to the consummation of our initial business combination, and thus we may not be in compliance with Section 211(b) of the DGCL, which requires an annual meeting. Therefore, if our stockholders want us to hold an annual meeting prior to the consummation of our initial business combination, they may attempt to force us to hold one by submitting an application to the Delaware Court of Chancery in accordance with Section 211(c) of the DGCL.


Because we are not limited to a particular industry, sector or any specific target businesses with which to pursue our initial business combination, you will be unable to ascertain the merits or risks of any particular target business’ operations.

Although we expect to focus our search for a target business in the industrial sector, we may seek to complete a business combination with an operating company in any industry or sector. However, we are not, under our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, permitted to effectuate our business combination with another blank check company or similar company with nominal operations. To the extent we complete our business combination, we may be affected by numerous risks inherent in the business operations with which we combine. For example, if we combine with a financially unstable business or an entity lacking an established record of revenues or earnings, we may be affected by the risks inherent in the business and operations of a financially unstable or a development stage entity. Although our officers and directors will endeavor to evaluate the risks inherent in a particular target business, we cannot assure you that we will properly ascertain or assess all of the significant risk factors or that we will have adequate time to complete due diligence. Furthermore, some of these risks may be outside of our control and leave us with no ability to control or reduce the chances that those risks will adversely impact a target business. We also cannot assure you that an investment in our units will ultimately prove to be more favorable to investors than a direct investment, if such opportunity were available, in a business combination target. Accordingly, any stockholders who choose to remain stockholders following the business combination could suffer a reduction in the value of their shares. Such stockholders are unlikely to have a remedy for such reduction in value.

We may seek acquisition opportunities in industries or sectors which may or may not be outside of our management’s area of expertise.

We may consider a business combination outside of our management’s area of expertise if a business combination candidate is presented to us and we determine that such candidate offers an attractive acquisition opportunity for our company. Although our management will endeavor to evaluate the risks inherent in any particular business combination candidate, we cannot assure you that we will adequately ascertain or assess all of the significant risk factors. We also cannot assure you that an investment in our units will not ultimately prove to be less favorable to investors in our initial public offering than a direct investment, if an opportunity were available, in a business combination candidate. In the event we elect to pursue an acquisition outside of the areas of our management’s expertise, our management’s expertise may not be directly applicable to its evaluation or operation, and the information contained in our initial prospectus regarding the areas of our management’s expertise would not be relevant to an understanding of the business that we elect to acquire. As a result, our management may not be able to adequately ascertain or assess all of the significant risk factors. Accordingly, any stockholders who choose to remain stockholders following our business combination could suffer a reduction in the value of their shares. Such stockholders are unlikely to have a remedy for such reduction in value.

We do not have a specified maximum redemption threshold. The absence of such a redemption threshold may make it possible for us to complete a business combination with which a substantial majority of our stockholders do not agree.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation does not provide a specified maximum redemption threshold, except that in no event will we redeem our public shares in an amount that would cause our net tangible assets to be less than $5,000,001 or any greater net tangible asset or cash requirement which may be contained in the agreement relating to our initial business combination. As a result, we may be able to complete our business combination even though a substantial majority of our public stockholders do not agree with the transaction and have redeemed their shares or, if we seek stockholder approval of our initial business combination and do not conduct redemptions in connection with our business combination pursuant to the tender offer rules, have entered into privately negotiated agreements to sell their shares to our sponsor, officers, directors, Advisors or their affiliates. In the event the aggregate cash consideration we would be required to pay for all shares of Class A common stock that are validly submitted for redemption plus any amount required to satisfy cash conditions pursuant to the terms of the proposed business combination exceed the aggregate amount of cash available to us, we will not complete the business combination or redeem any shares, all shares of Class A common stock submitted for redemption will be returned to the holders thereof, and we instead may search for an alternate business combination.

In order to effectuate our initial business combination, we may seek to amend our amended and restated certificate of incorporation or governing instruments in a manner that will make it easier for us to complete our initial business combination but that our stockholders may not support.

In order to effectuate a business combination, blank check companies have, in the recent past, amended various provisions of their charters and modified governing instruments, including their warrant agreements. For example, blank check companies have amended the definition of business combination, increased redemption thresholds and extended the time to consummate an initial business combination and, with respect to their warrants, amended their warrant agreements to require the warrants to be exchanged for cash and/or other securities. We cannot assure you that we will not seek to amend our charter or governing instruments or extend the time to consummate an initial business combination in order to effectuate our initial business combination.


Our initial stockholders may exert a substantial influence on actions requiring a stockholder vote, potentially in a manner that you do not support.

Our initial stockholders own shares representing 20% of our issued and outstanding shares of common stock. Accordingly, they may exert a substantial influence on actions requiring a stockholder vote, potentially in a manner that you do not support, including amendments to our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and approval of major corporate transactions. If our initial stockholders purchase any additional shares of common stock in the aftermarket or in privately negotiated transactions, this would increase their control. Factors that would be considered in making such additional purchases would include consideration of the current trading price of our Class A common stock. In addition, our board of directors, whose members were elected by our initial stockholders, is and will be divided into three classes, each of which will generally serve for a term of three years with only one class of directors being elected in each year. We may not hold an annual meeting of stockholders to elect new directors prior to the completion of our business combination, in which case all of the current directors will continue in office until at least the completion of the business combination. If there is an annual meeting, as a consequence of our “staggered” board of directors, only a minority of the board of directors will be considered for election and our initial stockholders, because of their ownership position, will have considerable influence regarding the outcome. In addition, prior to the completion of an initial business combination, holders of a majority of our founder shares may remove a member of the board of directors for any reason. In addition, as long as our sponsor is controlled by our founders, we have agreed not to enter into a definitive agreement regarding an initial business combination without the prior consent of our sponsor. Accordingly, our initial stockholders will continue to exert control at least until the completion of our business combination.

You are not entitled to protections normally afforded to investors of many other blank check companies.

Since the net proceeds of our initial public offering and the sale of the private placement warrants are intended to be used to complete an initial business combination with a target business, we may be deemed to be a “blank check” company under the United States securities laws. However, because we have net tangible assets in excess of $5,000,000 upon the successful completion of our initial public offering and the sale of the private placement warrants and have filed a Current Report on Form 8-K, including an audited balance sheet demonstrating this fact, we are exempt from rules promulgated by the SEC to protect investors in blank check companies, such as Rule 419. Accordingly, investors are not be afforded the benefits or protections of those rules. Among other things, this means our units are tradable and we have a longer period of time to complete our business combination than do companies subject to Rule 419. Moreover, if our initial public offering were subject to Rule 419, that rule would prohibit the release of any interest earned on funds held in the trust account to us unless and until the funds in the trust account were released to us in connection with our completion of an initial business combination.

We may be required to take write-downs or write-offs, restructuring and impairment or other charges that could have a significant negative effect on our financial condition, results of operations and our stock price, which could cause you to lose some or all of your investment.

Even if we conduct extensive due diligence on a target business with which we combine, we cannot assure you that this diligence will surface all material issues that may be present inside a particular target business, that it would be possible to uncover all material issues through a customary amount of due diligence, or that factors outside of the target business and outside of our control will not later arise. As a result of these factors, we may be forced to later write-down or write-off assets, restructure our operations, or incur impairment or other charges that could result in our reporting losses. Even if our due diligence successfully identifies certain risks, unexpected risks may arise and previously known risks may materialize in a manner not consistent with our preliminary risk analysis. Even though these charges may be non-cash items and not have an immediate impact on our liquidity, the fact that we report charges of this nature could contribute to negative market perceptions about us or our securities. In addition, charges of this nature may cause us to violate net worth or other covenants to which we may be subject as a result of assuming pre-existing debt held by a target business or by virtue of our obtaining post-combination debt financing. Accordingly, any stockholders who choose to remain stockholders following the business combination could suffer a reduction in the value of their shares. Such stockholders are unlikely to have a remedy for such reduction in value unless they are able to successfully claim that the reduction was due to the breach by our officers or directors of a duty of care or other fiduciary duty owed to such stockholders, or if they are able to successfully bring a private claim under securities laws that the tender offer materials or proxy statement related to our initial business combination contained an actionable material misstatement or material omission.


Our directors may decide not to enforce the indemnification obligations of our sponsor, resulting in a reduction in the amount of funds in the trust account available for distribution to our public stockholders.

In the event that the proceeds in the trust account are reduced below the lesser of (i) $10.00 per public share or (ii) such lesser amount per share held in the trust account as of the date of the liquidation of the trust account due to reductions in the value of the trust assets, in each case net of the interest which may be withdrawn to pay our franchise and income taxes, and our sponsor asserts that it is unable to satisfy its obligations or that it has no indemnification obligations related to a particular claim, our independent directors would determine whether to take legal action against our sponsor to enforce its indemnification obligations.

While we currently expect that our independent directors would take legal action on our behalf against our sponsor to enforce its indemnification obligations to us, it is possible that our independent directors in exercising their business judgment may choose not to do so if, for example, the cost of such legal action is deemed by the independent directors to be too high relative to the amount recoverable or if the independent directors determine that a favorable outcome is not likely. If our independent directors choose not to enforce these indemnification obligations, the amount of funds in the trust account available for distribution to our public stockholders may be reduced below $10.00 per share.

If, after we distribute the proceeds in the trust account to our public stockholders, we file a bankruptcy petition or an involuntary bankruptcy petition is filed against us that is not dismissed, a bankruptcy court may seek to recover such proceeds, and we and our board may be exposed to claims of punitive damages.

If, after we distribute the proceeds in the trust account to our public stockholders, we file a bankruptcy petition or an involuntary bankruptcy petition is filed against us that is not dismissed, any distributions received by stockholders could be viewed under applicable debtor/creditor and/or bankruptcy laws as either a “preferential transfer” or a “fraudulent conveyance.” As a result, a bankruptcy court could seek to recover all amounts received by our stockholders. In addition, our board of directors may be viewed as having breached its fiduciary duty to our creditors and/or having acted in bad faith, thereby exposing itself and us to claims of punitive damages, by paying public stockholders from the trust account prior to addressing the claims of creditors.

If, before distributing the proceeds in the trust account to our public stockholders, we file a bankruptcy petition or an involuntary bankruptcy petition is filed against us that is not dismissed, the claims of creditors in such proceeding may have priority over the claims of our stockholders and the per-share amount that would otherwise be received by our stockholders in connection with our liquidation may be reduced.

If, before distributing the proceeds in the trust account to our public stockholders, we file a bankruptcy petition or an involuntary bankruptcy petition is filed against us that is not dismissed, the proceeds held in the trust account could be subject to applicable bankruptcy law, and may be included in our bankruptcy estate and subject to the claims of third parties with priority over the claims of our stockholders. To the extent any bankruptcy claims deplete the trust account, the per-share amount that would otherwise be received by our stockholders in connection with our liquidation may be reduced.

If we are deemed to be an investment company under the Investment Company Act, we may be required to institute burdensome compliance requirements and our activities may be restricted, which may make it difficult for us to complete our business combination.

If we are deemed to be an investment company under the Investment Company Act, our activities may be restricted, including:

·restrictions on the nature of our investments; and

·restrictions on the issuance of securities, each of which may make it difficult for us to complete our business combination.

·In addition, we may have imposed upon us burdensome requirements, including:

·registration as an investment company;

·adoption of a specific form of corporate structure; and

·reporting, record keeping, voting, proxy and disclosure requirements and other rules and regulations.

In order not to be regulated as an investment company under the Investment Company Act, unless we can qualify for an exclusion, we must ensure that we are engaged primarily in a business other than investing, reinvesting or trading in securities and that our activities do not include investing, reinvesting, owning, holding or trading “investment securities” constituting more than 40% of our total assets (exclusive of U.S. government securities and cash items) on an unconsolidated basis. Our business is to identify and complete a business combination and thereafter to operate the post-transaction business or assets for the long term. We do not plan to buy businesses or assets with a view to resale or profit from their resale. We do not plan to buy unrelated businesses or assets or to be a passive investor.

We do not believe that our anticipated principal activities will subject us to the Investment Company Act. To this end, the proceeds held in the trust account may only be invested in United States “government securities” within the meaning of Section 2(a)(16) of the Investment Company Act having a maturity of 185 days or less or in money market funds meeting certain conditions under Rule 2a-7 promulgated under the Investment Company Act which invest only in direct U.S. government treasury obligations. Pursuant to the trust agreement, the trustee is not permitted to invest in other securities or assets. By restricting the investment of the proceeds to these instruments, and by having a business plan targeted at acquiring and growing businesses for the long term (rather than on buying and selling businesses in the manner of a merchant bank or private equity fund), we intend to avoid being deemed an “investment company” within the meaning of the Investment Company Act. Our initial public offering was not intended for persons who are seeking a return on investments in government securities or investment securities. The trust account is intended as a holding place for funds pending the earliest to occur of: (a) the completion of our initial business combination, (b) the redemption of any public shares properly tendered in connection with a stockholder vote to amend our amended and restated certificate of incorporation (i) to modify the substance or timing of our obligation to provide holders of our Class A common stock the right to have their shares redeemed in connection with our initial business combination or to redeem 100% of our public shares if we do not complete our initial business combination within 24 months from the closing of our initial public offering or (ii) with respect to any other provisions relating to the rights of holders of our Class A common stock, and (c) the redemption of our public shares if we have not consummated our business combination within 24 months from the closing of our initial public offering, subject to applicable law. If we do not invest the proceeds as discussed above, we may be deemed to be subject to the Investment Company Act. If we were deemed to be subject to the Investment Company Act, compliance with these additional regulatory burdens would require additional expenses for which we have not allotted funds and may hinder our ability to complete a business combination. If we are unable to complete our initial business combination, our public stockholders may receive only approximately $10.00 per share on the liquidation of our trust account and our warrants will expire worthless.

We may have a limited ability to assess the management of a prospective target business and, as a result, may affect our initial business combination with a target business whose management may not have the skills, qualifications or abilities to manage a public company, which could, in turn, negatively impact the value of our stockholders’ investment in us.

When evaluating the desirability of effecting our initial business combination with a prospective target business, our ability to assess the target business’ management may be limited due to a lack of time, resources or information. Our assessment of the capabilities of the target’s management, therefore, may prove to be incorrect and such management may lack the skills, qualifications or abilities we suspected. Should the target’s management not possess the skills, qualifications or abilities necessary to manage a public company, the operations and profitability of the post-combination business may be negatively impacted. Accordingly, any stockholders who choose to remain stockholders following the business combination could suffer a reduction in the value of their shares. Such stockholders are unlikely to have a remedy for such reduction in value.


We may issue notes or other debt securities, or otherwise incur substantial debt, to complete a business combination, which may adversely affect our leverage and financial condition and thus negatively impact the value of our stockholders’ investment in us.

We may choose to incur substantial debt to complete our business combination. We have agreed that we will not incur any indebtedness unless we have obtained from the lender a waiver of any right, title, interest or claim of any kind in or to the monies held in the trust account. As such, no issuance of debt will affect the per-share amount available for redemption from the trust account. Nevertheless, the incurrence of debt could have a variety of negative effects, including:

·default and foreclosure on our assets if our operating revenues after an initial business combination are insufficient to repay our debt obligations;

·acceleration of our obligations to repay the indebtedness even if we make all principal and interest payments when due if we breach certain covenants that require the maintenance of certain financial ratios or reserves without a waiver or renegotiation of that covenant;

·our immediate payment of all principal and accrued interest, if any, if the debt security is payable on demand;

·our inability to obtain necessary additional financing if the debt security contains covenants restricting our ability to obtain such financing while the debt security is outstanding;

·our inability to pay dividends on our common stock;

·using a substantial portion of our cash flow to pay principal and interest on our debt, which will reduce the funds available for dividends on our common stock if declared, our ability to pay expenses, make capital expenditures and acquisitions, and fund other general corporate purposes;

·limitations on our flexibility in planning for and reacting to changes in our business and in the industry in which we operate;

·increased vulnerability to adverse changes in general economic, industry and competitive conditions and adverse changes in government regulation;

·limitations on our ability to borrow additional amounts for expenses, capital expenditures, acquisitions, debt service requirements, and execution of our strategy; and

·other disadvantages compared to our competitors who have less debt.

We may only be able to complete one business combination with the proceeds of our initial public offering and the sale of the private placement warrants, which will cause us to be solely dependent on a single business which may have a limited number of products or services. This lack of diversification may negatively impact our operations and profitability.

The net proceeds from our initial public offering and the sale of the private placement warrants initially provided us with $325,533,836 that we may use to complete our initial business combination (after taking into account the $11,697,550 of deferred underwriting commissions being held in the trust account and the expenses of our initial public offering).

We may effectuate our business combination with a single target business or multiple target businesses simultaneously or within a short period of time. However, we may not be able to effectuate our business combination with more than one target business because of various factors, including the existence of complex accounting issues and the requirement that we prepare and file pro forma financial statements with the SEC that present operating results and the financial condition of several target businesses as if they had been operated on a combined basis. By completing our initial business combination with only a single business, our lack of diversification may subject us to numerous economic, competitive and regulatory developments. Further, we would not be able to diversify our operations or benefit from the possible spreading of risks or offsetting of losses, unlike other entities which may have the resources to complete several business combinations in different industries or different areas of a single industry. Accordingly, the prospects for our success may be:

·solely dependent upon the performance of a single business, property or asset; or

·dependent upon the development or market acceptance of a single or limited number of products, processes or services.

This lack of diversification may subject us to numerous economic, competitive and regulatory developments, any or all of which may have a substantial adverse impact upon the particular industry in which we may operate subsequent to our business combination.


We may attempt to simultaneously complete business combinations with multiple prospective targets, which may hinder our ability to complete our business combination and give rise to increased costs and risks that could negatively impact our operations and profitability.

If we determine to simultaneously acquire several businesses that are owned by different sellers, we will need for each of such sellers to agree that our purchase of its business is contingent on the simultaneous closings of the other business combinations, which may make it more difficult for us, and delay our ability, to complete our initial business combination. With multiple business combinations, we could also face additional risks, including additional burdens and costs with respect to possible multiple negotiations and due diligence investigations (if there are multiple sellers) and the additional risks associated with the subsequent assimilation of the operations and services or products of the acquired companies in a single operating business. If we are unable to adequately address these risks, it could negatively impact our profitability and results of operations.

Because we must furnish our stockholders with target business financial statements, we may lose the ability to complete an otherwise advantageous initial business combination with some prospective target businesses.

The federal proxy rules require that the proxy statement with respect to the vote on an initial business combination include historical and pro forma financial statement disclosure. We will include the same financial statement disclosure in connection with our tender offer documents, whether or not they are required under the tender offer rules. These financial statements may be required to be prepared in accordance with, or be reconciled to, accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America, or GAAP, or international financial reporting standards, or IFRS, depending on the circumstances and the historical financial statements may be required to be audited in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), or PCAOB. These financial statement requirements may limit the pool of potential target businesses we may acquire because some targets may be unable to provide such financial statements in time for us to disclose such statements in accordance with federal proxy rules and complete our initial business combination within the prescribed time frame.

The provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation that relate to our pre-business combination activity (and corresponding provisions of the agreement governing the release of funds from our trust account) may be amended with the approval of holders of 65% of our common stock, which is a lower amendment threshold than that of some other blank check companies. It may be easier for us, therefore, to amend our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and the trust agreement to facilitate the completion of an initial business combination that some of our stockholders may not support.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that any of its provisions related to pre-business combination activity (including the requirement to deposit proceeds of our initial public offering and the private placement of warrants into the trust account and not release such amounts except in specified circumstances, and to provide redemption rights to public stockholders as described herein) may be amended if approved by holders of 65% of our common stock entitled to vote thereon, and corresponding provisions of the trust agreement governing the release of funds from our trust account may be amended if approved by holders of 65% of our common stock entitled to vote thereon. In all other instances, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation may be amended by holders of a majority of our outstanding common stock entitled to vote thereon, subject to applicable provisions of the DGCL or applicable stock exchange rules. Our initial stockholders, who collectively beneficially own 20% of our common stock, will participate in any vote to amend our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and/or trust agreement and will have the discretion to vote in any manner they choose. As a result, we may be able to amend the provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation which govern our pre-business combination behavior more easily than some other blank check companies, and this may increase our ability to complete a business combination with which you do not agree. Our stockholders may pursue remedies against us for any breach of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation.


Our sponsor, executive officers and directors have agreed, pursuant to a written agreement with us, that they will not propose any amendment to our amended and restated certificate of incorporation that would modify the substance or timing of our obligation to provide holders of our Class A common stock the right to have their shares redeemed in connection with our initial business combination or to redeem 100% of our public shares if we do not complete our initial business combination within 24 months from the closing of our initial public offering or with respect to any other provision relating to the rights of holders of our Class A common stock unless we provide our public stockholders with the opportunity to redeem their shares of Class A common stock upon approval of any such amendment at a per-share price, payable in cash, equal to the aggregate amount then on deposit in the trust account, including interest (which interest shall be net of taxes payable) divided by the number of the then outstanding public shares. These agreements are contained in a letter agreement that we have entered into with our sponsor, officers and directors. Our stockholders are not parties to, or third-party beneficiaries of, these agreements and, as a result, will not have the ability to pursue remedies against our sponsor, officers or directors for any breach of these agreements. As a result, in the event of a breach, our stockholders would need to pursue a stockholder derivative action, subject to applicable law.

We may be unable to obtain additional financing to complete our initial business combination or to fund the operations and growth of a target business, which could compel us to restructure or abandon a particular business combination.

If the net proceeds of our initial public offering and the sale of the private placement warrants prove to be insufficient to allow us to complete our initial business combination, either because of the size of our initial business combination, the depletion of the available net proceeds in search of a target business, the obligation to repurchase for cash a significant number of shares from stockholders who elect redemption in connection with our initial business combination or the terms of negotiated transactions to purchase shares in connection with our initial business combination, we may be required to seek additional financing or to abandon the proposed business combination. We cannot assure you that such financing will be available on acceptable terms, if at all. To the extent that additional financing proves to be unavailable when needed to complete our initial business combination, we would be compelled to either restructure the transaction or abandon that particular business combination and seek an alternative target business candidate. If we are unable to complete our initial business combination, our public stockholders may receive only approximately $10.00 per share plus any pro rata interest earned on the funds held in the trust account and not previously released to us to pay our franchise and income taxes on the liquidation of our trust account and our warrants will expire worthless. In addition, even if we do not need additional financing to complete our business combination, we may require such financing to fund the operations or growth of the target business. The failure to secure additional financing could have a material adverse effect on our ability to meet our financial obligations and support continued growth and development.

Our limited operating history and the continued development or growth of the target business. Nonenovelty of our officers, directorsblue laser systems make evaluating our business, the risks and challenges we may face, and our future prospects difficult.
The engineering of certain of our laser systems is still in the prototype stage, and there is no guarantee that we will be successful in implementing production of our laser systems on a commercial scale.
If our laser systems contain design or stockholdersmanufacturing defects, our business and financial results could be harmed.
Insufficient warranty reserves to cover future warranty claims could adversely affect our business, prospects, financial condition, and operating results.
The failure of our suppliers to deliver necessary raw materials and components that meet the specifications for our laser systems in a timely manner could cause installation delays, cancellations, and damage to our reputation.
We depend on sole source or limited source suppliers.
We are highly dependent upon the ability to ship products to customers and to receive shipments of supplies from suppliers.
If we fail to accurately forecast component and material requirements for our products, we could incur additional costs and significant delays in shipments, which could result in a loss of customers.
There is requiredno assurance that non-binding letters of intent and other indications of interest from customers will be converted into binding orders, sales, bookings, or committed offtake contracts.
We expect to provide any financingcontract with a number of large companies that have considerable bargaining power, which may require us to usagree to terms and conditions that could have an adverse effect on our business or ability to recognize revenues.
We currently partner with and in connectionthe future may derive a portion of our revenue from government entities.
Declines in the prices of our products and services, or in our volume of sales, together with or after our initial business combination. relatively inflexible cost structure, may adversely affect our financial results.
If we are not able to continue to reduce our cost structure in the future, our ability to become profitable may be impaired.
We are highly dependent on current key executives and if we are unable to completeattract and retain key employees and hire qualified management, technical, engineering, and sales personnel, our initialability to compete and successfully grow our business combination,could suffer.
Our expectations and targets regarding the times when we will launch our public stockholdersproducts depend in large part upon assumptions, estimates, measurements, testing, analyses, and data developed and performed by us, which if incorrect or flawed, could have a material adverse effect on our actual operating results and performance.
Certain estimates of market opportunity and forecasts of market growth may only receive approximately $10.00 per share onprove to be inaccurate.
Incorrect estimates or assumptions by management in connection with the liquidationpreparation of our trust account,consolidated financial statements could adversely affect our reported assets, liabilities, income, revenue, or expenses.
Operational costs can be difficult to predict.
We expect to incur significant research and development expenses and devote substantial resources to commercializing new products, which could increase our warrants will expire worthless.

Althoughlosses and negatively impact our ability to achieve or maintain profitability.

Our insurance coverage may not adequately protect us from harm or losses we have identified general criteria and guidelinesmay suffer.
There is no assurance that we believe are important in evaluating prospective target businesses, we may enter intowill be able to execute on our initial business combination with a target that does not meet such criteria and guidelines, and as a result, the target business with which we enter into our initial business combination may not have attributes entirely consistent with our general criteria and guidelines.

Although we have identified general criteria and guidelines for evaluating prospective target businesses, it is possible that a target business with which we enter into our initial business combinationmodel.

Expanding operations internationally will not have all of these positive attributes. If we complete our initial business combination with a target that does not meet some or all of these guidelines, such combination may not be as successful as a combination with a business that does meet all of our general criteria and guidelines. In addition, if we announce a prospective business combination with a target that does not meet our general criteria and guidelines, a greater number of stockholders may exercise their redemption rights, which may make it difficult for us to meet any closing condition with a target business that requires us to have a minimum net worth or a certain amount of cash. In addition, if stockholder approval of the transaction is required by law, or we decide to obtain stockholder approval for business or other legal reasons, it may be more difficult for us to attain stockholder approval of our initial business combination if the target business does not meet our general criteria and guidelines. If we are unable to complete our initial business combination, our public stockholders may receive only approximately $10.00 per share on the liquidation of our trust account and our warrants will expire worthless.


We may seek acquisition opportunities with a financially unstable business or an entity lacking an established record of revenue or earnings, which could subject us to volatile revenues or earnings or difficulty in retaining key personnel.

To the extent we complete our initial business combination with a financially unstable business or an entity lacking an established recordvariety of revenues or earnings, we may be affected by numerous risks inherent in the operations of the business with which we combine. These risks include volatile revenues or earnings and difficulties in obtaining and retaining key personnel. Although our officers and directors will endeavoruncertainties.

Risks Relating to evaluate the risks inherent in a particular target business, we may not be able to properly ascertain or assess all of the significant risk factors and we may not have adequate time to complete due diligence. Furthermore, some of these risks may be outsideOwnership of our control and leave us with no ability to control or reduce the chances that those risks will adversely impact a target business.Securities

We are not required to obtain an opinion from an independent investment banking firm or from an independent accounting firm, and consequently, you may have no assurance from an independent source that the price we are paying for the business

Our Common Stock is fairsubordinated to our company from a financial point of view.

Unless we complete our business combination with an affiliated entity or our board cannot independently determine the fair market value of the target business or businesses, we are not required to obtain an opinion from an independent investment banking firm or from an independent accounting firm that the price we are paying is fair to our company from a financial point of view. If no opinion is obtained, our stockholders will be relying on the judgment of our board of directors, who will determine fair market value based on standards generally accepted by the financial community. Such standards used will be disclosed in our tender offer documents or proxy solicitation materials, as applicable, related to our initial business combination.

We may issue additional common stock orSeries A preferred stock to complete our initial business combination or under an employee incentive plan after completion of our initial business combination. We may also issue shares of Class A common stock upon the conversion of the Class B common stock at a ratio greater than one-to-one at the time of our initial business combination as a result of the anti-dilution provisions contained in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation. Any such issuances would dilute the interest of our stockholders and likely present other risks.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation authorizes the issuance of up to 500,000,000 shares of Class A common stock, par value $0.0001 per share 50,000,000 shares(the "Preferred Stock").

Shares of Class B common stock, par value $0.0001 per share, and 1,000,000 shares ofour Preferred Stock may be subordinate to any senior preferred stock par value $0.0001 per share. There are 466,578,430we may issue and 41,644,607 authorized but unissued sharesto any future indebtedness.
At the two-year anniversary of Class A common stock and Class B common stock, respectively, available for issuance, excluding shares of Class A common stock reserved for issuance upon exercise of outstanding warrants and currently issuable upon conversion of Class B common stock. There are no shares of preferred stock issued and outstanding. Shares of Class B common stock are convertible intothe Preferred Stock Issuance (as defined below), we will be obligated to redeem shares of our Class A common stock initially at a one-for-one ratio but subject to adjustment as set forth in the prospectusPreferred Stock for our initial public offering, including in certain circumstances in which we issue Class A common stock or equity-linked securities related to our initial business combination. Shares of Class B common stock are also convertible at the option of the holder at any time.

We may issue a substantial number of additional shares of common or preferred stock to complete our initial business combination or under an employee incentive plan after completion of our initial business combination.


We may also issue shares of Class A common stock to redeem the warrants or upon conversion of the Class B common stock at a ratio greater than one-to-one at the time of our initial business combination as a result of the anti-dilution provisions contained in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation. However, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides, among other things, that prior to our initial business combination, we may not issue additional shares of capital stock that would entitle the holders thereof to (i) receive funds from the trust account or (ii) vote as a class with our public shares (a) on our initial business combination or on any other proposal presented to stockholders prior to or in connection with the completion of an initial business combination or (b) to approve an amendment to our amended and restated certificate of incorporation to (x) extend the time we have to consummate a business combination beyond 24 months from the closing of our initial public offering or (y) amend the foregoing provisions. These provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, like all provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, maycash. There can be amended with a stockholder vote. The issuance of additional shares of common or preferred stock:

·may significantly dilute the equity interest of investors in our initial public offering;

·may subordinate the rights of holders of common stock if preferred stock is issued with rights senior to those afforded our common stock;

·could cause a change of control if a substantial number of shares of our common stock are issued, which may affect, among other things, our ability to use our net operating loss carry forwards, if any, and could result in the resignation or removal of our present officers and directors; and

·may adversely affect prevailing market prices for our units, Class A common stock and/or warrants.

Resources could be wasted in researching acquisitions that are not completed, which could materially adversely affect subsequent attempts to locate and acquire or merge with another business. If we are unable to complete our initial business combination, our public stockholders may receive only approximately $10.00 per share, or less than such amount in certain circumstances, on the liquidation of our trust account and our warrants will expire worthless.

We anticipate that the investigation of each specific target business and the negotiation, drafting and execution of relevant agreements, disclosure documents and other instruments will require substantial management time and attention and substantial costs for accountants, attorneys and others. If we decide not to complete a specific initial business combination, the costs incurred up to that point for the proposed transaction likely would not be recoverable. Furthermore,, we may fail to complete our initial business combination for any number of reasons including those beyond our control. Any such event will result in a loss to us of the related costs incurred which could materially adversely affect subsequent attempts to locate and acquire or merge with another business. If we are unable to complete our initial business combination, our public stockholders may receive only approximately $10.00 per share on the liquidation of our trust account and our warrants will expire worthless.

Our warrants and founder shares may have an adverse effect on the market price of our Class A common stock and make it more difficult to effectuate our business combination.

We issued warrants to purchase 16,710,785 shares of our Class A common stock in our initial public offering and, simultaneously with the closing of our initial public offering, we also issued in a private placement warrants to purchase 9,700,000 shares of Class A common stock at $11.50 per share. Prior to our initial public offering, our sponsor purchased 8,625,000 founder shares in a private placement (269,607 of which were subsequently forfeited due to the expiration of the underwriter’s over-allotment option). The founder shares are convertible into shares of Class A common stock on a one-for-one basis, subject to adjustment as set forth herein. In addition, if our sponsor makes any working capital loans, up to $1,500,000 of such loans may be converted into warrants, at the price of $1.00 per warrant at the option of the lender. Such warrants would be identical to the private placement warrants, including as to exercise price, exercisability and exercise period. Our public warrants are also redeemable by us for Class A common stock as described in “Description of Securities — Warrants — Public Stockholders’ Warrants — Redemption of Warrants for Class A Common Stock” Contained in the final prospectus related to our initial public offering.

To the extent we issue shares of Class A common stock to effectuate a business combination, the potential for the issuance of a substantial number of additional shares of Class A common stock upon exercise of these warrants and conversion rights could make us a less attractive acquisition vehicle to a target business. Any such issuance will increase the number of issued and outstanding shares of our Class A common stock and reduce the value of the shares of Class A common stock issued to complete the business combination. Therefore, our warrants and founder shares may make it more difficult to effectuate a business combination or increase the cost of acquiring the target business.

The private placement warrants are identical to the warrants sold as part of the units in our initial public offering except that, so long as they are held by our sponsor or its permitted transferees, (i) they will not be redeemable by us, except as otherwise set forth herein, (ii) they (including the Class A common stock issuable upon exercise of these warrants) may not, subject to certain limited exceptions, be transferred, assigned or sold by our sponsor until 30 days after the completion of our initial business combination and (iii) they may be exercised by the holders on a cashless basis.


A provision of our warrant agreement may make it more difficult for us to consummate an initial business combination.

Unlike most blank check companies, if (i) we issue additional shares of Class A common stock or equity-linked securities for capital raising purposes in connection with the closing of our initial business combination at an issue price or effective issue price of less than $9.20 per share of Class A common stock (with such issue price or effective issue price to be determined in good faith by our board of directors and, in the case of any such issuance to our sponsor or its affiliates, without taking into account any founder shares held by our sponsor or such affiliates, as applicable, prior to such issuance) (the “Newly Issued Price”) (ii) the aggregate gross proceeds from such issuances represent more than 60% of the total equity proceeds, and interest thereon, available for the funding of our initial business combination on the date of the consummation of our initial business combination (net of redemptions), and (iii) the volume weighted average trading price of our shares of Class A common stock during the 20 trading day period starting on the trading day prior to the day on which we consummate our initial business combination (such price, the “Market Value”) is below $9.20 per share, then the exercise price of the warrants will be adjusted to be equal to 115% of the higher of the Market Value and the Newly Issued Price, and the $18.00 per share redemption trigger prices will be adjusted (to the nearest cent) to be equal to the higher of the Market Value and the Newly Issued Price. This may make it more difficult for us to consummate an initial business combination with a target business.

Compliance obligations under the Sarbanes-Oxley Act may make it more difficult for us to effectuate our initial business combination, require substantial financial and management resources, and increase the time and costs of completing an acquisition.

Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act requiresno guarantee that we evaluate and report on our system of internal controls over financial reporting beginning with our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ending December 31, 2021. Only in the event we are deemed to be a large accelerated filer or an accelerated filer and no longer qualify as an emerging growth company, will we be required to comply with the independent registered public accounting firm attestation requirement on our internal control over financial reporting. The fact that we are a blank check company makes compliance with the requirements of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act particularly burdensome on us as compared to other public companies because a target company with which we seek to complete our business combination may not be in compliance with the provisions of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act regarding adequacy of its internal controls. The development of the internal control over financial reporting of any such entity to achieve compliance with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act may increase the time and costs necessary to complete any such acquisition.

If the net proceeds of our initial public offering and the sale of the private placement warrants not being held in the trust account are insufficient, it could limit the amount available to fund our search for a target business or businesses and complete our initial business combination and we will depend on loans from our sponsor or management team to fund our search for a business combination, to pay our franchise and income taxes and to complete our initial business combination. If we are unable to obtain these loans, we may be unable to complete our initial business combination.

As of December 31, 2020, we had $2,245,798 available to us outside the trust account to fund our working capital requirements. If we are required to seek additional capital, we would need to borrow funds from our sponsor, management team or other third parties to operate or may be forced to liquidate. Neither our sponsor, members of our management team nor any of their affiliates is under any obligation to advance funds to us in such circumstances. Any such advances would be repaid only from funds held outside the trust account or from funds released to us upon completion of our initial business combination. We do not expect to seek loans from parties other than our sponsor or an affiliate of our sponsor as we do not believe third parties will be willing to loan such funds and provide a waiver against any and all rights to seek access to funds in our trust account. If we are unable to obtain these loans, we may be unable to complete our initial business combination. If we are unable to complete our initial business combination because we do not have sufficient funds available to us, we will be forced to cease operations and liquidate the trust account. Consequently, our public stockholders may only receive approximately $10.00 per share on our redemption of our public shares, and our warrants will expire worthless. In certain circumstances, our public stockholders may receive less than $10.00 per share on the redemption of their shares.


Holders of Class A common stock will not be entitled to vote on any election of directors we hold prior to our initial business combination.

Prior to our initial business combination, only holders of our founder shares will have the right to vote on the election of directors. Holders of our public shares will not be entitled to vote on the election of directors during such time. In addition, prior to the completion of an initial business combination, holders of a majority of our founder shares may remove a member of the board of directors for any reason. Accordingly, you may not have any say in the management of our company prior to the consummation of an initial business combination.

We have not registered the shares of Class A common stock issuable upon exercise of the warrants under the Securities Act or any state securities laws, and such registration may not be in place when an investor desires to exercise warrants, thus precluding such investor from being able to exercise its warrants except on a cashless basis and potentially causing such warrants to expire worthless.

However, under the terms of the warrant agreement, we have agreed that, as soon as practicable, but in no event later than twenty business days after the closing of our initial business combination, we will use our commercially reasonable efforts to file with the SEC a registration statement covering the issuance of such shares, and we will use our commercially reasonable efforts to cause the same to become effective within 60 business days after the closing of our initial business combination and to maintain the effectiveness of such registration statement and a current prospectus relating to those shares until the warrants expire or are redeemed. We cannot assure you that we will be able to do so if, for example, any facts or events arise which represent a fundamental change in the information set forth in the registration statement or prospectus, the financial statements contained or incorporated by reference therein are not current, complete or correct or the SEC issues a stop order. If the shares issuable upon exercise of the warrants are not registered under the Securities Act in accordance with the above requirements, we will be required to permit holders to exercise their warrants on a cashless basis, in which case, the number of shares of Class A common stock that you will receive upon cashless exercise will be based on a formula subject to a maximum amount of shares equal to 0.361 shares per warrant (subject to adjustment). However, no warrant will be exercisable for cash or on a cashless basis, and we will not be obligated to issue any shares to holders seeking to exercise their warrants, unless the issuance of the shares upon such exercise is registered or qualified under the securities laws of the state of the exercising holder, or an exemption from registration is available. Notwithstanding the above, if our Class A common stock is at the time of any exercise of a warrant not listed on a national securities exchange such that it satisfies the definition of a “covered security” under Section 18(b)(1) of the Securities Act, we may, at our option, require holders of public warrants who exercise their warrants to do so on a “cashless basis” in accordance with Section 3(a)(9) of the Securities Act and, in the event we so elect, we will not be required to file or maintain in effect a registration statement, but we will be required to use our commercially reasonable efforts to register or qualify the shares under applicable blue sky laws to the extent an exemption is not available. In no event will we be required to net cash settle any warrant, or issue securities or other compensation in exchange for the warrants in the event that we are unable to register or qualify the shares underlying the warrants under applicable state securities laws and there is no exemption available. If the issuance of the shares upon exercise of the warrants is not so registered or qualified or exempt from registration or qualification, the holder of such warrant shall not be entitled to exercise such warrant and such warrant may have no value and expire worthless. In such event, holders who acquired their warrants as part of a purchase of units will have paid the full unit purchase price solely for the shares of Class A common stock included in the units. There may be a circumstance where an exemption from registration exists for holders of our private placement warrants to exercise their warrants while a corresponding exemption does not exist for holders of the public warrants included as part of units sold in our initial public offering. In such an instance, our sponsor and its permitted transferees (which may include our directors and officers) would be able to exercise their warrants and sell the shares of common stock underlying their warrants while holders of our public warrants would not be able to exercise their warrants and sell the underlying shares of common stock. If and when the warrants become redeemable by us, we may exercise our redemption right even if we are unable to register or qualify the underlying shares of Class A common stock for sale under all applicable state securities laws. As a result, we may redeem the warrants as set forth above even if the holders are otherwise unable to exercise their warrants.

We may attempt to complete our initial business combination with a private company about which little information is available, which may result in a business combination with a company that is not as profitable as we suspected, if at all.

In pursuing our acquisition strategy, we may seek to effectuate our initial business combination with a privately held company. By definition, very little public information exists about private companies, and we could be required to make our decision on whether to pursue a potential initial business combination on the basis of limited information, which may result in a business combination with a company that is not as profitable as we suspected, if at all.

this redemption.

Risks Relating to Our Securities

If we seek stockholder approval of our initial business combination and we do not conduct redemptions pursuant to the tender offer rules, and if you or a “group” of stockholders are deemed to hold in excess of 15% of our Class A common stock, you will lose the ability to redeem all such shares in excess of 15% of our Class A common stock.

If we seek stockholder approval of our initial business combination and we do not conduct redemptions in connection with our initial business combination pursuant to the tender offer rules, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that a public stockholder, together with any affiliate of such stockholder or any other person with whom such stockholder is acting in concert or as a “group” (as defined under Section 13 of the Exchange Act), will be restricted from seeking redemption rights with respect to more than an aggregate of 15% of the shares sold in our initial public offering, which we refer to as the “Excess Shares,” without our prior consent. However, we would not be restricting our stockholders’ ability to vote all of their shares (including Excess Shares) for or against our business combination. Your inability to redeem the Excess Shares will reduce your influence over our ability to complete our business combination and you could suffer a material loss on your investment in us if you sell Excess Shares in open market transactions. Additionally, you will not receive redemption distributions with respect to the Excess Shares if we complete our business combination. And as a result, you will continue to hold that number of shares exceeding 15% and, in order to dispose of such shares, would be required to sell your stock in open market transactions, potentially at a loss.

The

NYSE American may delist our securitiesthe Company’s Common Stock from trading on its exchange, which could limit investors’ ability to make transactions in ourits securities and subject usthe Company to additional trading restrictions.

Our Class A common stock shares are listed on the NYSE. Although we expect to continue to meet the minimum listing standards set forth in the NYSE listing standards,

If our securities may not continue to be listed on the NYSE in the future or prior to our initial business combination. In order to continue listing our securities on the NYSE prior to our initial business combination, we must maintain certain financial, distribution and stock price levels. Additionally, in connection with our initial business combination, we will be required to demonstrate compliance with the NYSE’s initial listing requirements, which are more rigorous than the NYSE’s continued listing requirements, in order to continue to maintain the listing of our securities on the NYSE. For instance, our stock price would generally be required to be at least $4.00 per share and we must have 400 round lot holders upon the consummation of our initial business combination. We may not be able to meet those initial listing requirements at that time.

If the NYSE delists our securitiesCommon Stock is delisted from trading, on its exchange and we are not able to list our securities on another national securities exchange, we expect our securities could be quoted on an over-the-counter market. If this were to occur, we could face significant material adverse consequences, including:

·a limited availability of market quotations for our securities;

·reduced liquidity for our securities;

·a determination that our Class A common stock is a “penny stock” which will require brokers trading in our Class A common stock to adhere to more stringent rules and possibly result in a reduced level of trading activity in the secondary trading market for our securities;

·a limited amount of news and analyst coverage; and

·a decreased ability to issue additional securities or obtain additional financing in the future.

The National Securities Markets Improvement Act of 1996, which is a federal statute, prevents or preempts the states from regulating the sale of certain securities, which are referred to as “covered securities.” Because our Class A common stock and warrants are listed on the NYSE, our units, Class A common stock and warrants will be covered securities. Although the states are preempted from regulating the sale of covered securities, the federal statute does allow the states to investigate companies if there is a suspicion of fraud, and, if there is a finding of fraudulent activity, then the states can regulate or bar the sale of covered securities in a particular case. While we are not aware of a state having used these powers to prohibit or restrict the sale of securities issued by blank check companies, other than the State of Idaho, certain state securities regulators view blank check companies unfavorably and might use these powers, or threaten to use these powers, to hinder the sale of securities of blank check companies in their states. Further, if we were no longer listed on the NYSE, our securities would not be covered securities and we would be subject to regulation in each state in which we offer our securities.


Provisions in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and Delaware law may inhibit a takeover of us, which could limit the price investors might be willing to pay in the future for our Class A common stock and could entrench management.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation contains provisions that may discourage unsolicited takeover proposals that stockholders may consider to be in their best interests. These provisions include a staggered board of directors and the ability of holders of Preferred Stock to transfer or sell their shares of our Preferred Stock may be limited and the boardmarket value of directors to designate the termsour Preferred Stock will likely be materially adversely affected.

The Company’s stock price may change significantly and investors could lose all or part of and issue new series of preferred shares, which may make the removal of management more difficult and may discourage transactions that otherwise could involve payment oftheir investment as a premium over prevailingresult.
There is no public market prices for our securities.

We are also subject to anti-takeover provisions under Delaware law, whichPreferred Stock.

Future sales of substantial amounts of our Common Stock in the public markets, or the perception that such sales could delay or prevent a change of control. Together these provisions may make the removal of management more difficult and may discourage transactions that otherwiseoccur, could involve payment of a premium over prevailing market prices for our securities.

The grant of registration rights to our initial stockholders may make it more difficult to complete our initial business combination, and the future exercise of such rights may adversely affectcause the market price of our Class A common stock.

PursuantCommon Stock to an agreement entered into concurrently withdrop significantly, even if our business is doing well, and certain Selling Securityholders still may receive significant proceeds.

The Company’s stockholders will experience dilution as a result of the issuance of Common Stock through debt and sale ofequity transactions. Having a minority share position may reduce the securities ininfluence that our initial public offering, our initialcurrent stockholders and their permitted transferees can demand that we register the private placement warrants and the shares of Class A common stock issuable upon exercise of the founder shares and the private placement warrants held by them and holders of warrants that may be issued upon conversion of working capital loans may demand that we register such warrants or the Class A common stock issuable upon exercise of such warrants. We will bear the cost of registering these securities. The registration and availability of such a significant number of securities for trading in the public market may have an adverse effect on the market price of our Class A common stock. In addition, the existence of the registration rights may make our initial business combination more costly or difficult to conclude. This is because the stockholders of the target business may increase the equity stake they seek in the combined entity or ask for more cash consideration to offset the negative impact on the market price of our Class A common stock that is expected when the securities owned by our initial stockholders or holders of working capital loans or their respective permitted transferees are registered.

Risks Relating to our Sponsor and Management Team

Our ability to successfully effect our initial business combination and to be successful thereafter will be totally dependent upon the efforts of our key personnel, some of whom may join us following our initial business combination. The loss of key personnel could negatively impact the operations and profitability of our post-combination business.

Our ability to successfully effect our business combination is dependent upon the efforts of our key personnel. The role of our key personnel in the target business, however, cannot presently be ascertained. Although some of our key personnel may remain with the target business in senior management or advisory positions following our business combination, it is likely that some or all of the management of the target business will remain in place. While we intend to closely scrutinize any individuals we engage after our initial business combination, we cannot assure you that our assessment of these individuals will prove to be correct. These individuals may be unfamiliar with the requirements of operatingCompany.

For a company regulated by the SEC, which could cause us to have to expend time and resources helping them become familiar with such requirements.

In addition, the officers and directors of an acquisition candidate may resign upon completion of our initial business combination. The departure of a business combination target’s key personnel could negatively impact the operations and profitability of our post-combination business. The role of an acquisition candidate’s key personnel upon the completion of our initial business combination cannot be ascertained at this time. Although we contemplate that certain members of an acquisition candidate’s management team will remain associated with the acquisition candidate following our initial business combination, it is possible that membersmore complete discussion of the management of an acquisition candidate will not wish to remain in place. The loss of key personnel could negatively impact the operations and profitability of our post-combination business.


Our key personnel may negotiate employment or consulting agreements with a target business in connection with a particular business combination. These agreements may provide for them to receive compensation followingmaterial risks facing our business, combination and as a result, may cause themsee Item 1A. "Risk Factors" below.

3


Table of Contents

PART I

ITEM 1. BUSINESS

Unless the context requires otherwise, references to have conflicts of interest“Nuburu,” “we,” “us,” or “our” in determining whether a particular business combination is the most advantageous.

Our key personnel may be ablethis section are to remain with the company after the completion of our business combination only if they are able to negotiate employment or consulting agreements in connection with the business combination. Such negotiations would take place simultaneously with the negotiationand operations of the business combination and could provide for such individuals to receive compensation in the form of cash payments and/or our securities for services they would render to us after the completion of the business combination. The personal and financial interests of such individuals may influence their motivation in identifying and selecting a target business. However, we believe the ability of such individuals to remain with us after the completion of our business combination will not be the determining factor in our decision as to whether or not we will proceed with any potential business combination. There is no certainty, however, that any of our key personnel will remain with us after the completion of our business combination. We cannot assure you that any of our key personnel will remain in senior management or advisory positions with us. The determination as to whether any of our key personnel will remain with us will be made at the time of our initial business combination. In addition, pursuant to an agreement entered into concurrently with the issuance and sale of the securities in our initial public offering, our sponsor, upon consummation of an initial business combination, will be entitled to nominate three individuals for election to our board of directors.

Our officers, directors and Advisors will allocate their time to other businesses thereby causing conflicts of interest in their determination as to how much time to devote to our affairs. This conflict of interest could have a negative impact on our ability to complete our initial business combination.

Our officers, directors and Advisors are not required to, and will not, commit their full time to our affairs, which may result in a conflict of interest in allocating their time between our operations and our search for a business combination and their other businesses. We do not intend to have any full-time employeesLegacy Nuburu prior to the completion of our initial business combination. Each of our officersBusiness Combination and Advisors is engagedto the Company and its subsidiaries following the Business Combination.

Corporate History and Background

We were originally incorporated in other business endeavors for which he may be entitled to substantial compensation and our officers and Advisors are not obligated to contribute any specific number of hours per week to our affairs. Our directors and Advisors also serve as officers or board members for other entities. If our officers’, directors’ and Advisors’ other business affairs require them to devote substantial amounts of time to such affairs in excess of their current commitment levels, it could limit their ability to devote time to our affairs which may have a negative impactDelaware on our ability to complete our initial business combination.

Certain of our officers and directors are now, and all of them may inJuly 21, 2020 under the future become, affiliated with entities engaged in business activities similar to those intended to be conducted by us and, accordingly, may have conflicts of interest in allocating their time and determining to which entity a particular business opportunity should be presented.

Following the completion of our initial public offering and until we consummate our initial business combination, we intend to engage in the business of identifying and combining with one or more businesses. Our sponsor and officers and directors are, and may in the future become, affiliated with entities that are engaged in a similar business.

Our officers and directors also may become aware of business opportunities which may be appropriate for presentation to us and the other entities to which they owe certain fiduciary or contractual duties. Accordingly, they may have conflicts of interest in determining to which entity a particular business opportunity should be presented. These conflicts may not be resolved in our favor and a potential target business may be presented to another entity prior to its presentation to us. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that we renounce our interest in any corporate opportunity offered to any director or officer unless such opportunity is expressly offered to such person solely in his or her capacityname “Tailwind Acquisition Corp.” as a director or officerspecial purpose acquisition company, formed for the purpose of our company and such opportunity is one we are legally and contractually permitted to undertake and would otherwise be reasonable for us to pursue.

Our officers, directors, security holders and their respective affiliates may have competitive pecuniary interests that conflict with our interests.

We have not adopted a policy that expressly prohibits our directors, officers, security holders or affiliates from having a direct or indirect pecuniary or financial interest in any investment to be acquired or disposed of by us or in any transaction to which we are a party or haveeffecting an interest. In fact, we may enter into a business combination with a target business that is affiliated with our sponsor, our directors or officers, although we do not intend to do so. We do not have a policy that expressly prohibits any such persons from engaging for their own account in business activities of the types conducted by us. Accordingly, such persons or entities may have a conflict between their interests and ours.


Members of our management team and board of directors have significant experience as founders, board members, officers or executives of other companies. As a result, certain of those persons have been, may be, or may become, involved in proceedings, investigations and litigation relating to the business affairs of the companies with which they were, are, or may in the future be, affiliated. This may have an adverse effect on us, which may impede our ability to consummate an initial business combination.

During the course of their careers, members of our management team and board of directors have had significant experience as founders, board members, officers or executives of other companies. As a result of their involvement and positions in these companies, certain persons were, are now, or may in the future become, involved in litigation, investigations or other proceedings relating to the business affairs of such companies or transactions entered into by such companies. Any such litigation, investigations or other proceedings may divert our management team’s and board’s attention and resources away from identifying and selecting a target business or businesses for our initial business combination and may negatively affect our reputation, which may impede our ability to complete an initial business combination.

We may engage in a business combination with one or more target businesses that have relationshipsbusinesses. On September 9, 2020 (the “IPO Closing Date”), we consummated our initial public offering (the “IPO”). On January 31, 2023, we consummated a business combination with entities that may be affiliated withNuburu Subsidiary, Inc. f/k/a Nuburu, Inc. (“Legacy Nuburu”), a privately held operating company which merged into our sponsor, officers, directorssubsidiary Compass Merger Sub, Inc. (the “Business Combination”) and changed our name to “Nuburu, Inc.,” and we became the owner, directly or existing holders which may raise potential conflictsindirectly, of interest.

all of the equity interests of Nuburu Subsidiary, Inc. and its subsidiaries. In light of the involvementfact that the Business Combination has closed and our ongoing business will be the business formerly operated by Legacy Nuburu, this business section primarily includes information regarding Legacy Nuburu’s business.

Overview

Nuburu is a leading innovator in high-power, high-brightness blue laser technology that is focused on bringing breakthrough improvements to multiple markets, including e-mobility, healthcare, and consumer electronics via a broad range of high value applications that include welding and 3D printing. By delivering increased speed and quality we hope to enhance productivity and cost efficiency for manufacturers in the e-mobility, consumer electronics, aerospace and defense, and 3D printing markets as well as to find additional applications currently not yet serviced by existing laser technologies.

We have invented, patented, and developed what we believe to be the next pivotal point for manufacturing technology, with the potential to revolutionize the manufacturing industry by changing how products are made. Our technology is also aligned with the need to reduce carbon generation in manufacturing. Most manufacturing processes require heat to shape, manipulate, and form basic materials into a product. The Nuburu laser system outperforms currently available alternatives by more efficiently coupling heat into the material being processed, thereby helping to promote a more sustainable future by using less energy and, in turn, generating less carbon in the manufacturing process.

A fundamental physical characteristic is that metals absorb blue laser light better than infrared (“IR”) laser light. In the case of materials such as gold, copper, silver, and aluminum the advantage of blue laser light is substantial. The better absorption results in substantial improvements in the quality of the part produced, the yield of parts during production and the speed at which the part can be produced. We believe that these advantages enable efficiencies in the overall productivity of the manufacturing line and can extend the life of the products produced. We also believe that these characteristics will be advantageous to our customers, whether in upgrading existing manufacturing processes or enabling entirely new approaches to manufacturing through the use of Nuburu’s laser systems in either industrial welding or 3D printing technology applications.

Nuburu is currently shipping blue laser systems for applications such as EV batteries, large screen displays, and cell phone components. We have performed thousands of welds in hundreds of application tests to date and we believe we have a strong and substantial customer pipeline for our laser light engines.

Nuburu has developed a thorough understanding of the market need for its laser light engines across a broad array of applications including battery, e-mobility, consumer electronics, and 3D printing metal systems. We estimate that our serviceable addressable market (“SAM”) will grow from approximately $4 billion today to approximately $34 billion by 2032 (see “— Market Opportunity”).

Nuburu’s co-founders identified these market opportunities at an early stage and began working in 2013 to protect their early mover advantage with a strong patent portfolio. Nuburu has approximately 220 granted and pending patents and patent applications globally, which include: blue laser applications such as welding, blue laser technologies, single mode blue laser technology, blue Raman laser technologies, addressable array technologies, and 3D printing using blue lasers. Notably, Nuburu has been awarded patent protection for the use of high-power blue lasers. At the time Nuburu was started, industrial quality, high-power blue lasers did not exist and Nuburu was the first to successfully apply blue lasers to the practice of welding and 3D printing.

Industry Background

Industrial markets have been a major focus for laser applications ever since the invention of the laser. In the early 1970s, lasers emerged as a useful source for cutting and welding. However, the material systems were limited to steel and other materials with low reflectivity given the long wavelengths of the Infrared Carbon Dioxide (IR CO2) lasers that were the mainstay of that era.

The first era was followed by the introduction of lamp-pump yttrium aluminum garnet (YAG) lasers in the late 1970s with a shorter wavelength and more compact size, which resulted in an expansion of applications into cutting, welding, and drilling. The lamp pumped lasers were superseded in the 1980s by the invention of diode pumped solid state lasers which offered higher efficiency and superior reliability.

However, the lamp pump lasers still had poor absorption in materials such as aluminum and copper given the IR wavelength of these lasers.

In the early 2000s, the fiber laser was introduced into the industrial laser market and offered superior efficiency, reliability, and scalability than the diode pumped solid state lasers and was rapidly adopted because of its compact size. The fiber laser with its improved performance displaced the CO2 lasers in welding and ushered in a new era for additive manufacturing (3D printing). Currently, fiber lasers account for

4


Table of Contents

approximately 50% of the total materials processing laser market according to Laser Focus World, in part because of their compact size and ease of operation. The fiber laser, however, still operates at the IR wavelength with low absorption in materials such as copper and aluminum.

Market Opportunity

We estimate the total addressable market (“TAM”) for industrial lasers that could be replaced by blue lasers (i.e., our total revenue opportunity at 100% market share, assuming no competition), to be $15 billion today and to grow to over $65 billion in the next ten years. Our estimated TAM was constructed by our management team using three primary elements: (i) the 3D metal printing system market analysis published in the AMPOWER 2022 market report, (ii) the blue addressable laser market published in the Laser Focus World 2022 market report, and (iii) the non-laser technology replacement market which was estimated by Nuburu based on its discussions with existing and potential customers about their expected production needs and anticipated demand.

Included in our estimated TAM is the 3D printing metal system market, which is a $2.7 billion market today, including machines, service, and materials, and is projected to grow to over $8.4 billion by 2026 based on projections by AMPOWER and to $32.8 billion by 2032 based on our own estimates. The TAM for industrial lasers that could be replaced by blue lasers is $10.5 billion today and, assuming a greater than 10% compounded annual growth rate ("CAGR"), based on projections by Laser Focus World’s 2022 market summary and our own estimates, could reach approximately $35 billion by 2032. In addition, we have included a non-laser conversion TAM, which we estimate to be $0.75 billion today and which we project to grow to $5.6 billion by 2032, assuming the conversion of ultrasonic and contact welding methods to blue laser welding methods. This data is shown in the following chart and results in an estimated TAM of over $65 billion.

Total Addressable Market

img52873173_0.jpg 



(1) Source: AMPOWER 2022 and Nuburu estimates based on customer feedback.

(2) Source: Laser Focus World Industrial Forecast 2021 and Nuburu estimates based on customer feedback.

(3) Source: Nuburu estimates based on customer feedback.

(4) Includes non-welding technologies such as ultrasonic, resistance, TIG, selected soldering and others.

We have also estimated Nuburu’s serviceable addressable market (“SAM”), which is depicted in the chart below and represents the portion of our sponsor, officersestimated TAM that can be served by our existing and directorsplanned products, again assuming no competition. Our management team constructed this estimate by conducting a bottom-up analysis that factored in discussions with customers and analyzed how the blue laser systems we manufacture today can address the laser welding and 3D printing markets. The calculation of SAM for our blue laser systems includes the conversion of non-laser machine tools to laser-based systems, and the battery, EV, consumer electronics and display manufacturing market segments.

The 3D printing portion is included in our calculation of SAM given our intent to penetrate this market with blue-laser based 3D printers. We estimate our SAM to be $4 billion today and expect it to grow to over $33 billion in the next ten years.

The estimated SAM shown below is a bottom-up calculation driven by feedback provided by a survey of certain of our current and potential customers in each of the sub segments indicated. The volume estimates consider:

the number of existing production lines to be retrofitted over time;
the number of planned new production lines;
an average estimated laser replacement of about four years; and
do not account for the use of blue lasers in new applications currently not utilizing lasers other than for very limited recently identified segments.

5


Table of Contents

Based on the foregoing, we estimate the light engine industrial laser segment to grow from $2.7 billion in 2022 to over $9.5 billion in 2032, driven by the electrification of key market segments including batteries, e-mobility, consumer electronics and metal 3D printing systems. This projected market growth is a combination of new market opportunities and replacing fiber lasers and solid-state lasers in existing applications. The 3D printing metal systems market is expected to grow from over $2 billion in 2022 at a CAGR of approximately 26% to over $32 billion in 2032, according to the AMPOWER 2022 report and Nuburu estimates.


Serviceable Addressable Market

img52873173_1.jpg 

(1) Source: AMPOWER 2022 and Nuburu estimates based on customer feedback.

(2) Source: Nuburu estimates based on customer feedback.

(3) Includes bio-instrumentation, display and others.

We believe Nuburu’s existing and planned products are well positioned to address our SAM, and as we continue to develop products based on new technology, we hope to be well positioned to compete in the larger TAM in the future.

Key Growth Trends

Over time, manufacturing operations have begun to integrate lasers into material processing applications. We believe that areas that have seen and continue to experience rapid growth, such as 3D printing, energy storage, e-mobility, and consumer electronics, have been more concerned with how, where and when they can integrate lasers into their operations, rather than if they should adopt them.

In addition to such long-standing trends of manufacturing ecosystems in converting to superior production technologies, there are two global macro trends that we believe will serve as powerful “tailwinds” driving growth in the market for laser systems, including (i) energy de-carbonization and electrification and (ii) supply chain improvements and manufacturing reshoring. Nuburu believes both of these trends will serve as drivers to the attractiveness and adoption of its products.

With respect to the trend of energy de-carbonization and electrification, many nations with large economies have announced and begun implementing, in varying degrees, energy policies directed at decreasing carbon emissions. The paths to executing these policies include increasing the electrification of certain modes of transportation. We expect to benefit from this trend, as batteries, which Nuburu’s blue laser technology is able to weld more efficiently, are a key element of these policies.

There is also a global trend towards making supply chain improvements and reshoring manufacturing to domestic production. The COVID-19 pandemic, and the related widespread lockdowns, combined with the Russian invasion of Ukraine, exposed vulnerabilities and weaknesses in global supply chains across an array of products. This has led companies and governments to reconsider their existing supply chains and has led to an uptick in business planning and policy-making that aims to relocate the manufacturing of key components and sub-assembly lines within domestic markets, closer to downstream assembly and manufacturing plants. One potential means to reshore and reduce supply chain vulnerability is to increase the use of 3D printing to allow manufacturers to “print on demand” the many components needed to fabricate products, or to completely print products in one step. We also believe that our products offer meaningful solutions to this trend, as Nuburu’s blue laser technology can help provide the means to cost effectively produce parts on demand.

Our Technology

Although IR lasers are the incumbent technology used in many systems today, we believe that they are not the optimum choice for processing aluminum, copper, gold, and other reflective metals. Nuburu believes its technology is well positioned to usher in a new era of manufacturing, extending laser technology to far broader applications and markets.

Nuburu is currently targeting two major markets: (i) laser welding or material processing and (ii) metal 3D printing. Both markets have grown substantially in recent years, already resulting in multi-billion-dollar TAMs and SAMs, and we believe both are poised to experience further substantial growth.

6


Table of Contents

Welding

Nuburu’s initial focus is on the materials processing market. The blue industrial laser offers improved quality and speed to welding and joining applications driven by superior absorption of the blue laser relative to an IR laser. For example, in copper, which is an important material in the electrification wave of manufacturing, absorption of IR lasers is only 5%, while blue lasers achieve absorption of 65%.

Traditional IR welding and joining is effectively a violent process that vaporizes the target metal, ejecting particulates and leaving holes behind. To minimize these problems, IR lasers have employed multiple methods to minimize the defects when welding high reflectivity materials, the two most common of which are (i) the use of a scanner to create a swirl pattern on the metal and (ii) the use of a dual beam or ring beam.

The first method, the use of a scanner-based swirl pattern, does work, but it results in a more complex welding pattern which in turn results in a slower speed for a given laser power. By contrast, the blue laser of the same equivalent power can directly weld the copper material substantially faster (up to 8x faster) with minimal to no defects in the weld and minimal to no spatter generation during the welding process.

The second method, the ring laser beam, uses a lower power laser beam surrounding a high intensity laser beam. The lower power laser beam preheats the metal to the point that the high intensity laser beam can couple its energy into the part. In the case of copper, this preheating technique increases the absorption from about 5% to 15%, which is sufficient for the IR laser to be able to initiate the weld. By contrast a blue laser with the same power level will weld copper substantially faster (up to 8x faster) than the ring laser and with greater energy efficiency because of the much higher absorption of the blue laser beam (65%) compared to the IR ring laser. While the ring laser must use excess energy to even initiate the weld, the blue laser simply welds the parts. This is very evident when welding copper foils, where the ring laser is only capable of a spot weld, while the blue laser is capable of continuous welding of the foils, a feature highly desired in battery manufacturing.

Nuburu’s blue laser therefore offers valuable capabilities for improving the means to manufacture at a lower cost than what is currently possible with IR lasers. We also expect that these capabilities will lead to the wider adoption of laser welding as it will allow manufacturers that until now have used lasers primarily for welding steel and stainless-steel components to also use lasers on more reflective materials such as copper and aluminum (which are used in great quantities in electric vehicles).

Metal 3D Printing

Nuburu’s second focus is metal 3D printing. 3D printing is performed with many different methods; however, the most common laser-based methods fall into one of three categories: (i) laser powder bed fusion, (ii) direct energy deposition and (iii) laser-based wire feed. Each of these methods has its advantages, the powder bed fusion method currently offers the highest resolution and finest feature printing capabilities, but also the slowest printing rates. The direct metal deposition method has a poorer surface finish and cannot print as fine of features as the powder bed fusion, but it does achieve very high build speeds. The laser-based wire feed printing method produces a relatively rough surface finish, but it can print much larger parts at very high speeds which is its key advantage.

Powder Bed Fusion

Powder bed fusion is a method for 3D printing where a thin layer of powdered feedstock is laid down, and then an energy source melts particles together at specific locations on that plane. A subsequent particle layer is deposited and again selectively melted, joining powder on the top layer to the previously melted layer beneath. This process is repeated with a different pattern for each layer until the part is completed. Once completed, the part is removed from the build plate and the unmelted powder is recovered and recycled to be used again in the process. The part is cleaned, inspected and the final machining steps are performed to achieve the desired part features and dimensions.

When a laser is the energy source for powder bed fusion, the technique is called selective laser melting. Lasers are the preferable option for the energy source because alternative methods, such as an electron beam, require the build volume to be in a vacuum. However, traditional IR lasers suffer from the same limitations in 3D printers that also limit their effectiveness in welding applications. A high intensity laser beam is rapidly scanned across the powder bed melting and vaporizing the metal particles. While the smallest particles are readily vaporized, some portions of the larger particles are also vaporized. This is problematic in several ways. First, the metal plume that comes off the powder as the metal vaporizes requires complex fume filtering and management. Second, metal vaporization being trapped in the part during printing may create a void or defect in the part that could be a weakness in the final part produced. This weakness may be a mechanical weakness, or in the case of copper, the thermal and electrical characteristics may be degraded due to the presence of these voids. A third issue that arises when trying to scale the physical part size and the printing volume is the management of the plume of metal as it can easily redeposit on an adjacent area of the part or an adjacent part. This condensation of the metal vapor can also cause voids and defects in the parts, making scaling up laser powder bed fusion systems using IR lasers challenging for machine designers because of these limitations in the fundamental process of rapidly melting the metal.

When used in a powder bed fusion application, the blue laser can be incorporated in one of two ways. The first, is simply a drop-in replacement for the IR laser, which already represents a significant improvement as blue laser has the advantage of increased absorption and consequently increased printing speed. This printing speed advantage has been demonstrated by Nuburu in both copper and stainless steel, with consistently faster printing speeds than achieved with an IR laser.

However, the blue laser, because of its high absorption rate, can also be used in a different mode of printing, one that does not lead to vaporization of the metal and consequently a dramatic reduction in the voids or defects created in the part during the printing process. This process is the conduction mode printing process where a large spot size with a low laser power density is used to take advantage of the enhanced absorption of the laser beam. The use of this large spot size is best described as area printing, where the spot is an image to be printed rather than just a spot. This results in a very calm melting of the powder with little to no vaporization, thereby substantially eliminating the need for fume management and successfully avoiding many pitfalls of the current 3D printing methods. The result is a substantial increase in print speed and the ability to easily scale up the printing method to large areas or to a large part count in a single printing run.

7


Table of Contents

Direct Energy Deposition

Direct Energy Deposition ("DED") is the method where the powder is delivered by a nozzle into the laser beam as the beam traverses the part being produced. The advantages of this method include the very efficient use of powder and the ability to deposit metal at a very high build rate. The powder use is more efficient than a powder bed system, because only the powder to be deposited is used in the process, unlike a powder bed, where the entire area of the part is covered with powder as it is being produced. This method has been in use for many years for remanufacturing old parts as well as producing new parts. A very precise motion control system is required to maintain surface quality as well as build quality. However, the surface quality and the minimum wall thickness is a direct function of the large spot size used in this method and consequently this method cannot achieve the same part resolution or surface finish as a powder bed based system.

We believe that the blue laser is an ideal source for this method because of its ability to couple the laser power efficiently into the powder as it is rapidly approaching the build surface. The powder must be completely melted before reaching the surface to be properly incorporated into the build. The high absorption characteristics of the blue laser light enables the rapid heating of all metal materials that would be used with this method, resulting in Nuburu’s blue laser achieving an increase in build speed of up to 7x in copper and 3x in stainless steel compared to an equivalent IR laser.

Laser-based Wire Feed

Wire feed deposition is the method of 3D printing where a wire is fed into the laser beam as the beam traverses the part. This method has also been used for many years for remanufacturing old parts as well as producing new parts. A very high precision motion control system is likewise required to maintain surface quality as well as build quality. The overall surface quality and minimum wall thickness is limited by the wire thickness used in this method. Consequently, this method cannot achieve the same part resolution or surface finish as a powder bed system, but it can achieve very high metal deposition rates.

We believe that the blue laser is an ideal source for this method because of its ability to couple the laser power efficiently into the wire as it is rapidly approaching the build surface. The wire must be completely melted just as it reaches the build surface. This approach requires a wire feed head that can operate in any direction coupled to the blue laser and a very fine control of the wire as it is fed into the laser beam. The approach can deposit material very fast and uses a gantry style system to trace out and build the part. Some companies have used 6-axis robots to accomplish the same type of build, allowing very large parts to be fabricated out of materials such as titanium and other alloys. Nuburu is working with other entities,companies that are developing systems using a very fine wire feed method which should greatly improve the surface finish and allow the manufacturing of very large parts (~1m3).

Blue Laser in 3D Printing

Nuburu believes its blue laser technology has the potential to be a novel solution for 3D printing by opening an entirely new path to lowering 3D printing costs. We expect the blue laser light engine will be a “plug and play” replacement for today’s IR lasers, enabling both new systems to be built as well as old systems to be upgraded. Once upgraded, we expect that these light engines will provide a wider material processing capability, higher printing speeds, better resolution and stronger as printer parts. Nuburu has demonstrated this capability by integrating its blue laser into a commercial 3D printed and quantifying the speed and performance advantages. In addition, the blue laser has demonstrated the ability to print “hard to print” materials such as copper and gold. These results can be attributed to the enhanced absorption characteristics of the blue laser light which enabled the blue laser to print these materials when the IR lasers could not melt the base material in either a powder bed printer or wire feed printer. These results highlight that Nuburu’s blue laser provides increased flexibility with respect to the material used in blue laser-based 3D printer. We believe this flexibility in material processing makes the blue laser a superior choice for customers when designing their production lines and making their purchasing choices.

A challenge with 3D printing is to print parts that are competitive in cost with more conventional metal manufacturing methods such as casting and injection molding. Nuburu has demonstrated and applied for patents on a new area printing technology (“APT”). Nuburu is currently designing and testing this new technology which we believe has the potential to greatly increase the printing speed of a more conventional 3D printer. The projected printing rates for this technology would make the per part cost competitive with more conventional means of manufacturing such as sand casting and injection molding. We believe that the APT approach to printing challenges the paradigm of today’s 3D printers and consequently has the potential to become a breakthrough technology that could propel 3D printing into major manufacturing markets by meeting the cost per part required by these industries and permitting the printing of much larger parts.

Nuburu has already demonstrated this printing technique in the laboratory and is now being funded through a U.S. Air Force contract from AFWERX to develop a full-scale version of such a printer (see “— Research and Development — Research”).

Benefits of Our Technology

We believe Nuburu’s blue lasers are an ideal manufacturing tool for a number of reasons.

Wavelength Characteristics

Fundamental physics states that the color of the light directly represents the energy carried by light. As the energy of the light increases so does the ability of materials to absorb this energy. Metal absorption is one manifestation of this inherent property of blue. In other words, no amount of manipulation can change the way that metals absorb other wavelengths of light, meaning that blue has an inherent superiority for processing steel, gold, titanium, aluminum, copper, nickel, and many other metals. This applies to metal surfaces that are machined, polished, sandblasted or etched which has no effect on the ability of the laser to melt or weld the material.

8


Table of Contents

Superiority to IR Lasers

The blue laser is adept at welding parts that are difficult for an IR laser to weld, particularly reflective metals such as copper, gold and aluminum. The IR wavelength is poorly absorbed by these materials, so IR lasers struggle to create and sustain melting. The ways that IR lasers can overcome the absorptivity issues are either by preheating the metal or by increasing the laser intensity until the material vaporizes and creates what is termed a keyhole. While this allows absorption, the process is violent and creates spatter and debris on the component and voids in the weld. Spatter creates loose debris in assemblies which may cause electrical short circuits and failure. Pores in the weld zone reduce strength and electrical performance.

A substantial number of products requires some level of welding, for example, batteries in an electric vehicle, cell phones, cell phone components and large screen displays. These products contain significant amounts of copper, gold, aluminum and stainless steel which must be joined together at some point during the assembly of the product. Nuburu’s light engines are able to deliver the necessary heat required to weld the precision parts together quickly and with high manufacturing yields.

Permits Welding of Smaller Features

Nuburu uses patented technology to spatially and spectrally combine the outputs of blue wavelength diodes. The diodes are individually aligned to produce smaller spot size and higher intensity. This high intensity, or brightness, creates a smaller laser focus and therefore allows welding or melting of smaller features. In addition, the high brightness allows greater distances from the focus lens to the workpiece allowing scan head beam delivery or access into remote positions. In summary, Nuburu blue lasers offer flexible output for use in an automated machine.

img52873173_2.jpg 

(1) Speed across materials on a per watt basis.

3D Printing Compatibility

Nuburu provides manufacturers with blue lasers for welding, cutting, stripping coatings and 3D printing. These lasers, when combined with external optical components, make up a light engine. Our customers are able to integrate our blue light engines into their manufacturing processes in a variety of ways, including by directly attaching the laser to a scanner to allow for rapidly redirecting of the laser beams across a part or, in the case of 3D printing, the powder bed. We believe that this compatibility enables our blue laser-based light engines to be a plug and play replacement for today’s IR lasers.

Alternatively, a Nuburu laser fiber could be attached to a welding or cutting head and then mounted on a motion system to allow the laser beam to be moved and repositioned. Finally, a Nuburu light engine could consist of a Nuburu laser and a light modulation system that enables a new generation of 3D printers based on APT rather than single spot printing, which is currently the industry standard. We believe this approach to 3D printing, which we are currently working to develop, has the potential to revolutionize the industry by delivering increased speed and quality in printing metal parts.

Modular Design

Nuburu’s laser systems are based on a modular design where the lowest power module is the building block for higher power systems. This homogenizes the supply chain, streamlines production and allows for rapid new product development. By using a common module approach, we aim to achieve lower costs, consistent performance, good reliability and simplified serviceability.

Simple Design

The Nuburu laser designs are straight forward and designed for automated assembly. The light from the individual laser diodes is combined with no additional steps to create the beam. This is referred to as a direct diode laser source and is more efficient than other technologies, requiring less electrical power to run the machine. To achieve high power, high brightness from its laser systems, Nuburu’s automated manufacturing methods align all of the optical components of the system. Each laser diode operates at a different wavelength or color and they are each superimposed on each other to achieve a laser beam brightness that is the same as a single emitter. A linear array of sources is created with this method which represents the highest brightness and power that can be achieved from the combination of so many laser diodes. The high brightness translates into the lowest possible beam divergence for the product. The low beam divergence is essential for integration with industry-standard optical scanning systems, including those integral to both production lines and powder bed fusion 3D printing.

Recognition

The value proposition of the Nuburu commercial product line has led to several industrial and academic partnerships, along with industry recognition, including: Finalist Prism Award — Photonics Media (2018), Innovators Award, Platinum Honoree — Laser Focus World (2018),

9


Table of Contents

Innovators Award, Gold Honoree — Laser Focus World (2019), Innovation Award — Laser World of Photonics (2019), Technology Innovation Award, Best Practices Award, Frost & Sullivan (2019), and Innovators Award, Gold Honoree — Laser Focus World (2020). In addition, in 2019, Frost and Sullivan awarded Nuburu its Technology Innovation Award recognizing Nuburu as a company employing best practices.

Key Advantages

For welding applications, Nuburu’s blue industrial laser provides the following key advantages when compared to conventional welding methods:

High energy process efficiency due to the high absorption of the blue laser light;
Higher speed because there is no need for pre-heating;
Greater part strength due to minimal voids;
Lower electrical resistance due to minimal voids; and
Superior part quality due to lack of ejected material during the welding process.

For additive manufacturing, Nuburu’s blue laser light engines provide the following advantages:

High energy process efficiency due to the high absorption of the blue laser light;
Higher speed because of the higher absorption on the parts;
Greater part strength due to minimal voids;
Lower electrical resistance due to minimal voids;
Higher part yield due to the reduced spatter not causing defects in adjacent parts; and
Smaller part size as the blue laser can be focused on a tighter spot size.

Our Products

In 2017, Nuburu launched the world’s first commercially available high-power blue industrial laser, the Nuburu AO-150. This laser demonstrated the ability to weld the thin foils used in lithium-ion batteries.

These batteries are the predominant rechargeable power source for portable devices and tools, and are built using layers of thin copper and aluminum foils separated by electrolytes that hold and release the electrical charges. The foils must be joined along one edge, but traditional manufacturing methods of achieving this have been unsatisfactory: Soldering is time consuming; ultrasonic welding creates poor quality welds and requires tool contact and thus entails associated repair and replacement costs; and the IR can only spot weld these foils, both of which prevent batteries from achieving high performance. By contrast the Nuburu AO-150 welds these foils rapidly with essentially no particle ejection or voids left behind.

In 2018, Nuburu launched the higher power AO-500 and additional supporting hardware, extending the range of applications for the blue industrial laser. For example, the lithium-ion batteries described above are built around thin foils, but the foils are welded to tabs, the tabs to the case, and then the case to busbars that connect individual modules together for high-capacity batteries. Each of those joints might connect different materials and different thicknesses of materials. A single blue industrial laser can perform all these welds with straightforward adjustments of laser power and other parameters. This provides the direct advantage of high-quality connections produced at high speeds, and the indirect advantages associated with reduced production line footprint, and decreased maintenance and training costs.

Nuburu has continued to improve the performance of the blue industrial laser. In 2019, Nuburu was able to integrate the next generation of laser diodes into the AO-150 and AO-500 products producing 200 Watt and 650 Watts respectively, which enabled us to introduce the AO-200 and the AO-650. Nuburu continues to improve the performance of its AO-650 laser with the latest lasers with greater lifetime and power margin. Nuburu has combined two AO-650 lasers to study applications requiring up to 1,400 Watts of laser power. Numerous tests were performed at power levels up to 1,400 Watts providing a guideline for the products that will be needed to address the major copper welding markets indicating that higher power and smaller spot sizes will be needed.

Nuburu based its long-term roadmap, shown in the chart below, on these early test results. Following these results, an entirely new product design approach was adopted that we expect will provide higher brightness and rapid scalability to multi-kilowatt (“kW”) power levels. This is the BLTM series laser, where the beam quality has been improved by a factor of 3x and the output power of the base model has been upgraded to 250 Watts.

Nuburu announced the commercial launch of the first laser in the NUBURU BLTM Series, the BL-250, in January 2023. We anticipate that the BL-250 will serve as the base building block for additional products. By combining multiple modules into a single laser system, Nuburu expects to develop a product with increased continuous power. For example, combining four BL-250 modules into a single laser system would allow for a product with over 1,000 Watts of continuous power. Furthermore, by combining the 1,000-Watt subsystems, Nuburu expects to be able to extend the output power to 2kW and 4kW. Nuburu anticipates that the output power of the blue laser diodes in these systems will continue to improve and expects upgrades to these systems will be straightforward resulting in an upgrade of these systems to 1.5kW, 2.5kW and 4.5kW. With this modular design approach, we expect to rapidly achieve scale in our automated production line, homogenize our supply

10


Table of Contents

chain, streamline our production, and increase the speed of product development. We expect this modular approach to enable us to deliver consistent performance, good reliability, and simplified customer serviceability at competitive prices.

img52873173_3.jpg 

For this line of products, Nuburu expects the final products to be in the form of a light engine, encompassing both the laser and the beam delivery system. Our beam delivery system can be one of two types: (i) an optical scanner-based system or (ii) a welding head with sensors. We are developing the BLTM product line to be compatible with existing scanners, which works by rapidly scanning the beam across the processing surface with a pair of orthogonal mirrors.

Both our AO and BLTM product lines have been designed to be compatible with standard welding heads which may include a variety of sensors, such as a seam tracker and a weld quality monitor. These beam delivery systems are an add-on to the sale of laser systems because Nuburu is committed to providing a complete welding solution to its customers.

We are also currently working to develop the next generation of blue lasers to be released in our product roadmap, involving a single mode blue fiber laser (NUBURU SMTM Series) which we anticipate being unmatched in performance and brightness in the industry. We have designed and are currently testing the first alpha prototype. We are designing this line of single mode blue lasers to be compatible with both types of beam delivery systems; however, the optical scanner will be the preferred beam delivery system. Today every powder bed 3D printer uses an IR laser and a scanner. We are designing the Nuburu single mode laser to be a direct drop-in replacement for the incumbent IR lasers. 3D printing with the blue single mode laser benefits from the high absorption of the blue light creating solid parts with good surface quality at near net shape independent of the material being processed. For steel, titanium, pure copper, and copper alloys, our initial testing results demonstrate significant improvements in build rate and part quality, and reduction in post-processing time.

Our Competitive Strengths

Disruptive Technology: We believe our technology will disrupt and enable fast growing markets such as e-mobility, consumer electronics, aerospace and defense and 3D printing, while also helping to promote a sustainable future.

Proprietary Technology: We have an extensive IP portfolio, with approximately 220 granted and pending patents and applications worldwide.

Customer Engagement: We have engaged with blue chip companies in large, global industries as current and target customers. Over time, we also anticipate follow-on revenue streams from supplying replacement lasers and light engines and from conducting any required servicing.

Experienced, Leadership: We have a pioneering and visionary management team with a track record of innovation and execution in the laser industry.

Growing Market Adoption: We have already shipped over 50 systems to over 30 customers, and have partnerships with NASA and AFWERX.

Our Growth Strategy

Nuburu aims to become the pre-eminent global supplier of lasers for welding and 3D printing for a significant range of industrially important metals in both established and emerging manufacturing applications. Our growth strategy is driven by two global industrial trends:

The growing importance of quality and speed for large scale volume manufacturing in energy storage, consumer electronics, e-mobility, aerospace, and other industries, and
Burgeoning 3D printing applications, particularly for high-value aerospace, automotive, and medical metal parts.

Some key aspects of our growth strategy include:

Maintain and develop products for welding

Nuburu expects to make the blue laser the technology of choice for welding applications such as batteries, consumer electronics (such as cell phones, tablets, and large screen displays), electric vehicles, and renewable energy. The speed, quality, and yield that can be achieved with the blue laser is the key driver in its adoption into these markets. Nuburu’s AO product line has already made inroads into manufacturing

11


Table of Contents

components for cell phones, displays, and wire-feed 3D printing. We expect that Nuburu’s BLTM product line will expand the range of applications that can be addressed by combining the blue laser with a scanner to enable remote welding of batteries, consumer electronics and electric vehicle components. The scanner capability opens market opportunities for the blue laser because of its ability to rapidly move the beam from weld seam to weld seam. This light engine provides the production speed and quality sought by manufacturers for welding batteries, consumer electronics and electrical vehicle components.

Integrate Blue lasers into Directed Energy Deposition 3D Printing

Nuburu has integrated its AO-650 into a DED machine capable of printing parts using blown powder. In a direct comparison, the Nuburu blue laser outperformed an IR laser by a wide margin resulting in a substantial improvement in printing energy efficiency which translates directly to speed, a superior surface finish, and near forged metal densities. While this is a small portion of the additive market, it is an important one that enables our light engines to print large scale parts from a variety of materials such as titanium and copper alloys. The blue laser-based DED machine provided manufacturers with the speed, surface finish and densification required by markets such as aerospace.

Integrate single mode blue laser into additive machines

Nuburu is developing a single mode blue laser ("SM") that we expect to be a drop-in replacement for the IR fiber lasers used in 3D powder bed printers today. This technology is at the center of the Nuburu research and development efforts where the initial demonstration of a single mode blue fiber laser was successful. Nuburu is now working to scale the output power of the laser to its initial offering of 100 Watts CW. This laser is expected to expand the additive space, allowing the fabrication of parts that are 10x the size of parts fabricated with an IR laser, at speeds up to 7x faster for a given power level and to print metals that are reflective in the near IR. This technology is compatible with existing systems, allowing customers the flexibility to upgrade their existing systems to blue as an alternative to ordering an entirely new 3D printing system. The improvement in process speed and part quality is expected to enable the mass adoption of 3D printing in aerospace, healthcare, dentistry, jewelry and other general manufacturing applications.

Next Generation Blue Laser Additive Systems

Nuburu has demonstrated the ability to print metal parts with its APT. We expect that this system will flash print over 2 million spots simultaneously in an area over 1,000x greater than the single spot used in today’s printers. The laser light engines are modular in their design which allows a powder bed printer system to be outfitted with a single light engine or multiple light engines. Multiple light engines provide a path to very high printing speeds, and lower operating costs. This method of printing relies on the conduction mode printing referred to earlier in this document and will not have the complicated fume management systems required in today’s large area printers. A system based on several light engines has the potential to achieve 10-20kg/hr printing speeds while maintaining a 0.050mm minimum part resolution. We expect that a breakthrough in speed while maintaining resolution and part quality will enable adoption in cost sensitive markets such as automotive and consumer products.

With respect to all of the 3D printing applications, Nuburu anticipates growing its capabilities organically or through partnerships or acquisitions.

Extend Blue Laser Capabilities

Nuburu believes it has only started to uncover the many potential applications of this technology beyond the two major markets explored to date: vehicle electrification and 3D printing. With expanded resources we expect to be able to uncover additional applications in defense, healthcare, solar energy and semiconductor processing markets. In addition, we believe that as Nuburu introduces new products they will find applications in the growing market-place.

Please see Item 1A. "Risk Factors" in this Annual Report on Form 10-K for additional discussion of the potential risks related to our product development and growth strategy.

Manufacturing and Supply

Manufacturing

Nuburu is located in Centennial, Colorado with an approximately 30,000 square foot facility. The facility primarily supports applications testing, manufacturing, engineering, and research and development of lasers and laser systems. Approximately 2,400 square feet of our facility is a clean room facility in which the laser light engine modules are manufactured, assembled, and tested. Other areas of the facility facilitate the integration of the laser light engine modules with control and power electronics into a chassis to form laser systems. Completed laser systems undergo testing and quality control within the facility.

We anticipate that our current facility can support the manufacturing volumes forecasted through mid-2025. Needed capacity increases can be accomplished by improvements to the manufacturing line, adding equipment to bottleneck manufacturing steps, as well as expansion of key areas. We expect to be able to improve production flow through modest infrastructure leasehold improvements, such as removal of divisive walls and inclusion of doors and passthroughs in strategic locations. These improvements would allow the product assembly to flow in a continuous uninterrupted line, increasing efficiencies.

Nuburu’s lasers are designed to be compatible with automated manufacturing methods. Nuburu continually improves the design of its lasers as well as the automation equipment required to manufacture these systems. Our strategy for scaling up our existing manufacturing line is based on two key elements: (i) optimizing the automated production flow and (ii) minimizing the touch labor. The automated assembly provides both the needed precision as well as the reproducibility of the assembly to manufacture the high precision blue laser modules. Since the key steps are performed with automated machines, we can minimize both the touch labor as well as the skill set needed for manufacturing. These elements combine to provide Nuburu with a cost effective and scalable manufacturing strategy. However, once the base production

12


Table of Contents

line design is finalized, the entire production line may be replicated as many times as is needed to increase capacity, limited only by space constraints and infrastructure limitations.

Throughout the manufacturing process, Nuburu uses multiple screening steps to check the quality of its products beginning with an initial automated screening test that identifies laser diodes that are below performance standards. For this initial test, six laser diodes are integrated into an assembly and undergo a visual inspection. The diodes are also turned on to quantify their performance and verify that they meet specifications. Those units are then integrated into a screening station and operated for a predetermined period to eliminate early failures, which are referred to as infant mortalities. Once they have passed this first step, they are integrated into a module, which is then tested for performance before integration into a system. After integration into a system, Nuburu uses a week-long test procedure to confirm that the electronics and laser are performing according to specifications.

We expect to work to reduce waste and limit costs while developing robust manufacturing processes with the aim of enhancing our competitive advantage in the marketplace. To do this, we expect to incorporate the Six Sigma Lean methodologies as well as ISO quality standards to ensure we meet customer expectations. With Six Sigma, we expect to further improve the quality of our products and decrease the variations that cause rework or defects. By incorporating the 5S pillars of the Six Sigma process into our day-to-day work life, we expect to develop a streamlined productive work environment ensuring organized and improved cycle times, with the aim of reducing the cost of goods sold. Through these tools we aim to create an environment that demands quality and performance, while reducing downtime and defects that are generated from undefined processes and underutilized talent.

We anticipate that as we ramp up our manufacturing, we will require additional engineers and production personnel to build out and then operate our manufacturing capabilities.

Supply

We purchase raw materials used to manufacture our products and other components, such as laser diodes, micro-optics, optics, optical filters, bulk optics, cooling components, electronic components, and other materials, from various suppliers. We purchase materials and components through purchase orders or agreed-upon terms and conditions with our key suppliers. To mitigate raw material and component supply chain issues and risks, we aim to take a variety of actions such as second source qualification, accumulation of safety stock and vendor surveillance. We may also consolidate our supply base and move supplier locations. If we transition locations, we may decideincrease our inventory of such products as a “safety stock” during the transition, which would cause the amount of inventory reflected on our balance sheet to acquire oneincrease.

Partnerships

Over the past five years, Nuburu has developed a number of partnerships in cell phone component welding systems, display welding systems, and 3D printing.

Key research institutes

Nuburu has established various partnerships, past or more businesses affiliatedcurrent, with prominent welding and 3D printing institutes including Edison Welding Institute in North America, two Fraunhofer institutes and Munich Technical University in Germany, Warwick University (WMG — Energy Innovation Center) in the United Kingdom, Osaka Welding Institute in Japan and Shanghai Jai tung University in China. The purpose of these partnerships has been to validate our sponsor, officers or directors. Our directorsown testing and benchmark our metal processing application results against incumbent technologies used in manufacturing, including for example against IR lasers, ultrasonic welding, resistance welding and tungsten inert gas welding.

Key customers & partnerships

Nuburu has also developed key partnerships with selective customers. We have performed hundreds of applications and thousands of test welds for customers and target customers around the world. These applications serve as officersa validation of customer specific application over a wide range of welding applications including batteries, consumer electronic components, heat sinks for cell phones (vapor chambers), 3C applications such as connectors, PC board interfaces, flex circuits and board members3D printing.

The first-generation AO-650 has been qualified by and is already operating in the production of vapor chambers by a key integrator in Asia. Our AO-150 is in the manufacturing qualification stage with two large systems for other entities. Such entities may competemask welding by an organic light-emitting diode ("OLED") manufacturer in Asia. We recently also finalized a multi-year supply and license agreement for a 3D printing application with us for business combination opportunities. Our sponsor, officers and directors are not currently awareEssentium, a manufacturer of any specific opportunities for us3D printing platforms. We have delivered our AO blue laser systems to complete our business combination with any entities withover ten large brands worldwide which they are affiliated, and there have been no preliminary discussions concerninginstalled on-site at our customers’ manufacturing facilities and are currently undergoing engineering and manufacturing qualification testing. In 2023, we began delivering our new BLTM product line to both existing and new customers.

Research and Development

We conduct research and development efforts on our laser technology for new products at our headquarters in Colorado and we conduct research on applications at both our headquarters and partner facilities.

Research

We are currently conducting research that aims to continuously improve our blue laser systems. Our laser research is concentrated in two areas: (i) creating the highest possible brightness laser from blue laser diodes and (ii) developing a business combination with any such entity or entities. Although we will not be specifically focusingsingle mode blue laser source.

Nuburu has been studying numerous methods for increasing the brightness and power levels of its product line. These studies are focused on or targeting, any transaction with any affiliated entities, we would pursue such a transaction if we determined that such affiliated entity met our criteria for a business combination as set forth herein and such transaction was approved by a majoritymaximizing the brightness of our disinterested directors. Despite our agreementdirect diode laser technology and include wavelength multiplexing, spectral beam combining and coherent beam combining. Nuburu is also testing numerous methods to obtain an opinion from an independent investment banking firm or from an independent accounting firm, regardingbuild a single mode blue laser system with the fairnessaim of maximizing laser performance.

13


Table of Contents

Nuburu is also developing APT that uses millions of laser beams to our company fromsimultaneously print a financial point of viewportion of a business combinationmetal part in a single shot. This approach to 3D printing would allow breakthrough speeds and resolution for the parts being printed. This is because current 3D printers work by scanning a laser beam across the powder bed to fuse a very small spot of metal onto the printed part. The printing speed is limited by two factors, the amount of laser energy that can be absorbed by the metal and the speed at which the scanner can move the laser beam. These factors ultimately limit the amount of laser power that can be used and the speed at which any single scanner-based 3D printer can print. This is not the case with one or more domestic or international businesses affiliatedNuburu’s APT, where the millions of laser beams illuminate an area that is approximately 1,000x the size of the spot typically used in a 3D printer ultimately resulting in a radically new approach to 3D printing that greatly reduces spatter and fumes that can cause defects in the parts being produced. We believe that multiple parts can be produced simultaneously on a single build plate without the issue of defects and further, that very large parts can be printed without concerns over part integrity. Nuburu completed a project funded by the Air Force Research Labs through the AFWERX program to develop this large-scale, high-speed 3D printer and is in the process of bidding for another project to further this research.

Nuburu’s APT uses Texas Instruments Digital Light Projector ("DLP") to create a blue laser image on the powder bed with our officers, directors or existing holders, potential conflictsmillions of interest still may existpixel resolution. These devices were designed for large movie theaters and as a result they can handle high blue laser power levels. This provides the termsability to create an image on a powder bed that is over 1,000x the size of the business combination mayspots used today but with sufficient power density to fuse the powder layer by layer into a 3D printed part. The result is higher printing speeds with 0.050mm of resolution in the image from each laser print engine. Multiple laser print engines can be used within a single printer to further increase the printing speed providing a path to 10-20kg/hr printing rates or higher depending on the size of the system. The laser light engine for this type of printer consists of an AO 650H laser, a collimating and homogenizing system, the DLP spatial light modulator and a reimaging system. The AO-650H provides 650 Watts of laser power through a 400µm core optical fiber and a narrow laser bandwidth. The performance of this system can be increased by the incorporation of Nuburu's newly released BLTM product line which has 10x the brightness of the AO-650H.

Product Development

Nuburu’s current product development activities are focused on the BLTM product line, which we have started to bring to the industrial laser marketplace in 2023. This product consists of a high brightness 250-Watt laser system. This product along with its manufacturing method have been under development since 2017 at Nuburu. The development of this system encompasses the design of the laser, its electronics, and an automated manufacturing capability. Since Nuburu is focused on developing laser modules with individual laser sources, the only economical method to manufacture these systems is to fully automate the production process. Nuburu has invested in all of the equipment to accomplish this goal resulting in a pilot production line that is intended to be scalable. This module forms the basis for the multi-mode product line extending from 250 Watts to multi-kWs of laser power. This modularity means that the system output power can be rapidly scaled from today’s single module system to a system that would encompass 16 modules and produce over 4-5kW of laser power. Nuburu has designed all of the mechanical components and electronic components with system scalability in mind. This modular design approach means that the next generation of higher power products that are needed to address a broad market need can be rapidly and efficiently developed.

Intellectual Property

Nuburu currently has approximately 220 granted and pending patents (of which more than 30 are in the United States and the remainder are foreign), including patents and applications directed to blue laser applications such as welding, blue laser technologies, single mode blue laser technologies, blue Raman laser technologies, addressable array technologies, and 3D printing using blue lasers. A number of its patent applications also relate to APT, electronic manufacturing, battery manufacturing, and other blue laser applications. These patents are at various stages of review. Our currently issued patents are expected to expire at various times between 2034 and 2039.

Nuburu’s practice is to apply for patent protection in key countries worldwide and to date we have been successful at securing patents in the United States and other countries. Our foreign rights include protections in Finland, France, Germany, Ireland, Switzerland, Spain, Italy, the United Kingdom, Japan, South Korea, China, and Russia. Our patent portfolio is regularly updated with new provisional applications, regular utility applications, and international and foreign applications, as well as with continuing patent applications being filed as patents are granted to keep the patent families active and to extend our portfolio coverage.

We currently do not be as advantageouslicense any patents.

Proprietary active alignment

The Nuburu design approach requires extremely precise alignment. The need to our public stockholders as theymaintain precision alignment typically represents a challenge for optical systems intended for use in production environments, but we have developed proprietary active and automated alignment technology that solves this challenge and streamlines laser assembly and leads to robust and reliable performance in the field. That built-in robustness leads to long-term laser output power stability over thousands of hours of operation. Proprietary alignment technology also allows for a modular design approach, which enables both scalable product designs and straightforward production line maintenance. We believe that the active alignment that we have achieved would be absent any conflictsvery difficult to replicate.

Proprietary single mode technology

In conjunction with the proprietary design of interest.the AO- and BL-series lasers, we hold patents and patent applications for an additional and further breakthrough in technology key to the next generation blue lasers. This technology enables a high-power single mode blue laser. Single mode laser performance provides the ultimate laser beam with the lowest angular divergence and the highest possible power density. This laser can be focused to a smaller spot size than an infrared laser and is the basis for Nuburu’s next generation single laser 3D printer design. In addition, when the single mode laser is combined with an optical scanner, it becomes possible to rapidly weld parts at a considerable distance. Since a blue laser has a substantially lower beam divergence than an IR laser, the standoff distance can be increased, or the spot size can be decreased to increase the precision of the welding process. We expect this ongoing development to position Nuburu as a leader in next-generation blue industrial lasers for the foreseeable future.

14


Table of Contents

Competition

The laser system industry in which we operate has significant price and technological competition. We compete directly with mature competitors such as Coherent, Inc., nLight, Inc., IPG Photonics Corporation, Laserline GmbH, Lumentum Holdings Inc., Raycus Fiber Laser Technologies Co., Ltd. and Trumpf SE + Co. KG, which are well established and have longer operating histories, significantly greater financial and operational resources, and name recognition, which we do not have. However, we also compete with development-stage companies such as TeraDiode Inc. and others. A number of these competitors are seeking to improve conventional IR lasers or to develop new laser technologies, including blue laser technology. We also compete not only with companies providing conventional lasers, but also with companies offering non-laser solutions for the applications we target. Examples of current technologies used or expected to be used in welding and 3D printing applications include:

Since our sponsor, officersInfrared Fiber and directors will lose their entire investmentDisc Lasers: Infrared lasers are the current predominant incumbent technology. However, when used on reflective material, the laser intensity must be increased to a level where the metal vaporizes, which creates spatter on the surface and pores in us if our business combinationthe weld itself. A higher intensity also results in a smaller spot size and smaller melt area. In order to increase the melt area a scan head is used to “wobble” the beam in a pattern on the workpiece. This technique still creates a weld with excessive porosity and spatter. In addition, the need for a scan head for wobbling increases weld time by up to 10x compared with blue and the capital cost of the scan head and driving software is substantial.

Infrared Fiber Ring Lasers: Another way to improve the absorption of infrared wavelength into reflective material is to increase the temperature of the material prior to welding. A specially developed custom fiber laser or processing head is used to produce a ring of laser light around the main processing beam. This enables pre-heating of the metal before the processing beam. This is still a keyhole process but with some reduction in the heat input. However, this method also produces spatter in the melt area and voids in the weld. This approach also increases the cost of the equipment, as additional power is required. In some cases, two lasers are used, which further increases costs. The resulting process relies on a very precise balance of power in the ring and core and can be difficult to maintain in a production environment. Whilst the ring output approach can show acceptable results in thicker sections it still struggles in foil welding and fine feature applications.

Green Lasers: A more recent introduction in the laser market is the green laser, which can be generated from both a fiber laser and a solid-state laser by using a method called frequency doubling. A non-linear crystal is used to change the color of the laser from the IR to the green. These high-power green lasers are relatively new to the market and are still under evaluation by customers for 3D printing and welding applications. However, green lasers have significant drawbacks. While the wavelength is closer to blue and improvement in absorption is seen compared with IR lasers in typically reflective materials, the improvement is not completed,as large as with blue. Typically, a conflict20% improvement in absorption is seen in blue compared with green. But the most significant drawback of interest may arise in determining whethergreen lasers is their complexity and poor electrical conversion efficiency. An optical technique known as “frequency doubling” is used to take the output of an IR laser and convert the output to green (i.e., a particular business combination target2kW IR laser is appropriate for our initial business combination.

In June 2020, our sponsor purchased 8,625,000 founder shares forused to make a 1kW green laser). This requires an aggregate purchase priceadditional process of $25,000,putting the IR beam through a crystal. This is complicated, inefficient and the conversion crystal is considered a consumable, which requires frequent maintenance or approximately $0.003 per share (269,607 of which were subsequently forfeitedreplacement due to the expirationdeterioration of the underwriter’s over-allotment option)non-linear crystals. These characteristics increase the capital and running costs for the manufacturer and also compromise the reliability of the green lasers.

Other Blue Lasers: In general, blue lasers based on an array of diodes in a bar produce lower brightness compared to individual devices because of the limitations of the spacing of the diodes on the bar array. In general, bar arrays thus result in a larger spot size or shorter standoff distance than could easily be achieved with individual devices such as our single chip approach used in our BLTM line of products. There is one company we are aware of that is developing blue laser diode bar technology that overcomes this limitation, but we believe this company’s beam quality is still limited to the multi-mode brightness of the individual laser diode source which would compete with our single mode BL line of products. We believe that our single mode laser greatly exceeds the performance of any of the direct diode laser beam combination methods that we are aware of.

While there are various competing laser technologies all seeking to disrupt the IR laser’s current foothold in various applications, we believe Nuburu’s blue-laser technology is the superior approach. The cost of our blue laser technology is currently greater than that of most conventional IR laser systems and that some potential customers may prioritize purchase price in making their investment decisions. However, we believe that our blue laser technology has the potential to offer our customers a greater return on investment. Nuburu’s blue laser fundamentally improves absorption rates and allows a melting process with no vaporization, which generally results in improved stable, high-quality welds and printed products, with minimal voids and spatter, all achieved using less energy and at increased speeds. We believe that Nuburu blue laser technology offers a superior solution to improving a variety of aspects of welding and 3D printing, providing customers with a broader range of applications than currently possible.

In addition to the technical aspects outlined above, we believe principal competitive factors include technology capabilities, materials, process and application know-how, cost of operation, product reliability, and the ability to provide a full range of products to meet customer needs. We believe that our future success depends on our ability to provide high-quality products, introduce new products to meet evolving customer needs and market opportunities, and extend our technologies to new applications.

Government Regulation and Compliance

We are subject to regulations governing the safe operation of our blue laser products. The lasers we produce are listed as Class IV lasers according to the U.S. Food and Drug Administration’s Center for Disease and Radiological Health (“CDRH”) and must meet all government guidelines for safe operation. Each laser system design must be registered with the CDRH prior to its release to the marketplace. Nuburu lasers also receive the CE mark (signaling that we have checked that our products meet applicable EU safety, health and environmental requirements) once they pass all of the CE certification testing on safety and radiofrequency emissions. This mark is required by most foreign countries to allow them to import our products.

Nuburu is also subject to the export regulations of the U.S. Department of Commerce, Bureau of Industry and Security (“BIS”). We have worked with BIS to classify our current suite of products, and we intend to classify each of our new products prior to releasing them. Nuburu

15


Table of Contents

also has established an export manual that clearly articulates our policies and procedures used to confirm that we are in compliance with applicable U.S. export regulations. All of our employees and distributors worldwide are required to confirm that they will adhere to these policies. Nuburu expects to update its policy and export manual from time to time to reflect any changes required by new export controls or developments in best practices. Currently, neither our AO nor our BL lasers require an export license to export to the list of countries that U.S. companies are permitted to export to. As part of our export process, we check the government’s consolidated screen list before we accept orders or ship lasers to ensure that none of the parties involved are prohibited parties.

Sales and Marketing

Given the size, complexity and value of our blue laser technology, our sales to date have come from long-term discussions between our management team and our current customers. Based on our experiences so far, we expect the approximate adoption timelines of our customers from first contact to first purchase order to range up to 22-24 months. Going forward, we intend to expand our marketing efforts and as we pursue a more widespread adoption of our blue laser technology.

We have developed and trained and expect to continue to develop and train third-party distributors that provide sales and customer support functions in their specific territory, including business development and sales, application and service support and local marketing. Our distributors are and are expected to be an integral part of our sales and marketing strategy. The founder sharesAmericas region is managed from our headquarters, but we have distributor partners located in key countries worldwide to help target current and prospective customers in Asia (particularly in China, Japan, Singapore, South Korea, India and Taiwan) and in Europe.

Our applications lab is key to our sales effort because it allows our customers to test our full range of products to explore various application capabilities and better understand how our lasers might help them address their most challenging manufacturing problems. Our technical team provides on-site support through installation and offers technical support and training to our customers.

Employees and Human Capital

As of February 29, 2024, Nuburu had 46 full-time employees. A significant number of our employees have a technical background and hold advanced engineering or scientific degrees. We are committed to being an employer of choice through increasing diversity in the workforce and building and maintaining a positive and inclusive culture. We view our human capital investments as crucial for our success.

Our work environment is highly collaborative and one that is based on trust and mutual respect. Our team is comprised of highly skilled engineers who take substantial pride and ownership in their work. We take pride in our transparent approach to communicating, whether internally with employees or externally with our partners and customers. We have developed company-wide safety policies based on guidelines from health officials as well as input from our employees to establish and maintain a safe and healthy workplace. The safety of our employees and other key stakeholders is our top priority.

To date, we have not experienced any work stoppages and we consider our relationship with our employees to be good. None of our employees are either represented by a labor union or subject to a collective bargaining agreement.

We anticipate that in order to reach our strategic objectives, we will be worthless ifrequired to recruit and retain additional management, human resources, accounting, finance, technical, engineering and sales personnel.

Available Information

Our internet address is https://nuburu.net. We will file or furnish periodic reports and amendments thereto, including our Annual Reports on Form 10-K, Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q, Current Reports on Form 8-K (and amendments to those reports), proxy and information statements and other information filed or furnished pursuant to Sections 13(a) and 15(d) of the Exchange Act with the SEC. The SEC maintains a website that contains reports, proxy and information statement, and other information regarding issuers that file electronically, which may be accessed through the SEC at http://www.sec.gov. Our reports, amendments thereto, proxy statements and other information are also made available, free of charge, on our investor relations website at https://ir.nuburu.net as soon as reasonably practicable after we electronically file or furnish such information with the SEC. The information contained on the websites referenced in this Annual Report on Form 10-K is not incorporated by reference into this filing. Further, our references to website URLs are intended to be inactive textual references only. All statements made in any of our securities filings, including all forward-looking statements or information, are made as of the date of the document in which the statement is included, and we do not complete an initial business combination. In addition, our sponsor purchased 9,700,000 private placement warrants, each exercisable for one shareassume or undertake any obligation to update any of our Class A common stock at $11.50 per share, for a purchase price of $9,700,000,those statements or $1.00 per warrant, that will also be worthless ifdocuments unless we do not complete a business combination. Holders of founder shares have agreed (A) to vote any shares owned by them in favor of any proposed business combination and (B) not to redeem any founder shares in connection with a stockholder vote to approve a proposed initial business combination. In addition, we may obtain loans from our sponsor, affiliates of our sponsor or an officer or director. The personal and financial interests of our officers and directors may influence their motivation in identifying and selecting a target business combination, completing an initial business combination and influencing the operation of the business following the initial business combination.


Our management may not be able to maintain control of a target business after our initial business combination.

We may structure a business combination so that the post-transaction company in which our public stockholders own shares own less than 100% of the equity interests or assets of a target business, but we will only complete such business combination if the post-transaction company owns or acquires 50% or more of the outstanding voting securities of the target or otherwise acquires a controlling interest in the target sufficient for us not to beare required to register as ando so by law.

16


Table of Contents

ITEM 1A. RISK FACTORS

An investment company underin our Common Stock or Preferred Stock involves risks. Prior to making a decision about investing in our Common Stock or Preferred Stock, you should consider carefully the Investment Company Act. We will not consider any transaction that does not meet such criteria. Even if the post-transaction company owns 50% or more of the voting securities of the target, our stockholders prior to the business combination may collectively own a minority interest in the post business combination company, depending on valuations ascribed to the target and us in the business combination transaction. For example, we could pursue a transaction in which we issue a substantial number of new shares of Class A common stock in exchange forrisks together with all of the outstanding capital stock of a target. Inother information contained in this case, we would acquire a 100% interest in the target. However, as a result of the issuance of a substantial number of new shares of common stock, our stockholders immediately prior to such transaction could own less than a majority of our outstanding shares of common stock subsequent to such transaction. In addition, other minority stockholders may subsequently combine their holdings resulting in a single person or group obtaining a larger share of the company’s stock than we initially acquired. Accordingly, this may make it more likely that our management will not be able to maintain our control of the target business. We cannot provide assurance that, upon loss of control of a target business, new management will possess the skills, qualifications or abilities necessary to profitably operate such business.

Certain agreements related to our initial public offering may be amended without stockholder approval.

Annual Report on Form 10-K, including any risks described below. Each of the agreements related toreferenced risks and uncertainties could adversely affect our initial public offering to which we are a party, other than the warrant agreementbusiness, operating results, and the investment management trust agreement, may be amended without stockholder approval. Such agreements are: the underwriting agreement; the letter agreement among us and our initial stockholders, sponsor, officers and directors; the registration and stockholder rights agreement among us and our initial stockholders; the private placement warrants purchase agreement between us and our sponsor; and the administrative services agreement among us, our sponsor and an affiliate of our sponsor. These agreements contain various provisions that our public stockholders might deem to be material. For example, our letter agreement and the underwriting agreement contain certain lock-up provisions with respect to the founder shares, private placement warrants and other securities held by our initial stockholders, sponsor, officers and directors. Amendments to such agreements would require the consent of the applicable parties thereto and would need to be approved by our board of directors, which may do so for a variety of reasons, including to facilitate our initial business combination. While we do not expect our board of directors to approve any amendment to any of these agreements prior to our initial business combination, it may be possible that our board of directors, in exercising its business judgment and subject to its fiduciary duties, chooses to approve one or more amendments to any such agreement. Any amendment entered into in connection with the consummation of our initial business combination will be disclosed in our proxy solicitation or tender offer materials,financial condition, as applicable, related to such initial business combination, and any other material amendment to any of our material agreements will be disclosed in a filing with the SEC. Any such amendments would not require approval from our stockholders, may result in the completion of our initial business combination that may not otherwise have been possible, and may have an adverse effect onwell as adversely affect the value of an investment in our securities. Additional risks not known to us or that we believe are immaterial may also adversely affect our business, operating results, and financial condition and the value of an investment in our securities. "Nuburu," "the Company," "we," "us," or "our" refers to Legacy Nuburu prior to the consummation of the Business Combination and to Nuburu following the Business Combination.

Risks Relating to Our Business and Operations

We are an early-stage company with a history of losses. We have not been profitable historically and may not be able to achieve profitability in the future.

Our financial statements as of and for the year ended December 31, 2023 included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K have been prepared assuming we will continue as a going concern. If we are unable to generate sufficient cash flow to sustain our operations or raise additional capital in the form of debt or equity financing, this could affect our ability to continue as a going concern in the future. Since its inception in 2015, Nuburu has incurred significant net losses and has used significant cash in its business. As of December 31, 2023, Nuburu had an accumulated deficit of approximately $81.9 million, and for the year ended December 31, 2023, Nuburu had a net loss of approximately $20.7 million. We expect to continue to expand our operations, including by investing in manufacturing, sales and marketing, research and development, and infrastructure to support our growth. We anticipate that we will incur net losses for the foreseeable future and, even if we increase our revenues, there is no guarantee that we will ever become profitable. Our ability to achieve profitability in the future will depend on a number of factors, including:

successfully implementing our products on a commercial scale;
achieving meaningful sales volumes;
identifying opportunities for other businesses to integrate our product into their operations;
attracting customers in the United States and internationally;
improving the effectiveness of our sales and marketing activities and any independent distributors or sales representatives;
developing manufacturing techniques to produce the volume required to achieve our forecasted production;
executing on any strategies to reduce costs, in the amount and on the timing projected;
procuring sufficient quantities of raw materials and components and entering into agreements with new suppliers if necessary;
fluctuations in the costs of needed raw materials and components;
attracting and retaining key talent in a competitive labor market, and minimizing delays in hiring employees;
delays associated with obtaining patents, licenses, and potential regulatory review;
meeting cashflow needs despite any delays in payment from domestic or international customers;
unforeseen technology issues in product development that could delay product releases;
delays in finding suitable replacement components for components with long lead times due to any supply chain disruptions;
delays in redesigning systems to compensate for supply chain disruptions;
unrecoverable product development delays due to underfunded activities conducted prior to the Closing;
the cost of filing and prosecuting patent applications and defending and enforcing our patent and other intellectual property rights;
the cost of defending, in litigation or otherwise, any claims that we infringe third-party patent or other intellectual property rights; and
the cost of enforcing or defending against non-competition claims.

Even if we do achieve profitability, we may be unable to sustain or increase our profitability in the long term and our business may be disrupted at any time due to numerous factors outside of our control, including changes in the general macroeconomic outlook, local and regional volatility, global trade disputes, political instability, expropriation or nationalization of property, public health emergencies, and related government policies and restrictions designed to mitigate the effects of such emergencies, civil strife, strikes, insurrections, acts of terrorism, hostilities or the perception that hostilities may be imminent, military conflict, acts of war, including sanctions or other restrictive actions, by the United States or other countries, and natural disasters.

17


Table of Contents

We received fewer proceeds from the Business Combination than we initially anticipated. We will require additional capital to finance our operations and implement our business plan and strategy and if we are unable to raise such capital when needed, or on acceptable terms, that could have a material adverse effect on our ability to meet our financial obligations and support continued growth and development.

In connection with the Business Combination, we received cash of $3,243,079, prior to deducting transaction and issuance costs, which costs exceeded this amount received.

We plan to continue to use our cash on hand to fund our operations going forward. Such operations may include additional research and development spending, hiring additional personnel, capital expenditures, including for additional production and applications laboratories facilities, and the costs of operating as a public company. The development, design, manufacture, and sale of our products is a capital-intensive business. Advancing the development of our current and any future products will require a significant amount of capital, including to fund ongoing costs relating to our products and technologies, the construction and tooling of prototypes, the design and building of our production units, as well as any significant unplanned or accelerated expenses, and new strategic investments. As a result, we expect for some time to continue to incur substantial operating expenses without generating sufficient revenues to cover expenditures. We will need to obtain substantial additional funding in order to maintain our continuing operations. In addition, changing circumstances, some of which may be beyond our control, could cause us to consume capital significantly faster than we currently anticipate, and we may need to seek additional funds sooner than planned.

On August 5, 2022, the Company entered into the Lincoln Park Purchase Agreement pursuant to which Lincoln Park agreed to purchase from the Company, at the option of the Company, up to $100,000,000 of Common Stock from time to time over a 48-month period. However, the Lincoln Park Purchase Agreement is subject to certain limitations including but not limited to, the effectiveness of a registration statement covering Common Stock that are issuable to Lincoln Park under the Lincoln Park Purchase Agreement (the “Lincoln Park Registration Statement”). The Company will also be required to satisfy various conditions in order to be able to commence purchases by Lincoln Park under the Lincoln Park Purchase Agreement. Once such conditions are satisfied, purchases by Lincoln Park under the Lincoln Park Purchase Agreement are subject to volume limitations tied to periodic market prices, ownership limitations restricting Lincoln Park from owning more than 9.99% of the then total outstanding Common Stock and a floor price of $1.00 below which Lincoln Park is not required to purchase any shares of Common Stock under the Lincoln Park Purchase Agreement. If any of these conditions are not satisfied or limitations are in effect, we may not be able to utilize all or part of the Lincoln Park Purchase Agreement, which could have an adverse impact on our ability to satisfy our capital needs and could materially adversely impact our business.

We may also obtain further funding through public or private equity offerings, private investment in public equity, or PIPE, offerings, debt financings, joint ventures, partnerships, collaborations, and licensing arrangements, through obtaining credit from financial institutions or other sources. If we raise additional funds through future issuances of equity or convertible debt securities, our then existing stockholders could suffer significant dilution, and any new equity securities we issue could have rights, preferences, and privileges superior to those of holders of our Common Stock. If we raise additional funds through issuances of debt, we may be subject to restrictions on our operating activities. However, if we are unable to raise capital when needed or on acceptable terms, that could have a material adverse effect on our continued growth and development and/or we may be forced to cease operations. In addition, if adequate capital is not available to us, it may create substantial doubt among third parties, including suppliers and potential customers. Such doubt could adversely impact our business, reputation, prospects, and our financial statements. The report from our auditors for our financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2023 included a qualification expressing substantial doubt about our ability to continue as a going concern. The inclusion of a going concern qualification could materially limit our ability to raise additional funds through the issuance of equity or debt securities or otherwise.

Our business is currently dependent on a limited number of customers and end markets. A decline in revenue from, or the loss of, any significant customer, could have a material adverse effect on Nuburu’s financial condition and operating results.

Nuburu currently depends upon a small number of customers for a substantial portion of its revenue. During the year ended December 31, 2023, two customers accounted for 39% and 29% of Nuburu's revenue, respectively. During the year ended December 31, 2022, two customers accounted for 47% and 22% of Nuburu’s revenue, respectively. As of December 31, 2023, four customers accounted for 50%, 18%, 13%, and 10% of Nuburu's accounts receivable, respectively. As of December 31, 2022, three customers accounted for 62%, 26%, and 8% of Nuburu’s accounts receivable, respectively. A decline in revenue from, or the loss of, any significant customer could have a material adverse effect on Nuburu’s financial condition and operating results. Nuburu cannot assure: (i) that orders that may be completed, delayed, canceled, or reduced will be replaced with new business; (ii) that Nuburu’s current customers will continue to utilize Nuburu’s services consistent with historical volumes or at all; and/or (iii) that Nuburu’s customers will renew their manufacturing or services contracts with Nuburu on acceptable terms or at all.

Our limited operating history and the novelty of our blue laser systems make evaluating our business, the risks and challenges we may face and our future prospects difficult.

From our inception in 2015 to the present, we have focused principally on developing our blue laser systems, which are the systems we are seeking to commercialize. As a result, we have a limited history operating our business, and therefore a limited history upon which you can base an investment decision.

We began the first shipments of our high performance blue laser system, the BL-250, in 2023. We are also developing additional enhancements to the BL-250, a single mode fiber blue-laser system and blue laser 3D-printing products, which are still in the research and development stage.

Our blue laser systems are new types of products. In light of the fact that the laser industry has already undergone major transitions, from CO2 lasers to infrared fiber lasers, predicting our future revenue depends on the evolution of the market itself and market acceptance of our technology and systems. Moreover, budgeting for our expenses presents some uncertainty because of the unpredictability of the prices of raw

18


Table of Contents

materials and components and other trends that may emerge and affect our business. If actual results differ from our estimates or we adjust our estimates in future periods, our operating results and financial position could be materially and adversely affected. You should consider our prospects in light of the risks and uncertainties emerging companies encounter when introducing new technologies into a competitive landscape.

The engineering of certain of our laser systems is still in the prototype stage, and there is no guarantee that we will be successful in implementing production of our laser systems on a commercial scale.

Our business depends on our ability to succeed in achieving production of our laser systems on a commercial scale. As our laser systems are highly complex, this process is costly and time-consuming, and there can be no guarantee that we will be successful. We have already shipped units of our primary blue laser system, the BL-250, but the ramping up of production and shipment on a commercial scale may be delayed, and we may incur more costs than we expect due, for example, to global supply chain issues that have increased the cost of certain electronic components or have forced us to redesign the system to work around supply chain shortages. In addition, the processes by which we engineer and manufacture our laser systems are still developing rapidly as we explore new processes and different techniques. Our business, reputation, results of operations and financial condition may be materially adversely affected if we are not able to successfully produce our laser systems on a commercial scale or to the extent that it takes us longer to do so or costs more than we expect.

If our laser systems contain design or manufacturing defects, our business and financial results could be harmed.

To date, we have completed prototypes of our laser systems and are ramping up commercial production and shipments of our systems. As our systems also have limited history of commercial operation, we have a limited frame of reference from which to evaluate the longevity and long-term performance of our products. There can be no assurance that we will be able to detect and fix any defects in our products prior to the sale to potential customers. Once we have commenced with commercial production of our laser systems and they are shipped to and installed and put into use by our customers, we may discover latent defects in design, manufacture or construction that may cause our systems not to perform as expected or that may require repair. Our laser systems also require software to operate which may need to be modified and updated over the life of our systems. Software products are inherently complex and often contain defects and errors when first introduced.

There can be no assurance that we will be able to detect and fix any defects in the hardware or software of our laser systems in the design and production phase, and such defects may not become apparent until our systems are adopted and used by customers. In most cases, we should be able to resolve software defects through the application of patches and updates, which can be completed remotely; however, hardware defects may be more difficult to address remotely and may require a system to be returned to us for maintenance and repair.

Our laser systems may not perform consistent with customer expectations or consistent with other laser systems which are currently or may yet become available. Any product defects or any other failure of our laser systems to perform as expected could harm our reputation and result in negative publicity, lost revenue, canceled or delayed deliveries, product liability claims and significant warranty and other expenses, and could have a material adverse impact on our business, financial condition, operating results and prospects.

Insufficient warranty reserves to cover future warranty claims could adversely affect our business, prospects, financial condition, and operating results.

Once we begin shipping our laser systems to customers on a commercial scale, we will need to increase our warranty reserves to cover warranty-related claims. If our warranty reserves are inadequate to cover future warranty claims on our laser systems, our business, prospects, financial condition and operating results could be materially adversely affected. We may become subject to significant and unexpected warranty expenses. There can be no assurances that our then-existing warranty reserves will be sufficient to cover all claims.

The failure of our suppliers to deliver necessary raw materials and components that meet the specifications for our laser systems in a timely manner could cause installation delays, cancellations, and damage to our reputation.

We rely on a limited number of third-party suppliers for some of the raw materials and components for our laser systems, including laser diodes, micro-optics, optics, optical filters, bulk optics, cooling components, electronic components, and other materials that may be in limited supply and which are critical to our ability to produce our laser systems. If any of our suppliers provide insufficient inventory at the level of quality required or if our suppliers are unable or unwilling to provide us with the contracted quantities or in the time frame requested for whatever reason, our results of operations could be materially and negatively impacted. If we fail to develop or maintain our relationships with any of our suppliers and are unable to obtain raw materials or comparable components from alternative suppliers without considerable delay, expense, or at all, or if there is otherwise a shortage or lack of availability of any required raw materials or components, we may be unable to manufacture our laser systems or we may be able to do so only at a higher cost or after a long delay. For example, amendmentsin recent years there have been, and there continue to be, supply chain bottlenecks and other issues, including a prolonged shortage of microchips, which has required us to redesign our system’s control electronics and has resulted in delays in bringing our systems to market. We have also experienced, and continue to experience, delays with respect to deliveries of various other parts, including electronic components and power supply components. Any further delays could prevent us from delivering our laser systems to customers within required time frames and cause order cancellations.

Moreover, we have in the past and may in the future also experience unanticipated disruptions to operations or other difficulties with our supply chain or internalized supply processes due to exchange rate fluctuations, volatility in regional markets from where materials are obtained, changes in the general macroeconomic outlook, global trade disputes, political instability, expropriation or nationalization of property, public health emergencies and related government policies and restrictions designed to mitigate the effects of such emergencies. The failure by us to obtain raw materials or components in a timely manner or to obtain raw materials or components that meet our quantity and cost requirements could impair our ability to manufacture our products or increase their costs. If we cannot obtain substitute materials or components on a timely basis or on acceptable terms, we could be prevented from delivering our laser systems to customers within required time frames, which could result in sales and installation delays, cancellations, penalty payments, or damage to our reputation, any of which

19


Table of Contents

could have a material adverse effect on our business and results of operations. In addition, we rely on our suppliers to meet quality standards, and the failure of our suppliers to meet or exceed those quality standards could cause delays in the delivery of our products, cause unanticipated servicing costs, and cause damage to our reputation.

We depend on sole source or limited source suppliers, as well as on our own production capabilities, for some of the key components and materials, including, but not limited to, laser diodes and optical filters, which makes us susceptible to supply shortages and other supply chain disruptions and to price fluctuations that could adversely affect our business, particularly our ability to meet our customers’ delivery requirements.

We currently purchase several key components and materials used in the manufacture of our products, including, but not limited to, laser diodes and optical filters, from sole source or limited source suppliers, which may make us more susceptible to supply chain disruptions and cost increases, which may materially adversely affect our operating results and financial condition. If we seek to ramp up production or accelerate delivery schedules of our products, our key suppliers may not have the ability to increase their production in line with our production schedule and our customers’ demands. This may become acute during times of high growth in our customers’ businesses. Our failure to timely receive these key components and materials would likely cause delays in the shipment of our products, which would likely negatively impact both our customer relationships and our business. Some of our products require designs and specifications that are at the cutting edge of available technologies and change frequently to meet rapidly evolving market demands. By their very nature, the types of components used in our products can be difficult and unpredictable to manufacture and in future we may be required to source additional components from sole source or limited source suppliers, which may further expose us to the lock-up provision discussed aboverisks described above.

Many of our customers may also rely on sole source or limited source suppliers. In the event of a disruption of our customers’ supply chain, orders from our customers could decrease or be delayed.

We face various other risks with respect to the supply chain that could adversely affect our business, prospects, financial condition, and operating results.

Some of our suppliers are relatively small private companies that may discontinue their operations at any time and may be particularly susceptible to prevailing economic conditions. Some of our suppliers are located in regions susceptible to natural and man-made disasters, such as the United States, Germany and China, which have experienced severe flooding, earthquakes, wildfires, extreme weather conditions and power loss. Furthermore, financial or other difficulties faced by these suppliers or significant changes in demand for the components or materials produced by these suppliers could limit their availability, as suppliers may choose to discontinue production in the event of falling demand or may be unable to fill orders in the event of increasing demand.

If we are required to identify alternative sources of supply for certain components or redesign our product or production process, this could be difficult and costly, result in management distraction in assisting our initial stockholders selling their securities earlier than theycurrent and future suppliers to meet our and our customers’ technical requirements, and cause delays in shipments of our products while we identify, evaluate and test the products of alternative suppliers. Any such delay in shipment would otherwiseresult in a delay or cancellation of our ability to convert such order into revenues.

Any interruption or delay in the supply of any components or materials that we require, or the inability to obtain these components and materials from alternate sources at acceptable prices and within a reasonable amount of time, would impair our ability to meet scheduled product deliveries to our customers and could cause customers to cancel orders or incur substantial penalties. Since many of our products have lengthy qualification periods, our ability to introduce multiple suppliers for parts may be permitted,limited. In addition, our failure to achieve adequate manufacturing yields of these items at our manufacturing facilities may materially and adversely affect our operating results and financial condition.

We are highly dependent upon the ability to ship products to customers and to receive shipments of supplies from suppliers.

We are also highly dependent upon the ability to ship products to customers and to receive shipments of supplies from suppliers. In the event of continued disruptions in worldwide or regional shipping, such as the current shipping constraints in the Red Sea and Middle East, our access to supplies and the delivery of products to customers by us or our distributors may correspondingly be negatively impacted. Any such disruptions would likely materially and adversely affect our operating results and financial condition.


If we fail to accurately forecast component and material requirements for our products, we could incur additional costs and significant delays in shipments, which could result in a loss of customers.

We use rolling forecasts based on anticipated product orders and material requirements planning systems to determine our product requirements. It is very important that we accurately predict both the demand for our products and the lead times required to obtain the necessary components and materials. We depend on our suppliers for most of our product components and materials. Lead times for components and materials that we order vary significantly and depend on factors including the specific supplier requirements, the size of the order, contract terms and current market demand for components. For substantial increases in our sales levels of certain products, some of our suppliers may need significant lead time and therefore may not be able to keep up with our needs if we are unable to provide sufficient advanced notice of our requirements. If we overestimate our component and material requirements, we may have excess inventory, which may lead to both an increase in cash usage and an increase in net loss if such excess inventory becomes obsolete and can no longer be sold or only sold at discounted prices. If we underestimate our component and material requirements, we may have inadequate inventory, which could interrupt and delay delivery production and the associated delivery of our products to our customers. The occurrence or continuance of any of the foregoing risks may materially adversely affect our business and results of operations.

20


Table of Contents

Our systems involve a lengthy sales and installation cycle, and if we fail to close sales on a regular and timely basis it could harm our business. The long sales cycles for our products may cause us to incur significant expenses without offsetting revenues.

In order to make a sale, we must typically provide a significant level of education to prospective customers regarding the use and benefits of our product and our technology (see Item 1. “Business — Sales and Marketing”). The period between initial discussions with a potential customer and the sale of our product typically depends on a number of factors, including the potential customer’s attitude towards innovative products, the potential customer’s budget and whether the potential customer requires financing arrangements. Prospective customers often undertake a significant evaluation process, which may further extend the sales cycle. While our customers are evaluating our products we may incur substantial sales, marketing and research and development expenses in exploring and demonstrating the suitability of our products to a customer’s needs. Once a customer makes a formal decision to purchase our product, the fulfillment of the sales order by us requires a substantial amount of time. This lengthy sales and installation cycle is subject to a number of significant risks over which we have little or no control. Because of both the long sales and installation cycles, we may expend significant resources on attracting prospective customers without having certainty of generating sales.

These lengthy sales and installation cycles also increase the risk that our customers fail to satisfy their payment obligations or cancel orders before the completion of the transaction or delay the planned date for installation. If a customer terminates for convenience, we may be unable to recover some of our costs that we incurred prior to cancellation. We may need to procure long lead time items or place large order lot quantities for critical material well in advance of a termination leaving us with excess inventory. Our operating expenses are based on anticipated sales levels, and certain of our expenses are fixed. If we are unsuccessful in closing sales after expending significant resources or if we experience delays or cancellations, we may incur significant expenses without ever receiving revenue to offset those expenses, which would materially adversely affect our business and results of operations.

Because of the long sales cycles, our operating results and financial condition may fluctuate significantly from quarter to quarter.

We expect that long sales cycles may cause fluctuations in our operating results from quarter to quarter. In light of the standards under which we expect to recognize revenue, small fluctuations in the timing of the completion of our sales transactions could also cause operating results to vary materially from period to period.

In addition to the foregoing described herein, the following factors could also cause our financial condition and results of operations to fluctuate on a quarterly basis:

fluctuations in costs associated with the production of our laser systems;
the timing of customer adoptions of our products, which may depend on many factors such as availability of inventory and product quality or performance issues;
size of particular customer orders;
delays or cancellations of purchases and installations;
delays in service revenue;
fluctuations in our service costs;
weaker than anticipated demand for our products due to changes in government regulation, incentives and policies;
interruptions in our supply chain;
interruptions in our shipping to customers or deliveries from vendors;
the timing and level of additional purchases by existing customers;
unanticipated expenses incurred due to changes in governmental regulations, such as with respect to health and safety requirements;
disruptions in our sales, production, service, or other business activities resulting from our inability to attract and retain qualified personnel;
shortage of raw materials or components from our suppliers and associated price increases due to fluctuations in commodity prices; and
availability of spare parts from our suppliers.

In addition, our revenue, key operating metrics and other operating results in future quarters may fall short of the expectations of investors and financial analysts, which could have an adverse effect on the price of our securities.Common Stock.

21


Table of Contents

There is no assurance that non-binding letters of intent and other indications of interest from customers will be converted into binding orders, sales, bookings or committed offtake contracts. As a result, our operating results may be materially lower than our expected results of operations.

Our success depends on our ability to generate revenue and operate profitably, which depends in part on our ability to identify target customers and convert such contacts into meaningful orders or expand on current customer relationships. Potential customers may abandon their indications of interest, and non-binding letters of interest may be canceled or delayed by a customer or its terms may be amended in a manner adverse to us in connection with negotiating a definitive sales agreement. For that reason, there can be no assurance that any current or future indications of interest or non-binding letters of intent will result in binding orders or sales. Furthermore, in light of our limited operating history, it is difficult for us to predict the rates at which the non-binding letters of interest in our pipeline will result in binding orders or sales. It is also difficult for us to predict how quickly we will be able to fill binding orders in the event that we obtain multiple orders with the same requested delivery date. In addition, revenue is expected to be recognized in stages, and customers may in some cases delay actual cash payments regardless of progressive billings. Additionally, a customer’s ability to make payments or meet minimum purchase orders could decline during the sales process, as a customer may struggle to procure necessary financing, especially in a higher interest rate environment, or may become insolvent or declare bankruptcy. As a result, our operating results and cash flow may be materially lower than we expect.

General RiskIf we fail to meet our customers’ price expectations, demand for our products could be negatively impacted and our business and results of operations could suffer.

Our long-term success will depend in part on our ability to price our products competitively. Many factors, including our production and personnel costs and our competitors’ pricing and marketing strategies, can significantly impact our pricing strategies. If we fail to meet our customers’ price expectations in any given period, demand for our products could be negatively impacted and our business and results of operations could suffer.

We expect to contract with a number of large companies that have considerable bargaining power, which may require us to agree to terms and conditions that could have an adverse effect on our business or ability to recognize revenues.

We expect that a number of our potential customers will be large companies. These customers generally have greater purchasing power than smaller entities and, accordingly, often request and receive more favorable terms from suppliers. As we seek to expand our sales, we may be required to agree to terms and conditions that are favorable to our customers and that may affect the timing of our ability to recognize revenue, increase our costs, and have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations. Furthermore, large customers have increased buying power and ability to require onerous terms in our contracts with them, including pricing, annual cost reduction targets, warranties, and indemnification terms. If we are unable to satisfy the terms of these contracts, it could result in liabilities of a material nature, including litigation, damages, additional costs, loss of market share, and loss of reputation.

Additionally, the terms these large customers require, such as most-favored customer or exclusivity provisions, may impact our ability to do business with other customers and generate revenues from such customers. Such customers may also have a greater ability to push back on attempts to pass on increases in our operating and procurement costs.

We currently partner with and derive a portion of our revenue from government entities, and significant changes in the contracting or fiscal policies of such government entities could have an adverse effect on our business and operating results.

We currently partner with and derive a portion of our revenue from contracts with certain government entities, and the growth of our business may be impacted by our partnerships with such government entities and on our successful procurement of additional government contracts. However, demand is often unpredictable from government entities, and there can be no assurance that we will be able to generate further revenue from the public sector. Revenue from government entities for the years ended December 31, 2023 and 2022 amounted to approximately 47% and 47% of our total revenue, respectively. Factors that could impede our ability to generate revenue from government contracts, include, but are not limited to:

public sector budgetary cycles and funding authorizations;
changes in fiscal or contracting policies;
decreases in available government funding;
changes in government programs or applicable requirements;
disadvantageous terms contained in such contracts, including with respect to pricing, milestones and payment terms;
the adoption of new laws or regulations or changes to existing laws or regulations;
potential delays or changes in the government appropriations or other funding authorization processes;
higher expenses associated with, or delays caused by, diligence and qualifying or maintaining qualification as a government vendor; and
if we are party to a multi-year, multi-company government contract, it may be difficult to determine what revenue, if any, will be generated by such contract.

The occurrence of any of the foregoing could cause governments and governmental agencies to delay or refrain from purchasing our blue laser technology in the future or otherwise have an adverse effect on our business, operating results, and prospects.

22


Table of Contents

Declines in the prices of our products and services, or in our volume of sales, together with our relatively inflexible cost structure, may adversely affect our financial results.

Our business is subject to price competition. Such price competition may adversely affect our results of operation, especially during periods of decreased demand, as decreased demand would adversely impact the volume of our sales. If our business is not able to offset price reductions resulting from these pressures, or decreased volume of sales due to contractions in the market, by improved operating efficiencies and reduced expenditures, then our operating results will be adversely affected.

Certain of our operating costs are fixed and cannot readily be reduced, which would diminish the positive impact of any cost-saving measures or restructuring programs on our operating results. To the extent the demand for our products slows, or the market for laser systems contracts, we may be faced with excess manufacturing capacity and related costs that cannot readily be reduced, which will adversely impact our financial condition and results of operations.

If we are not able to continue to reduce our cost structure in the future, our ability to become profitable may be impaired.

Over time, we must achieve commercial production levels and effectively manage the manufacturing costs for our laser systems. While we have sought, and will continue to seek, to manage our manufacturing and services costs, the cost of components and raw materials, for example, could increase in the future, particularly if high rates of inflation continue. Any such increases could slow our growth and cause our financial results and operational metrics to suffer. In addition, we may face increases in our other expenses, including increases in wages or other labor costs, as well as marketing, sales, or related costs. We may continue to make significant investments to drive growth in the future. Increases in any of these costs or our failure to achieve expected or contractually required cost reductions could adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition and harm our business and prospects. If we are unable to reduce our cost structure sufficiently in the future, we may not be able to achieve profitability, which could have a material adverse effect on our business and prospects. In addition, until we generate meaningful revenue from sales of our products, we will remain limited in our ability to pass on the cost of any price increases in the cost of components or our operations to our customers.

In the event of future growth, our information technology systems and our internal control over financial reporting and procedures may not be adequate to support our operations.

In the event of future growth, our information technology systems and our internal control over financial reporting and procedures may not be adequate to support our operations. To manage such growth in operations and personnel, we will need to continue to improve our operational, financial and management controls, and reporting systems and procedures. Failure to manage growth effectively could result in an increased risk of fraud, information security vulnerabilities, or other operational difficulties, any of which could adversely affect our business and results of operations.

We are highly dependent on current key executives and if we are unable to attract and retain key employees and hire qualified management, technical, engineering, and sales personnel, our ability to compete and successfully grow our business could suffer.

We believe that our success and our ability to reach our strategic objectives are highly dependent on our ability to recruit and retain key management, technical, engineering, production and sales personnel. In particular, we are highly dependent on the services of Brian Knaley, our Chief Executive Officer, Ron Nicol, our Executive Chairman, Brian Faircloth, our Chief Operating Officer, and Matthew Philpott, our Chief Marketing and Sales Officer. If we are unable to recruit or retain any of our key employees, this could disrupt our operations, delay the development and introduction of our products and services and negatively impact our business, prospects, financial condition, and operating results. For example, a lack of qualified labor to operate our production process may slow our production and impact our production cost and schedule.

We cannot assure you that we will be able to successfully recruit and retain key management, technical, engineering, production and sales personnel, especially the senior leadership necessary to grow our business. Competition for qualified personnel is especially intense in the laser industry and is increasing as there is and for the foreseeable future will continue to be a scarcity of skilled personnel with the requisite experience. As a manufacturing company, many employee roles require the employee to be on-site at our facilities and cannot be conducted remotely, which limits the pool of potential employees for such roles to persons located in proximity to our facilities or who are willing to relocate or commute longer distances.

If we lose a member of our management team or other key employee, it may prove difficult for us to replace him or her with a similarly qualified individual with experience in the laser industry, which could impact our business and operating success. In addition, we do not have “key person” life insurance policies covering any of our officers or other key employees.

Labor disputes could disrupt our ability to serve our customers or lead to higher labor costs.

None of our full-time employees are currently represented by unions or covered by collective bargaining agreements. If a union sought to organize any of our employees, such organizing efforts or collective bargaining negotiations could potentially lead to work stoppages or slowdowns or strikes by certain of our employees, which could adversely affect our ability to serve our customers. Further, settlement of actual or threatened labor disputes or an increase in the number of our employees covered by collective bargaining agreements can have unknown effects on our labor costs, productivity and flexibility.

23


Table of Contents

Our expectations and targets regarding the times when we will launch our products depend in large part upon assumptions, estimates, measurements, testing, analyses and data developed and performed by us, which if incorrect or flawed, could have a material adverse effect on our actual operating results and performance.

Our expectations and targets regarding the times when we will launch our products reflect our current expectations and estimates. Whether we will achieve these objectives when we expect depends on a number of factors, many of which are outside our control, including, but not limited to:

success and timing of our development activity and ability to develop systems that achieve our desired performance metrics and achieve any requisite industry validations;
unanticipated technical or manufacturing challenges or delays;
difficulties identifying or constructing the necessary research and development and manufacturing facilities;
whether we can obtain sufficient capital when required to ramp up our manufacturing facilities and operations and sustain and grow our business;
competition, including from established and future competitors;
our ability to manage our growth;
adverse developments in relationships with any partners, including termination of any partnerships or changes in our partners’ timetables and business plans, which could hinder our development efforts;
whether we can manage relationships with key suppliers and the availability of the raw materials and components we need to procure from them;
our ability to retain existing key management, integrate recent hires and attract, retain and motivate qualified personnel;
the availability of sufficient funding, an absence of which may delay our ability to launch new products due to our inability to hire key personnel and procure critical equipment needed to prepare for larger scale manufacturing and commercialization; and
the overall strength and stability of domestic and international economies more generally and the effect of economic factors on further investments on capital equipment in particular.

Unfavorable changes in any of these or other factors, most of which are beyond our control, could materially and adversely affect our ability to achieve our objectives when planned and our business, results of operations and financial results.

Certain estimates of market opportunity and forecasts of market growth may prove to be inaccurate.

This Annual Report on Form 10-K includes estimates of our target addressable market and our serviceable addressable market. Market opportunity estimates and growth forecasts, whether obtained or derived from third-party sources or developed internally, are subject to significant uncertainty and are based on assumptions and estimates that may prove to be inaccurate. Recent years have been marred by unexpected events and crises, including natural and man-made disasters, financial crashes, pandemics and political upheaval. If this trend continues, forecasts may prove to be especially unreliable.

The estimates and forecasts in this Annual Report on Form 10-K relating to the size and expected growth of our target addressable market and our serviceable addressable market, market demand and adoption, capacity to address this demand and pricing may also prove to be inaccurate. In particular, estimates regarding our target addressable market and our serviceable addressable market are difficult to predict, especially in light of the nascent stage of our industry. The estimated target addressable market and serviceable addressable market may not materialize for many years or at all, and even if the markets meet the size estimates and growth forecasted in this Annual Report on Form 10-K, our business could fail to capture a meaningful share of the market or grow at similar rates.

Incorrect estimates or assumptions by management in connection with the preparation of our consolidated financial statements could adversely affect our reported assets, liabilities, income, revenue, or expenses.

The preparation of our consolidated financial statements requires management to make critical accounting estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, income, revenues or expenses during the reporting periods. Incorrect estimates and assumptions by management could adversely affect our reported amounts of assets, liabilities, income, revenues, and expenses during the reporting periods. If we make incorrect assumptions or estimates, our reported financial results may be over- or understated, which could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Operational costs can be difficult to predict and may include costs from requirements related to the decommissioning of our systems.

We will rely heavily on complex machinery for our operations and our production will involve a significant degree of uncertainty and risk in terms of operational performance and costs. Our laser systems will be comprised of many components. The components of our laser systems may suffer unexpected malfunctions from time to time and will depend on repairs and spare parts to resume operations, which may not be available when needed. Unexpected malfunctions of our laser systems or their constituent components may significantly affect the intended operational efficiency and performance. In addition, our laser systems may need to be decommissioned from time to time, and the related costs could be significant given the expected size and complexity of our laser systems and of our powder bed metal printers in particular. Operational performance and costs, including those related to project stoppage, can be difficult to predict and are often influenced by factors outside of our control, such as, but not limited to, scarcity of natural resources, environmental hazards and remediation, costs associated with

24


Table of Contents

manufacturing, assembling, commissioning, testing or decommissioning of machines, labor disputes and strikes, difficulty or delays in obtaining governmental permits, damages or defects in electronic systems, industrial accidents, fire, seismic activity, and natural disasters. Should operational risks materialize, it may result in the personal injury to or death of workers, the loss of production equipment, damage to manufacturing facilities, monetary losses, delays and unanticipated fluctuations in production, administrative fines, increased insurance costs, and potential legal liabilities, all of which could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, cash flows, financial condition, or prospects.

We expect to incur significant research and development expenses and devote substantial resources to commercializing new products, which could increase our losses and negatively impact our ability to achieve or maintain profitability.

We require significant capital to develop our laser systems and expect to incur significant expenses, including, but not limited to, those relating to research and development, procurement of raw materials and components, capital spending, leases, sales and distribution as we build our brand and market our laser systems, and general and administrative costs as we scale our operations. Our ability to become profitable in the future will not only depend on our ability to successfully develop and market our laser systems, but also to control our costs. If we are unable to efficiently design, appropriately price, and cost-effectively produce, sell and distribute our laser systems, our anticipated margins, profitability and prospects would be materially and adversely affected.

Our ability to use net operating loss (“NOL”) carryforwards and other tax attributes may be limited in connection with the Business Combination and other ownership changes.

We have incurred significant net losses during our history and our ability to become profitable in the near future is uncertain. To the extent that we continue to generate taxable losses, unused losses will carry forward to offset future taxable income, if any, until such unused losses expire (if at all). As of December 31, 2023, we had approximately $56 million and $30 million of federal and state net operating loss carryforwards (“NOLs”), respectively. These amounts included approximately $1.6 million of federal research and development tax credits.

Federal NOLs incurred in tax years beginning after December 31, 2017 and before January 1, 2021 may be carried back to each of the five tax years preceding such loss, and NOLs arising in tax years beginning after December 31, 2020 may not be carried back. Moreover, federal NOLs generated in taxable years ending after December 31, 2017, may be carried forward indefinitely, but the deductibility of such federal NOLs may be limited to 80% of our taxable income annually for tax years beginning after December 31, 2020. Our NOL carryforwards are subject to review and possible adjustment by the Internal Revenue Service (the “IRS”), and state tax authorities. In addition, in general, under Sections 382 and 383 of the Code, a corporation that undergoes an “ownership change” is subject to limitations on its ability to utilize its pre-change NOLs or tax credits to offset future taxable income or taxes. For these purposes, an ownership change generally occurs where the aggregate stock ownership of one or more stockholders or groups of stockholders who own at least 5% of a corporation’s stock increases their ownership by more than 50 percentage points over their lowest ownership percentage within a specified testing period. Our existing NOLs or credits may be subject to limitations arising from previous ownership changes, and we underwent an ownership change in connection with the Business Combination, which may further limit our ability to utilize NOLs or credits under Sections 382 and 383 of the Code. In addition, future changes in our stock ownership, many of which are outside of our control, could result in an ownership change under Sections 382 and 383 of the Code. Our NOLs or credits may also be impaired under state law. Accordingly, we may not be able to utilize a material portion of our NOLs or credits. If we determine that an ownership change has occurred and our ability to use our historical NOLs or credits is materially limited, it would harm our future operating results by effectively increasing our future tax obligations. Section 382 and 383 of the Code would apply to all net operating loss and tax credit carryforwards, whether the carryforward period is indefinite or not. If we earn taxable income, such limitations could result in increased future tax liability to us and our future cash flows could be adversely affected.

Our insurance coverage may not adequately protect us from harm or losses we may suffer.

We may be subject, in the ordinary course of business, to losses resulting from product liability, accidents, acts of God, and other claims against us, for which we may have no insurance coverage. As a general matter, the policies that we do or may have may include significant deductibles, and we cannot be certain that our insurance coverage will be sufficient to cover future losses or claims against us. A loss that is uninsured or which exceeds policy limits may require us to pay substantial amounts, which could adversely affect our financial condition and operating results. Furthermore, although we plan to obtain and maintain insurance for damage to our property and the disruption of our business, this insurance may be challenging to obtain and maintain on terms acceptable to us and may not be sufficient to cover all of our potential losses.

There is no assurance that we will be able to execute on our business model.

Investors should be aware of the difficulties normally encountered by a new enterprise, many of which are beyond our control, including substantial risks and expenses in the course of establishing or entering new markets, developing and commercializing new products and technologies, organizing operations and undertaking marketing activities. The likelihood of our success must be considered in light of these risks, expenses, complications, delays and the competitive environment in which we operate. We will continue to encounter risks and difficulties frequently experienced by pre-commercial and early-commercial stage companies, including scaling up our infrastructure and headcount, and may encounter unforeseen expenses, difficulties or delays in connection with our growth. Any investment in our Company is therefore highly speculative and could result in the loss of your entire investment.

Expanding operations internationally will subject us to a variety of risks and uncertainties that could adversely affect our business and operating results.

We already use suppliers and have made shipments of prototypes and products to customers that are located in different jurisdictions, and as we continue to expand our business we may seek to partner with customers, suppliers and other partners around the world. Managing further international expansion will require additional resources and controls. Any expansion internationally could subject our business to risks associated with international operations, including:

25


Table of Contents

difficulties in establishing legal entities in foreign jurisdictions;
challenges in arranging, and availability of, financing for our customers;
availability and cost of raw materials and components, labor, and equipment for manufacturing our laser systems;
difficulties in staffing and managing foreign operations due to differences in culture, laws and customer expectations, and the increased travel, infrastructure, and legal and compliance costs associated with international operations;
installation challenges which we have not encountered before which may require the development of adaptions of our products for a given jurisdiction;
compliance with multiple, potentially conflicting and changing governmental laws, regulations, and permitting processes including environmental, banking, employment, tax, privacy, safety, security and data protection laws and regulations;
compliance with U.S. and foreign anti-bribery laws including the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act and the U.K. Anti-Bribery Act;
greater difficulties in securing or enforcing our intellectual property rights in certain jurisdictions, or in potential infringement of third-party intellectual property rights in new jurisdictions;
difficulties in collecting payments in foreign currencies and associated foreign currency exposure;
increases or decreases in our expenses caused by fluctuation in foreign currency exchange rates;
restrictions on repatriation of foreign earnings;
compliance with potentially conflicting and changing laws of taxing jurisdictions where we conduct business and compliance with applicable U.S. tax laws as they relate to international operations, including product transfer pricing, the complexity and adverse consequences of such tax laws, and potentially adverse tax consequences due to changes in such tax laws;
changes in import and export controls and tariffs imposed by the United States or foreign governments;
changes in regulations regarding recycling and the end of life of our products;
changes in regulations that would prevent us from doing business in specified countries;
failure of the supply chain in local countries to provide us with materials of a sufficient quality and quantity delivered on timelines we expect; and
regional economic and political conditions.

As a result of these risks, any potential future international expansion efforts that we may undertake may not be successful.

Risks Relating to Our Industry

Our future growth is dependent upon the competition, pace and depth of blue laser adoption, as well as on the growth of certain end markets. If such markets do not develop as we expect, or if they develop more slowly than we expect, our business, prospects, financial condition, and operating results could be adversely affected.

Our future growth depends upon several factors, including the speed at which the market is willing to adopt blue lasers and our ability to penetrate such market. Because the laser industry continues to evolve and is characterized by rapidly changing technologies, changing government regulation and industry standards, and changing consumer and industrial demands and behaviors. Our growth also depends on the growth of and adoption within certain end markets such as electric passenger cars, trucks and buses, healthcare, battery storage technology, consumer electronics, metal 3D printing, and aerospace and defense. The development of such end markets may be influenced by changes in regulatory environments, customer demand, and many other factors beyond our control. If such end markets do not develop as we expect, including if they develop more slowly than we expect, or if they develop in a way that reduces or eliminates the need for metal welding, demand for our laser systems and thus our business, prospects, financial condition, and operating results could be adversely affected.

If the cost of competitive technologies continues to decline, our blue laser technology may not be considered as cost-effective when compared to such competing technologies.

The growth and profitability of our business is also dependent upon our technology being more cost-effective than competing existing technologies, such as infrared lasers, ultrasonic welding and resistance welding. If the cost of competing existing technologies, declines sufficiently, our laser system may not be considered as cost-effective for potential customers, which would decrease the demand for our products. Such a decrease in demand would materially adversely affect our business, prospects ,and results of operations.

Our systems are based on novel technologies to produce blue wavelength lasers, and potential customers may be hesitant to make a significant investment in our technology or switch from the technology they are currently using.

The design of our laser systems are based on novel technologies that are deployed in a novel way and will compete with currently existing technologies, such as infrared fiber lasers. Even if our laser systems are superior to existing lasers in terms of welding speed and energy efficiency, potential customers may choose products from our competitors that are based on existing technologies, such as infrared fiber laser technology, due to wider market acceptance and familiarity with such technologies. Additionally, potential customers who previously invested in alternatives to our laser systems may not deem a transition to our laser systems to be cost effective. Moreover, given the limited history of our technology, potential customers may be hesitant to make a significant investment in our products, and our business, results of operations,

26


Table of Contents

financial condition and prospects could be adversely affected to the extent that customers, for any reason, do not adopt our systems or refuse switching to our systems from the technology they currently employ. If blue laser technology does not achieve market acceptance then our business and results of operations would be materially adversely affected.

The average selling prices of our products could decrease over the life of the product, which may negatively affect our revenue and margins.

The average selling price of our product may decrease over the life of the product, which may reduce our revenue and gross margins. The average selling price for our products may decline as a result of competitive pricing pressures, promotional programs and customers who are able to negotiate price reductions. The pricing of our products depends on the specific features and functions of the product, purchase volumes and the level of sales and services support. We expect competition in our industry to increase in the future. As we experience pricing pressure, we anticipate that the average selling price and gross margin per product will decrease over product lifecycles. We cannot assure you that we will be successful in developing and introducing on a timely basis new products with enhanced features, or that these products, if introduced, will enable us to maintain our average selling price, revenue and gross margins at current levels. Our revenue and gross margin has been and will continue to be affected by a variety of factors including competition, the product mix and average selling price of products, new product introduction, enhancements and the cost of components, overhead absorption, and manufacturing labor. We must manage each of these factors competitively for our gross margins to remain at our desired levels.

We operate in a highly competitive industry and there is increasing competition. Many of our competitors and future competitors may have significantly more financial and other resources than we do and if we do not compete effectively, our competitive positioning and our operating results will be harmed.

The markets in which we intend to compete continue to evolve and are highly competitive. Many of our current and potential competitors are large entities with longer operating histories and in some cases have significantly more financial and other resources, including larger numbers of managerial and technical personnel. These factors may allow our competitors to respond more quickly or efficiently than we can to new or emerging technologies, such as green laser technologies or other technologies yet to be developed. These competitors may engage in more extensive research and development efforts, undertake more far-reaching marketing campaigns and adopt more aggressive pricing policies, which may allow them to compete for customers more effectively.

Our market is characterized by rapid technological changes and evolving standards demanding a significant investment in research and development, and, if we fail to address changing market conditions, our business and operating results will be harmed.

Our market is subject to rapid innovation and technological change. While we intend to invest substantial resources to remain on the forefront of technological development, continuing advances in industrial welding and 3D printing technology, changes in customer requirements and preferences and the emergence of new standards, regulations and certifications could adversely affect adoption of our products either generally or for particular applications. Our ability to compete in the industrial welding and 3D printing market depends, in large part, on our success in developing and introducing our products in a timely fashion, in improving our existing products and technology and finding new applications for our technology. We believe that we must continuously enhance and expand the functionality and features of our products and technologies in order to remain competitive. However, we may not be able to:

develop cost-effective new products and technologies that address the increasingly complex needs of prospective customers;
enhance our existing products and technologies;
respond to technological advances and emerging industry standards and certifications on a cost-effective and timely basis;
adequately protect our intellectual property as we develop new products and technologies;
identify the appropriate technology or product to which to devote our resources; or
ensure the availability of cash resources to fund research and development.

Even if we successfully introduce all of the laser welding and powder bed metal printing products currently under development, it is possible that our competitors will develop new products and technologies that will replace our own. As a result, any of our products may be rendered obsolete or uneconomical by our or our competitors’ technological advances, leading to an inability to capture or retain market share, a decline in revenue, and adverse effects to our business and prospects.

Global economic conditions and macroeconomic events may adversely affect us.

In recent years, the United States and other significant markets have experienced cyclical downturns. As a result of the rapid increase in interest rates in 2022 and 2023, many central banks raised target interest rates, which may increase the risk of a recession. Further, the current inflationary environment has caused volatility in the capital and credit markets and uncertainty with respect to the health of the financial markets.

Global economic conditions and macroeconomic events over which we have no control may adversely affect our industry and our business. Economic uncertainty and associated macroeconomic conditions make it extremely difficult for our partners, suppliers, and us to accurately forecast and plan future business activities, especially as investment decisions on capital equipment are highly susceptible to changes in global economic factors.

A significant downturn in the domestic or global economy, or increases in the cost of equipment financed with leases or debt, may cause our customers to pause, delay, or cancel spending on our products or seek to lower their costs by exploring alternatives. To the extent purchases of our products are perceived by customers and potential customers as discretionary, our revenue may be disproportionately affected by delays

27


Table of Contents

or reductions in spending. Also, competitors may respond to challenging market conditions by lowering prices and attempting to lure away our customers.

We cannot predict the timing, strength, or duration of any economic slowdown or any subsequent recovery generally, or any industry in particular or how global business and political conditions may change. To the extent that general business, economic or political conditions, including overall changes in demand for our products, decline, our business, financial condition, and results of operations, including revenues, could be materially adversely affected.

The laser industry is experiencing declining average selling prices, which could cause our gross margins to decline and harm our operating results.

Our products may in the future experience a decline in average selling prices (“ASPs”) as a result of increased competition, pressure to reduce prices from significant customers and new product and technology introductions. Newer market participants, particularly in China, have reduced and may continue to reduce, prices of competing products to gain market share. If we are required to reduce the ASPs of our products and we are unable to offset such reductions through increasing our unit volumes, reducing manufacturing costs or introducing new or enhanced products with higher margins, our operating results may be adversely affected. In addition, because of our significant fixed costs, we are limited in our ability to reduce total costs quickly in response to any revenue shortfalls. Because of these factors, we may in the future experience material adverse fluctuations in our operating results on a quarterly or annual basis if the ASPs of our products decline.

If OEM customers and system integrators are reluctant to incorporate our products into their production processes, our financial condition or results of operations may be adversely affected.

Our existing and potential customers include original equipment manufacturers (“OEM”) and system integrators. Our current and future revenues will therefore depend in part upon the ability of our current and potential OEM customers and system integrators to incorporate our laser products into their production processes. The commercial success of such arrangements will depend to a substantial degree on the efforts of these OEM customers and system integrators to develop and market products that are produced using our technologies. Relationships and experience with traditional laser makers, limited marketing resources, reluctance to invest in research and development and other factors affecting these OEM customers and third-party system integrators could have a substantial impact upon our financial results. If OEM customers or integrators are not able to adapt existing tools or develop new production processes to take advantage of the features and benefits of our blue laser technology or if they perceive us to be an actual or potential competitor, then the opportunities to increase our revenues and profitability may be severely limited or delayed.

Furthermore, if our OEM customers or third-party system integrators experience financial or other difficulties that adversely affect their operations, our financial condition or results of operations may also be adversely affected.

Risks Relating to Litigation and Regulation

Changes in laws or regulations, or a failure to comply with any laws and regulations, may adversely affect our business investments and results of operations.

We are subject to laws and regulations enacted by national, regional, and local governments. In particular, we are required to comply with certain SEC and other legal requirements. Compliance with, and monitoring of, applicable laws and regulations may be difficult, time consuming, and costly.

Those laws and regulations and their interpretation and application may also change from time to time and those changes could have a material adverse effect on our business, investments, and results of operations. In addition, a failure to comply with applicable laws or regulations, as interpreted and applied, could have a material adverse effect on our business.

Litigation, regulatory actions, and compliance issues could subject us to significant fines, penalties, judgments, remediation costs, negative publicity, and requirements resulting in increased expenses.

We may from time to time be involved in legal proceedings, administrative proceedings, claims and other litigation, with governmental agencies and entities as well as private parties, which arise in the ordinary course of business. In addition, since our laser systems are a new type of product in a nascent market, we may in the future need to seek the amendment of existing regulations or, in some cases, the creation of new regulations, in order to operate our business or sell our products in some jurisdictions. Such regulatory processes may require public hearings concerning our business, which could expose us to subsequent litigation.

Litigation can be expensive, lengthy, and disruptive to normal business operations. Moreover, the results of complex legal proceedings are difficult to predict. Responding to lawsuits brought against us, or legal actions that we may initiate, can be expensive and time-consuming. Unfavorable outcomes or developments relating to proceedings to which we are a party or transactions involving our products, such as judgments for monetary damages, injunctions, or denial or revocation of permits, could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations. To the extent such proceedings also generate negative publicity, our reputation and business could also be adversely affected. In addition, handling compliance issues and the settlement of claims could adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations.

Furthermore, our predecessor, Tailwind, was a special purpose acquisition company (“SPAC”). SPACs have been subject to increased regulatory oversight and scrutiny, including from the SEC. Any governmental or regulatory investigation or inquiry related to the Business Combination or otherwise could have a material adverse effect on our business and negatively affect our reputation.


We may amendbe subject to securities litigation, which is expensive and could divert management attention.

The market price of our Common Stock may be volatile and, in the termspast, companies that have experienced volatility in the market price of their stock have been subject to securities class action litigation. We may be the target of this type of litigation in the future. Securities

28


Table of Contents

litigation against us could result in substantial costs and divert management’s attention from other business concerns, which could seriously harm our business.

Our manufacturing facilities are subject to various compliance requirements, including Occupational Safety and Health Administration (“OSHA”), and compliance costs could increase as we plan to scale our operations.

Our manufacturing facilities are subject to numerous federal and state laws and regulations, including those of OSHA, a regulatory agency of the warrantsUnited States Department of Labor. In particular, our facilities are subject to oversight and regulation under local ordinances, building, zoning and fire codes, environmental protection regulation, and other rules and regulations. Though we believe that obtaining and renewing any certificates or licenses required for the operation of our business in compliance with such laws and regulations will be routine, we cannot assure you that we will obtain or renew them in a mannertimely manner. Our failure to hold a given license or certificate, whether by expiration, nonrenewal or modification or termination, may impair our ability to perform our obligations under our customer contracts. Such licenses or certificates may require us to operate in ways that incur substantial compliance costs, particularly as we seek to scale our operations.

The number of laws affecting our business continues to grow and we can give no assurances that we will properly and timely comply with all laws and regulations that may affect us. If we fail to comply with these laws and regulations, we may be subject to legal penalties, which would adversely affect our business, prospects, and results of operations.

Laws, regulations, and rules relating to privacy, information security, and data protection could increase our costs and adversely affect our business opportunities. In addition, the ongoing costs of complying with such laws, regulations, and rules could be significant.

We are subject to various laws regarding privacy, information security and data protection. In particular, our handling of data relating to individuals is subject to a variety of laws and regulations relating to privacy, data protection, and information security, and it may become subject to additional obligations, including contractual obligations, relating to our maintenance and other processing of this data. For example, the European Union’s General Data Protection Regulation, or GDPR, and similar legislation adopted in the U.K., impose stringent data protection requirements and provides for significant penalties for noncompliance. In the United States, California has enacted legislation, the California Consumer Privacy Act, or CCPA, that, among other things, requires covered companies to provide disclosures to California consumers, and afford such consumers abilities to opt-out of certain sales of personal information.

Additionally, the California Privacy Rights Act, or CPRA, was approved by California voters in the November 2020 election. The CPRA significantly modifies the CCPA, creating obligations relating to consumer data which began on January 1, 2022, with enforcement anticipated to commence July 1, 2023. Additionally, other U.S. states continue to propose, and in certain cases adopt, privacy-focused legislation that maintains similarities to the CCPA and CPRA. The U.S. federal government also is contemplating privacy legislation. Laws, regulations, and other actual and potential obligations relating to privacy, data protection, and data security are evolving rapidly, and the regulatory landscape regarding privacy, data protection, and data security is likely to remain uncertain for the foreseeable future. We expect to be subject to new laws and regulations, or new interpretations of laws and regulations, in the future in various jurisdictions. Additionally, we may be bound by contractual requirements applicable to our collection, use, processing, and disclosure of various types of data, and may be bound by, or voluntarily comply with, self-regulatory or other industry standards relating to these matters. These laws, regulations, and other obligations, and changes in their interpretation, could require us to modify our operations and practices, restrict our activities, and increase our costs in the future, and it is possible that these laws, regulations, and other obligations may be inconsistent with one another or be interpreted or asserted to be inconsistent with our business or practices. Any actual or perceived inability to adequately address privacy and security concerns or to comply with applicable laws, rules, regulations, and other actual or asserted obligations relating to privacy, data protection, and information security could result in claims, demands, and litigation by private parties, investigations and other proceedings by regulatory authorities, fines, penalties, and other liabilities, and have an adverse effect on our business, prospects, results of operations, financial position, and reputation.

Our business may depend on the continued availability of rebates, tax credits, and accelerated depreciation schedules, and other financial incentives. The reduction, modification, or elimination of government economic incentives, particularly in the defense and research sectors, and tax policies could cause our revenue to holders withdecline and harm our financial results.

The U.S. federal government and some foreign, state, and local governments provide incentives to end users in the approval byform of rebates, tax credits and accelerated depreciation schedules, and other financial incentives. Our business may rely on these governmental rebates, tax credits, and other financial incentives to significantly lower the holderseffective price of at least 50%our laser systems to our customers. However, these incentives may expire on a particular date, end when the allocated funding is exhausted, or be reduced or terminated as a matter of regulatory or legislative policy. Changes in the then outstanding public warrants. Asavailability of rebates, tax credits, and other financial programs and incentives could reduce demand for our laser systems, impair sales financing, and adversely impact our business results.

Unanticipated changes in tax laws may affect future financial results.

Nuburu is a U.S. corporation and thus subject to U.S. corporate income tax on its worldwide operations. Our principal operations and certain potential customers are located in the United States, and as a result, the exercise price of your warrantsCompany is subject to various U.S. federal, state, and local taxes. New U.S. laws and policy relating to taxes may have an adverse effect on the Company’s business and future profitability. Further, existing U.S. tax laws, statutes, rules, regulations, or ordinances could be increased,interpreted, changed, modified or applied adversely to the exercise period could be shortenedCompany.

In recent years, the federal government has made significant changes to U.S. tax laws, including through the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act of 2017 (the “Tax Act”) and the numberCoronavirus Aid, Relief, and Economic Security Act (“CARES Act”). On August 16, 2022, the Inflation Reduction Act of shares of our Class A common stock purchasable upon exercise of2022 (the “IRA”) was signed into law, with tax provisions primarily focused on implementing a warrant could be decreased, all without your approval.

Our warrants were issued in registered form under15% minimum tax on global adjusted financial statement income, effective for tax years beginning after December 31, 2022, and a warrant agreement between Continental Stock Transfer & Trust1% excise tax on share repurchases occurring after December 31, 2022. The Company as warrant agent, and us. The warrant agreement provides that the terms of the warrants may be amended without the consent of any holder for the purpose of (i) curing any ambiguity or correct any mistake, including to conform the provisions of the warrant agreementsubject to the description of the terms of the warrants and the warrant agreement, or defective provision, (ii) amending the provisions relating to cash dividends on shares of common stock as contemplated by and in accordance with the warrant agreement or (iii) adding or changing any provisions with respect to matters or questions arising under the warrant agreement as the parties to the warrant agreement may deem necessary or desirable and that the parties deem to not adversely affect the rights of the registered holders of the warrants, provided that the approval by the holders of at least 50% of the then-outstanding public warrants is required to make any change that adversely affects the interests of the registered holders of public warrants. Accordingly, we may amend the terms of the public warrants in a manner adverse to a holder if holders of at least 50% of the then outstanding public warrants approve of such amendment and, solelynew excise tax with respect to any amendmentredemptions of our Preferred Stock. Further, the current administration had previously set forth several tax proposals that would, if enacted, make further significant changes to U.S. tax laws (including provisions enacted pursuant to the termsTax Act). Such proposals include, but are not limited to, (i) an increase in the U.S. income

29


Table of Contents

tax rate applicable to corporations from 21% to 28%, (ii) an increase in the private placement warrantsmaximum U.S. federal income tax rate applicable to individuals and (iii) an increase in the U.S. federal income tax rate for long-term capital gain for certain taxpayers with income in excess of a threshold amount. Congress may consider some or all of these proposals in connection with additional tax reform to be undertaken by the current administration. It is unclear whether these or similar changes will be enacted and, if enacted, how soon any provisionsuch changes could take effect. The passage of the warrant agreementany legislation as a result of these proposals and other similar changes in U.S. federal income tax laws could adversely affect our business and future profitability. Investors are urged to consult with their legal and tax advisors with respect to any such legislation and the private placement warrants, 50%potential tax consequences of holding our securities.

Significant judgment is required in determining our provision and our valuation allowance for income taxes and other tax liabilities. Although we believe that our tax provisions are reasonable, there can be no assurance that the final determination of any tax audits or tax disputes will not be different from what is reflected in our historical income tax provisions and accruals. To the extent we are required to pay amounts in excess of our reserves, such differences could have a material adverse effect on our consolidated statement of income for a particular future period. In addition, an unfavorable tax settlement could require use of our cash and result in an increase in our effective tax rate in the period in which such resolution occurs.

Additionally, although we currently primarily operate in the United States, we will seek to expand our business operations internationally to other markets including, but not limited to, Europe and Asia. Any international expansion of our business could subject our business to tax risks associated with international operations. For example, tax compliance in various jurisdictions, some of which may have potentially conflicting tax laws, and all of which are subject to change, potentially with retroactive effect, could result in materially higher cash tax liabilities for our business. The tax laws in jurisdictions where we conduct business and applicable U.S. tax laws as they relate to international operations may not act together in a coordinated fashion, which could also result in material incremental taxes for our business. Moreover, an expansion of our business internationally also creates risks that our business could have a taxable presence in jurisdictions where we are not filing tax returns. Taxing authorities, both domestically and internationally, have become increasingly aggressive regarding asserting that companies have a taxable presence in jurisdictions, and our business could face these risks in connection with the internal expansion of our business.

We must comply with and could be impacted by various export controls and trade and economic sanctions laws and regulations that could negatively affect our business and may change due to diplomatic and political considerations outside of our control.

We expect to ship our products to countries throughout the world. Doing business on a global basis requires us to comply with anti-corruption laws and regulations imposed by governments around the world with jurisdiction over our operations, including the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act and the U.K. Bribery Act 2010, as well as the laws of the numbercountries where we do business. We are also subject to various trade restrictions, including trade and economic sanctions and export controls, imposed by governments around the world with jurisdiction over our operations. For example, in accordance with trade sanctions administered by the Office of Foreign Assets Control and the then outstanding private placement warrants. AlthoughU.S. Department of Commerce, we are subject to limitations on or are prohibited from engaging in transactions involving certain persons and certain designated countries or territories, including Belarus, Cuba, Iran, Syria, North Korea, Russia, and certain occupied territories in Ukraine. In addition, our products are subject to export regulations that can involve significant compliance time and may add additional overhead cost to our products. In recent years the U.S. government has had a renewed focus on export matters. For example, the Export Control Reform Act of 2018 and regulatory guidance have imposed additional controls, and may result in the imposition of further additional controls, on the export of certain “emerging and foundational technologies.” Our current and future products may be subject to these heightened regulations, which could increase our compliance costs.

We are committed to doing business in accordance with applicable anti-corruption laws and regulations and with applicable trade restrictions. If we engage independent sales representatives or distributors for our products or enter into strategic partnerships, we face the risk that such persons or entities and their respective officers, directors, employees, and agents may take action determined to be in violation of such laws and regulations. Any violation by any of these persons could result in substantial fines, sanctions, civil or criminal penalties, or curtailment of operations in certain jurisdictions, and might adversely affect our operating results, even where we had no control over such persons or our control was limited. In addition, actual or alleged violations could damage our reputation and ability to amend the terms of the public warrants with the consent of at least 50% of the then outstanding public warrants is unlimited, examples of such amendmentsdo business.

We could be amendmentsliable for environmental damages resulting from our operations, which could impact our reputation, our business, and our operating results.

We are subject to among other things, increasefederal, state, and local environmental laws and regulations and may become subject to environmental laws in foreign jurisdictions in which we may operate or into which we ship our products. Environmental laws and regulations can be complex and may often change. These laws can give rise to liability for administrative oversight costs, cleanup costs, property damage, bodily injury, fines, and penalties. Capital and operating expenses needed to comply with environmental laws and regulations can be significant, and violations may result in substantial fines and penalties or third-party damages. In addition, environmental laws and regulations such as the exercise priceComprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act in the United States impose liability on several grounds including for the investigation and cleanup of contaminated soil and ground water, for building contamination, for impacts to human health and for damages to natural resources. If contamination is discovered in the warrants, shorten the exercise periodfuture at properties formerly owned or decrease the number of sharesoperated by us or currently owned or operated by us, or properties to which hazardous substances were sent by us, it could result in our liability under environmental laws and regulations. Many of our Class A common stock purchasable upon exercisecurrent and future customers have high sustainability standards, and any environmental noncompliance by us could harm our reputation and impact a customer’s buying decision. The costs of complying with environmental laws, regulations, and customer requirements, and any claims concerning noncompliance or liability with respect to contamination in the future, could have a warrant.material adverse effect on our financial condition or our operating results.

30


Table of Contents

Our warrant agreement will designate

The Public Warrant Agreement designates the courts of the State of New York or the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York as the sole and exclusive forum for certain types of actions and proceedings that may be initiated by holders of our warrants, which could limit the ability of warrant holders to obtain a favorable judicial forum for disputes with our company.us.

OurThe Warrant Agreement between Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company, as warrant agreementagent, and the Tailwind, dated September 9, 2020, pursuant to which the Public Warrants were issued (as it may be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Warrant Agreement”) provides that, subject to applicable law, (i) any action, proceeding or claim against us arising out of or relating in any way to the warrant agreement, including under the Securities Act,Warrant Agreement will be brought and enforced in the courts of the State of New York or the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York, and (ii) that we irrevocably submit to such jurisdiction, which jurisdiction shallwill be the exclusive forum for any such action, proceeding or claim. WeUnder the Warrant Agreement, we also agree that we will waive any objection to such exclusive jurisdiction and that such courts represent an inconvenient forum.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, these provisions of the warrant agreement willWarrant Agreement do not apply to suits brought to enforce any liability or duty created by the Exchange Act or any other claim for which the federal district courts of the United States of America are the sole and exclusive forum. Additionally, this provision does not apply to claims under the Securities Act, over which the federal and state courts have concurrent jurisdiction. Any person or entity purchasing or otherwise acquiring any interest in any of our warrants shallwill be deemed to have notice of and to have consented to the forum provisions in our warrant agreement.the Warrant Agreement.

If any action, the subject matter of which is within the scope of the forum provisions of the warrant agreement,Warrant Agreement, is filed in a court other than a court of the State of New York or the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York (a “foreign action”) in the name of any holder of our warrants, such holder shallwill be deemed to have consented to: (x) the personal jurisdiction of the state and federal courts located in the State of New York in connection with any action brought in any such court to enforce the forum provisions (an “enforcement action”), and (y) having service of process made upon such warrant holder in any such enforcement action by service upon such warrant holder’s counsel in the foreign action as agent for such warrant holder.

This choice-of-forum provision may limit a warrant holder’s ability to bring a claim in a judicial forum that it finds favorable for disputes with our company,us, which may discourage such lawsuits. Alternatively, if a court were to find this provision of our warrant agreementthe Warrant Agreement inapplicable or unenforceable with respect to one or more of the specified types of actions or proceedings, we may incur additional costs associated with resolving such matters in other jurisdictions, which could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition, and results of operations and result in a diversion of the time and resources of our management and board of directors.

Risk Relating to Intellectual Property

We may be unable to protect, defend, maintain, or enforce our intellectual property rights for the intellectual property on which our business depends, including against existing or future competitors. Failure to protect defend, maintain and enforce that intellectual property could result in our competitors offering similar products, potentially adversely affecting our growth and success.

Our commercial success will depend in part on our success in obtaining and maintaining issued patents, trademarks and other intellectual property rights in the United States and elsewhere and protecting our proprietary technology. If we do not adequately protect our intellectual property and proprietary technology, competitors may be able to use our technologies we have acquired in the marketplace and erode or negate any competitive advantage we may have, which could harm our business and ability to achieve profitability.

Our intellectual property is critical to our business and although we have taken many protective measures to protect our trade secrets, including agreements, limited access, segregation of knowledge, password protections, and other measures, policing unauthorized use of proprietary technology can be difficult and expensive. Also, litigation may be necessary to enforce our intellectual property rights, protect our trade secrets, or determine the validity and scope of the proprietary rights of others. Such litigation may result in our intellectual property rights being challenged, limited in scope, or declared invalid or unenforceable. We cannot be certain that the outcome of any litigation will be in our favor, and an adverse determination in any such litigation could impair our intellectual property rights and may harm our business, prospects and reputation.

We have already and expect to continue to incur substantial expense and costs in protecting, enforcing and defending our intellectual property rights against third parties. Future litigation relating to protecting our rights could be time consuming and expensive. We rely primarily on patent, copyright, trade secret, and trademark laws, and non-disclosure, confidentiality, and other types of contractual restrictions to establish, maintain, and enforce our intellectual property and proprietary rights. However, our rights under these laws and agreements afford us only limited protection and the actions we take to establish, maintain, and enforce our intellectual property rights may not be adequate. For example, our trade secrets and other confidential information could be disclosed in an unauthorized manner to third parties, our owned or licensed intellectual property rights could be challenged, invalidated, circumvented, infringed, or misappropriated or our intellectual property rights may not be sufficient to provide us with a competitive advantage, any of which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, or operating results. In addition, the laws of some countries do not protect proprietary rights as fully as do the laws of the United States or may even formally or tacitly encourage the piracy of foreign intellectual property. As a result, we may not be able to protect our proprietary rights adequately abroad.

We rely, in part, on our ability to obtain, maintain, expand, enforce, and defend the scope of our intellectual property portfolio or other proprietary rights, including the amount and timing of any payments we may be required to make in connection with the licensing, filing, defense, and enforcement of any patents or other intellectual property rights. The process of applying for and obtaining a patent is expensive, time-consuming, and complex, and we may not be able to file, prosecute, maintain, enforce, or license all necessary or desirable patent applications at a reasonable cost, in a timely manner, or in all jurisdictions where protection may be commercially advantageous, or we may not be able to protect our proprietary rights at all. We may not be successful in protecting our proprietary rights, and unauthorized parties may be able to obtain and use information that we regard as proprietary.


31


Table of Contents

Though an issued patent is presumed valid and enforceable, its issuance is not conclusive as to its validity or its enforceability and it may not provide us with adequate proprietary protection or competitive advantages against competitors with similar products. Patents, if issued, may be challenged, deemed unenforceable, invalidated, or circumvented. Proceedings challenging our patents could result in either loss of the patent, or denial or the patent application or loss or reduction in the scope of one or more of the claims of the patent or patent application. In addition, such proceedings may be costly. Thus, any patents that we may own may not provide any protection against competitors. Furthermore, an adverse decision may result in a third party receiving a patent right sought by us, which in turn could affect our ability to commercialize our products.

Competitors could purchase our products and attempt to replicate or reverse engineer some or all of the competitive advantages we derive from our development efforts, willfully infringe our intellectual property rights, design around our patents, or develop and obtain patent protection for more effective technologies, designs or methods. We may be unable to prevent the unauthorized disclosure or use of our technical knowledge or trade secrets by consultants, suppliers, vendors, former employees and current employees.

Further, the laws of some foreign countries do not protect our proprietary rights to the same extent as the laws of the United States.

In addition, proceedings to enforce or defend our patents could put our patents at risk of being invalidated, held unenforceable or interpreted narrowly. Such proceedings could also provoke third parties to assert claims against us, including that some or all of the claims in one or more of our patents are invalid or otherwise unenforceable. If any of our patents covering our products are invalidated or found unenforceable, or if a court found that valid, enforceable patents held by third parties covered one or more of our products, our competitive position could be harmed or we could be required to incur significant expenses to enforce or defend our rights.

The degree of future protection for our proprietary rights is uncertain, and we cannot ensure that:

any of our patents, or any of our pending patent applications, if issued, will include claims having a scope sufficient to protect our products;
any of our pending patent applications will issue as patents;
we will be able to successfully commercialize our products on a substantial scale, if approved, before our relevant patents we may have expire;
we were the first to make the inventions covered by each of our patents and pending patent applications;
we were the first to file patent applications for these inventions;
others will not develop similar or alternative technologies that do not infringe our patents;
others will not assert an ownership interest in our patents;
any of our patents will be found to ultimately be valid and enforceable;
any patents issued to us will provide a basis for an exclusive market for our commercially viable products, will provide us with any competitive advantages or will not be challenged by third parties;
we will develop additional proprietary technologies or products that are separately patentable; or
our commercial activities or products will not infringe upon the patents of others.

Even if we are able to obtain patent protection, such patent protection may be of insufficient scope to achieve our business objectives. Issued patents may be challenged, narrowed, invalidated or circumvented. Decisions by courts and governmental patent agencies may introduce uncertainty in the enforceability or scope of patents owned by or licensed to us. Furthermore, the issuance of a patent does not give us the right to practice the patented invention. Third parties may have blocking patents that could prevent us from marketing our own products and practicing our own technology. Alternatively, third parties may seek approval to market their own products similar to or otherwise competitive with our products. In these circumstances, we may need to defend or assert our patents, including by filing lawsuits alleging patent infringement. In any of these types of proceedings, a court or agency with jurisdiction may find our patents invalid, unenforceable or not infringed; competitors may then be able to market products and use manufacturing and analytical processes that are substantially similar to ours. Even if we have valid and enforceable patents, these patents still may not provide protection against competing products or processes sufficient to achieve our business objectives.

We may be subject to third-party claims of infringement, misappropriation or other violations of intellectual property rights, or other claims challenging our agreements related to intellectual property, which may be time consuming and costly to defend, and could result in substantial liability.

Companies, organizations, or individuals, including our competitors, may hold or obtain patents, trademarks, or other proprietary rights that they may in the future allege are infringed by our products or services. These companies holding patents or other intellectual property rights allegedly relating to our technologies could, in the future, make claims or bring suits alleging infringement, misappropriation, or other violations of such rights, or otherwise assert their rights and by seeking royalties, lost profits, treble damages, attorney fees and injunctions. If a claim is successfully brought in the future and we or our products are determined to have infringed, misappropriated, or otherwise violated a third party’s intellectual property rights, we may be required to do one or more of the following:

cease selling or using our products that incorporate the challenged intellectual property;

32


Table of Contents

pay substantial damages, including lost profits of the holder of the intellectual property rights (as well as, increased damages up to treble damages and attorneys’ fees if our infringement is determined to be willful);
obtain a license from the holder of the intellectual property right, which may not be available on reasonable terms or at all; or
redesign our products or means of production, which may not be possible or cost-effective.

Any of the foregoing could adversely affect our business, prospects, operating results, and financial condition. In addition, any litigation, whether to protect our intellectual property to defend against the claims of others, whether or not valid, could harm our reputation, result in substantial costs and can be disruptive to our business operations by diverting attention and energies of management and key technical personnel and by increasing our costs of doing business.

We may also license technology from third parties and incorporate components supplied by third parties into our products, which could result in our having to incur significant costs. If we are unable to enter into the necessary licenses on acceptable terms or at all, if any necessary licenses are subsequently terminated, if the licensors fail to abide by the terms of the licenses or fail to prevent infringement by third parties, or if the licensed patents or other rights are found to be invalid or unenforceable, our business may suffer. We may in the future face claims that our use of such technology or components infringes or otherwise violates the rights of others, which would subject us to the risks described above. We may in some cases seek indemnification from our licensors or suppliers under our contracts with them, but our rights to indemnification or our suppliers’ resources may be unavailable or insufficient to cover our costs and losses.

In addition, we generally indemnify our customers with respect to infringement by our products of the proprietary rights of third parties. However, third parties may assert infringement claims against our customers. These claims may require us to initiate or defend protracted and costly litigation on behalf of our customers, regardless of the merits of these claims. If any of these claims succeed or settle, we may be forced to pay damages or settlement payments on behalf of our customers or may be required to obtain licenses for the products they use. If we cannot obtain all necessary licenses on commercially reasonable terms, our customers may be forced to stop using our products.

Our patents and, patent applications if issued, may not provide adequate protection to create a barrier to entry. The provisional and non-provisional patent applications that we own may not issue as patents or provide adequate protection to create a barrier to entry, which may hinder our ability to prevent competitors from selling products similar to ours.

We continue to have several patent applications pending and we cannot be certain that our pending patent applications will result in issued patents or that any of our already issued patents will afford protection against a competitor. The status of patents involves complex legal and factual questions, and the breadth of claims allowed is uncertain and can vary from country to country. As a result, we cannot be certain that the patent applications that we intend to file will result in patents being issued or that our patents and any patents that may be issued to us in the future will afford protection against competitors with similar technology. In addition, patent applications filed in foreign countries are subject to laws, rules, and procedures that differ from those of the United States, and thus we cannot be certain that foreign patent applications related to issued U.S. patents will be issued in other regions. Furthermore, even if these patent applications are accepted and the associated patents issued, some foreign countries provide significantly less effective patent enforcement than in the United States.

The U.S. Patent and Trademark Office (the "USPTO") and various foreign governmental patent agencies require compliance with a number of procedural, documentary, fee payment and other similar provisions during the patent application process. In addition, periodic maintenance fees on issued patents often must be paid to the USPTO and foreign patent agencies over the lifetime of the patent. While an unintentional lapse can in many cases be cured by payment of a late fee or by other means in accordance with the applicable rules, there are situations in which noncompliance can result in abandonment or lapse of the patent or patent application, resulting in partial or complete loss of patent rights in the relevant jurisdiction. Even if a lapse is cured, reviving the patent or application, there is a risk that the revival can be challenged by third parties in proceeding and litigation, and that the revival can be overruled. Non-compliance events that could result in abandonment or lapse of a patent or patent application include failure to respond to official actions within prescribed time limits, non-payment of fees and failure to properly legalize and submit formal documents. If we fail to maintain the patents and patent applications covering our products, we may not be able to stop a competitor from marketing products that are the same as or similar to our products, which would have a material adverse effect on our business.

In addition, patents issued to us may be infringed upon or designed around by others and others may obtain patents that we need to license or design around, either of which would increase costs and may adversely affect our business, our prospects, and our operating results.

In addition, we may in the future be subject to claims by our former employees or consultants asserting an ownership right in our patents, patent applications or other intellectual property, as a result of the work they performed on our behalf. Our general requirement that our employees and consultants and any other partners or collaborators who have access to our proprietary know-how, information or technology assign or grant similar rights to their inventions to us may not fully protect us from intellectual property claims.

Additionally, we cannot be certain that we have executed such agreements with all parties who may have contributed to our intellectual property, nor can we be certain that our agreements with such parties will be upheld in the face of a potential challenge, that such agreements will adequately protect us, or that they will not be breached, for which we may not have an adequate remedy.

We may also become involved in other proceedings, such as reexamination, inter parties review, post grant review, derivation or opposition proceedings before the USPTO or other jurisdictional body relating to our intellectual property rights or the intellectual property rights of others. Adverse determinations in a judicial or administrative proceeding or failure to obtain necessary licenses could prevent us from manufacturing our products or using product names, which would have a significant adverse impact on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

33


Table of Contents

We may not be able to protect our intellectual property rights throughout the world.

A company may attempt to commercialize competing products utilizing our proprietary design, trademarks or trade names in foreign countries where we do not have any patents or patent applications and where legal recourse may be limited. This may have a significant commercial impact on our foreign business operations.

Filing, prosecuting and defending patents or trademarks on our current and future products in all countries throughout the world would be prohibitively expensive. The requirements for patentability and trademarking may differ in certain countries, particularly developing countries. The laws of some foreign countries do not protect intellectual property rights to the same extent as laws in the United States.

Consequently, we may not be able to prevent third parties from utilizing our inventions and trademarks in all countries outside the United States. Competitors may use our technologies or trademarks in jurisdictions where we have not obtained patent or trademark protection to develop or market their own products and further, may export otherwise infringing products to territories where we have patent and trademark protection, but enforcement on infringing activities is inadequate. These products or trademarks may compete with our products or trademarks, and our patents, trademarks or other intellectual property rights may not be effective or sufficient to prevent them from competing.

Many companies have encountered significant problems in protecting and defending intellectual property rights in foreign jurisdictions. The legal systems of certain countries, particularly certain developing countries, do not favor the enforcement of patents, trademarks and other intellectual property protection, which could make it difficult for us to stop the infringement of our patents and trademarks or marketing of competing products in violation of our proprietary rights generally. Proceedings to enforce our patent and trademarks rights in foreign jurisdictions could result in substantial costs and divert our efforts and attention from other aspects of our business, could put our patents and trademarks in those jurisdictions, as well as elsewhere at risk of being invalidated or interpreted narrowly and our patent or trademark applications at risk, and could provoke third parties to assert claims against us. We may not prevail in any lawsuits that we initiate and the damages or other remedies awarded, if any, may not be commercially meaningful. Certain countries in Europe and certain developing countries, including India and China, have compulsory licensing laws under which a patent owner may be compelled to grant licenses to third parties. In those countries, we may have limited remedies if our patents are infringed or if we are compelled to grant a license to our patents to a third party, which could materially diminish the value of those patents. This could limit our potential revenue opportunities. Accordingly, our efforts to enforce our intellectual property rights around the world may be inadequate to obtain a significant commercial advantage from the intellectual property that we own or license. Finally, our ability to protect and enforce our intellectual property rights may be adversely affected by unforeseen changes in foreign intellectual property laws.

Changes in U.S. patent law could diminish the value of patents in general, thereby impairing our ability to protect our intellectual property rights.

Changes in either the patent laws or in interpretations of patent laws in the United States may diminish the value of our intellectual property. We cannot predict the breadth of claims that may be allowed or enforced in our patents or in third party patents. In addition, a third party that files a patent application before us could be awarded a patent covering an invention of ours even if we had made the invention before it was made by such third party. This will require us to be cognizant of the time from invention to filing of a patent application. Since patent applications in the United States are confidential for a period of time after filing or until issuance, we cannot be certain that we or our licensors were the first to either file any patent application related to our products or services or invent any of the inventions claimed in our or our licensor’s patents or patent applications.

Third parties may also submit prior art to the USPTO during patent prosecution, which could adversely affect our ability to obtain a patent and it is also possible for third parties to challenge granted patents through Patent Office proceedings such as post-grant review, inter partes review and derivation proceedings. A lower evidentiary standard is imposed in USPTO proceedings compared to the evidentiary standard in U.S. federal courts necessary to invalidate a patent claim. As such, a third party could potentially provide evidence in a USPTO proceeding sufficient for the USPTO to hold a claim invalid even though the same evidence would be insufficient to invalidate the claim if first presented in a district court action. Accordingly, a third party may attempt to use the USPTO procedures to invalidate our patent claims that would not have been invalidated if first challenged by the third party as a defendant in a district court action. The uncertainties and costs surrounding the prosecution of our owned or in-licensed patent applications and the enforcement or defense of our owned or in-licensed issued patents could have a material adverse effect on our business.

Recent U.S. Supreme Court rulings have also narrowed the scope of patent protection available in certain circumstances and weakened the rights of patent owners in certain situations. In addition to increasing uncertainty with regard to our ability to obtain patents in the future, this combination of events has created uncertainty with respect to the value of patents, once obtained. Depending on decisions by Congress, the federal courts and the USPTO, the laws and regulations governing patents could change in unpredictable ways that would weaken our ability to obtain new patents or to enforce our existing patents and patents that we might obtain in the future.

We may be subject to claims that we or our employees have misappropriated the intellectual property of a third party, including trade secrets or know-how, or are in breach of non-competition or non-solicitation agreements with our competitors.

Many of our employees and consultants were previously employed at or engaged by other laser companies, including our competitors or potential competitors. Some of these employees, consultants and contractors, may have executed proprietary rights, non-disclosure and non-competition agreements in connection with such previous employment. Our efforts to ensure that our employees and consultants do not use the intellectual property, proprietary information, know how or trade secrets of others in their work for us may not be successful, and we may be subject to claims that we or these individuals have, inadvertently or otherwise, misappropriated the intellectual property or disclosed the alleged trade secrets or other proprietary information, of these former employers or competitors.

Additionally, we may be subject to claims from third parties challenging our ownership interest in intellectual property we regard as our own, based on claims that our employees or consultants have breached an obligation to assign inventions to another employer, to a former employer,

34


Table of Contents

or to another person or entity. Litigation may be necessary to defend against any other claims, and it may be necessary or we may desire to enter into a license to settle any such claim; however, there can be no assurance that we would be able to obtain a license on commercially reasonable terms, if at all. If our defense to those claims fails, in addition to paying monetary damages, a court could prohibit us from using technologies or features that are essential to our products, if such technologies or features are found to incorporate or be derived from the trade secrets or other proprietary information of the former employers. An inability to incorporate technologies or features that are important or essential to our products could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations, and may prevent us from selling our products. In addition, we may lose valuable intellectual property rights or personnel. Even if we are successful in defending against these claims, litigation could result in substantial costs and could be a distraction to management. Any litigation or the threat thereof may adversely affect our ability to hire employees or contract with independent sales representatives. A loss of key personnel or their work product could hamper or prevent our ability to commercialize our products, which could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

If we are unable to protect the confidentiality of our other proprietary information, our business and competitive position may be harmed.

In addition to patent protection, we also rely on protection of trade secrets, know-how and other proprietary information that is not patentable or that we elect not to patent. However, trade secrets can be difficult to protect and some courts are less willing or unwilling to protect trade secrets. To maintain the confidentiality of our trade secrets and proprietary information, we rely heavily on confidentiality provisions that we have in contracts with our employees, consultants, collaborators and others upon the commencement of their relationship with us. We cannot guarantee that we have entered into such agreements with each party that may have or have had access to our trade secrets or proprietary technology and processes. We may not be able to prevent the unauthorized disclosure or use of our technical knowledge or other trade secrets by such third parties, despite the existence generally of these confidentiality restrictions. These contracts may not provide meaningful protection for our trade secrets, know-how, or other proprietary information in the event the unwanted use is outside the scope of the provisions of the contracts or in the event of any unauthorized use, misappropriation, or disclosure of such trade secrets, know-how, or other proprietary information. There can be no assurance that such third parties will not breach their agreements with us, that we will have adequate remedies for any breach, or that our trade secrets will not otherwise become known or independently developed by competitors. The protections we place on our intellectual property or other proprietary rights may not be sufficient. Monitoring unauthorized use and disclosure of our intellectual property is difficult, and we do not know whether the steps we have taken to protect our intellectual property or other proprietary rights will be adequate. In addition, the laws of many foreign countries will not protect our intellectual property or other proprietary rights to the same extent as the laws of the United States. Consequently, we may be unable to prevent our proprietary technology from being exploited abroad, which could affect our ability to expand to international markets or require costly efforts to protect our technology. To the extent our intellectual property or other proprietary information protection is incomplete, we are exposed to a greater risk of direct competition. A third party could, without authorization, copy or otherwise obtain and use our products or technology, or develop similar technology. Our competitors could purchase our products and attempt to replicate some or all of the competitive advantages we derive from our development efforts or design around our protected technology. Our failure to secure, protect and enforce our intellectual property rights could substantially harm the value of our products, brand and business. The theft or unauthorized use or publication of our trade secrets and other confidential business information could reduce the differentiation of our products and harm our business, the value of our investment in development or business acquisitions could be reduced and third parties might make claims against us related to losses of their confidential or proprietary information. Any of the foregoing could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Further, it is possible that others will independently develop the same or similar technology or products or otherwise obtain access to our unpatented technology, and in such cases we could not assert any trade secret rights against such parties. Costly and time-consuming litigation could be necessary to enforce and determine the scope of our trade secret rights and related confidentiality and nondisclosure provisions. If we fail to obtain or maintain trade secret protection, or if our competitors obtain our trade secrets or independently develop technology or products similar to ours or competing technologies or products, our competitive market position could be materially and adversely affected.

We also seek to preserve the integrity and confidentiality of our data and other confidential information by maintaining physical security of our premises and physical and electronic security of our information technology systems. While we have confidence in these individuals, organizations and systems, agreements or security measures may be breached and detecting the disclosure or misappropriation of confidential information and enforcing a claim that a party illegally disclosed or misappropriated confidential information is difficult, expensive and time-consuming, and the outcome is unpredictable. Further, we may not be able to obtain adequate remedies for any breach.

Other Risks

Cyber-attacks and other disruptions, security breaches, and incidents could have an adverse effect on our business, harm our reputation, and expose us to liability.

Computer malware, viruses, physical or electronic break-ins, and similar disruptions and security breaches or incidents could lead to interruption and delays in our services and operations and loss, misuse or theft of data, financial information, and Company funds. Computer malware, viruses, ransomware and other malicious code, and hacking and phishing attacks have become more prevalent and may occur on our systems in the future. Threats to and vulnerabilities in our systems and infrastructure and those of our third party service providers may result from human error, fraud, or malice on the part of our employees or third-party service providers or by malicious third parties, including state-sponsored organizations with significant financial and technological resources, or from accidental technological failure. Attempts by cyber attackers or others to disrupt our services or systems or those of our third-party service providers, as well as employee or service provider error or malfeasance, technical failures, or other causes of security breaches and incidents could harm our business, result in a loss of intellectual property, result in claims, demands, and litigation by private parties, investigations and other proceedings by regulatory authorities, fines, penalties, and other liabilities, introduce liability to data subjects, result in the misappropriation of funds, be expensive to remedy and damage our reputation or brand. Efforts to prevent cyber attackers from entering and disrupting computer systems are expensive to implement, and we may not be able to cause the implementation or enforcement of such preventions with respect to our third-party service providers. Despite

35


Table of Contents

the security measures that we and our service providers utilize, our infrastructure and that of our service providers may be vulnerable to physical break-ins, ransomware, computer viruses, other malicious code attacks by hackers, phishing attacks, social engineering, or similar disruptive problems. Though it is difficult to determine what, if any, harm may directly result from any specific interruption, attack or other security breach or incident, any failure to maintain performance, reliability, security and availability of systems and technical infrastructure may, in addition to other losses and liabilities, harm our reputation, brand and ability to attract customers.

As our business and the number of employees grows, the possibility of human error leading to information technology incidents will also increase. Our information technology systems may also not be adequate to support our operations and may introduce opportunities for security breaches and incidents that may interrupt business operations and permit bad actors to obtain unauthorized access to systems, to misappropriate funds, and result in unauthorized access to, or unauthorized use, acquisition, disclosure, loss, corruption, or other processing of personal, confidential, or other sensitive information. Increases in remote work have increased cybersecurity risks, and acts by Russia and associated actors in connection with the conflict between Russia and Ukraine could include cyber-attacks that could disrupt the economy more generally or that could also impact our operations directly or indirectly. We and our third-party service providers also may face difficulties or delays in identifying, responding to, and otherwise mitigating security breaches and incidents, and we could be forced to expend significant financial and operational resources in response to any actual or perceived security breach or security incident, including in repairing system damage, increasing cybersecurity protection costs by deploying additional personnel and modifying or enhancing our protection technologies, investigating and remediating any information security vulnerabilities, notifying affected individuals and otherwise remediating or responding to any such breach or incident, and litigating and resolving regulatory investigations and other proceedings and legal claims and litigation, all of which could divert resources and the attention of our management and key personnel.

Costs, expenses, and other liabilities relating to any actual or perceived disruption or security breach or incident may not be covered adequately by insurance, and may result in an increase in our costs for insurance or insurance not being available to us on economically feasible terms, or at all. Insurers may also deny us coverage as to any future claim. Any of these results could harm our financial condition, business and reputation.

Natural disasters, unusual weather conditions, epidemic outbreaks, terrorist acts, and political events could disrupt our business. Interruption or failure of our infrastructure could hurt our ability to effectively perform our daily operations and provide and produce our products and services, which could damage our reputation and harm our operating results.

We are vulnerable to natural disasters and significant disruptions including floods, earthquakes, fires, hail storms, snow storms, water shortages, other extreme or unusual weather conditions, epidemics or pandemics, acts of terrorism, war or disruptive political events where our facility is located, or where our third-party suppliers’ facilities are located, power shortages, and blackouts and aging infrastructures. Furthermore, climate change appears to have increased, and may continue to increase, the rate, size, and scope of these natural disasters. In the event of such a natural disaster or other disruption, we could experience disruptions to our operations or the operations of suppliers, subcontractors, distributors or customers, which could affect our ability to fulfill our customer contracts or damage our reputation, which would have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

We may engage in a wide array of potential strategic transactions, which could require significant management attention, disrupt our business, dilute stockholder value, and adversely affect our operating results and financial condition.

As part of our business strategy, we may engage in a wide array of potential strategic transactions, including acquisitions of businesses, new technologies, services, and other assets, and strategic investments that complement our business, such as to accelerate our presence in the 3D printing metal systems market. Any such transactions may involve numerous risks, which could harm our business and negatively affect our financial condition and results of operations. There is no assurance that any transaction undertaken will result in a completed transaction, despite the time and resources expended. Furthermore, if we do complete such transactions, they may not translate into successful business opportunities and we may not realize the benefits or synergies we had anticipated. Additionally, we may have to pay cash, incur debt, or issue equity securities to pay for any such transactions, each of which could affect our financial condition or the value of our capital stock, result in dilution to our equity holders, increase our fixed obligations, or require us to comply with covenants or other restrictions that would impede our ability to manage our operations. The direct costs of these transactions, as well as the resources required to evaluate, negotiate, integrate, and promote these acquisitions, may divert significant time and resources from the general operation of our business and require significant attention from management, all of which could disrupt the ordinary functioning of our business and adversely affect our operating results.

In addition, we may issue up to $100,000,000 of Common Stock from time to time over a 48-month period under the Lincoln Park Purchase Agreement. Holders of Common Stock will experience dilution in connection with any issuances of Common Stock under the Lincoln Park Purchase Agreement. Pursuant to the Lincoln Park Purchase Agreement, the Company issued to Lincoln Park in connection with the Closing 200,000 shares of Common Stock in consideration for entering into the Lincoln Park Purchase Agreement and an additional 400,000 shares of Common Stock on March 2, 2023, representing the number of shares equal to $2,000,000 divided by the lesser of (x) $10.00 per share or (y) the average closing price of the Common Stock for the 10 consecutive business days prior to the date that is 30 days after the Closing, provided that if such average closing price is below $5.00 per share, then the average closing price shall be deemed to be $5.00 per share (the price was deemed to be $5.00 per share). Holders of Common Stock experienced dilution in connection with the issuances of such commitment shares to Lincoln Park and will experience further dilution upon conversion of shares of Preferred Stock (including those already issued at Closing), shares issued upon conversion of the Convertible Senior Notes, or shares issued upon the exercise of the warrants issued in connection with with the Senior Convertible Notes or the Junior Notes (refer to Note 8 in the consolidated financial statements included in “Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data” of this Annual Report on Form 10-K for more information on these notes and warrants). Such dilution or any decline in the prevailing market price of our Common Stock, whether due to the foregoing or due to sales by holders of Common Stock, may limit our ability to use our securities in connection with a potential strategic transaction or may require increased dilution in the event that we pursue a potential strategic transaction using our securities to pay for such transaction.

36


Table of Contents

Negative publicity could result in a decline in our growth and have a material adverse effect on our business, our brand, and our results of operations.

We have invested and will continue to invest in our brand. We believe that maintaining and enhancing our brand identity is critical to our relationships with existing partners and customers, and to our ability to attract new partners and customers. Our ability to compete for and maintain partnerships relies to a large extent on our partners and customers’ trust in our business and the value of our brand. The failure or perceived failure to maintain our brand could adversely affect our brand value, financial condition and results of operations. Negative publicity can adversely affect our reputation and damage our brand, and may arise from many sources, including actual or alleged misconduct, errors or improper business practices by employees, employee claims of discrimination or harassment, product failures, existing or future litigation or regulatory actions, inadequate protection of customer information, data breaches, matters affecting our financial reporting or compliance with SEC and exchange listing requirements, and media coverage, whether accurate or not. Negative publicity or allegations of unfavorable business practices, poor governance, or workplace misconduct can be rapidly and widely shared over social or traditional media or other means, and could reduce demand for our products, undermine the loyalty of our customers and impact our partnerships, reduce our ability to recruit and retain employees, or lead to greater regulatory scrutiny of our operations. In addition, we and our officers, directors, and employees may be, named or otherwise involved in litigation or claims, including employment-related claims such as workplace discrimination or harassment, which could result in negative publicity or adversely impact our business, even if we are ultimately successful in defending against such claims.

Risks Relating to Being a Public Company

Our quarterly results and key metrics are likely to fluctuate significantly and may not fully reflect the underlying performance of our business.

Our quarterly results of operations and key metrics may vary significantly in the future, given our long sales cycles, and period-to-period comparisons of our results of operations and key metrics may not be meaningful. Accordingly, the results of any one quarter should not be relied upon as an indication of future performance. Our quarterly results of operations and key metrics may fluctuate as a result of a variety of factors, many of which are outside of our control, and as a result, may not fully reflect the underlying performance of our business. Fluctuation in quarterly results may negatively impact the value of our securities. Factors that may cause fluctuations in our quarterly results of operations and key metrics include, without limitation, those listed elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K and:

our ability to generate revenue from new product launches;
our ability to expand our number of customers and sales;
our ability to hire and retain employees;
the timing of expenses and recognition of revenue;
the amount and timing of operating expenses related to the maintenance and expansion of our business and operations, as well as international expansion;
changes in our pricing or those of our competitors;
changes in the competitive dynamics of our industry, including consolidation among competitors;
changes in laws and regulations that impact our business;
the timing of expenses related to any future acquisitions, including our ability to successfully integrate, and fully realize the expected benefits of, any completed acquisitions;
health epidemics or pandemics;
civil unrest and geopolitical instability; and
general political, economic, and market conditions.

We will incur increased costs as a result of operating as a public company, and our management is required to devote substantial time to compliance with our public company responsibilities and corporate governance practices.

We will incur significant legal, accounting, and other expenses that we did not incur as a private company, which we expect will increase further after we are no longer an “emerging growth company.” The Sarbanes-Oxley Act, the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act, the listing requirements of NYSE American and other applicable securities rules and regulations impose various requirements on public companies. Our management and other personnel will be required to devote a substantial amount of time to compliance with these requirements. A number of those requirements will require us to carry out activities we have not done previously. For example, we may need to create new board committees and adopt new internal controls and disclosure controls and procedures. It may also be more expensive to obtain director and officer liability insurance. Risks associated with our status as a public company may make it more difficult to attract and retain qualified persons to serve on our board of directors or as executive officers. The additional reporting and other obligations imposed by these rules and regulations, including our reporting requirements under the Exchange Act, will increase legal and financial compliance costs and the costs of related legal, accounting and administrative activities. These increased costs will require us to divert a significant amount of money that could otherwise be used to expand the business and achieve strategic objectives. Advocacy efforts by stockholders and third parties may also prompt additional changes in governance and reporting requirements, which could further increase costs.

37


Table of Contents

In addition, failure to comply with any laws or regulations applicable to us as a public company may result in legal proceedings or regulatory investigations, and may cause reputational damage. The occurrence of any of the foregoing could harm our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

We are an “emerging growth company,” and our election to comply with the reduced disclosure requirements as a public company may make our Common Stock less attractive to investors.

For so long as we remain an “emerging growth company,” as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012 (the “JOBS Act”), we may take advantage of certain exemptions from various requirements that are applicable to public companies that are not “emerging growth companies,” including not being required to comply with the independent auditor attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in our periodic reports and proxy statements, being required to provide fewer years of audited financial statements, and exemptions from the requirements of holding a non-binding advisory vote on executive compensation and stockholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved.

We may lose our emerging growth company status and become subject to the SEC’s internal control over financial reporting management and auditor attestation requirements. If we are unable to certify the effectiveness of our internal controls, or if our internal controls have a material weakness, we could be subject to regulatory scrutiny and a loss of confidence by stockholders, which could harm our business and adversely affect the market price of our Common Stock. We will cease to be an “emerging growth company” upon the earliest to occur of: (i) the last day of the fiscal year in which we have more than $1.235 billion in annual revenue; (ii) the date we qualify as a large accelerated filer, with at least $700 million of equity securities held by non-affiliates; (iii) the date on which we have, in any three year period, issued more than $1.0 billion in non-convertible debt securities; and (iv) December 31, 2025 (the last day of the fiscal year following the fifth anniversary of our IPO).

As an emerging growth company, we may choose to take advantage of some but not all of these reduced reporting burdens. Accordingly, the information we provide to our stockholders may be different than the information you receive from other public companies in which you hold stock. In addition, the JOBS Act also provides that an “emerging growth company” can take advantage of an extended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting standards. We have elected to take advantage of this extended transition period under the JOBS Act. As a result, our operating results and financial statements may not be comparable to the operating results and financial statements of other companies who have adopted the new or revised accounting standards. It is possible that some investors will find our Common Stock less attractive as a result, which may result in a less active trading market for our Common Stock and higher volatility in our stock price.

If we fail to maintain an effective system of disclosure controls and internal control over financial reporting, our ability to produce timely and accurate financial statements or comply with applicable regulations could be impaired.

We are subject to the reporting requirements of the Exchange Act, the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and the rules and regulations of NYSE American’s listing standards. We expect that the requirements of these rules and regulations will continue to increase our legal, accounting, and financial compliance costs, make some activities more difficult, time-consuming, and costly and place significant strain on our personnel, systems, and resources.

The Sarbanes-Oxley Act requires, among other things, that we maintain effective disclosure controls and procedures and internal control over financial reporting. We are continuing to develop and refine our disclosure controls and other procedures that are designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed by us in the reports that we will file with the SEC is recorded, processed, summarized, and reported within the time periods specified in SEC rules and forms and that information required to be disclosed in reports under the Exchange Act is accumulated and communicated to our principal executive and financial officers. We are also continuing to improve our internal control over financial reporting, which includes hiring additional accounting and financial personnel to implement such processes and controls. In order to maintain and improve the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures and internal control over financial reporting, we have expended, and anticipate that we will continue to expend, significant resources, including accounting-related costs and significant management oversight. If any of these new or improved controls and systems do not perform as expected, we may experience material weaknesses in our controls.

Our current controls and any new controls that we develop may become inadequate because of changes in conditions in our business. Further, weaknesses in our disclosure controls and internal control over financial reporting may be discovered in the future.

If other material weaknesses or control deficiencies occur in the future, we may be unable to report our financial results accurately on a timely basis, which could cause our reported financial results to be materially misstated and result in the loss of investor confidence and cause the market price of our securities to decline.

We are required, pursuant to Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, to annually furnish a report by management on, among other things, the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting. This assessment needs to include disclosure of any material weaknesses identified by management in its internal control over financial reporting. Our independent registered public accounting firm may be required to attest to the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting depending on our reporting status. We are required to disclose changes made in our internal control and procedures on a quarterly basis. To continue to comply with the requirements of being a public company, we may need to undertake various actions, such as implementing new internal controls and procedures and hiring accounting or internal audit staff. In addition, if we are unable to continue to meet these requirements, we may not be able to remain listed on NYSE American.

Changes in accounting principles may cause previously unanticipated fluctuations in our financial results, and the implementation of such changes may impact our ability to meet our financial reporting obligations.

We prepare our financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles ("GAAP") in the United States, which are subject to interpretation or changes by the Financial Accounting Standards Board, the SEC, and other various bodies formed to promulgate and interpret appropriate accounting principles. New accounting pronouncements and changes in accounting principles have occurred in the

38


Table of Contents

past and are expected to occur in the future which may have a significant effect on our financial results. Furthermore, any difficulties in implementation of changes in accounting principles, including the ability to modify our accounting systems, could cause us to fail to meet our financial reporting obligations, which could result in regulatory discipline and harm investors’ confidence in us.

Our management has limited experience in operating a public company.

Our executive officers have limited experience in the management of a publicly traded company. Their limited experience in dealing with the increasingly complex laws pertaining to public companies could be a significant disadvantage in that it is likely that an increasing amount of their time may be devoted to these activities, which will result in less time being devoted to revenue producing activities and the management and growth of our business, adversely affecting our ability to attract or take advantage of business opportunities. Our management team may not be successful or effective in managing a public company that will be subject to significant regulatory oversight and reporting obligations under federal securities laws. We may not have adequate personnel with the appropriate level of knowledge, experience, and training in the accounting policies, practices, or internal controls over financial reporting required of public companies in the United States. The development and implementation of the standards and controls necessary for us to achieve the level of accounting standards required of a public company in the United States may require costs greater than expected. It is possible that we will be required to expand our employee base and hire additional employees to support our operations as a public company, which will increase our operating costs in future periods.

The redemption of our Preferred Stock may require a significant amount of cash and may result in adverse tax consequences.

Pursuant to the Certificate of Designations, on January 31, 2025, which is the two-year anniversary of the Preferred Stock Issuance, (i) if the Conversion Price (as defined in the Certificate of Designations) is equal to or less than the volume-weighted average price (“VWAP”) of Common Stock, then we will convert all outstanding shares of our Preferred Stock into shares of Common Stock at the Conversion Price and (ii) if the Conversion Price exceeds the VWAP of Common Stock, then we will be obligated to redeem all outstanding shares of Preferred Stock for $10.00 in cash. In connection with any such redemption, we may also be required, pursuant to the IRA, to pay an excise tax of 1% on the fair market value of any Preferred Stock redeemed. The redemption of the Preferred Stock and the payment of any excise tax could adversely affect the Company’s business, financial position and results of operations. In the event our assets are not sufficient to meet our redemption obligations, this could have a significant adverse effect on our reputation, business, financial condition, growth and ability to accomplish our strategic objectives.

Risks Relating to Ownership of our Securities

Our Common Stock is subordinated to our Preferred Stock.

In connection with the Closing, the Company declared an issuance of shares of Preferred Stock to our holders of record of Common Stock as of the close of business on the Closing Date (other than (a) stockholders of Legacy Nuburu who waived such stockholders’ entire right, title and interest in, to or under, any participation in the Preferred Stock Issuance (provided that such waiver did not apply with respect to shares of Common Stock received as a result of the conversion of any Company Note) and (b) the Sponsor, which waived, for no consideration, its right, title and interest in, to or under, a portion of the Preferred Stock Issuance, as further described in the Sponsor Support Agreement), with one share of Preferred Stock being issued in respect of each such share of Common Stock (the "Preferred Stock Issuance"). Such Preferred Stock is convertible into shares of Common Stock at any time at the holder’s option, and in certain circumstances at the Company’s option, subject to the conversion procedures and at the conversion price described in the Certificate of Designations. As described in the Certificate of Designations, shares of Preferred Stock rank senior to shares of Common Stock, with respect to rights on the distribution of assets in any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolutions or winding up of the affairs of the Company.

Shares of our Preferred Stock may be subordinate to any senior preferred stock we may issue and to any future indebtedness.

We may, subject to approval by the majority of the holders of the shares of our Preferred Stock, issue equity or debt securities that rank senior or pari passu to the rights of our Preferred Stock. If we were to issue any such equity or debt securities, the shares of our Preferred Stock may rank junior to such securities with respect to dividend rights and rights on the distribution of assets on any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the affairs of the company, as well as to all creditor claims and other non-equity claims against us and our assets available to satisfy claims on it, including claims in a bankruptcy or similar proceeding.

At the two-year anniversary of the Preferred Stock Issuance, we will be obligated to redeem shares of our Preferred Stock for cash. There can be no guarantee that we will have funds available to make this redemption.

Pursuant to the Certificate of Designations, on January 31, 2025, the two-year anniversary of the Preferred Stock Issuance, (i) if the Conversion Price (as defined in the Certificate of Designations) is equal to or less than the volume-weighted average price (“VWAP”) of our Common Stock, then we will convert all outstanding shares of our Preferred stock into shares of Common Stock at the Conversion Price and (ii) if the Conversion Price exceeds the VWAP of Common Stock, then we will be obligated to redeem all outstanding shares of Preferred Stock for $10.00 in cash. In addition, upon any conversion at any time that would result in the holders beneficially owning greater than 9.99% of our voting stock outstanding as of the conversion date or any individual holder beneficially owning Common Stock in excess of the maximum number of shares of Common Stock that could be issued to the holder without triggering a change of control under the applicable stock exchange listing rules, the excess, if any, of the conversion consideration otherwise payable upon such conversion shall also be paid in cash, based on an amount per share of Common Stock equal to the last reported price per share of the Common Stock on the trading day immediately preceding the conversion date. We intend to satisfy these obligations through legally available funds, through proceeds from the potential issuance of shares to Lincoln Park, pursuant to the Lincoln Park Purchase Agreement, or otherwise available for use following consummation of the Business Combination. However, there can be no guarantee that we will have sufficient funds available to meet these obligations. In addition to being required to pay such amounts as owing pursuant to these obligations, we may also be required, pursuant to the IRA, to pay an excise tax of 1% on the fair market value of any Preferred Stock redeemed. The redemption of the Preferred Stock and the payment of any

39


Table of Contents

excise tax could adversely affect our business, financial position, and results of operations, and in the event our assets are not sufficient to meet our redemption obligations, the amounts distributed to such holders would be paid out on a pro rata basis.

NYSE American may delist the Company’s securities from trading on its exchange, which could limit investors’ ability to make transactions in its securities and subject the Company to additional trading restrictions.

The Company’s Common Stock is publicly traded on the NYSE American under the symbol “BURU”. On December 28, 2023, the Company received notice (the "Notice") from the NYSE American indicating that the Company is not in compliance with the continued listing standard set forth in Section 1003(f)(v) of the NYSE American Company Guide (the “Company Guide”) because the shares of the Company’s Common Stock have been selling for a low price per share for a substantial period of time. The Notice had no immediate effect on the listing or trading of the Company’s securities and the Company’s Common Stock will continue to trade on the NYSE American under the symbol “BURU” with the designation of “.BC” to indicate that the Company is not in compliance with the NYSE American’s continued listing standards. Additionally, the Notice does not result in the immediate delisting of the Company’s securities from the NYSE American.

Pursuant to Section 1003(f)(v) of the Company Guide, the Company’s continued listing is predicated on it demonstrating sustained price improvement by no later than June 28, 2024. The Notice further stated that, as a result of the foregoing, the Company has become subject to the procedures and requirements of Section 1009 of the Company Guide, which could, among other things, result in the initiation of delisting proceedings, unless the Company cures the deficiency in a timely manner. The Company intends to monitor the stock price and consider available options to regain compliance by June 28, 2024. On February 22, 2024, the Company's stockholders approved a proposal authorizing the Company's Board of Directors to effect a reverse stock split within a range of 1 to 30 to 1 to 75.

Additionally, on December 12, 2023, the NYSE American notified the Company, and publicly announced, that the NYSE American had determined to (a) commence proceedings to delist the Company's Public Warrants, each whole Public Warrant exercisable to purchase one share of the Company's Common Stock at a price of $11.50 per share, and listed to trade on the NYSE under the symbol "BURU WS", and (b) immediately suspend trading in the Warrants due to "abnormally low" trading price levels.

In order to continue listing its securities on the NYSE American, the Company is required to maintain certain financial, distribution and stock price levels. We cannot assure you that the Company will be able to continue to meet those listing requirements or come back into compliance with those listing requirements.

If the NYSE American delists the Company’s Common Stock from trading on its exchange and the Company is not able to list its securities on another national securities exchange, we expect our securities could be quoted on an over-the-counter market. If this were to occur, we could face significant material adverse consequences, including:

a limited availability of market quotations for our securities;
reduced liquidity for our securities;
a determination that the Common Stock is a “penny stock” which will require brokers trading in Common Stock to adhere to more stringent rules and possibly result in a reduced level of trading activity in the secondary trading market for our securities;
a limited amount of news and analyst coverage; and
a decreased ability to issue additional securities or obtain additional financing in the future.

The National Securities Markets Improvement Act of 1996, which is a federal statute, prevents or preempts the states from regulating the sale of certain securities, which are referred to as “covered securities.” Since the Company’s Common Stock is listed on NYSE American, it is a covered security. Although the states are preempted from regulating the sale of its securities, the federal statute does allow the states to investigate companies if there is a suspicion of fraud, and, if there is a finding of fraudulent activity, then the states can regulate or bar the sale of covered securities in a particular case. Further, if the Company was no longer listed on a securities exchange, its securities would not be covered securities and it would be subject to regulation in each state in which it offers its securities.

If our Common Stock is delisted from trading, the ability of holders of Preferred Stock to transfer or sell their shares of our Preferred Stock may be limited and the market value of our Preferred Stock will likely be materially adversely affected.

The Preferred Stock does not contain provisions that are intended to protect the holders of our Preferred Stock if our Common Stock is delisted from trading on the NYSE American. Accordingly, if our Common Stock is delisted from trading on NYSE American and we are unable to have our Common Stock listed on another securities exchange, the ability of holders of our Preferred Stock to transfer or sell their shares may be limited and the market value of our Preferred Stock will likely be materially adversely affected.

The Company’s stock price may change significantly and you could lose all or part of your investment as a result.

The trading price of the Common Stock is likely to be volatile. The stock market recently has experienced extreme volatility. This volatility often has been unrelated or disproportionate to the operating performance of particular companies. You may not be able to resell your shares at an attractive price due to a number of factors such as those listed above and the following, to the extent not already stated:

results of operations that vary from the expectations of securities analysts and investors;
results of operations that vary from those of the Company’s competitors;
changes in expectations as to the Company’s future financial performance, including financial estimates and investment recommendations by securities analysts and investors;

40


Table of Contents

declines in the market prices of stocks generally;
strategic actions by the Company or its competitors;
announcements by the Company or its competitors of significant contracts, acquisitions, joint ventures, other strategic relationships or capital commitments;
any significant change in the Company’s management;
changes in general economic or market conditions, including rising interest rates, instability in the banking sector and the financial markets, or trends in the Company’s industry or markets;
changes in business or regulatory conditions, including new laws or regulations or new interpretations of existing laws or regulations applicable to the Company’s business;
future sales of Common Stock or other securities;
investor perceptions or the investment opportunity associated with Common Stock relative to other investment alternatives;
the public’s response to press releases or other public announcements by the Company or third parties, including the Company’s filings with the SEC;
litigation involving the Company, the Company’s industry, or both, or investigations by regulators into the Company’s operations or those of the Company’s competitors;
guidance, if any, that the Company provides to the public, any changes in this guidance or the Company’s failure to meet this guidance;
the development and sustainability of an active trading market for the Company’s stock;
actions by institutional or activist stockholders;
changes in accounting standards, policies, guidelines, interpretations or principles; and
other events or factors, including those resulting from natural disasters, pandemics, hostilities or the perception that hostilities may be imminent, military conflict and war, acts of terrorism, sanctions, or responses to these events.

These broad market and industry fluctuations may adversely affect the market price of Common Stock, regardless of the Company’s actual operating performance. In addition, price volatility may be greater if the public float and trading volume of Common Stock is low.

In the past, following periods of market volatility, stockholders have instituted securities class action litigation. If the Company was involved in securities litigation, it could have a substantial cost and divert resources and the attention of executive management from the Company’s business regardless of the outcome of such litigation.

There is no public market for our Preferred Stock.

There is no established public trading market for our Preferred Stock, and we do not expect a market to develop. In addition, we do not intend to apply to list our Preferred Stock on any securities exchange or nationally recognized trading system, including the NYSE American, NYSE or Nasdaq. Without an active market, the liquidity of our Preferred Stock will be limited.

Because there are no current plans to pay cash dividends on our Common Stock or Preferred Stock for the foreseeable future, you may not receive any return on investment unless you sell your shares for a price greater than that which you originally paid.

We intend to retain future earnings, if any, for future operations, expansion and debt repayment (if any) and there are no current plans to pay any cash dividends for the foreseeable future. The declaration, amount, and payment of any future dividends on shares of our Common Stock or our Preferred Stock will be at the sole discretion of our board of directors. Our board of directors may take into account general and economic conditions, our financial condition, and results of operations, our available cash and current and anticipated cash needs, capital requirements, contractual, legal, tax, and regulatory restrictions, implications on the payment of dividends by us to our stockholders and us, and such other factors as our board of directors may deem relevant. In addition, our ability to pay dividends may be limited by covenants of any future indebtedness we may incur. As a result, you may not receive any return on an investment in our Common Stock unless you sell shares for a price greater than that which you originally paid.

If securities analysts do not publish research or reports about the Company’s business or if they downgrade the Company’s stock or the Company’s industry, the Company’s stock price and trading volume could decline.

The trading market for Common Stock will rely in part on the research and reports that industry or financial analysts publish about the Company or its business. The Company will not control these analysts. In addition, some financial analysts may have limited expertise with Nuburu’s model and operations. Furthermore, if one or more of the analysts who do cover the Company downgrade its stock or industry, or the stock of any of its competitors, or publish inaccurate or unfavorable research about its business, the price of the Company’s stock could decline. If one or more of these analysts ceases coverage of the Company or fails to publish reports on it regularly, the Company could lose visibility in the market, which in turn could cause its stock price or trading volume to decline.

41


Table of Contents

Future sales of substantial amounts of our Common Stock in the public markets, or the perception that such sales could occur, could cause the market price of our Common Stock to drop significantly, even if our business is doing well, and certain selling securityholders still may receive significant proceeds.

The sale of shares of our Common Stock in the public market, or the perception that such sales could occur, could harm the prevailing market price of our Common Stock. These sales, or the possibility that these sales may occur, also might make it more difficult for the Company to sell equity securities in the future at a time and at a price that it deems appropriate.

On February 7, 2023, we filed a registration statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-269610) (the “Resale S-1”), pursuant to which the selling securityholders named therein (the “Selling Securityholders”) can sell up to 36,629,724 shares of Common Stock and up to 2,235,279 shares of Preferred Stock. Certain of these shares of Common Stock were purchased at prices that were significantly below the current trading price of our Common Stock and the sale of such shares could result in the Selling Securityholder realizing a significant gain.

Sales of our Common Stock following the expiration of applicable lock-up restrictions or pursuant to the exercise of registration rights may make it more difficult for us to sell equity securities in the future at a time and at a price that we deem appropriate. These sales could also cause the market price of our Common Stock to decline if such equity holders sell or are perceived by the market as intending to sell any such securities, and make it more difficult for you to sell your shares of Common Stock at a time and price that you deem appropriate.

In addition, we have reserved a total of up to 8,327,424 shares of our Common Stock for future issuance under the Nuburu, Inc. 2022 Equity Incentive Plan (the "Equity Incentive Plan") and the Nuburu, Inc. 2022 Employee Stock Purchase (the "ESPP"), which will become eligible for sale in the public market once those shares are issued, subject to provisions relating to various vesting agreements, lock-up agreements and, in some cases, limitations on volume and manner of sale applicable to affiliates under Rule 144, as applicable. The Company intends to file a registration statement on Form S-8 under the Securities Act to register shares of Common Stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable for shares of Common Stock issued pursuant to our equity plans. Such registration statement on Form S-8 will be automatically effective upon filing. Accordingly, shares registered under such registration statement will be available for sale in the open market, subject to the provisions relating to various vesting agreements, lock-up agreements and, in some cases, limitations on volume and manner of sale applicable to affiliates under Rule 144, as applicable.

On March 31, 2023, we filed a registration statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-271046) (the “Lincoln Park S-1”), pursuant to which permits the offer and resale of up to 15,600,000 shares of the Company's Common Stock to Lincoln Park. If and when the Company does issue Common Stock to Lincoln Park, Lincoln Park may resell all, some or none of such shares at any time or from time to time in its discretion, subject to compliance with applicable securities laws and the Lincoln Park Purchase Agreement. Therefore, issuances to Lincoln Park by the Company could result in substantial dilution to the interests of other holders of Common Stock. Additionally, the issuance of a substantial number of Common Stock to Lincoln Park, or the anticipation of such issuances, could make it more difficult for the Company to sell equity or equity-related securities in the future at a time and at prices that it might otherwise wish to effect such sales.

In the future, the Company may also issue its securities in connection with investments or acquisitions. The amount of shares of Common Stock issued in connection with an investment or acquisition could constitute a material portion of the Company’s then-outstanding shares of Common Stock. Any issuance of additional securities in connection with investments or acquisitions may result in additional dilution to the Company’s stockholders.

Anti-takeover provisions in our Governing Documents could delay or prevent a change of control.

Certain provisions of our Governing Documents may have an anti-takeover effect and may delay, defer or prevent a merger, acquisition, tender offer, takeover attempt or other change of control transaction that a stockholder might consider in its best interest, including those attempts that might result in a premium over the market price for the shares held by the Company’s stockholders.

These provisions, among other things:

provide for a staggered board of directors divided into three classes serving staggered three-year terms, such that not all members of the Company’s board of directors are elected at one time;
authorize the Company’s board of directors to issue new series of preferred stock without stockholder approval and create, subject to applicable law, a series of preferred stock with preferential rights to dividends or our assets upon liquidation, or with superior voting rights to our existing Common Stock;
do not permit stockholders to call special meetings of stockholders;
do not permit stockholders to fill vacancies on the Company’s board of directors;
provide for advance notice requirements for nominations for election to the Company’s board of directors or for proposing matters that can be acted upon by stockholders at our annual stockholder meetings;
permit the Company’s board of directors to establish the number of directors;
provide that the Company’s board of directors is expressly authorized to make, alter or repeal the Bylaws;
provide that stockholders can remove directors only for cause and only upon the approval of not less than a majority of all outstanding shares of the Company’s voting stock;
require the approval of not less than two-thirds of all outstanding shares of voting stock to amend specific provisions of the Bylaws and the Certificate of Incorporation; and

42


Table of Contents

limit the jurisdictions in which certain stockholder litigation may be brought.

As a Delaware corporation, the Company will be subject to the anti-takeover provisions of Section 203 of the DGCL, which prohibits a Delaware corporation from engaging in a business combination specified in the statute with an interested stockholder (as defined in the statute) for a period of three (3) years after the date of the transaction in which the person first becomes an interested stockholder, unless the business combination is approved in advance by a majority of the independent directors or by the holders of at least two-thirds of the outstanding disinterested shares. The application of Section 203 of the DGCL could also have the effect of delaying or preventing a change of control of the Company.

These anti-takeover provisions could make it more difficult for a third-party to acquire the Company, even if the third party’s offer may be considered beneficial by many of the Company’s stockholders. As a result, the Company’s stockholders may be limited in their ability to obtain a premium for their shares.

These provisions could also discourage proxy contests and make it more difficult for you and other stockholders to elect directors of your choosing and to cause the Company to take other corporate actions you desire.

Holders of our Preferred Stock have extremely limited voting rights.

Except for certain consent rights on matters set forth in the section entitled “Preferred Stock — Series A Preferred Stock — Voting Rights” in Exhibit 4.5 to this Annual Report on Form 10-K, the holders of our Preferred Stock will not be entitled to vote at or receive notice of any meeting of stockholders.

The Company’s stockholders will experience dilution as a result of the issuance of Common Stock (i) to Lincoln Park pursuant to the Lincoln Park Purchase Agreement, (ii) under the Equity Incentive Plan, (iii) under the ESPP, (iv) pursuant to the exercise of outstanding options, (v) to holders of Preferred Stock upon the conversion of their shares of Preferred Stock, (vi) pursuant to the future exercise of Public Warrants or private warrants issued in 2023, or (vii) upon the conversion of the Senior Convertible Notes issued in 2023. Having a minority share position may reduce the influence that our current stockholders have on the management of the Company.

Upon satisfaction of certain conditions, the Company may also direct Lincoln Park to purchase up to an aggregate of $100,000,000 of Common Stock. Holders of Common Stock will experience dilution in connection with any issuances of Common Stock under the Lincoln Park Purchase Agreement.

In addition, certain of Nuburu’s current and former employees, directors, and consultants hold outstanding options, and certain of Nuburu’s current and future employees, directors and consultants are expected to be granted equity awards and purchase rights under the Equity Incentive Plan and the ESPP, as applicable. Holders of Common Stock will experience additional dilution when those equity awards and purchase rights become vested and settled or exercisable, as applicable, for shares of Common Stock. The Preferred Stock may be converted into shares of Common Stock at the election of the stockholder or the Company, subject to certain conditions set forth in the Certificate of Designations (see the section entitled “Preferred Stock” in Exhibit 4.5 to this Annual Report on Form 10-K). If shares of Preferred Stock are converted into shares of Common Stock, holders of Common Stock will incur immediate dilution.

Common Stock ownership may also be substantially diluted by the exercise of Public Warrants or private warrants issued with the Senior Convertible Notes or the Junior Notes, or the conversion of the Senior Convertible Notes (refer to Note 8 in the consolidated financial statements included in “Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data” for more information on these notes and warrants).

The issuance of additional Common Stock will significantly dilute the equity interests of existing holders of the Company securities and may adversely affect prevailing market prices for our Common Stock or Public Warrants. Such dilution may also reduce the influence that you may have on the management of the Company through the matters that are presented for voting to the Company’s stockholders.

The Company may amend the terms of the Public Warrants in a manner that may be adverse to holders of Public Warrants with the approval by the holders of at least 65% of the then outstanding Public Warrants. As a result, the exercise price of the Public Warrants could be increased, the exercise period could be shortened and the number of shares of Common Stock purchasable upon exercise of a Public Warrant could be decreased, all without your approval.

The Public Warrants were issued in registered form under the Public Warrant Agreement. The Public Warrant Agreement provides that the terms of the Public Warrants may be amended without the consent of any holder to cure any ambiguity or correct any defective provision, but requires the approval by the holders of at least 65% of the then outstanding Public Warrants to make any change that adversely affects the interests of the registered holders of the Public Warrants. Accordingly, the Company may amend the terms of the Public Warrants in a manner adverse to a holder if holders of at least 65% of the then outstanding Public Warrants approve of such amendment. Although the Company’s ability to amend the terms of the Public Warrants with the consent of at least 65% of the then outstanding warrants is broad, examples of such amendments could be amendments to, among other things, increase the exercise price of the warrants, convert the warrants into cash or stock, shorten the exercise period or decrease the number of shares of Common Stock purchasable upon exercise of a warrant.

The Company may redeem your unexpired warrantsPublic Warrants prior to their exercise at a time that is disadvantageous to you, thereby making your warrantsPublic Warrants worthless.

We haveThe Company has the ability to redeem outstanding warrantsPublic Warrants at any time after they become exercisable and prior to their expiration, at a price of $0.01 per warrant, provided that the last reported sales price of our Class A common stockCommon Stock equals or exceeds $18.00 per share (as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends, reorganizations, recapitalizations and the like) for any 20twenty (20) trading days within a 30thirty (30) trading-day period commencing once the Public Warrants become exercisable and ending on the third trading day prior to the date on which we givethe Company gives proper notice of such redemption and provided certain other conditions are met. Shares of the Common Stock have never traded above $18.00 per share. If and when the warrantsPublic Warrants become redeemable by us, wethe Company, the Company may not exercise ourits redemption right even

43


Table of Contents

if we arethe issuance of shares of common stock upon exercise of the Public Warrants is not exempt from registration or qualification under applicable state blue sky laws or it is unable to effect such registration or qualification.

The Company will use its best efforts to register or qualify such shares of common stock under the underlying securities for sale under all applicableblue sky laws of the state securities laws.of residence in those states in which the Public Warrants were offered. Redemption of the outstanding warrantsPublic Warrants could force you (i) to exercise your warrantsPublic Warrants and pay the exercise price therefor at a time when it may be disadvantageous for you to do so, (ii) to sell your warrantsPublic Warrants at the then-current market price when you might otherwise wish to hold your warrantsPublic Warrants or (iii) to accept the nominal redemption price which, at the time the outstanding warrantsPublic Warrants are called for redemption, is likely to be substantially less than the market value of your warrants.Public Warrants.

In addition, wethe Company may redeem your warrantsoutstanding Public Warrants after they become exercisable for $0.10 per warrant upon a minimum of 30 days’ prior written notice of redemption provided that holders will be able to exercise their warrantsPublic Warrants prior to redemption for a number of Class A common stockCommon Stock determined based on the redemption date and the fair market value of our Class A common stock.the Common Stock. The value received upon exercise of the warrants (1)Public Warrants (i) may be less than the value the holders would have received if they had exercised their warrantsPublic Warrants at a later time where the underlying share price is higher and (2)(ii) may not compensate the holders for the value of the warrants,Public Warrants, including because the number of shares of common stock received is capped at 0.361 shares of Class A common stockCommon Stock per warrant (subject to adjustment) irrespective of the remaining life of the warrants.Public Warrants.

NoneWe have no obligation to notify holders of the private placement warrants will be redeemable by us as (except as set forth under “Description of Securities —Public Warrants — Public Stockholders’ Warrants — Redemption of warrants when the price per share of Class A common stock equals or exceeds $10.00” in the final prospectus related to our initial public offering) so long asthat they are held by our sponsor or its permitted transferees.

Because each unit contains one-half of one warrant and only a whole warrant may be exercised, the units may be worth less than units of other blank check companies.

Each unit contains one-half of one warrant. Because,have become eligible for redemption. However, pursuant to the warrant agreement,Public Warrant Agreement, in the event we decide to redeem the warrants, may only be exercisedwe are required to mail notice of such redemption to the registered Public Warrant holders not less than 30 days prior to the redemption date.

Warrants will become exercisable for a whole number of shares, only a whole warrant may be exercised at any given time. This is different from other offerings similar to ours whose units include one share of common stockour Common Stock and one whole warrant to purchase one share. We have established the components of the units in this way in order to reduce the dilutive effect of the warrants upon completion of a business combination since the warrantsour Preferred Stock will be exercisable in the aggregate for one-halfconvertible into Common Stock, each of which would increase the number of shares comparedeligible for future resale in the public market and result in dilution to units that each contain a warrantour stockholders.

Outstanding warrants to purchase one wholean aggregate of 35,408,430 shares of our Common Stock are exercisable with thirty (30) days after December 31, 2023. Additionally, our Preferred Stock is convertible into shares of our Common Stock at any time at the holder’s option, and in certain circumstances at our option, subject to the conversion procedures and at the conversion price described in the Certificate of Designations (for more on information on the Preferred Stock, see the section entitled “Preferred Stock” in Exhibit 4.5 to this Annual Report on Form 10-K).

To the extent such warrants are exercised or such shares of our Preferred Stock are converted, additional shares of Common Stock will be issued, which will result in dilution to our then current holders of our Common Stock and increase the number of shares eligible for resale in the public market. Sales of substantial numbers of such shares in the public market could adversely affect the market price of our Common Stock.

The future exercise of registration rights may adversely affect the market price of Common Stock.

Certain of our stockholders have registration rights for restricted securities which provide for customary “demand” and “piggyback” registration rights for certain stockholders. In addition, shares of Common Stock acquired by Lincoln Park pursuant to the Lincoln Park Purchase Agreement will be afforded certain registration rights pursuant to the Lincoln Park Registration Rights Agreement. Sales of a substantial number of shares of Common Stock pursuant to these resale registration statements in the public market could occur at any time the registration statements remain effective. In addition, certain registration rights holders can request underwritten offerings to sell their securities. These sales, or the perception in the market that the holders of a large number of shares of Common Stock intend to sell shares of Common Stock, could reduce the market price of Common Stock.

There is no guarantee that our Warrants will be in the money at the time they become exercisable, and they may expire worthless.

The exercise prices for our warrants vary from $0.25 to $11.50 per share thus makingof Common Stock which exceeds $0.16, the closing price of our Common Stock on the NYSE American on April 9, 2024. The likelihood that warrant holders will exercise the warrants and any cash proceeds that we would receive is dependent upon the market price of our Common Stock. There is no guarantee that the Warrants will be in the money following the time they become exercisable and prior to their expiration, and as such, the warrants may expire worthless. If the holders of our warrants do not exercise our warrants prior to their expiration, we will not receive any proceeds from the warrants.

ITEM 1B. UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS

None.

ITEM 1C. CYBERSECURITY

We have developed and implemented a cybersecurity risk management program intended to protect the confidentiality, integrity, and availability of our critical systems and information. Our cybersecurity risk management program is aligned with the Company’s business strategy. It shares common methodologies, reporting channels, and governance processes that apply to other areas of enterprise risk, including legal, compliance, strategic, operational, and financial risk. Key elements of our cybersecurity risk management program include:

risk assessments designed to help identify material cybersecurity risks to our critical systems, information, products, services, and our broader enterprise information technology environment;
the use of external service providers, where appropriate, to assess, test, or otherwise assist with aspects of our security controls;

44


Table of Contents

training and awareness programs for team members that include periodic and ongoing assessments to drive adoption and awareness of cybersecurity processes and controls;
a cybersecurity incident response plan that includes procedures for responding to cybersecurity incidents; and
a third-party risk management process for service providers, suppliers, and vendors.

In the last three fiscal years, the Company has not experienced any material cybersecurity incidents. We describe whether and how risks from identified cybersecurity threats have or that are reasonably likely to affect our financial position, results of operations, and cash flows, under the heading “Cyber-attacks and other disruptions, security breaches, and incidents could have an adverse effect on our business, harm our reputation, and expose us to liability” included as part of our Item 1A. "Risk Factors" of this Annual Report on Form 10-K, which disclosures are incorporated by reference herein.

The Company outsources around-the-clock coverage to a third-party managed service provider who provides timely alerting and notification of potential cybersecurity issues. We continually work with third-party experts to advise on new threats and cybersecurity strategy best practices for specific capabilities.

Our Audit Committee of the Board of Directors is responsible for oversight of our risk assessment, risk management, disaster recovery procedures, and cybersecurity risks. Periodically each year, the Audit Committee receives an overview from our Chief Executive Officer of our cybersecurity threat risk management and strategy processes, including potential impact on the Company, the efforts of management to manage the risks that are identified, and our disaster recovery preparations. Members of the Board of Directors regularly engage in discussions with management on cybersecurity-related news events and discuss any updates to our cybersecurity risk management and strategy programs.

ITEM 2. PROPERTIES

Our corporate headquarters are located in Centennial, Colorado where we lease approximately 30,000 square feet of space pursuant to a lease that expires in 2025. The facility is used for applications testing, semi-automated manufacturing, research and development, and quality control. Due to the compact size of our products and production lines, we believe a more attractive merger partner for target businesses. Nevertheless, this unit structure may causeoffice space is sufficient to meet our units to be worth less than if they included a warrant to purchase one whole share.

We are an emerging growth company and a smaller reporting company withinnear-term capacity needs; however, when the meaning of the Securities Act, and if we take advantage of certain exemptions from disclosure requirements available to emerging growth companies or smaller reporting companies, this could make our securities less attractive to investors and may make it more difficult to compare our performance with other public companies.

We are an “emerging growth company” within the meaning of the Securities Act, as modified by the JOBS Act, andlease expires, we may take advantageseek alternate facilities for our operations. We believe that suitable alternative space would be available if required in the future on commercially reasonable terms.

Nuburu has been and expects to continue to become involved in litigation or other legal proceedings from time to time, including the matters described below. Except as described below, Nuburu is not currently a party to any litigation or legal proceedings that, in the opinion of certain exemptions from various reporting requirements thatNuburu’s management, are applicablelikely to have a material adverse effect on Nuburu’s business. Regardless of outcome, litigation and other public companies that are not emerging growth companies including, but not limited to, not being required to comply with the auditor internal controls attestation requirementslegal proceedings can have an adverse impact on Nuburu because of Section 404defense and settlement costs, diversion of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation inmanagement resources, possible restrictions on our periodic reports and proxy statements, and exemptions from the requirements of holding a nonbinding advisory vote on executive compensation and stockholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved. As a result, our stockholders may not have access to certain information they may deem important. We could be an emerging growth company for up to five years from the date of our initial public offering, although circumstances could cause us to lose that status earlier, including if the market value of our Class A common stock held by non-affiliates exceeds $700 million as of the end of a prior fiscal year’s second fiscal quarter before that time, in which case we would no longer be an emerging growth company as of the following December 31. We cannot predict whether investors will find our securities less attractive because we will rely on these exemptions. If some investors find our securities less attractivebusiness as a result of our reliancesettlement or adverse outcomes, and other factors.

ITEM 4. MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES

Not applicable.

45


Table of Contents

​PART II

ITEM 5. MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES

Market Price and Ticker Symbol

Our Common Stock has traded on these exemptions, the NYSE American under the symbol “BURU” since January 31, 2023. The Public Warrants were traded on the NYSE American under the symbol "BURU WS." On December 12, 2023, the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”) notified the Company, and publicly announced, that the NYSE had determined to (a) commence proceedings to delist the Company’s Public Warrants, and (b) immediately suspend trading pricesin the Public Warrants due to “abnormally low” trading price levels. As such, the Public Warrants are no longer trading on a public exchange. Prior to January 31, 2023, Tailwind's Class A Common Stock and Public Warrants were listed on the NYSE American under the symbols "TWND" and "TWND WS" respectively.

Holders

As of April 9, 2024, there were 39 holders of record of our securities may be lower than they otherwise would be, there may be a less active trading market for our securities and the trading pricesCommon Stock. The actual number of stockholders of our securities may be more volatile.


Further, Section 102(b)(1)Common Stock is greater than this number of the JOBS Act exempts emerging growth companies from being required to comply with new or revised financial accounting standards until private companies (that is, those that have not had a Securities Act registration statement declared effective or do not have a class of securities registered under the Exchange Act)record holders and includes holders who are required to comply with the new or revised financial accounting standards. The JOBS Act provides that a company can elect to opt out of the extended transition period and comply with the requirements that apply to non-emerging growth companiesbeneficial owners but any such an election to opt out is irrevocable. We have elected not to opt out of such extended transition period, which means that when a standard is issued or revised and it has different application dates for public or private companies, we, as an emerging growth company, can adopt the new or revised standard at the time private companies adopt the new or revised standard. This may make comparison of our financial statements with another public company which is neither an emerging growth company nor an emerging growth company which has opted out of using the extended transition period difficult or impossible because of the potential differences in accounting standards used.

Additionally, we are a “smaller reporting company” as defined in Item 10(f)(1) of Regulation S-K. Smaller reporting companies may take advantage of certain reduced disclosure obligations, including, among other things, providing only two years of audited financial statements. We will remain a smaller reporting company until the last day of the fiscal year in which (1) the market value of our common stock held by non-affiliates exceeds $250 million as of the end of the prior fiscal year’s second fiscal quarter, or (2) our annual revenues exceeded $100 million during such completed fiscal year and the market value of our common stock held by non-affiliates exceeds $700 million as of the end of the prior fiscal year’s second fiscal quarter. To the extent we take advantage of such reduced disclosure obligations, it may also make comparison of our financial statements with other public companies difficult or impossible.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation designates the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware as the sole and exclusive forum for certain types of actions and proceedings that may be initiated by our stockholders, which could limit our stockholders’ ability to obtain a favorable judicial forum for disputes with our company or our company’s directors, officers or other employees.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that, unless we consent in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, be the sole and exclusive forum for any (1) derivative action or proceeding brought on behalf of our company, (2) action asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any director, officer, employee or agent of our company to our company or our stockholders, or any claim for aiding and abetting any such alleged breach, (3) action asserting a claim against our company or any director, or officer or employee of our company arising pursuant to any provision of the DGCL or our amended and restated certificate of incorporation or our bylaws, or (4) action asserting a claim against us or any director, or officer or employee of our company governed by the internal affairs doctrine except for, as to each of (1) through (4) above, any claim (a) as to which the Court of Chancery determines that there is an indispensable party not subject to the jurisdiction of the Court of Chancery (and the indispensable party does not consent to the personal jurisdiction of the Court of Chancery within ten days following such determination), (b) which is vested in the exclusive jurisdiction of a court or forum other than the Court of Chancery, or (c) arising under the federal securities laws, including the Securities Act, as to which the Court of Chancery and the federal district court for the District of Delaware shall concurrently be the sole and exclusive forums. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the provisions of this paragraph will not apply to suits brought to enforce any liability or duty created by the Exchange Act or any other claim for which the federal district courts of the United States of America shall be the sole and exclusive forum. Any person or entity purchasing or otherwise acquiring any interest in anywhose shares of our capital stock shall be deemed to have notice ofCommon Stock are held in street name by banks, brokers and to have consented to the forum provisions in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation. If any action the subject matter of which is within the scope the forum provisions is filed in a court other than a court located within the State of Delaware (a “foreign action”) in the name of any stockholder, such stockholder shall be deemed to have consented to: (x) the personal jurisdiction of the state and federal courts located within the State of Delaware in connection with any action brought in any such court to enforce the forum provisions (an “enforcement action”); and (y) having service of process made upon such stockholder in any such enforcement action by service upon such stockholder’s counsel in the foreign action as agent for such stockholder.nominees.

Dividends

This choice-of-forum provision may limit a stockholder’s ability to bring a claim in a judicial forum that it finds favorable for disputes with our company or its directors, officers or other employees, which may discourage such lawsuits.


Alternatively, if a court were to find this provision of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation inapplicable or unenforceable with respect to one or more of the specified types of actions or proceedings, we may incur additional costs associated with resolving such matters in other jurisdictions, which could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations and result in a diversion of the time and resources of our management and board of directors.

If we effect our initial business combination with a company with operations or opportunities outside of the United States, we would be subject to a variety of additional risks that may negatively impact our operations.

If we effect our initial business combination with a company with operations or opportunities outside of the United States, we would be subject to any special considerations or risks associated with companies operating in an international setting, including any of the following:

·higher costs and difficulties inherent in managing cross-border business operations and complying with different commercial and legal requirements of overseas markets;

·rules and regulations regarding currency redemption;

·complex corporate withholding taxes on individuals;

·laws governing the manner in which future business combinations may be effected;

·tariffs and trade barriers;

·regulations related to customs and import/export matters;

·longer payment cycles and challenges in collecting accounts receivable;

·tax issues, such as tax law changes and variations in tax laws as compared to the United States;

·currency fluctuations and exchange controls;

·rates of inflation;

·cultural and language differences;

·employment regulations;

·crime, strikes, riots, civil disturbances, terrorist attacks, natural disasters and wars;

·deterioration of political relations with the United States; and

·government appropriations of assets.

We may not be able to adequately address these additional risks. If we were unable to do so, our operations might suffer, which may adversely impact our results of operations and financial condition.

Cyber incidents or attacks directed at us could result in information theft, data corruption, operational disruption and/or financial loss.

We depend on digital technologies, including information systems, infrastructure and cloud applications and services, including those of third parties with which we may deal. Sophisticated and deliberate attacks on, or security breaches in, our systems or infrastructure, or the systems or infrastructure of third parties or the cloud, could lead to corruption or misappropriation of our assets, proprietary information and sensitive or confidential data. As an early stage company without significant investments in data security protection, we may not be sufficiently protected against such occurrences. We may not have sufficient resources to adequately protect against, or to investigate and remediate any vulnerability to, cyber incidents. It is possible that any of these occurrences, or a combination of them, could have adverse consequences on our business and lead to financial loss.


Since only holders of our founder shares will have the right to vote on the election of directors, the NYSE may consider us to be a “controlled company” within the meaning of the NYSE rules and, as a result, we may qualify for exemptions from certain corporate governance requirements.

Until we complete our initial business combination, only holders of our founder shares will have the right to vote on the election of directors. As a result, the NYSE may consider us to be a “controlled company” within the meaning of the NYSE corporate governance standards. Under the NYSE corporate governance standards, a company of which more than 50% of the voting power is held by an individual, group or another company is a “controlled company” and may elect not to comply with certain corporate governance requirements, including the requirements that:

·we have a board that includes a majority of “independent directors,” as defined under the rules of the NYSE;

·we have a compensation committee of our board that is comprised entirely of independent directors with a written charter addressing the committee’s purpose and responsibilities; and

·we have a nominating and corporate governance committee of our board that is comprised entirely of independent directors with a written charter addressing the committee’s purpose and responsibilities.

We do not intend to utilize these exemptions and intend to comply with the corporate governance requirements of the NYSE, subject to applicable phase-in rules. However, if we determine in the future to utilize somedeclare or all of these exemptions, you will not have the same protections afforded to stockholders of companies that are subject to all of the NYSE corporate governance requirements.

Item 1B.Unresolved Staff Comments

None.

Item 2.Properties

Our executive offices are located at 1545 Courtney Ave, Los Angeles, California 90046, and our telephone number is (646) 432-0610. Our executive offices are provided to us by an affiliate of our sponsor. Commencing on September 3, 2020, we have agreed to pay an affiliate of our sponsor a total of $10,000 per month for office space, utilities and secretarial and administrative support. We consider our current office space adequate for our current operations.

Item 3.Legal Proceedings

To the knowledge of our management, there is no litigation currently pending or contemplated against us, any of our officers or directors in their capacity as such or against any of our property.

Item 4.Mine Safety Disclosures

Not applicable.


PART II

Item 5.Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

(a)           Market Information

Our units, shares of Class A common stock and warrants are each traded on the NYSE under the symbol “TWND.U”, “TWND” and “TWND WS” respectively. Our units commenced public trading on September 4, 2020. Our shares of Class A common stock and warrants began separate trading on October 23, 2020.

(b)           Holders

On December 31, 2020, there was one holder of record for our units, one holder of record for our shares of Class A common stock, one holder of our shares of Class B common stock and two holders of our warrants.

(c)           Dividends

We have not paid any cash dividends on our common stock to date and do not intend to pay cash dividends prior to the completion of an initial business combination. The payment of cash dividends in the future will be dependent upon our revenues and earnings, if any, capital requirements and general financial conditions subsequent to completion of an initial business combination. The payment of any cash dividends subsequent to an initial business combination will be within the discretion of our board of directors at such time. In addition, our board of directors is not currently contemplating and does not anticipate declaring any stock dividends in the foreseeable future. Further, if we incur any indebtedness, our ability to declare dividends may be limited by restrictive covenants we may agree to in connection therewith.

(d)           Securities Authorized for Issuance Under Equity Compensation Plans

Prior to the closing of the Business Combination, the Company did not have any securities authorized for issuance under equity incentive compensation plans. At the Special Meeting, our stockholders approved the Equity Incentive Plan and ESPP, which were adopted in connection with the closing of the Business Combination. The Nuburu, Inc. 2015 Equity Incentive Plan (the “2015 Plan”) of Legacy Nuburu was terminated as of immediately prior to the closing of the Business Combination; however, the 2015 Plan continues to govern the terms and conditions of the outstanding awards previously granted thereunder.

None.

(e)           Performance Graph

Not applicable.

(f)            Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities; Use of Proceeds from Registered Offerings

In June 2020, Tailwind Sponsor LLC, our sponsor, purchased 8,625,0002023 Issuance. On June 16, 2023, the Company entered into a Note and Warrant Purchase Agreement (as amended, the “June 2023 Purchase Agreement”) with certain investors (each, an “Investor”), including existing investors, for the sale of (i) convertible promissory notes (“Senior Convertible Notes”) in the aggregate principal amount of $1.3 million, and (ii) warrants to purchase up to 1,889,535 shares of our Class B commonthe Company’s Common Stock, par value $0.0001 per share (the sale of the Senior Convertible Notes and the warrants together, the “Private Placement”).

The Senior Convertible Notes are senior, unsecured obligations of the Company and bear interest at the rate of seven percent per year and are payable on the earlier of June 23, 2026 or the occurrence of an Event of Default, as defined in the Senior Convertible Notes. The Senior Convertible Notes may be converted at any time following June 23, 2023 prior to the payment in full of the principal amount of the Senior Convertible Notes at the Investor’s option. In the event of the Sale of the Company (as defined in the Senior Convertible Notes), the outstanding principal amount of each Convertible Note, plus all accrued and unpaid interest not otherwise converted into equity securities pursuant to the terms of the Senior Convertible Notes, shall (i) if the Investor so elects, be converted into equity securities pursuant to the terms of the Senior Convertible Notes (the “Conversion Shares”) at a price equal to $0.688 (subject to appropriate adjustment from time to time for any stock dividend, stock split, combination of shares, reorganization, recapitalization, reclassification or other similar event) (the “Conversion Price”), or (ii) be due and payable immediately prior to the closing of such Sale of the Company, together with a premium equal to 150% of the principal amount to be prepaid. Subsequent to the effectiveness of a registration statement registering the Registrable Securities (as defined below), the Company may elect to pay interest in kind through the issuance of shares of Common Stock at the Conversion Price, in lieu of payments in cash (the “Interest Shares”).

The warrants issued by the Company to the Investors pursuant to the June 2023 Purchase Agreement entitle the relevant Investor to purchase that number of fully paid and nonassessable shares of Common Stock determined by dividing the principal amount of each Convertible Note by the Conversion Price. The warrants have an exercise price equal to $1.03, which represents a 50% premium over the Conversion Price, and expire on June 23, 2028.

On June 16, 2023, the Company and the Investors also entered into a Registration Rights and Lock-Up Agreement (as amended, the “Registration Rights Agreement”), pursuant to which the Company agreed, following February 6, 2024 (the “Filing Deadline”), to use its commercially reasonable efforts to file a registration statement with the Securities and Exchange Commission for an aggregate offering pricethe resale of $25,000,the Conversion Shares, the Warrant Shares and the Interest Shares (the “Registrable Securities”). Following the Filing Deadline, the Investors also are entitled to demand registration rights. Pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement, the Investors agree that except for limited exceptions as provided therein, no notes, warrants, Conversion Shares, warrant shares or approximately $0.003 per share. SuchInterest Shares may be transferred until the earliest of the date that is one year from the anniversary of the date of the Registration Rights Agreement or the date on which the Company completes a liquidation, merger, stock exchange or other similar transaction wherein all the Company’s stockholders have the right to exchange their shares of Common Stock for cash, securities, were issuedor other property.

46


Table of Contents

The June 2023 Purchase Agreement contains customary representations, warranties and covenants in connection with our organizationthe transaction. The representations, warranties and covenants in the June 2023 Purchase Agreement are not intended to provide any other factual information about the Company. The representations, warranties and covenants contained in the Purchase Agreement were made only for purposes of such agreement and as of the date thereof, were solely for the benefit of the parties to such agreement, and may be subject to limitations agreed upon by the contracting parties.

The foregoing is only a brief description of the material terms of the Purchase Agreement, the Senior Convertible Notes, the warrants and the Registration Rights Agreement, does not purport to be a complete description of the rights and obligations of the parties thereunder.

The issuance of securities was exempt from registration requirements pursuant to the exemption from registration contained in Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act.Act of 1933, as amended (“Securities Act”), as the securities were offered and sold solely to accredited investors in a private placement that did not involve any form of general solicitation.

Our sponsor is an accredited investor for purposes of Rule 501 of Regulation D underNovember 2023 Issuance. On November 13, 2023, the Securities Act.

SimultaneouslyCompany entered into a Note and Warrant Purchase Agreement ("the November 2023 Purchase Agreement") with the lenders identified therein (the "Lenders") providing for a loan with an aggregate principal amount of $5.5 million (the “Loan”). The Loan includes zero-interest promissory notes issued with a 10% original issue discount, which will mature on the earlier of: (i) the Company closing a credit facility in principal amount of at least $20 million, (ii) a Sale Event (as defined in the November 2023 Purchase Agreement), or (iii) twelve months after issuance (the “Notes”).

The Notes contain customary events of default and are secured by the Company’s patent portfolio pursuant to a security agreement among the parties (the “Security Agreement”). Following acceptance by the NYSE of the initial public offering,Company’s supplemental listing application, the Sponsor purchasedCompany will also issue to the holders of Notes warrants exercisable for an amount of the Company’s common stock, par value $0.0001 per share (“Common Stock”), equal to 100% of the Note principal, which will be exercisable for $0.25 per share of Common Stock, have a 5-year term, and may be repurchased by the Company when the trading price of its Common Stock exceeds $1.50 for 20 out of any 30 consecutive trading days. If the Notes have not been repaid within six or nine months after issuance, the Notes will begin to bear interest (at the SOFR rate plus 9% and at the SOFR rate plus 12%, respectively) and an additional 25% warrant coverage will be provided at each such date, with a per share exercise price equal to 120% of the trading price of the Common Stock at the time of issuance and a redemption right in favor of the Company when the trading price of the Common Stock is greater than 200% of the applicable exercise price for 20 out of any 30 consecutive trading days. Shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of the warrants will be limited to an aggregate of 9,700,000 private placement warrants, at19.9% of the Company’s outstanding Common Stock until such time as the transaction is approved by the Company’s stockholders.

Pursuant to a priceregistration rights agreement among the Company and the Lenders, the Company has registered the Common Stock underlying the warrants. The parties to the November Purchase Agreement also entered into an intercreditor and subordination agreement with the holders of $1.00 per private placement warrant, or $9,700,000 in the aggregate. Each private placement warrant is exercisable to purchase one share of common stock at an exercise price of $11.50 per share, subject to adjustment. These issuances were madeCompany’s Senior Convertible Notes, which notes will now be secured pursuant to the exemptionSecurity Agreement and rank senior in priority to the Notes. The issuance of securities was exempt from registration contained inrequirements pursuant to Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act.Act, as the securities were offered and sold solely to accredited investors in a private placement that did not involve any form of general solicitation.

April 2024 Issuance. On April 3, 2024, the Company entered into a Securities Purchase Agreement (the “SPA”) with certain accredited investors named therein (the “Investors”) pursuant to which the Investors agreed to purchase from the Company $3,000,000 of newly issued shares (the “Shares”) of the Company’s Common Stock, at a per Share purchase price of $0.125 per Share. Pursuant to the SPA, the Company will issue to the Investors warrants exercisable for an amount of Common Stock equal to 100% of the Shares, which will be exercisable for $0.1625 per share of Common Stock and have a 5-year term. The Investors will also have the right to nominate two out of seven directors for election to the Company’s board of directors.

No underwriting discounts or commissions were paid with respectPursuant to such sales.a registration rights agreement among the Company and the Investors, the Company is required to promptly register the Shares and the Common Stock underlying the warrants.

(g)           Purchases of Equity Securities by the Issuer and Affiliated Purchasers

None.

None.


Item 6.Selected Financial Data

ITEM 6. [RESERVED]

Not applicable.

47


Table of Contents

ITEM 7. MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

Item 7.Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

Unless otherwise indicated, references in this section to "Nuburu," "we," "us," "our," and "the Company" refer to Nuburu, Inc. and its consolidated subsidiary, Nuburu, Subsidiary, Inc.

The following discussion and analysis of the Company’s financial condition and results of operations should be read in conjunction with our audited financial statements and the notes related thereto which are included in “ItemItem 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data”Data of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. Certain information contained in the discussion and analysis set forth below includes forward-looking statements. Our actual results may differ materially from those anticipated in these forward-looking statements as a result of many factors, including those set forth under “CautionarySpecial Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements,“ItemItem 1A. Risk Factors”Factors and elsewhere in this Report.Annual Report on Form 10-K.

A comparison of the results for the years ended December 31, 2023 and 2022 is provided below. Our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2022 includes discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations for the years ended December 31, 2022 and 2021 in Part II, Item 7. "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations."

Company Overview

We arewere originally incorporated in Delaware on July 21, 2020 under the name “Tailwind Acquisition Corp.” as a blank checkspecial purpose acquisition company, formed under the laws of the State of Delaware on May 29, 2020 for the purpose of effecting a merger, capital stock exchange, asset acquisition, stock purchase, reorganization or other similar Business Combinationan initial business combination with one or more target businesses. On September 9, 2020 (the “IPO Closing Date”), we consummated our IPO. On January 31, 2023, we consummated a business combination with Nuburu Subsidiary, Inc. f/k/a Nuburu, Inc. (“Legacy Nuburu”), a privately held operating company which merged into our subsidiary Compass Merger Sub, Inc. (the “Business Combination”) and changed our name to “Nuburu, Inc.,” and we became the owner, directly or indirectly, of all of the equity interests of Nuburu Subsidiary, Inc. and its subsidiaries.

Legacy Nuburu was determined to be the accounting acquirer and as such the financial statements represent a continuation of the financial statements of Legacy Nuburu. Refer to Note 3 in the consolidated financial statements included in “Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data” of this Annual Report on Form 10-K for more information.

Nuburu is a leading innovator in high-power, high-brightness blue laser technology that is focused on bringing breakthrough improvements to multiple markets, including e-mobility, healthcare, and consumer electronics via a broad range of high value applications that include welding and 3D printing. By delivering increased speed and quality, we hope to enhance productivity and cost efficiency for manufacturers in the e-mobility, consumer electronics, aerospace and defense, and 3D printing markets as well as to find additional applications currently not yet serviced by existing laser technologies.

We have invented, patented, and developed what we believe to be the next pivotal point for manufacturing technology, with the potential to revolutionize the manufacturing industry by changing how products are made. Our technology is also aligned with the need to reduce carbon generation in manufacturing. The Nuburu laser system outperforms currently available alternatives by more efficiently coupling heat into the material being processed, thereby helping to promote a more sustainable future by using less energy and, in turn, generating less carbon in the manufacturing process.

A fundamental physical characteristic is that metals absorb blue laser light better than infrared laser light. In the case of materials such as gold, copper, silver and aluminum, the advantage of blue laser light is substantial. The better absorption results in substantial improvements in the quality of the part produced, the yield of parts during production and the speed at which the part can be produced. We believe that these advantages enable efficiencies in the overall productivity of the manufacturing line and can extend the life of the products produced. We also believe that these characteristics will be advantageous to our customers, whether in upgrading existing manufacturing processes or enabling entirely new approaches to manufacturing through the use of Nuburu’s laser systems in either industrial welding or 3D printing technology applications.

Nuburu is currently shipping blue laser systems for welding applications such as batteries, large screen displays, and cell phone components. Nuburu has approximately 220 granted and pending patents and patent applications globally, which include: blue laser applications such as welding, blue laser technologies, single mode blue laser technology, blue Raman laser technologies, addressable array technologies, and 3D printing using blue lasers. Notably, Nuburu has been awarded patent protection for the use of high-power blue lasers.

Given the size, complexity, and value of our blue laser technology, our sales to date have come from long-term discussions between our management team and our current customers. Based on our experiences so far, we expect the approximate adoption timelines of our customers from first contact to first purchase order to range up to 22-24 months. Going forward, we intend to effectuateexpand our marketing efforts and as we pursue a more widespread adoption of our blue laser technology.

We have developed and trained and expect to continue to develop and train third-party distributors that provide sales and customer support functions in their specific territory, including business development and sales, application and service support, and local marketing. Our distributors are, and are expected to be, an integral part of our sales and marketing strategy. The Americas region is managed from our headquarters, but we have distributor partners located in key countries worldwide to help target current and prospective customers in Asia (particularly in China, Japan, Singapore, South Korea, India, and Taiwan) and in Europe.

We generated total revenue of $2,085,532 and $1,440,428 and had net losses of $20,706,384 and $14,129,101 during the years ended December 31, 2023 and 2022, respectively.

We expect to incur significant expenses and operating losses for the foreseeable future, as we:

continue our research and development efforts;

48


Table of Contents

devote substantial resources to commercializing new products; and
operate as a public company.

Accordingly, we may seek to fund our operations through public or private equity financings, debt financings, or other sources. However, we may be unable to raise additional funds or enter into such other arrangements when needed on favorable terms or at all. Our failure to raise capital or enter into such other arrangements as and when needed would have a negative impact on our financial condition.

The Business Combination using cash

On January 31, 2023, we consummated the Business Combination. We received net proceeds from the proceeds of the Initial Public Offering and the sale of the private placement warrants, our capital stock, debt or a combination of cash, stock and debt.

Recent Developments

On March 1, 2021, we entered into the Business Combination Agreement with Merger Sub, QOMPLXtotaling $3,243,079, prior to deducting transaction and issuance costs. The cash resulting from the Business Combination is expected to be used toward our corporate growth strategy related to the commercialization of our blue laser systems and the QOMPLX Stockholder Representative.scaling of our manufacturing operations to meet customer demand. The cash raised from the Business Combination is also expected to be used to fund investments in personnel and research and development, as well as provide liquidity for the funding of our ongoing operating expenses.

QOMPLX is a cloud-native leader in risk analytics that provides technology solutions in the cybersecurity, risk transfer, and finance spaces. QOMPLX’s customers rapidly ingest, transform, and contextualize large, complex, and disparate data sources using our platform and solutions in order to better quantify, model, and predict risks and make critical operational decisions. QOMPLX’s technology platform delivers valuable operational services that are enhanced by QOMPLX’s domain expertise to help organizations develop more informed risk strategies and make quality decisions in demanding areas, such as cybersecurity, insurance, finance and government.

The Business Combination Agreementis accounted for as a reverse recapitalization for financial statement reporting purposes with Legacy Nuburu deemed to be the acquirer and Tailwind deemed to be the transactions contemplated thereby were approved byacquiree. Under this method of accounting, Tailwind will be treated as the boardsacquired company for financial statement reporting purposes.

Being an SEC-registered and publicly traded company has required us to hire additional personnel and to implement procedures and processes to address public company regulatory requirements and customary practices. Compared to the operations of directors of each of Tailwind, Merger SubLegacy Nuburu, we have incurred and QOMPLX.

The Business Combination Agreement providesexpect to incur additional annual expenses as a public company for, among other things, directors’ and officers’ liability insurance, director fees, and additional internal and external accounting, legal, and administrative resources, including increased personnel costs, audit, and other professional service fees.

Recent Developments

On February 22, 2024, we held a Special Meeting of Stockholders where stockholders of record as of January 22, 2024 approved proposals to authorize the following transactions:Company to: (i) QOMPLX will change its nameeffect a reverse stock split of the Company's issued and outstanding Common Stock within a range from 1-for 30 to “QOMPLX Operations, Inc.”;1-for-75, with the exact ratio of the reverse stock split to be determined by the Company's board of directors, and (ii) our certificateissue up to $50.0 million of incorporation and bylawssecurities in one or more non-public offerings, where the maximum discount at which securities may be offered may be equivalent to a discount of up to 30% below the market price of the Company's Common Stock. As of the date of this report, we have not effected the reverse stock split, but intend to effect the split in the near future.

On April 3, 2024, we entered into a Securities Purchase Agreement (the “SPA”) with certain accredited investors named therein (the “Investors”) pursuant to which the Investors agreed to purchase from the Company $3,000,000 of newly issued shares (the “Shares”) of the Company’s Common Stock, at a per Share purchase price of $0.125 per Share. This equates to 24,000,000 shares to be issued to the investors.

Pursuant to the SPA, the Company issued to the Investors warrants exercisable for an amount of Common Stock equal to 100% of the Shares, which will be amendedexercisable for $0.1625 per share of Common Stock and restated; and (iii) Merger Subhave a 5-year term. The Investors will merge with and into QOMPLX, with QOMPLX asalso have the surviving company inright to nominate two out of seven directors for election to the Merger, and after giving effect to such Merger, continuing as our wholly owned subsidiary. Company’s board of directors.

In addition, in the first quarter of 2024, management initiated measures designed to improve operational efficiency and reduce costs during fiscal year 2024, which included implementing temporary furloughs of employees. Management is reallocating resources and reducing operating and general administrative expenses to more properly align the Company’s costs to anticipated near-term revenue, given the time required to qualify products with certain customers and establish long-term financing to support operations.

Key Factors Affecting Our Performance

Commercial Launch of Products

In 2022 and early 2023, we began the production and shipment of our AO-650 laser. We announced the commercial launch of the first laser in the NUBURU BLTM series, the BL-250, in January 2023. We announced the commercial launch of the BL-1Kw in June 2023. We have shifted our future focus to manufacturing and shipping the BLTM series.

Adoption of our Blue Laser Technology

We believe that Nuburu blue laser technology offers a superior solution to improving a variety of aspects of welding and 3D printing, particularly in the manufacturing of batteries, consumer electronics, electric vehicles, renewable energy products, and displays. However, our financial results will depend on the degree to which potential and current customers recognize the benefits of our blue laser technology and invest in our products. The selection process for our products is lengthy, typically up to 22-24 months, and may require us to incur costs in pursuing opportunities with no assurance that our products will be selected.

Capital Equipment

Our business is expected to depend substantially on capital expenditures by end users, particularly by manufacturers using our products for materials processing, which includes general manufacturing, automotive (particularly electric vehicles), other transportation, aerospace, heavy industry, consumer, semiconductor, and electronics. Although applications within materials processing are broad, the capital equipment market in general is cyclical and historically has experienced sudden and severe downturns. For the foreseeable future, our operations will continue

49


Table of Contents

to depend upon capital expenditures by end users of materials processing equipment and will be subject to the broader fluctuations of capital equipment spending.

Recent inflationary pressures are resulting in global central banks adopting less accommodating monetary policies and increasing interest rates. Higher interest rates could impact global growth and could lead to a recession that may reduce the investment in capital equipment. In addition, higher interest rates would increase the cost of equipment financed with leases or debt.

Establishing Manufacturing Capacity

Nuburu’s lasers are designed to be compatible with automated manufacturing methods. Nuburu continually improves the design of its lasers as well as the automation equipment required to manufacture these systems. We expect to work to reduce waste and limit costs while developing robust manufacturing processes with the aim of enhancing our competitive advantage in the marketplace. To do this, we are incorporating the Six Sigma Lean methodologies as well as ISO quality standards to ensure we meet customer expectations. With Six Sigma, we expect to further improve the quality of our products and decrease the variations that cause rework or defects. By incorporating the 5S pillars of the Six Sigma process into our day-to-day work life, we expect to develop a streamlined productive work environment ensuring organized and improved cycle times, with the aim of reducing the cost of goods sold. Through these tools we aim to create an environment that demands quality and performance, while reducing downtime and defects that are generated from undefined processes and underutilized talent.

We anticipate that as we ramp up our manufacturing, we will require additional engineers and production personnel to build out and then operate our manufacturing capabilities.

Research and Development Expenses

We plan to continue to invest in research and development to improve our existing components and products and develop new components, products, systems, and applications technology. We believe that these investments will sustain our position as a leader in the blue laser industry and will support the development of new products that can address new markets and growth opportunities. The amount of research and development expense we incur may vary from period to period.

Inflationary Pressure

The U.S. economy has experienced increased inflation recently, including as a result of expansive monetary policy. Our cost to manufacture our systems is heavily influenced by the cost of the key components and materials used in each system, cost of labor, as well as cost of equipment.

Components of Statements of Operations

Revenue

Revenue consists of revenue recognized from sales and installation services of high-powered lasers. We have customers in the United States, Europe, and Asia. In all sales arrangements, revenue is recognized when control of the promised goods or services is transferred to customers, in an amount that reflects the consideration the Company expects to be entitled to receive in exchange for those goods or services.

Cost of Revenue

Cost of revenue primarily consists of the cost of materials, overhead and employee compensation associated with the manufacturing of our high-powered lasers. Product cost also includes lower of cost or net realizable value inventory (“LCNRV”) adjustments if the carrying value of the inventory is greater than its net realizable value as well as adjustments for excess or obsolete inventory.

Operating Expenses

Research and Development

Research and development expenses consist primarily of compensation and related costs for personnel, including stock-based compensation, employee benefits, training, travel, third-party consulting services, laboratory supplies, and research and development equipment depreciation incurred to further our commercialization development efforts. We expense research and development costs as incurred. We anticipate research and development expenses to increase significantly as we expand our product portfolio.

Selling and Marketing

Selling and marketing expenses consist primarily of compensation and related costs for our direct sales force, sales management, and marketing and include stock-based compensation, employee benefits, and travel for selling and marketing employees as well as costs related to trade shows, marketing programs. third-party consulting expenses, and application lab depreciation expenses. We expense selling and marketing costs as incurred. We expect selling and marketing expenses to increase in future periods as we expand our sales force, marketing, and customer support organizations and increase our participation in trade shows and marketing programs.

General and Administrative

Our general and administrative expenses consist primarily of compensation and related costs for our finance, human resources, and other administrative personnel, and include stock-based compensation, employee benefits, and travel expenses. In addition, general and administrative expenses include our third-party consulting and advisory services, legal, audit, accounting services, and facilities costs. We expect our general and administrative expenses to increase for the foreseeable future as we scale headcount with the growth of our business, and as a result of operating as a public company, including compliance with the rules and regulations of the SEC, legal, audit, additional insurance expenses, investor relations activities, and other administrative and professional services.

50


Table of Contents

Interest Income

Interest income consists primarily of interest income received on our cash and cash equivalents.

Interest Expense

Interest expense consists primarily of interest owed on our outstanding debt, as further described in Note 8 in the consolidated financial statements included in “Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data” of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Other Income (Expense), Net

Other income (expense), net consists primarily of changes in the fair value of the Public Warrants and the Junior Note Warrants (as defined in Note 10 in the consolidated financial statements included in “Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data” of this Annual Report on Form 10-K). The outstanding Public Warrants and Junior Note Warrants are re-measured to fair value at each balance sheet date with the corresponding gain or loss from the adjustment recorded as a component of other income (expense), net.

Results of Operations

The following table sets forth our operations for the periods presented:

Year Ended
December 31,

 

 

 

 

2023

 

 

2022

 

 

$ Change

 

Revenue

 

$

2,085,532

 

 

$

1,440,428

 

$

645,104

 

Cost of revenue

 

 

5,695,433

 

 

 

4,859,599

 

 

 

835,834

 

Gross margin

 

(3,609,901

)

 

 

(3,419,171

)

 

(190,730

)

Operating expenses:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Research and development

 

5,462,680

 

 

 

4,546,057

 

 

916,623

 

Selling and marketing

 

 

1,539,690

 

 

 

708,144

 

 

 

831,546

 

General and administrative

 

11,223,449

 

 

 

5,324,417

 

 

5,899,032

 

Total operating expenses

 

18,225,819

 

 

 

10,578,618

 

 

7,647,201

 

Loss from operations

 

 

(21,835,720

)

 

 

(13,997,789

)

 

 

(7,837,931

)

Interest income

 

 

117,372

 

 

 

43,976

 

 

 

73,396

 

Interest expense

 

 

(754,549

)

 

 

(175,288

)

 

 

(579,261

)

Other income, net

 

1,766,513

 

 

 

 

 

1,766,513

 

Loss before provision for income taxes

 

$

(20,706,384

)

 

$

(14,129,101

)

 

$

(6,577,283

)

Provision for income taxes

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net loss and comprehensive loss

$

(20,706,384

)

 

$

(14,129,101

)

$

(6,577,283

)

Revenue. Revenue increased $645,104 during the year ended December 31, 2023 compared to the same period in 2022. This increase is primarily due to an approximate $346,000 increase in revenue from additional shipments of BLTM-250 lasers and increase in the overall price per laser system sold in 2023 compared to 2022, as well as $296,000 additional revenue from government contracts period over period.

Cost of Revenue. Cost of revenue increased $835,834 during the year ended December 31, 2023 compared to the same period in 2022. This increase is primarily due to one-time charges to increase our AO-650 inventory reserve by approximately $900,000 during 2023 as a result of the Company's transition from producing the NUBURU AO series to producing the BLTM series.

Research and Development. Research and development expenses increased $916,623 during the year ended December 31, 2023 compared to the same period in 2022. This increase is primarily due to approximately $1,600,000 of additional general research and development personnel expenses in 2023 compared to 2022, partially offset by approximately $712,000 of lower spend on the BLTM series as it transitioned to production in 2023.

Selling and Marketing. Selling and marketing expenses increased $831,546 during the year ended December 31, 2023 compared to the same period in 2022. This increase is primarily due to the increase in personnel expenses, including nearly a full year of expenses related to our new Chief Marketing and Sales Officer, who was hired in March 2023, while our former Chief Marketing and Sales Officer had previously departed the Company on March 31, 2022.

General and Administrative. General and administrative expenses increased $5,899,032 during the year ended December 31, 2023 compared to the same period in 2022. This increase is primarily driven by increased professional fees associated with legal, compliance and accounting matters, specifically the costs associated with transitioning to being a public company.

Interest Income. Interest income increased $73,396 during the year ended December 31, 2023 compared to the same period in 2022 due to higher interest rates earned on our cash balances.

Interest Expense. Interest expense increased $579,261 during the year ended December 31, 2023 compared to the same period in 2022 primarily due to higher debt balances between periods. Interest expense in 2023 comprised of interest accrued on the Senior Convertible Notes and the debt discount and issuance cost amortization for the Junior Notes. Interest expense in 2022 comprised of interest accrued on the Legacy

51


Table of Contents

Nuburu Convertible Notes. Refer to Note 8 in the consolidated financial statements included in “Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data” of this Annual Report on Form 10-K for more information on the Company's notes payable.

Other income, net. Other income, net increased $1,766,513 during the year ended December 31, 2023 compared to the same period in 2022 due to the decrease in the fair value of the Public Warrants as of December 31, 2023, as well as the decrease in fair value of the Junior Note Warrants as of December 31, 2023. Refer to Note 10 in the consolidated financial statements included in “Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data” of this Annual Report on Form 10-K for more information on these warrants.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

Overview

Liquidity describes the ability of a company to generate sufficient cash flows to meet the cash requirements of its business operations, including working capital needs, debt service, acquisitions, contractual obligations, and other commitments. As of the date of this Annual Report on Form 10-K, we have yet to generate meaningful revenue from our business operations and have funded capital expenditure and working capital requirements through debt and equity financing.

As of December 31, 2023, we had cash and cash equivalents of $2,148,700 as compared to $2,880,254 as of December 31, 2022. Our cash flows from operations are not sufficient to fund our current operating model and expansion plans. On the second anniversary of the Closing Date, the Company must also, under certain circumstances, redeem the maximum portion of the Preferred Stock as permitted by law in cash at an amount equal to the Original Issuance Price as of such date. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company shall not be required to redeem any shares of Preferred Stock to the extent the Company does not have legally available funds to effect such redemption.

In connection with the transactions contemplated by the Business Combination, Agreement, we are expectedreceived cash of $3,243,079, prior to changededucting transaction and issuance costs, which exceeded this amount.

From inception through December 31, 2023, we have incurred operating losses and negative cash flows from operating activities. For the years ended December 31, 2023 and 2022, we have incurred net losses of $20,706,384 and $14,129,101, respectively, and we have an accumulated deficit of $81,898,692 as of December 31, 2023. We expect to continue to expand our nameoperations, including by investing in manufacturing, sales and marketing, research and development, and infrastructure to “QOMPLX, Inc.”support its growth. The Company anticipates that it will incur net losses for the foreseeable future and, QOMPLXeven if it increases its revenue, there is expected to consummate eachno guarantee that it will ever become profitable. All of the acquisitions of Sentaraforementioned factors raise substantial doubt about our ability to continue as a going concern.

Until we can generate sufficient revenue to cover our operating expenses, working capital, and substantially all assets of Tyche.

Immediately prior to the effective time of the Business Combination, in accordance with the terms and subject to the conditions of the Business Combination Agreement, outstanding shares of QOMPLX (other than treasury shares and shares with respect to which appraisal rights under the Delaware General Corporation Law are properly exercised and not withdrawn)capital expenditures, we will be exchanged for shares of New QOMPLX Common Stock and outstanding QOMPLX vested options to purchase shares of QOMPLX will be exchanged for comparable options to purchase New QOMPLX Common Stock, in each case, basedrely on an implied QOMPLX equity value of $850,000,000. This implied equity value of $850,000,000 is increased by the aggregate exercise price of vested options used to purchase shares of QOMPLX and is reduced by the accrued and unpaid interest under the Notes issued pursuant to the Bridge Financing Agreement. Unvested and unexercised QOMPLX options will also be exchanged for comparable options to purchase New QOMPLX Common Stock based on the same exchange ratio that is used for the exchange of the vested options to purchase shares of QOMPLX.


Concurrently with the execution of the Business Combination Agreement, we entered into (i) the Subscription Agreements with certain investors, including, among others, Cannae and additional third party investors and (ii) the Bridge Financing Agreement with QOMPLX, Cannae and certain other stockholders of QOMPLX. Pursuant to the Subscription Agreements, (A) each investor agreed to subscribe for and purchase, and we agreed to issue and sell to such investors, on the closing date of the Business Combination substantially concurrently withfunds raised from the closing of the Business Combination, an aggregateCombination; from the $5,500,000 Junior Notes issued in November 2023, from the $9,225,000 of 16,000,000 sharesSenior Convertible Notes issued in June 2023; from the $11,400,000 of New QOMPLXCompany Notes issued prior to the Closing; the $3,000,000 raised from the SPA executed in April 2024, and from the Lincoln Park Purchase Agreement pursuant to which Lincoln Park has agreed to purchase from the Company, at the sole discretion of the Company, up to $100,000,000 of Common Stock from time to time over a 48-month period, subject to a stock price floor of $1.00 per share. Refer to the consolidated financial statements in Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K for more information on the Company's various sources of financing.

We would also obtain additional funds if the holders of our Public Warrants and private warrants issued in 2023 (refer to Note 10 in the consolidated financial statements included in “Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data” of this Annual Report on Form 10-K for more information) were to exercise their warrants. However, the exercise price for our Public Warrants is $11.50 per share of Common Stock, $1.03 per share of Common Stock for a purchase price of $10.00our Senior Note Warrants, and $0.25 per share for aggregate gross proceeds of $160,000,000 and (B) we agreed to issue an additional 835,539 shares of New QOMPLX Common Stock to Cannae in exchange for its agreement to act as the lead investor in the PIPE Financing with a $50,000,000 commitment. Pursuant to the Bridge Financing Agreement, QOMPLX has agreed to issue the Notes to the investors party thereto in an aggregate principal amount of $20,000,000 and we have agreed to, subject to, and conditioned upon the occurrence of, and effective as of immediately prior to, the closing of the Business Combination, assume the Notes and satisfy and discharge the principal amount and accrued and unpaid interest under each Note as of such time by way of issuance of one share of New QOMPLX Common Stock for every $10.00our Junior Note Warrants, respectively, all of principal amountwhich exceed $0.16, the closing price of our Common Stock on the NYSE American on April 9, 2024. The likelihood that warrant holders will exercise the warrants and accrued and unpaid interest payable on a Note asany cash proceeds that we would receive is dependent upon the market price of such time.

Consummation ofour Common Stock. If the transactions contemplated by the Business Combination Agreement are subject to customary conditions of the respective parties, including receipt of approval from stockholders of each of Tailwind and QOMPLX for consummation of the transactions and certain other actions related thereto by our stockholders.

Results of Operations

We have neither engaged in any operations nor generated any revenues to date. Our only activities from May 29, 2020 (inception) through December 31, 2020 were organizational activities, those necessary to preparemarket price for our initial public offering described belowCommon Stock is less than the exercise price per share, we believe warrant holders will be unlikely to exercise their warrants.

The further development of our products, commencement of commercial operations and subsequent to our initial public offering, identifying a target company for a business combination, including the Business Combination. We do not expect to generate any operating revenues until after the completionexpansion of our business combination. Wewill require a significant amount of cash for expenditures. Our ability to successfully manage this growth will depend on many factors, including our working capital needs, the availability of equity or debt financing and, over time, our ability to generate non-operating incomecash flows from operations.

Given the Company’s current liquidity position, the Company will need to raise additional capital. If we raise additional funds by issuing equity securities, including pursuant to the Lincoln Park Purchase Agreement, this would result in dilution to our stockholders. If we raise additional funds by issuing any additional preferred stock, such securities may also provide for rights, preferences, or privileges senior to those of holders of Common Stock. If we raise additional funds by issuing debt securities, such debt securities would have rights, preferences and privileges senior to those of holders of Common Stock. The terms of debt securities or borrowings could impose significant restrictions on our operations. The credit market and financial services industry have in the formpast, and may in the future, experience periods of interest income on marketable securities held afteruncertainty that could impact the initial public offering.availability and cost of equity and debt financing.

Cash Flows

The following table summarizes our cash flows from operating, investing and financing activities for the periods presented.

Year Ended
December 31,

 

 

2023

 

 

2022

 

Net cash used in operating activities

$

(17,540,163

)

$

(10,227,730

)

Net cash used in investing activities

 

(1,167,751

)

 

(536,038

)

Net cash provided by financing activities

 

17,976,360

 

 

7,636,447

 

52


Table of Contents

Cash flows from operating activities

Our cash flows used in operating activities to date have been primarily comprised of costs related to research and development, selling and marketing, and other general and administrative activities. We incurexpect our expenses related to personnel, research and development, selling and marketing, and general and administrative activities to increase as a result of beingoperating as a public company (for legal, financial reporting, accounting and auditing compliance), as well as for due diligence expenses.company.

For the period from May 29, 2020 (inception) through December 31, 2020, we had a net loss of $281,904, which consists of operating costs of $387,335, offset by interest income on marketable securities held in the trust account of $105,431.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

On September 9, 2020, we consummated our initial public offering of 33,421,570 units at a price of $10.00 per unit, which includes the partial exercise by the underwriter of its over-allotment option in the amount of 3,421,570, generating gross proceeds of $334,215,700. Simultaneously with the closing of the initial public offering, we consummated the sale of 9,700,000 private placement warrants at a price of $1.00 per private placement warrant in a private placement to the Sponsor, generating gross proceeds of $9,700,000.

Following the initial public offering, the partial exercise of the over-allotment option by the underwriter’s and the sale of the private placement warrants, a total of $334,215,700 was placed in the trust account. We incurred $18,847,894 in transaction costs, including $6,684,314 of underwriting fees, $11,697,550 of deferred underwriting fees and $466,030 of other offering costs.

For the period from May 29, 2020 (inception) through December 31, 2020,Net cash used in operating activities was $454,858. Net loss of $281,904 was affected by interest earned on marketable securities held$17,540,163 and $10,227,730 for the years ended December 31, 2023 and 2022, respectively. The increase in the trust account of $105,431. Changesnet cash flows used in operating assetsactivities is primarily driven by increased operating expenses and liabilitieschanges in working capital, partially offset by increases in revenue.

Cash flows from investing activities

Our cash flows from investing activities have been comprised primarily of purchases of equipment and installation of improvements to our leased facilities and headquarters.

Net cash used $67,523 of cash.

As ofin investing activities was $1,167,751 and $536,038 for the years ended December 31, 2020, we had marketable securities held in2023 and 2022, respectively. The increase was primarily due to increased purchases of equipment to build out our production line.

Cash flows from financing activities

We have financed our operations primarily through the trust accountsale of $334,321,131. We intend to use substantially allpreferred stock, common stock, convertible notes, and promissory notes.

Net cash provided by financing activities was $17,976,360 and $7,636,447 for the years ended December 31, 2023 and 2022, respectively. The increase is comprised of proceeds received from the issuance of notes and warrants, proceeds from the issuance of Common Stock from the Lincoln Park Purchase Agreement, and the proceeds received from the Closing of the funds held in the trust account, including any amounts representing interest earned on the trust account to complete our business combination. To the extent that our capital stock or debt is used, in whole or in part, as consideration to complete our business combination, the remainingBusiness Combination. These combined proceeds held in the trust account will be used as working capital to finance the operationswere partially offset by payments of the target business or businesses, make other acquisitions and pursue our growth strategies.


As of December 31, 2020, we had $2,245,798 of cash held outside of the trust account. We intend to use the funds held outside the trust account primarily to identify and evaluate target businesses, perform business due diligence on prospective target businesses, travel to and from the offices, plants or similar locations of prospective target businesses or their representatives or owners, review corporate documents and material agreements of prospective target businesses, and structure, negotiate and complete a business combination.

In order to fund working capital deficiencies or finance transaction costs in connection with a Business Combination, our sponsor, or certain of our officers and directors or their affiliates may, but are not obligated to, loan us funds as may be required. If we complete a business combination, we would repay the working capital loans out of the proceeds of the trust account released to us. Otherwise, the working capital loans would be repaid only out of funds held outside the trust account. In the event that a business combination does not close, we may use a portion of proceeds held outside the trust account to repay the working capital loans but no proceeds held in the trust account would be used to repay the working capital loans. The working capital loans would either be repaid upon consummation of a business combination, without interest, or, at the lender’s discretion, up to $1,500,000 of such working capital loans may be convertible into warrants, at a price of $1.00 per warrant, of the post business combination entity. The warrants would be identical to the private placement warrants. Except for the foregoing, the terms of such working capital loans, if any, have not been determined and no written agreements exist with respect to such loans.

We do not believe we will need to raise additional funds in order to meet the expenditures required for operating our business. However, if our estimate of the costs of identifying a target business, undertaking in-depth due diligence and negotiating a business combination are less than the actual amount necessary to do so, we may have insufficient funds available to operate our business prior to our business combination. Moreover, we may need to obtain additional financing either to complete our business combination or because we become obligated to redeem a significant number of our public shares upon consummation of our business combination, in which case we may issue additional securities or incur debt in connection with such business combination. For example, in connectionassociated with the Business Combination we intend to issue securitiesand payment of deferred financing costs.

Key Operating and Financial Metrics (Non-GAAP Results)

We regularly review several metrics, including the metrics presented in the PIPE Financing pursuanttable below, to measure our performance, identify trends affecting our business, prepare financial projections, and make strategic decisions. We believe that these key business metrics provide meaningful supplemental information for management and investors in assessing our historical and future operating performance. The calculation of the key metrics and other measures discussed below may differ from other similarly-titled metrics used by other companies.

The following tables present our key performance indicators for the years ended December 31, 2023 and 2022:

Year Ended
December 31,

 

 

 

 

2023

 

 

2022

 

 

$ Change

 

Revenue

$

2,085,532

 

$

1,440,428

 

$

645,104

 

Total gross margin

 

 

(3,609,901

)

 

 

(3,419,171

)

 

 

(190,730

)

EBITDA(1)

 

(19,563,309

)

 

(13,547,284

)

 

(6,016,025

)

Capital expenditures

 

 

(1,167,751

)

 

 

(536,038

)

 

 

(631,713

)

Free cash flow(1)

 

(18,707,914

)

 

(10,763,768

)

 

(7,944,146

)

(1) EBITDA and Free cash flow are non-GAAP financial measures. See "Non-GAAP Information" below for our definitions of, and additional information about, EBITDA and Free cash flow and for a reconciliation to the Subscription Agreements. Subject to compliance with applicable securities laws, we would only complete such financing simultaneously with the completion of our business combination. If we are unable to complete our business combination because we do not have sufficient funds available to us, we will be forced to cease operations and liquidate the trust account. In addition, following our business combination, if cash on hand is insufficient, we may need to obtain additional financing in order to meet our obligations.most directly comparable U.S. GAAP financial measures.

Non-GAAP Information

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

We did not have any off-balance sheet arrangements as of December 31, 2020.

Contractual Obligations

We do not have any long-term debt, capital lease obligations, operating lease obligations or long-term liabilities, other than an agreement to pay an affiliate of our sponsor a monthly fee of $10,000 for office space, utilities and secretarial, and administrative support services to the Company. We began incurring these fees on September 9, 2020 and will continue to incur these fees monthly until the earlier of the completion of our business combination and the Company’s liquidation.

The underwriter in the initial public offering is entitled to a deferred fee of $0.35 per unit, or $11,697,550 in the aggregate. The deferred fee will become payable to the underwriter from the amounts held in the trust account solely in the event that the Company completes a business combination, subject to the terms of the underwriting agreement.


Critical Accounting Policies

The preparation ofOur consolidated financial statements and related disclosuresare prepared in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States ("GAAP"). In addition to our results determined in accordance with GAAP, we believe the following non-GAAP measures are useful in evaluating our operational performance. We use the following non-GAAP financial information to evaluate our ongoing operations and for internal planning and forecasting purposes. We believe that non-GAAP financial information, when taken collectively and in context, may be helpful to investors in assessing our operating performance and trends and in comparing our financial measures with those of Americacomparable companies that may present similar non-GAAP financial measures.

EBITDA and Free Cash Flow

We define “EBITDA” as income (loss), plus (minus) depreciation and amortization expenses, plus (minus) interest, plus (minus) taxes and define “Free cash flow” as net cash from (used in) operating activities less capital expenditures. EBITDA and Free cash flow are intended as supplemental measures of our performance that are neither required by, nor presented in accordance with, GAAP and these measures should not be considered a substitute for net income (loss), and net cash used in operating activities reported in accordance with GAAP. Our computation of EBITDA and Free cash flow may not be comparable to other similarly titled measures computed by other companies, because all companies may not calculate EBITDA or Free cash flow in the same fashion.

53


Table of Contents

Limitations of Non-GAAP Measures

There are a number of limitations related to EBITDA, including the following:

EBITDA excludes certain recurring, non-cash charges, such as depreciation of property and equipment and amortization of intangible assets. While these are non-cash charges, we may need to replace the assets being depreciated and amortized in the future and EBITDA does not reflect cash requirements for these replacements or new capital expenditure requirements.
EBITDA does not reflect interest expense, net, which may constitute a significant recurring expense in the future.
Free cash flow does not reflect the impact of equity or debt raises or repayment of debt or dividends paid.

Because of these and other limitations, EBITDA and Free cash flow should not be considered in isolation or as a substitute for performance measures calculated in accordance with GAAP. We compensate for these limitations by relying primarily on our GAAP results and using EBITDA and Free cash flow on a supplemental basis. You should review the reconciliation of our net loss to EBITDA and net loss to Free cash flow below and not rely on any single financial measure to evaluate our business.

Our presentation of EBITDA should not be construed as an inference that our future results will be unaffected by unusual or non-recurring items and our presentation of Free cash flow does not necessarily indicate whether cash flows will be sufficient to fund our cash needs.

Reconciliation

The following table reconciles our net loss (the most directly comparable GAAP measure) to EBITDA for the periods presented:

Year Ended
December 31,

 

 

2023

 

 

2022

 

Net loss

$

(20,706,384

)

$

(14,129,101

)

Interest (income) expense, net

 

 

637,177

 

 

 

131,312

 

Income tax expense

 

 

 

 

Depreciation and amortization

 

 

505,898

 

 

 

450,505

 

EBITDA

$

(19,563,309

)

$

(13,547,284

)

The following table reconciles our net cash used in operating activities (the most directly comparable GAAP measure to Free cash flow) to Free cash flow for the periods presented:

Year Ended
December 31,

 

 

2023

 

 

2022

 

Net cash used in operating activities

$

(17,540,163

)

$

(10,227,730

)

Capital expenditures

 

 

(1,167,751

)

 

 

(536,038

)

Free cash flow

$

(18,707,914

)

$

(10,763,768

)

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

We have no obligations, assets or liabilities, which would be considered off-balance sheet arrangements as of December 31, 2023. We do not participate in transactions that create relationships with unconsolidated entities or financial partnerships, often referred to as variable interest entities, which would have been established for the purpose of facilitating off-balance sheet arrangements. We have not entered into any off-balance sheet financing arrangements, established any special purpose entities, guaranteed any debt or commitments of other entities, or purchased any non-financial assets.

Contractual Obligations

For our contractual obligations that are expected to have an effect on our liquidity and cash flow, refer to Notes 6, 8, and 9 in the consolidated financial statements included in “Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data" of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Critical Accounting Estimates

Our consolidated financial statements are prepared in conformity with GAAP which requires managementus to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenues, and liabilities, disclosureexpenses. These estimates and assumptions are based on historical experience and on various other factors that we believe are reasonable under the circumstances. We evaluate our estimates and assumptions on an ongoing basis.

In addition to the accounting policies that are more fully described in the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements included in “Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data" of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements, and income and expenses during the period reported. Actual results could materially differ from those estimates. Wethis Annual Report on Form 10-K, we have identified the following critical accounting policies:estimates that require us to use judgments, often as a result of the need to make assumptions regarding matters that are inherently uncertain, and actual results could differ from these estimates. Critical accounting estimates are those that involve a significant amount of estimation uncertainty and have had or are reasonably likely to have a material impact on our financial condition and results of operations. Accordingly, a different financial presentation could result depending on the judgments, estimates or assumptions that are used. Therefore, we consider an understanding of the variability and judgment required in making these estimates to be critical in fully understanding and evaluating our reported financial results.

54


Table of Contents

Revenue Recognition

Our primary business activity involves sales and installation services of high-powered lasers. We have customers in the United States, Europe, and Asia. All sales and installation services are settled in U.S. dollars.

Class A common Stock SubjectWe recognize revenue at a point in time when transferring control of lasers and over time when providing installation services. Revenues recognized over time are based on the progress towards completion of the performance obligation. The amount of revenue we record reflects the consideration we expect to Possible Redemptionbe entitled to receive in exchange for these products and services. We consider customer purchaser orders to be contracts with a customer. We allocate the transaction price to each distinct product based on its relative standalone selling price.

Our standard contracts include warranty provisions that provide assurance to customers that the products will comply with agreed-upon specifications, which is standard in the industry. Product warranties accounted for in accordance with the guidelines under the Financial Accounting Standards Board's ("FASB") Accounting Standards Codification ("ASC") 460-10 — Guarantees. Therefore, losses from warranty obligations are accrued when the amount of loss can be reasonably estimated, and the information is available before the financial statements are issued or are available to be issued. Due to the assumptions inherent in the calculation of our product warranty liabilities, actual results could differ significantly from estimates.

Inventory

Inventory is stated at the lower of average cost (principally standard cost, which approximates actual cost on a first-in, first-out basis) and net realizable value. Inventory includes raw materials and components that may be specialized in nature and subject to obsolescence. On a quarterly basis, we review inventory quantities on hand in comparison to our past consumption, recent purchases, and other factors to determine what inventory quantities, if any, may not be sellable. Based on this analysis, we write down the affected inventory value for estimated excess and obsolescence charges. At the point of loss recognition, a new, lower-cost basis for that inventory is established, and subsequent changes in facts and circumstances do not result in the restoration or increase in that newly established cost basis. Due to the assumptions inherent in the calculation of our inventory reserve amounts, actual results could differ significantly from estimates.

Liability-Classified Warrants

We account for our Class A common stock subject to possible redemptionthe Public Warrants and Junior Note Warrants (as defined in Note 8 of the consolidated financial statements included in Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K) in accordance with the guidance contained in Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) Topic 480 “Distinguishing Liabilities from Equity.” Class A common stockFASB ASC 815-40 — Contracts on an Entity's Own Equity under which the Warrants do not meet the criteria for equity treatment and must be recorded as liabilities. Accordingly, we classify the Public Warrants and Junior Note Warrants as liabilities at their fair value and adjust the liabilities to fair value at each reporting period. This liabilities are subject to mandatory redemptionre-measurement at each balance sheet date until exercised, and any change in fair value is recognized in our consolidated statements of operations. Further, the Junior Note Warrant liability uses inputs classified as a liability instrument and is measured atLevel 3 in the fair value. Conditionally redeemable common stock (including common stock that features redemption rights thatvalue hierarchy, which are either within the controlinputs in which little or no market data exists, or are otherwise unobservable. The determination of the holder orfair value of the warrant liabilities may be subject to redemptionchange as more current information becomes available and accordingly the actual results could differ significantly from estimates.

Equity-Classified Warrants

Warrants that meet the criteria for equity treatment are recorded at their fair value as of the issuance date. If the warrants are issued in conjunction with notes, the fair value is allocated between the notes and the warrants based on their respective relative fair values upon issuance. Fair values of warrants are estimated using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model with the following assumptions:

Expected Term - We define the expected term as the total term of the warrants pursuant to the respective warrant agreements.
Expected Volatility - We calculate expected volatility based on the publicly traded shares of selected peer laser companies.
Expected Dividend Yield - We have not paid dividends in the past and do not anticipate paying dividends in the future; therefore we assume a dividend yield of zero.
Risk-Free Interest Rate - We use yield rates published by the U.S. Treasury for zero coupon issues with a remaining term equal or similar to the expected term of our option awards.

Stock-Based Compensation

We record stock-based compensation in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 718 — Stock Compensation ("ASC 718"). ASC 718 requires all share-based awards to employees, including grants of employee stock options, to be recognized in the consolidated financial statements based on their fair values. Under the provisions of ASC 718, we determine the appropriate fair value model to be used for valuing share-based issuances and the amortization method for recording compensation cost, which can be impacted by the following assumptions:

Expected Term - We define the expected term as the vesting period of the option.
Expected Volatility - We calculate expected volatility based on the publicly traded shares of selected peer laser companies.
Expected Dividend Yield - We have not paid dividends in the past and do not anticipate paying dividends in the future; therefore we assume a dividend yield of zero.
Risk-Free Interest Rate - We use yield rates published by the U.S. Treasury for zero coupon issues with a remaining term equal or similar to the expected term of our option awards.

55


Table of Contents

Lease Obligations

We account for leases in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 742 — Leases. In determining the present value of lease payments, we use the rate implicit in the lease or, when such rate is not readily available, we utilize our incremental borrowing rate based on the information available at the lease commencement date. Lease expense is recognized on a straight-line basis over the expected lease term. In determining the expected lease term, we may include options to extend or terminate the lease when it is reasonably certain that we will exercise any such option.

Income Taxes

Income taxes are accounted for in accordance with the provisions of FASB ASC Topic 740 — Taxes ("ASC 740"), which requires the recognition of deferred income taxes for differences between the basis of assets and liabilities for financial statement and income tax purposes. Income taxes are recognized for the current year and for the impact of deferred tax assets and liabilities, which represent the future tax consequences of events that have been recognized differently in the financial statements than for income tax purposes. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined based upon the occurrencedifference between the financial statement and income tax basis of uncertain events not solely within our control)assets and liabilities, as measured by the enacted tax rates which will be in effect when these differences are expected to reverse. Deferred tax expense (credit) is classified as temporary equity. At all other times, common stock is classified as stockholders’ equity. Our Class A common stock features certain redemption rightsthe result of changes in the deferred tax assets and liabilities.

In the event that are considered to be outside of our control and subject to occurrence of uncertain future events. Accordingly, the common stock subject to possible redemption is presented as temporary equity, outsideconsequences of the stockholders’ equity sectiondifferences between financial reporting bases and tax bases of our balance sheet.

Net Loss Per Common Share

assets and liabilities result in a deferred tax asset, we perform an evaluation of the probability of being able to realize the future benefits indicated by such asset. A valuation allowance related to a net deferred tax asset is recorded when it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the net deferred tax asset will not be realized. We apply the two-class method in calculating earnings per share. Net income per common share, basic and diluted for Class A common stock is calculated by dividing the interest income earned on the trust account, net of applicable franchise and income taxes, by the weighted average number of shares of Class A common stock outstanding for the period. Net loss per common share, basic and diluted for Class B common stock is calculated by dividing net income less income attributable to Class A common stock, by the weighted average number of shares of Class B common stock outstanding for the period presented.

Recent Accounting Standards

Management does not believe that any recently issued, but not yet effective, accounting standards, if currently adopted, would haverecorded a material effect on our financial statements.

Item 7A.Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

Asfull valuation allowance as of December 31, 2020,2023 and 2022, as it is more likely than not that we werewill not subjectbe able to any market or interest rate risk. Following the consummation ofutilize our Initial Public Offering, the net proceeds of our Initial Public Offering, including amountsdeferred tax assets in the trust account, have been investedforeseeable future. We maintain valuation allowances until sufficient evidence exists to support the reversal of such valuation allowances. Refer to Note 12 in U.S. government treasury obligations with a maturitythe consolidated financial statements included in “Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data" in this Annual Report on Form 10-K for more information.

Recently Issued and Adopted Accounting Pronouncements

We review new accounting standards to determine the expected financial impact, if any, that the adoption of 185 days or less or in certain money market fundseach new standard will have. For the recently issued and adopted accounting standards that invest solely in U.S. treasuries. Due to the short-term nature of these investments, we believe there will be no associated material exposuremay have an impact on our consolidated financial statements, refer to interest rate risk.Note 2 in the consolidated financial statements included in “Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data" in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Item 8.Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

ITEM 7A. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

We are a smaller reporting company as defined by Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act and are not required to provide the information otherwise required under this item.

ITEM 8. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA

This information appears following Item 15 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K and is included herein by reference.

Item 9.Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

ITEM 9. CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE

None.


Item 9A.Controls and Procedures

ITEM 9A. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures

Disclosure controls are procedures that are designed with the objective of ensuring that information required to be disclosed in our reports filed under the Exchange Act such as this Report, is recorded, processed, summarized, and reported within the time period specified in the SEC’s rules and forms. Disclosure controls are also designed with the objective of ensuring that such information is accumulated and communicated to our management, including the chief executive officer and chief financial officer, as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure. Our management evaluated,

As required by Rules 13a-15 and 15d-15 under the Exchange Act, we carried out an evaluation, under the supervision and with the participation of our current chief executive officermanagement, including our Principal Executive Officer and chief financial officer (our “Certifying Officers”),Principal Financial and Accounting Officer, of the effectiveness of the design and operation of our disclosure controls and procedures, as of December 31, 2020, pursuant to Rule 13a-15(b) under the Exchange Act.end of the period covered by this Annual Report on Form 10-K. Based upon that evaluation,on the foregoing, our Certifying OfficersPrincipal Executive Officer and Principal Financial and Accounting Officer concluded that as of December 31, 2020, our disclosure controls and procedures were effective.effective at December 31, 2023 at the reasonable assurance level.

We do not expect that our disclosure controls and procedures will prevent all errors and all instances of fraud. Disclosure controls and procedures, no matter how well conceived and operated, can provide only reasonable, not absolute, assurance that the objectives of the disclosure controls and procedures are met. Further, the design of disclosure controls and procedures must reflect the fact that there are resource constraints, and the benefits must be considered relative to their costs. Because of the inherent limitations in all disclosure controls and procedures, no evaluation of disclosure controls and procedures can provide absolute assurance that we have detected all our control deficiencies and instances of fraud, if any. The design of disclosure controls and procedures also is based partly on certain assumptions about the likelihood of future events, and there can be no assurance that any design will succeed in achieving its stated goals under all potential future conditions.

Management’s Report on Internal Controls Over Financial Reporting

This Report does not include a report of management’s assessment regardingOur management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting as defined in Rule 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) of the Exchange Act. Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting is not intended to provide absolute assurance that a material misstatement of our consolidated financial statements would be prevented or detected. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

56


Table of Contents

Internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (i) pertain to the maintenance of records that in reasonable detail accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of our assets; (ii) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that our receipts and expenditures are being made only in accordance with authorizations of our management and directors; and (iii) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use or disposition of our assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Under the supervision and with the participation of our management, including our Principal Executive Officer and Principal Financial and Accounting Officer, we conducted an evaluation of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2023 based on the framework established in “Internal Control – Integrated Framework (2013)” issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. Our management concluded that our internal control over financial reporting was effective as of that date.

This Annual Report on Form 10-K does not include an attestation report of our independent registered public accounting firm due to a transition period established by rules ofour status as an emerging growth company under the SEC for newly public companies.JOBS Act.

Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting

There were no changes in our internal control over financial reporting (as such term is definedidentified in management's evaluation pursuant to Rules 13a-15(f) andor 15d-15(f) of the Exchange Act)Act during the most recent fiscalfourth quarter of 2023 that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.

Item 9B. Other Information

None.

Item 9C. Disclosure Regarding Foreign Jurisdiction that Prevent Inspections.

Not Applicable.


57


Table of Contents

PART III

Item 10.Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance

ITEM 10. DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

Officers and Directors

Our officers and directors are as follows:

Name

AgePosition
Philip Krim37Chairman
Chris Hollod37Chief Executive Officer and Director
Matt Eby48Chief Financial Officer and Director
Alan Sheriff61Director
Wisdom Lu54Director
Neha Parikh41Director
Will Quist39Director

Philip Krim, our Chairman, was appointed to our boardThe information required under this Item 10 of directors in connection with our initial public offering. Mr. Krim has served as Casper Sleep Inc.’s (NYSE: CSPR) Chief Executive Officer and as a member of its board of directors since October 2013. Since founding the Company in 2013, Mr. Krim has led Casper (NYSE: CSPR) through tremendous growth, growing revenue from $15 million in 2014 to $497 million in 2020 (approximately 79% CAGR), and successfully took the company public in February 2020. Mr. Krim brought an innovative data-driven approach to marketing at Casper which enabled exponential growth and a competitive advantage. He is responsible for leading Casper’s expansion into adjacent sleep related product areas and increasing the retail store footprint to over 50+ stores across the US. He also serves as the Chairman of Tailwind Two Acquisition Corp. (NYSE: TWNT), a special purpose acquisition company which raised $345 million in aggregate capital in its initial public offering in March 2021. Prior to that, Mr. Krim was the Chief Executive Officer of Vocalize Mobile, a mobile search advertising platform for small businesses, from January 2010 until July 2013, and the Chief Executive Officer of The Merrick Group from January 2003 until December 2009. Since 2016, Mr. Krim has also served on the Emerging Leadership Council of the 92nd Street Y. He also serves as a director of the Travis Manion Foundation and as a member of the Leadership Council of the Robin Hood Foundation since 2019. Mr. Krim received a B.B.A. in Marketing from Red McCombs School of Business at the University of Texas at Austin. We believe Mr. Krim’s operational and executive experience make him well-qualified to serve as a member of our board of directors.

Chris Hollod, our Chief Executive Officer, was appointed to our board of directors in connection with our initial public offering. Mr. Hollod is the Founder and Managing Partner of Hollod Holdings, a private venture capital and advisory firm based in Los Angeles that invests in innovative consumer brands at the convergence of culture and wellness. Over the course of his career, Mr. Hollod has completed more than 150 deals across five different investment entities, including investments in Airbnb, Uber, Spotify, Houzz, Duolingo, Airtable, Warby Parker, Oscar, Flexport, Sweetgreen, Memphis Meats and Thrive Market. From 2010 to 2018, Mr. Hollod was the Managing Partner of A-Grade Investments alongside Ashton Kutcher, Ron Burkle and Guy Oseary. Mr. Hollod was also the Co-Founder and Managing Partner of Inevitable Ventures with Ron Burkle and D.A. Wallach from 2015 to 2018. From 2009 to 2017, Mr. Hollod was the Venture Partner at Ron Burkle’s private investment firm, The Yucaipa Companies, where he oversaw Mr. Burkle’s venture capital investments. Prior to joining The Yucaipa Companies, Mr. Hollod spent four years as an investment banker at Wachovia Securities, where he executed a variety of debt and equity transactions. Mr. Hollod currently serves as the Co-Chief Executive Officer and as a director of Tailwind Two Acquisition Corp. (NYSE: TWNT), a special purpose acquisition company which raised $345 million in aggregate capital in its initial public offering in March 2021. Mr. Hollod graduated summa cum laude and Phi Beta Kappa from Vanderbilt University with a B.A. in Economics, Finance and Philosophy. We believe Mr. Hollod’s operational and executive experience make him well-qualified to serve as a member of our board of directors.


Matt Eby, our Chief Financial Officer, was appointed to our board of directors in connection with our initial public offering. Mr. Eby is the Founder and Managing Partner of Seawall Capital, a private equity firm formed to invest in the consumer and other related sectors. At Seawall Capital, Mr. Eby is responsible for originating, underwriting and monitoring of investments and manages the daily activities of the firm. Prior to the founding of Seawall, Mr. Eby was the Co-Founder and Managing Partner of Tengram Capital Partners. He currently serves as the Chairman of the board of directors of Kent Water Sports, El Cap Holdings and Lime Crime, and as a director of Algenist, Revive, and Cos Bar. In the past he has served as Chairman of Tengram former portfolio companies NEST Fragrances and DevaCurl. Prior to founding Tengram, Mr. Eby was the Chief Investment Officer of JAWS Estates Capital, the private investment office of Barry Sternlicht and the Sternlicht family, where he was responsible for investment and asset allocation decisions and recommendations across a broad spectrum of asset classes and investment strategies. While at JAWS Estates Capital, Mr. Eby led numerous transactions including investments in Palantir Technologies, Field & Stream, Ellen Tracy, Joe’s Jeans, Caribbean Joe, and Carlos Falchi. In 2009, in his capacity as Chief Investment Officer of Jaws Estates Capital and on behalf of Starwood Capital Group, he led the initial public offering of Starwood Property Trust (NYSE: STWD), a mortgage REIT focused on commercial real estate properties. Prior to JAWS, he was an Associate at Morgan Stanley. Mr. Eby currently serves as a director of Tailwind International Acquisition Corp. (NYSE: TWNI), a special purpose acquisition company which raised $345 million in aggregate capital in its initial public offering in February 2021, and the Co-Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer and as a director of Tailwind Two Acquisition Corp. (NYSE: TWNT), a special purpose acquisition company which raised $345 million in aggregate capital in its initial public offering in March 2021. Mr. Eby received a B.S. from the United States Naval Academy and an M.B.A. from Harvard Business School. We believe Mr. Eby’s operational and executive experience make him well-qualified to serve as a member of our board of directors.

Alan Sheriffwas appointed to our board of directors in connection with our initial public offering. Mr. Sheriff co-founded Solebury Capital in 2005 and served as its Co-Chief Executive Officer from 2005 to 2020. Mr. Sheriff has also served as Vice Chairman of Corporate and Institutional Banking, PNC Financial Services Group since 2020. Under his guidance and leadership, Solebury Capital has become a premier independent equity capital advisory firm, known for bringing deep product expertise, market knowledge and unbiased advice to its clients. At Solebury Capital, Mr. Sheriff has personally worked on hundreds of IPOs, follow-ons and block trades and has provided general capital markets counsel to financial sponsors such as Bain Capital, Ares Management, Apollo, American Securities, TH Lee, Freeman Spogli, TSG Consumer and many others. Mr. Sheriff has also worked directly with companies such as Nielson, Dunkin Brands, Canada Goose, BRP (Bombardier Recreational Products), Aramark, Black Knight Financial, Patheon, Planet Fitness and Casper Sleep. Prior to founding Solebury Capital, Mr. Sheriff held several senior-level positions at Credit Suisse First Boston, including serving as Co-Head of Equity Capital Markets for the Americas from 1999 to 2005. Mr. Sheriff also chaired Credit Suisse’s Equity Valuation Committee from 1999 to 2005 and sat on the firm’s Investment Banking Committee from 2001 to 2005. Mr. Sheriff began his career at Salomon Brothers where he worked from 1983 to 1992. Mr. Sheriff currently serves as a director of Tailwind International Acquisition Corp. (NYSE: TWNI), a special purpose acquisition company which raised $345 million in aggregate capital in its initial public offering in February 2021. Mr. Sheriff graduated from the University of Rochester in 1981 with a B.A. in Political Science, Magna Cum Laude, Phi Beta Kappa. He also received an MPA from Columbia University’s School of International and Public Affairs. He is a member of The Council on Foreign Relations since 1999, the NationSwell Council since 2016 and the Travis Manion Foundation since 2018. Mr. Sheriff has also served on the board of PsychHub since 2019. We believe that Mr. Sheriff’s executive and institutional banking experience make him well-qualified to serve as a member of our board of directors.

Wisdom Luwas appointed to our board of directors in connection with our initial public offering. Ms. Lu is a Founding Partner of Stibel & Co. and Bryant Stibel, specializing in growth equity investments across technology, media, data, sports and wellness. Ms. Lu currently serves as director of Tailwind International Acquisition Corp. (NYSE: TWNI), a special purpose acquisition company which raised $345 million in aggregate capital in its initial public offering in February 2021, and Fifth Wall Acquisition Corp. I (NASDAQ: FWAA). Ms. Lu has previously served as the Chief Financial Officer at Dun & Bradstreet Credibility Corp. from 2014 to 2017 and as its Senior Vice President, Data Works from 2012 to 2014. At Dun & Bradstreet, she served as Chief Financial Officer of Dun & Bradstreet Emerging Businesses from 2015 to 2017. From 2008 to 2012, Ms. Lu served as the Chief Financial Officer at Liberman Broadcasting and oversaw Finance, Information Technology, Human Resources, as well as Legal and Investor Relations. From 1996 to 2008, Ms. Lu served as Chief Investment Officer and Treasurer at Health Net, Inc. where she oversaw a $3 billion investment portfolio. Before Health Net, Inc., Ms. Lu served as Treasury Officer, Fixed Income Sales & Trading with National Westminster Bank. Ms. Lu graduated from Rensselaer Polytechnic Institute with a B.S. in Engineering and a minor in Economics. She also received an MBA from New York University. Ms. Lu is a Chartered Financial Analyst (CFA) and holds a Professional Engineering license in the state of New York. We believe Ms. Lu’s operational and executive experience make her well-qualified to serve as a member of our board of directors.


Neha Parikhwas appointed to our board of directors in connection with our initial public offering. Since April 2019, she also serves on the board of directors of Carvana (NYSE: CVNA), a leading e-commerce platform changing the way people buy cars. Most recently, Ms. Parikh was the President of Hotwire, an innovator in discount travel and part of Expedia Group (NASDAQ: EXPE), from August 2017 to November 2019. As the President of Hotwire, Ms. Parikh led a successful turnaround by revamping the business model, negotiating innovative supply partnerships and rebuilding the team and culture. From August 2017 to November 2019, she was a member of the Executive Leadership Team at Expedia Group, where she was their youngest and first female President. Prior to Hotwire, Ms. Parikh spent nine years at Hotels.com, also part of Expedia Group, starting in Product development in April 2008 and moving through progressively senior roles until her last role as the Senior Vice President of Global Brands and Retail from June 2015 to August 2017. In this role, Ms. Parikh had ownership of the global P&L for Hotels.com and directly led marketing, financial planning and operations, merchandising, business development, partner marketing and growth strategy. Before joining Expedia Group in 2008, she worked as a strategy consultant with The Cambridge Group from and held roles with Siemens Healthcare and PricewaterhouseCoopers. Ms. Parikh graduated from The University of Texas at Austin with a Bachelor of Business degree and received an MBA from the Kellogg School of Management at Northwestern University. We believe Ms. Parikh’s operational and executive experience make her well-qualified to serve as a member of our board of directors.

Will Quistwas appointed to our board of directors in connection with our initial public offering. Mr. Quist has served as a Partner at Slow Ventures since November 2015. Prior to joining Slow Ventures, he was a Managing Director at Industry Ventures from September 2007 to October 2015 and worked as an Analyst at Banc of America Securities LLC from August 2005 to July 2007. Mr. Quist received a B.A. in Political Sciences from the University of California, Berkeley.

Number and Terms of Office of Officers and Directors

Our board of directors is divided into three classes with only one class of directors being elected in each year and each class (except for those directors appointed prior to our first annual meeting of stockholders) serving a three-year term. The term of office of the first class of directors, consisting of Wisdom Lu, Will Quist and Neha Parikh, will expire at our first annual meeting of stockholders. The term of office of the second class of directors, consisting of Alan Sheriff and Chris Hollod, will expire at the second annual meeting of stockholders. The term of office of the third class of directors, consisting of Philip Krim and Matt Eby, will expire at the third annual meeting of stockholders. We may not hold an annual meeting of stockholders until after we consummate our initial business combination.

Prior to the completion of an initial business combination, any vacancy on the board of directors may be filled by a nominee chosen by holders of a majority of our founder shares. In addition, prior to the completion of an initial business combination, holders of a majority of our founder shares may remove a member of the board of directors for any reason.

Pursuant to an agreement entered into concurrently with the issuance and sale of the securities in our initial public offering, our sponsor, upon consummation of an initial business combinationForm 10-K will be entitled to nominate three individuals for election to our board of directors.

Our officers are appointed by the board of directors and serve at the discretion of the board of directors, rather than for specific terms of office. Our board of directors is authorized to appoint persons to the offices set forth in our bylaws as it deems appropriate. Our bylaws provide that our officers may consist of a Chairman of the Board, Chief Executive Officer, President, Chief Financial Officer, Vice Presidents, Secretary, Treasurer and such other offices as may be determined by the board of directors.


Director Independence

The NYSE listing standards require that a majority of our board of directors be independent. An “independent director” is defined generally as a person that, in the opinion of the company’s board of directors, has no material relationship with the listed company (either directly or as a partner, stockholder or officer of an organization that has a relationship with the company). Our board of directors determined that Alan Sheriff, Wisdom Lu, Will Quist and Neha Parikh are “independent directors” as defined in the NYSE listing standards and applicable SEC rules. Our independent directors will have regularly scheduled meetings at which only independent directors are present.

Committees of the Board of Directors

Our board of directors has three standing committees: an audit committee; a nominating committee; and a compensation committee. Subject to phase-in rules and a limited exception, the rules of the NYSE and Rule 10A-3 of the Exchange Act require that the audit committee of a listed company be comprised solely of independent directors, and the rules of the NYSE require that the nominating and compensation committees of a listed company be comprised solely of independent directors.

Audit Committee

Wisdom Lu, Will Quist and Neha Parikh serve as members of our audit committee, and Wisdom Lu serves as chairman of the audit committee. Our board of directors has determined that each of Wisdom Lu, Will Quist and Neha Parikh are independent.

Each member of the audit committee is financially literate and our board of directors has determined that Wisdom Lu qualifies as an “audit committee financial expert” as defined in applicable SEC rules, and will chair the audit committee.

The audit committee is responsible for:

·the appointment, compensation, retention, replacement, and oversight of the work of the independent registered public accounting firm and any other independent registered public accounting firm engaged by us;

·pre-approving all audit and permitted non-audit services to be provided by the independent registered public accounting firm or any other registered public accounting firm engaged by us, and establishing pre-approval policies and procedures;

·reviewing and discussing with the independent registered public accounting firm all relationships they have with us in order to evaluate their continued independence;

·setting clear hiring policies for employees or former employees of the independent registered public accounting firm;

·setting clear policies for audit partner rotation in compliance with applicable laws and regulations;

·obtaining and reviewing a report, at least annually, from the independent registered public accounting firm describing (i) the independent registered public accounting firm’s internal quality-control procedures and (ii) any material issues raised by the most recent internal quality-control review, or peer review, of the independent registered public accounting firm, or by any inquiry or investigation by governmental or professional authorities within the preceding five years respecting one or more independent audits carried out by the firm and any steps taken to deal with such issues;

·reviewing and approving any related party transaction required to be disclosed pursuant to Item 404 of Regulation S-K promulgated by the SEC prior to us entering into such transaction; and

·reviewing with management, the independent registered public accounting firm, and our legal advisors, as appropriate, any legal, regulatory or compliance matters, including any correspondence with regulators or government agencies and any employee complaints or published reports that raise material issues regarding our financial statements or accounting policies and any significant changes in accounting standards or rules promulgated by the Financial Accounting Standards Board, the SEC or other regulatory authorities.


Nominating Committee

The members of our nominating committee are Alan Sheriff, Wisdom Lu, Will Quist and Neha Parikh, and Alan Sheriff serves as chairman of the nominating committee. Under the NYSE listing standards, we are required to have a nominating committee composed entirely of independent directors. Our board of directors has determined that each of Alan Sheriff, Wisdom Lu, Will Quist and Neha Parikh are independent.

The nominating committee is responsible for overseeing the selection of persons to be nominated to serve on our board of directors. The nominating committee considers persons identified by its members, management, stockholders, investment bankers and others.

Guidelines for Selecting Director Nominees

The guidelines for selecting nominees, which are specified by a charter adopted by us, generally provide that persons to be nominated:

·should have demonstrated notable or significant achievements in business, education or public service;

·should possess the requisite intelligence, education and experience to make a significant contribution to the board of directors and bring a range of skills, diverse perspectives and backgrounds to its deliberations; and

·should have the highest ethical standards, a strong sense of professionalism and intense dedication to serving the interests of the stockholders.

The nominating committee will consider a number of qualifications relating to management and leadership experience, background and integrity and professionalism in evaluating a person’s candidacy for membership on the board of directors. The nominating committee may require certain skills or attributes, such as financial or accounting experience, to meet specific board needs that arise from time to time and will also consider the overall experience and makeup of its members to obtain a broad and diverse mix of board members. The nominating committee does not distinguish among nominees recommended by stockholders and other persons.

Compensation Committee

The members of our compensation committee are Wisdom Lu, Will Quist and Neha Parikh, and Neha Parikh serves as chairman of the compensation committee. Under the NYSE listing standards, we are required to have a nominating committee composed entirely of independent directors. Our board of directors has determined that each of Wisdom Lu, Will Quist and Neha Parikh are independent.

We adopted a compensation committee charter, which details the principal functions of the compensation committee, including:

·reviewing and approving on an annual basis the corporate goals and objectives relevant to our Chief Executive Officer’s compensation, evaluating our Chief Executive Officer’s performance in light of such goals and objectives and determining and approving the remuneration (if any) of our Chief Executive Officer based on such evaluation;

·reviewing and approving on an annual basis the compensation of all of our other officers;

·reviewing on an annual basis our executive compensation policies and plans;

·implementing and administering our incentive compensation equity-based remuneration plans;


·assisting management in complying with our proxy statement and annual report disclosure requirements;

·approving all special perquisites, special cash payments and other special compensation and benefit arrangements for our officers and employees;

·if required, producing a report on executive compensation to be included in our annual proxy statement; and

·reviewing, evaluating and recommending changes, if appropriate, to the remuneration for directors.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, as indicated above, other than the $10,000 per month administrative fee payable to an affiliate of our sponsor and reimbursement of expenses, no compensation of any kind, including finders, consulting or other similar fees, will be paid to any of our existing stockholders, officers, directors or any of their respective affiliates, prior to, or for any services they render in order to effectuate the consummation of a business combination. Accordingly, it is likely that prior to the consummation of an initial business combination, the compensation committee will only be responsible for the review and recommendation of any compensation arrangements to be entered into in connection with such initial business combination.

The charter also provided that the compensation committee may, in its sole discretion, retain or obtain the advice of a compensation consultant, legal counsel or other advisor and will be directly responsible for the appointment, compensation and oversight of the work of any such advisor. However, before engaging or receiving advice from a compensation consultant, external legal counsel or any other advisor, the compensation committee will consider the independence of each such advisor, including the factors required by the NYSE and the SEC.

Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation

None of our officers currently serves, or in the past year has served, as a member of the board of directors or compensation committee of any entity that has one or more officers serving on our board of directors.

Code of Ethics

We have adopted a Code of Ethics applicable to our directors, officers and employees. A copy of the Code of Ethics will be provided without charge upon written request to our principal executive offices. We intend to disclose any amendments to or waivers of certain provisions of our Code of Ethics in a Current Report on Form 8-K.

Conflicts of Interest

Each of our officers and directors presently has, and any of them in the future may have additional, fiduciary or contractual obligations to other entities pursuant to which such officer or director is or will be required to present business combination opportunities to such entity. Accordingly, in the future, if any of our officers or directors becomes aware of a business combination opportunity which is suitable for an entity to which he or she has then-current fiduciary or contractual obligations, he or she will honor his or her fiduciary or contractual obligations to present such opportunity to such entity. We do not believe, however, that any fiduciary duties or contractual obligations of our officers arising in the future would materially undermine our ability to complete our business combination.

Potential investors should also be aware of the following other potential conflicts of interest:

·None of our officers or directors is required to commit his or her full time to our affairs and, accordingly, may have conflicts of interest in allocating his or her time among various business activities.

·In the course of their other business activities, our officers and directors may become aware of investment and business opportunities which may be appropriate for presentation to us as well as the other entities with which they are affiliated. Our management may have conflicts of interest in determining to which entity a particular business opportunity should be presented.


·Our initial stockholders have agreed (i) to waive their redemption rights with respect to any founder shares and public shares held by them in connection with the completion of our initial business combination and a stockholder vote to approve an amendment to our amended and restated certificate of incorporation (A) that would modify the substance or timing of our obligation to provide holders of shares of Class A common stock the right to have their shares redeemed in connection with our initial business combination or to redeem 100% of our public shares if we do not complete our initial business combination within 24 months from the closing of our initial public offering or (B) with respect to any other provision relating to the rights of holders of our Class A commons stock and (ii) to waive their rights to liquidating distributions from the trust account with respect to any founder shares they hold if we fail to consummate an initial business combination within 24 months from the closing of our initial public offering (although they will be entitled to liquidating distributions from the trust account with respect to any public shares they hold if we fail to complete our initial business combination within the prescribed time frame). If we do not complete our initial business combination within such applicable time period, the proceeds of the sale of the private placement warrants held in the trust account will be used to fund the redemption of our public shares, and the private placement warrants will expire worthless. With certain limited exceptions, the founder shares will not be transferable, assignable by our sponsor until the earlier of: (A) one year after the completion of our initial business combination; or (B) subsequent to our initial business combination, (x) if the closing price of our Class A common stock equals or exceeds $12.00 per share (as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends, reorganizations, recapitalizations and the like) for any 20 trading days within any 30-trading day period commencing at least 150 days after our initial business combination, or (y) the date on which we complete a liquidation, merger, capital stock exchange, reorganization or other similar transaction that results in all of our stockholders having the right to exchange their shares of common stock for cash, securities or other property. With certain limited exceptions, the private placement warrants and the Class A common stock underlying such warrants, will not be transferable, assignable or saleable by our sponsor or its permitted transferees until 30 days after the completion of our initial business combination. Since our sponsor and officers and directors may directly or indirectly own common stock and warrants following our initial public offering, our officers and directors may have a conflict of interest in determining whether a particular target business is an appropriate business with which to effectuate our initial business combination.

·Our officers and directors may have a conflict of interest with respect to evaluating a particular business combination if the retention or resignation of any such officers and directors was included by a target business as a condition to any agreement with respect to our initial business combination.

·Our sponsor, officers or directors may have a conflict of interest with respect to evaluating a business combination and financing arrangements as we may obtain loans from our sponsor or an affiliate of our sponsor or any of our officers or directors to finance transaction costs in connection with an intended initial business combination. Up to $1,500,000 of such loans may be convertible into warrants at a price of $1.00 per warrant at the option of the lender. Such warrants would be identical to the private placement warrants, including as to exercise price, exercisability and exercise period.

The conflicts described above may not be resolved in our favor.

In general, officers and directors of a corporation incorporated under the laws of the State of Delaware are required to present business opportunities to a corporation if:

·the corporation could financially undertake the opportunity;

·the opportunity is within the corporation’s line of business; and

·it would not be fair to our company and its stockholders for the opportunity not to be brought to the attention of the corporation.


Accordingly, as a result of multiple business affiliations, our officers and directors may have similar legal obligations relating to presenting business opportunities meeting the above-listed criteria to multiple entities.

Below is a table summarizing the entities to which our executive officers and directors currently have fiduciary duties or contractual obligations:

Individual

EntityEntity’s BusinessAffiliation
Philip KrimCasper Sleep Inc.E-Commerce of MattressChief Executive Officer and Director
Tailwind Two Acquisition Corp.Special Purpose Acquisition CompanyChairman
Alan SheriffPNC Financial Services GroupBankingVice Chairman
Tailwind International Acquisition Corp.Special Purpose Acquisition CompanyDirector
Matt EbyTengram Capital PartnersPrivate Equity FirmCo-Founder and Managing Partner
Tailwind International Acquisition Corp.Special Purpose Acquisition CompanyDirector
Tailwind Two Acquisition Corp.Special Purpose Acquisition CompanyDirector
El Cap HoldingsFitness CompanyChairman
Lime CrimeBeauty ProductsChairman
AlgenistBeauty ProductsDirector
ReviveBeauty ProductsDirector
Cos BarLuxury Specialty RetailDirector
Seawall CapitalPrivate Equity FirmFounder and Managing Partner
Kent Water SportsSporting Goods CompanyChairman
Chris HollodHollod HoldingsPrivate Equity and AdvisoryFounder and Managing Partner
Tailwind Two Acquisition Corp.Special Purpose Acquisition CompanyDirector
Wisdom LuStibel & Co and Bryant StibelPrivate EquityFounding Partner
Tailwind Two Acquisition Corp.Special Purpose Acquisition CompanyDirector
Fifth Wall Acquisition Corp. ISpecial Purpose Acquisition CompanyDirector
Neha ParikhCarvana
Hotwire
E-Commerce
Online Travel Agency
Director
President
Will QuistSlow Ventures
Galleon Technologies, Inc.
Venture Capital
Cloud-based supply chain management platform
Partner
Director

Accordingly, if any of the above executive officers or directors becomes aware of a business combination opportunity which is suitable for any of the above entities to which he or she has current fiduciary or contractual obligations, he or she will honor his or her fiduciary or contractual obligations to present such business combination opportunity to such entity, and only present it to us if such entity rejects the opportunity. We do not believe, however, that any of the foregoing fiduciary duties or contractual obligations will materially affect our ability to complete our business combination. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that we renounce our interest in any corporate opportunity offered to any director or officer unless such opportunity is expressly offered to such person solely in his or her capacity as a director or officer of our company and such opportunity is one we are legally and contractually permitted to undertake and would otherwise be reasonable for us to pursue.


We are not prohibited from pursuing an initial business combination with a company that is affiliated with our sponsor, officers or directors. In the event we seek to complete our initial business combination with such a company, we, or a committee of independent directors, would obtain an opinion from an independent investment banking firm or from an independent accounting firm, that such an initial business combination is fair to our company from a financial point of view.

As long as our sponsor is controlled by Philip Krim, we have agreed not to enter into a definitive agreement regarding an initial business combination without the prior consent of our sponsor. In the event that we submit our initial business combination to our public stockholders for a vote, our initial stockholders have agreed to vote any founder shares held by them and any public shares purchased during or after the offering in favor of our initial business combination and our officers and directors have also agreed to vote any public shares purchased during or after the offering in favor of our initial business combination.

Limitation on Liability and Indemnification of Officers and Directors

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that our officers and directors will be indemnified by us to the fullest extent authorized by Delaware law, as it now exists or may in the future be amended. In addition, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that our directors will not be personally liable for monetary damages to us or our stockholders for breaches of their fiduciary duty as directors, unless they violated their duty of loyalty to us or our stockholders, acted in bad faith, knowingly or intentionally violated the law, authorized unlawful payments of dividends, unlawful stock purchases or unlawful redemptions, or derived an improper personal benefit from their actions as directors.

We have entered into agreements with our officers and directors to provide contractual indemnification in addition to the indemnification provided for in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation. Our bylaws also will permit us to secure insurance on behalf of any officer, director or employee for any liability arising out of his or her actions, regardless of whether Delaware law would permit such indemnification. We have purchased a policy of directors’ and officers’ liability insurance that insures our officers and directors against the cost of defense, settlement or payment of a judgment in some circumstances and insures us against our obligations to indemnify our officers and directors.

These provisions may discourage stockholders from bringing a lawsuit against our directors for breach of their fiduciary duty. These provisions also may have the effect of reducing the likelihood of derivative litigation against officers and directors, even though such an action, if successful, might otherwise benefit us and our stockholders. Furthermore, a stockholder’s investment may be adversely affected to the extent we pay the costs of settlement and damage awards against officers and directors pursuant to these indemnification provisions.

We believe that these provisions, the insurance and the indemnity agreements are necessary to attract and retain talented and experienced officers and directors.

Item 11.Executive Compensation

The following disclosure concerns the compensation of our executive officers and directors for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2020 (i.e., pre-business combination).

None of our officers or directors received any cash compensation for services rendered to us. Commencing on September 3, 2020, we have agreed to pay an affiliate of our sponsor a total of $10,000 per month for office space, utilities and secretarial and administrative support. Upon completion of our initial business combination or our liquidation, we will cease paying these monthly fees. No compensation of any kind, including finder’s and consulting fees, will be paid to our sponsor, officers and directors, or any of their respective affiliates, for services rendered prior to or in connection with the completion of our initial business combination. However, these individuals will be reimbursed for any out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with activities on our behalf such as identifying potential target businesses and performing due diligence on suitable business combinations. Our audit committee will review on a quarterly basis all payments that were made by us to our sponsor, officers or directors, or our or their affiliates.


After the completion of our initial business combination, directors or members of our management team who remain with us may be paid consulting or management fees from the combined company. All of these fees will be fully disclosed to stockholders, to the extent then known, in the tender offer materials or proxy solicitation materials furnished to our stockholders in connection with a proposed business combination. We have not established any limit on the amount of such fees that may be paid by the combined company to our directors or members of management. It is unlikely the amount of such compensation will be known at the time of the proposed business combination, because the directors of the post-combination business will be responsible for determining officer and director compensation. Any compensation to be paid to our officers will be determined, or recommended to the board of directors for determination, either by a compensation committee constituted solely by independent directors or by a majority of the independent directors on our board of directors.

We do not intend to take any action to ensure that members of our management team maintain their positions with us after the consummation of our initial business combination, although it is possible that some or all of our officers and directors may negotiate employment or consulting arrangements to remain with us after our initial business combination. The existence or terms of any such employment or consulting arrangements to retain their positions with us may influence our management’s motivation in identifying or selecting a target business but we do not believe that the ability of our management to remain with us after the consummation of our initial business combination will be a determining factor in our decision to proceed with any potential business combination. We are not party to any agreements with our officers and directors that provide for benefits upon termination of employment.


Item 12.Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters

The following table sets forth information regarding the beneficial ownership of our shares of common stock as of March 23, 2021 based on information obtained from the persons named below, with respect to the beneficial ownership of our shares of common stock, by:

·each person known by us to be the beneficial owner of more than 5% of our outstanding shares of common stock;

·each of our executive officers and directors that beneficially owns our shares of common stock; and

·all our executive officers and directors as a group.

Unless otherwise indicated, we believe that all persons named in the table have sole voting and investment power with respect to all shares of common stock beneficially owned by them. The following table does not reflect record or beneficial ownership of the private placement warrants as these warrants are not exercisable within 60 days of March 23, 2021.

  Class B common stock  Class A common stock 
Name of Beneficial
Owners(1)
 

Number of
Shares
Beneficially
Owned(2)

  Approximate
Percentage of
Class
  

Number of Shares Beneficially Owned(2)

  Approximate Percentage of Class 
Tailwind Sponsor LLC(3) (our sponsor)  8,355,393   100.0%      
Philip Krim(3)  8,355,393   100.0%      
Chris Hollod            
Matt Eby            
Alan Sheriff            
Wisdom Lu            
Neha Parikh            
Will Quist            
All officers and directors as a group (seven individuals)  8,355,393   100%      
Integrated Core Strategies (US) LLC(4)        2,341,133   7.0%
Polar Asset Management Partners Inc.(5)        3,000,000   9.0%
Magnetar Financial LLC(6)        2,917,793   8.7%
Glazer Capital, LLC(7)        2,594,602   7.8%
683 Capital Management, LLC(8)        2,184,989   6.5%

*Less than one percent.

(1)Unless otherwise noted, the business address of each of the following entities or individuals is c/o Tailwind Acquisition Corp., 1545 Courtney Ave, Los Angeles, California 90046.

(2)Interests shown consist solely of founder shares, classified as shares of Class B common stock. Such shares are convertible into shares of Class A common stock on a one-for-one basis, subject to adjustment.

(3)Philip Krim has voting and dispositive power over the securities held by Tailwind Sponsor LLC and therefore may be deemed to be a beneficial owner thereof.


(4)Pursuant to the Schedule 13G/A filed by Integrated Core Strategies (US) LLC (“Integrated Core Strategies”) on February 1, 2021, (i) Integrated Core Strategies beneficially owns 1,200,000 shares of Class A Common Stock and (ii) ICS Opportunities, Ltd (“ICS Opportunities”) beneficially owns 1,141,133 shares of Class A Common Stock as a result of holding 1,141,133 of Tailwind’s units.  Millennium International Management LP (“Millennium International Management”) is the investment manager to ICS Opportunities and may be deemed to have shared voting control and investment discretion over securities owned by ICS Opportunities. Millennium Management LLC ("Millennium Management"), is the general partner of the managing member of Integrated Core Strategies and may be deemed to have shared voting control and investment discretion over securities owned by Integrated Core Strategies. Millennium Management is also the general partner of the 100% owner of ICS Opportunities and may also be deemed to have shared voting control and investment discretion over securities owned by ICS Opportunities. Millennium Group Management LLC ("Millennium Group Management") is the managing member of Millennium Management and may also be deemed to have shared voting control and investment discretion over securities owned by Integrated Core Strategies. Millennium Group Management is also the general partner of Millennium International Management and may also be deemed to have shared voting control and investment discretion over securities owned by ICS Opportunities. The managing member of Millennium Group Management is a trust of which Israel A. Englander, a United States citizen ("Mr. Englander"), currently serves as the sole voting trustee. Therefore, Mr. Englander may also be deemed to have shared voting control and investment discretion over securities owned by Integrated Core Strategies and ICS Opportunities. The foregoing should not be construed in and of itself as an admission by Millennium International Management, Millennium Management, Millennium Group Management or Mr. Englander as to beneficial ownership of the securities owned by Integrated Core Strategies or ICS Opportunities, as the case may be. The address of the principal business office of Integrated Core Strategies and Mr. Englander is c/o Millennium Management LLC, 666 Fifth Avenue, New York, New York 10103. The address of the principal business office of ICS Opportunities is c/o Millennium International Management LP, 666 Fifth Avenue, New York, New York 1010. The address of the principal business office of each of Millennium International Management, Millennium Management, and Millennium Group Management is 666 Fifth Avenue New York, New York 10103.

(5)Pursuant to the Schedule 13G filed by Polar Asset Management Partners Inc. on February 11, 2021, Polar Asset Management Partners Inc. serves as the investment advisor to Polar Multi-Strategy Master Fund ("PMSMF") with respect to shares of Class A Common Stock directly held by PMSMF. The address of the business office of the reporting person is 401 Bay Street, Suite 1900, PO Box 19, Toronto, Ontario M5H 2Y4, Canada.

(6)Pursuant to the Schedule 13G filed by Magnetar Financial LLC on February 12, 2021, (i) 2,917,793 units are held for the account of Magnetar Constellation Master Fund, Ltd; (ii) 36,793 units are held for the account of Magnetar Capital Master Fund Ltd; (iii) 347,280 units are held for the account of Magnetar Xing He Master Fund Ltd; (iv) 281,006 units are held for the account of Magnetar Constellation Fund II, Ltd; (v) 262,450 units are held for the account of Magnetar SC Fund Ltd; (vi) 387,046 units are held for the account of Magnetar Structured Credit Fund, LP; (vii) 230,000 units are held for the account of Magnetar Systematic Multi-Strategy Master Fund Ltd; (viii) 204,126 Units held for the account of Magnetar Lake Credit Fund LLC; (ix) 127,248 units are held for the account of Purpose Alternative Credit Fund Ltd; and (x) 63,624 units are held of the account of Purpose Alternative Credit Fund – T LLC (collectively, the “Magnetar Funds”). Magnetar Financial LLC serves as the investment adviser to the Magnetar Funds, and as such, Magnetar Financial LLC exercises voting and investment power over the units held for the Magnetar Funds’ accounts. Magnetar Capital Partners LP serves as the sole member and parent holding company of Magnetar Financial LLC. Supernova Management LLC is the general partner of Magnetar Capital Partners LP. The manager of Supernova Management LLC is Alec N. Litowitz. The address of the principal business office of each of Magnetar Financial LLC, Magnetar Capital Partners LP, Supernova Management LLC, and Mr. Litowitz is 1603 Orrington Avenue, 13th Floor, Evanston, Illinois 60201.

(7)The shares of Class A Common Stock reported are held by certain funds and managed accounts to which Glazer Capital, LLC serves as investment manager. Paul J. Glazer serves as the Managing Member of Glazer Capital, LLC. The address of the business office of each of the reporting persons is 250West 55th Street, Suite 30A, New York, New York 10019. Each of the reporting persons disclaims beneficial ownership of the shares reported herein except to the extent of its or his pecuniary interest therein..


(8)Pursuant to the Schedule 13G filed by 683 Capital Management, LLC on March 22, 2021, 683 Capital Partners, LP beneficially owns 2,184,989 shares of Class A Common Stock. 683 Capital Management, LLC is the investment manager of 683 Capital Partners, LP and Ari Zweiman is the Managing Member of 683 Capital Management, LLC. Accordingly, each of 683 Capital Management, LLC and Ari Zweiman may be deemed to beneficially own such shares. The reporting persons disclaim beneficial ownership of such shares except to the extent of their pecuniary interest therein. The principal business address for each of the reporting persons is 3 Columbus Circle, Suite 2205, New York, NY 10019.

Our sponsor, officers and directors are deemed to be our “promoter” as such term is defined under the federal securities laws.

Changes in Control

None.

Item 13.Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence

Founder Shares

In June 2020, our sponsor purchased 8,625,000 shares of Class B common stock for an aggregate purchase price of $25,000, which included an aggregate of up to 269,607 shares that were subject to forfeiture by the sponsor following the underwriter’s election to partially exercise its over-allotment option so that the number of shares would collectively represent approximately 20% of our issued and outstanding shares after the initial public offering. The underwriter’s over-allotment option expired unexercised on October 24, 2020 and, as such, 269,607 shares of Class B common stock were forfeited, resulting in there being an aggregate of 8,355,393 shares of Class B common stock outstanding.

Private Placement Warrants

The sponsor purchased 9,700,000 private placement warrants for a purchase price of $1.00 per warrant in a private placement that occurred simultaneously with the closing of the initial public offering. Each private placement warrant entitles the holder to purchase one share of our Class A common stock at $11.50 per share. A portion of the purchase price of the private placement warrants was added to the proceeds from our initial public offering held in the trust account. If our initial business combination is not completed by September 9, 2022, the proceeds from the sale of the private placement warrants held in the trust account will be used to fund the redemption of the Class A common stock (subject to the requirements of applicable law) and the private placement warrants will expire worthless. The private placement warrants are non-redeemable and exercisable on a cashless basis so long as they are held by the sponsor or its permitted transferees. The sponsor agreed, subject to limited exceptions, not to transfer, assign or sell any of its private placement warrants until thirty (30) days after the completion of our initial business combination.

Administrative Support Agreement

We entered into an agreement, commencing on September 9, 2020, to pay an affiliate of the sponsor a total of $10,000 per month for office space, utilities and secretarial, and administrative support services. Upon completion of a business combination or our liquidation, we will cease paying these monthly fees. For the period from May 29, 2020 (inception) through December 31, 2020, we incurred $40,000 in fees for these services, of which such amount is included in accrued expenses in the accompanying balance sheet.

70 

Promissory Note — Related Party

In June 2020, the sponsor issued an unsecured promissory note to us (the “Promissory Note”), pursuant to which we could borrow up to an aggregate principal amount of $300,000. The Promissory Note was non-interest bearing and payable on the earlier of December 31, 2020 or the consummation of our initial public offering. The outstanding balance under the Promissory Note of $52,250 was repaid on September 15, 2020.

Related Party Loans

In order to finance transaction costs in connection with a business combination, the sponsor, an affiliate of the sponsor, or certain of our officers and directors or their affiliates may, but are not obligated to, loan us funds as may be required (“working capital loans”). If we complete a business combination, we would repay the working capital loans out of the proceeds of the trust account released to us. Otherwise, the working capital loans would be repaid only out of funds held outside the trust account. In the event that a business combination does not close, we may use a portion of proceeds held outside the trust account to repay the working capital loans but no proceeds held in the trust account would be used to repay the working capital loans. The working capital loans would either be repaid upon consummation of a business combination, without interest, or, at the lender’s discretion, up to $1,500,000 of such working capital loans may be convertible into warrants, at a price of $1.00 per warrant, of the post business combination entity. The warrants would be identical to the private placement warrants. As of December 31, 2020, no working capital loans were outstanding.

Related Party Policy

We have adopted a code of ethics requiring us to avoid, wherever possible, all conflicts of interests, except under guidelines or resolutions approved by our board of directors (or the appropriate committee of our board) or as disclosed in our public filings with the SEC. Under our code of ethics, conflict of interest situations include any financial transaction, arrangement or relationship (including any indebtedness or guarantee of indebtedness) involving the Company.

In addition, our audit committee, pursuant to a written charter that was adopted prior to the consummation of our initial public offering, is responsible for reviewing and approving related party transactions to the extent that we enter into such transactions. An affirmative vote of a majority of the members of the audit committee present at a meeting at which a quorum is present is required in order to approve a related party transaction. A majority of the members of the entire audit committee will constitute a quorum. Without a meeting, the unanimous written consent of all of the members of the audit committee is required to approve a related party transaction. We also require each of our directors and executive officers to complete a directors’ and officers’ questionnaire that elicits information about related party transactions.

These procedures are intended to determine whether any such related party transaction impairs the independence of a director or presents a conflict of interest on the part of a director, employee or officer.

Director Independence

NYSE listing standards require that a majority of our board of directors be independent. Our board of directors has determined that Alan Sheriff, Wisdom Lu, Will Quist and Neha Parikh are “independent directors” as defined in the NYSE listing standards. Our independent directors have regularly scheduled meetings at which only independent directors are present.

Item 14.Principal Accountant Fees and Services

The firm of WithumSmith+Brown, PC, or Withum, acts as our independent registered public accounting firm. The following is a summary of fees paid to Withum for services rendered.

Audit Fees. For the period from May 29, 2020 (inception) through December 31, 2020, fees for our independent registered public accounting firm were approximately $80,995 for the services Withum performed in connection with our Initial Public Offering, review of the financial information included in our Forms 10-Q for the respective periods2024 Proxy Statement and the auditis incorporated herein by reference.

ITEM 11. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

The information required under this Item 11 of our December 31, 2020 financial statementsForm 10-K will be included in our 2024 Proxy Statement and is incorporated herein by reference.

ITEM 12. SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS

The information required under this Annual Report onItem 12 of Form 10-K.10-K will be included in our 2024 Proxy Statement and is incorporated herein by reference.

ITEM 13. CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE

The information required under this Item 13 of Form 10-K will be included in our 2024 Proxy Statement and is incorporated herein by reference.

ITEM 14. PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES

The information required under this Item 14 of Form 10-K will be included in our 2024 Proxy Statement and is incorporated herein by reference.


58


Table of Contents

Audit-Related Fees. For the period from May 29, 2020 (inception) through December 31, 2020, our independent registered public accounting firm did not render assurance and related services related to the performance of the audit-related services.

Tax Fees. For the period from May 29, 2020 (inception) through December 31, 2020, our independent registered public accounting firm did not render services to us for tax compliance, tax advice and tax planning.

All Other Fees. For the period from May 29, 2020 (inception) through December 31, 2020, there were no fees billed for products and services provided by our independent registered public accounting firm other than those set forth above.

Pre-Approval Policy

Our audit committee was formed upon the consummation of our initial public offering. As a result, the audit committee did not pre-approve all of the foregoing services, although any services rendered prior to the formation of our audit committee were approved by our board of directors. Since the formation of our audit committee, and on a going-forward basis, the audit committee has and will pre-approve all auditing services and permitted non-audit services to be performed for us by our auditors, including the fees and terms thereof (subject to the de minimis exceptions for non-audit services described in the Exchange Act which are approved by the audit committee prior to the completion of the audit).


PART IV

ITEM 15. EXHIBITS, FINANCIAL STATEMENTS SCHEDULES

(a)

Item 15.Exhibits, Financial Statements Schedules

(a)

The following documents are filed as part of this Report:Annual Report on Form 10-K:

(1)

Consolidated Financial Statements:

Page

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

F-1

F-2

Consolidated Balance SheetSheets

F-2

F-3

StatementConsolidated Statements of Operations

F-3

F-4

StatementConsolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders’ EquityDeficit

F-4

F-5

StatementConsolidated Statements of Cash Flows

F-5

F-6

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

F-6

F-7

(2)

Financial Statement Schedules:

None.

None.

(3)

Exhibits

We hereby file as part of this Annual Report on Form 10-K the exhibits listed in the attached Exhibit Index. Exhibits which are incorporated herein by reference can be inspected and copied at the public reference facilities maintained by the SEC, 100 F Street, N.E., Room 1580, Washington, D.C. 20549. Copies of such material can also be obtained from the Public Reference Section of the SEC, 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549, at prescribed rates or on the SEC website at www.sec.gov.

 

 

 

 

Incorporated by Reference

 

Exhibit No.

Description

 

Form

 

File No.

 

Exhibit No.

 

Filing Date

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2.1†

 

Business Combination Agreement, dated as of August 5, 2022, by and among Tailwind Acquisition Corp., Compass Merger Sub, Inc. and Nuburu, Inc.

 

8-K

 

001-39489

 

2.1

 

August 8, 2022

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2.2*

 

Securities Purchase Agreement, dated as of April 3, 2024, by and between Nuburu, Inc. and the parties thereto

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3.1

 

Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Company.

 

8-K

 

001-39489

 

3.2

 

September 9, 2020

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3.2

 

Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Company.

 

8-K

 

001-39489

 

3.1

 

February 6, 2023

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3.3

 

Certificate of Designations of the Company.

 

8-K

 

001-39489

 

3.3

 

February 6, 2023

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4.1

 

Specimen Common Stock Certificate .

 

8-K

 

001-39489

 

4.1

 

February 6, 2023

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4.2

 

Specimen Preferred Stock Certificate .

 

8-K

 

001-39489

 

4.2

 

February 6, 2023

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4.3

 

Specimen Warrant Certificate.

 

S-1

 

333-248113

 

4.3

 

August 26, 2020

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4.4

 

Warrant Agreement, dated as of September 9, 2020, by and between the Company and Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company.

 

8-K

 

001-39489

 

4.1

 

September 9, 2020

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4.5*

 

Description of Registrant’s Securities.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.1

 

Investment Management Trust Agreement, dated as of September 9, 2020, by and between the Company and Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company.

 

8-K

 

001-39489

 

10.2

 

September 9, 2020

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

59


Table of Contents

10.2

 

Registration and Stockholder Rights Agreement, dated as of September 9, 2020, by and between the Company and the Sponsor.

 

8-K

 

001-39489

 

10.3

 

September 9, 2020

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.3

 

Letter Agreement, dated as of September 3, 2020, among the Company, the Sponsor and the Company’s then current officers and directors.

 

8-K

 

001-39489

 

10.4

 

September 9, 2020

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.4

 

Amendment to Letter Agreement, dated November 22, 2022, by and among the Company, the Sponsor, and the Company’s then current officers and directors.

 

8-K

 

001-39489

 

10.4

 

November 22, 2022

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.5

 

Amended and Restated Letter Agreement, dated January 31, 2023, by and among the Company, the Sponsor , and the other parties set forth on the signature pages thereto.

 

8-K

 

001-39489

 

10.4

 

January 31, 2023

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.6

Administrative Services Agreement, dated as of September 9, 2020, by and between the Company and the Sponsor.

 

8-K

 

001-39489

 

10.5

 

September 9, 2020

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.7

 

Sponsor Support and Forfeiture Agreement, dated as of August 5, 2022, by and among the Sponsor, the Company and Legacy Nuburu.

 

8-K

 

001-39489

 

10.1

 

August 8, 2022

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.8

 

Amendment to Sponsor Support and Forfeiture Agreement, dated November 22, 2022, by and among the Company, Legacy Nuburu, and the Sponsor.

 

8-K

 

001-39489

 

10.1

 

November 22, 2022

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.9

 

Amended and Restated Sponsor Support and Forfeiture Agreement, dated January 31, 2023, by and among the Company, the Sponsor and Legacy Nuburu.

 

8-K

 

001-39489

 

10.3

 

January 31, 2023

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.10

 

Stockholder Support Agreement, dated as of August 5, 2022, by and among the Company and certain stockholders of Legacy Nuburu.

 

8-K

 

001-39489

 

10.2

 

August 8, 2022

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.11

 

Amended and Restated Registration Rights and Lock-Up Agreement, dated August 5, 2022, by and among the Company and the parties listed on the signature pages thereto.

 

8-K

 

001-39489

 

10.3

 

August 8, 2022

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.12

 

Amendment to Amended and Restated Registration Rights Lock-Up Agreement, dated November 22, 2022, by and among the Company and the Holders (defined therein).

 

8-K

 

001-39489

 

10.2

 

November 22, 2022

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.13

 

Second Amendment to Amended and Restated Registration Rights Lock-up Agreement, dated January 31, 2023, by and among the Company and the Holders (defined therein).

 

8-K

 

001-39489

 

10.2

 

January 31, 2023

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.14

 

Third Amendment to Amended and Restated Registration Rights Lock-up Agreement, dated January 31, 2023, by and among the Company and the Holders(defined therein) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.14 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on February 6, 2023).

 

8-K

 

001-39489

 

10.14

 

February 6, 2023

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.15

 

Fourth Amendment to Amended and Restated Registration Rights Lock-up Agreement, dated

 

8-K

 

001-39489

 

10.1

 

March 10, 2023

 

60


Table of Contents

 

 

March 10, 2023, by and among the Company and the Holders(defined therein) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.14 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on February 10, 2023).

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.16

 

Preferred Stock Sale Option Agreement, dated August 5, 2022, by and among the Company and the parties listed on Schedule A thereto.

 

8-K

 

001-39489

 

10.4

 

August 8, 2022

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.17

 

Amendment to Preferred Stock Sale Option Agreement, dated November 22, 2022, by and among the Company and the Holders (as defined therein).

 

8-K

 

001-39489

 

10.3

 

November 22, 2022

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.18

 

Second Amendment to Preferred Stock Sale Option Agreement, dated November 28, 2022 by and among the Company and the Holders (as defined therein).

 

8-K

 

001-39489

 

10.1

 

November 29, 2022

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.19

 

Third Amendment to Preferred Stock Sale Option Agreement, dated November 28, 2022 by and among the Company and the Holders (as defined therein).

 

8-K

 

001-39489

 

10.2

 

March 10, 2023

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.20

 

Purchase Agreement, dated August 5, 2022, by and among the Company, Legacy Nuburu and Lincoln Park.

 

8-K

 

001-39489

 

10.5

 

August 8, 2022

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.21

 

Registration Rights Agreement, dated August 5, 2022, by and among the Company, Legacy Nuburu and Lincoln Park.

 

8-K

 

001-39489

 

10.6

 

August 8, 2022

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.22#

 

Nuburu, Inc. 2022 Equity Incentive Plan.

 

8-K

 

001-39489

 

10.20

 

February 6, 2023

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.23#

 

Nuburu, Inc. 2022 Employee Stock Purchase Plan and forms of agreement thereunder.

 

8-K

 

001-39489

 

10.21

 

February 6, 2023

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.24#

 

Nuburu, Inc. Executive Incentive Compensation Plan.

 

8-K

 

001-39489

 

10.22

 

February 6, 2023

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.25#†

 

Amended and Restated Employment Agreement, effective December 3, 2022, by and between Mark Zediker and Legacy Nuburu.

 

S-4/A

 

333-267403

 

10.18

 

November 29, 2022

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.26#

 

Employment Agreement, effective December 2, 2022, by and between Brian Knaley and Legacy Nuburu.

 

S-4/A

 

333-267403

 

10.19

 

November 29, 2022

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.27#†

 

Amended and Restated Employment Agreement, effective December 2, 2022, by and between Brian Faircloth and Legacy Nuburu.

 

S-4/A

 

333-267403

 

10.20

 

November 29, 2022

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.28#

 

Form of Director Letter Agreement.

 

S-4/A

 

333-267403

 

10.22

 

November 29, 2022

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.29#

 

Form of Nuburu, Inc. Indemnification Agreement.

 

8-K

 

001-39489

 

10.27

 

February 6, 2023

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.30†

 

Amended and Restated Lease Agreement between CSM Equities, L.L.C. and Legacy Nuburu, dated September 26, 2019.

 

S-4/A

 

333-267403

 

10.13

 

November 7, 2022

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

61


Table of Contents

10.31

 

Share Transfer Agreement, dated January 25, 2023, by and between the Sponsor and the party set forth on the signature pages thereto.

 

8-K

 

001-39489

 

10.1

 

January 31, 2023

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.32

 

Letter Agreement, dated November 28, 2022, by and among Tailwind Acquisition Corp. and the other parties set forth on the signature pages thereto.

 

8-K

 

001-39489

 

10.2

 

November 28, 2022

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.33

 

Form of Convertible Promissory Note.

 

8-K

 

001-39489

 

4.1

 

June 13, 2023

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.34

 

Form of Warrant to Purchase Shares of Common Stock.

 

8-K

 

001-39489

 

4.2

 

June 13, 2023

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.35

 

Note and Warrant Purchase Agreement dated June 12, 2023.

 

8-K

 

001-39489

 

10.1

 

June 13, 2023

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.36

 

Registration Rights and Lock-up Agreement.

 

8-K

 

001-39489

 

10.2

 

June 13, 2023

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.37

 

Director Letter Agreement, dated August 31, 2023, by and between Nuburu, Inc. and John Bolton.

 

10-Q

 

001-39489

 

10.3

 

November 9, 2023

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.38

 

Confidential Separation and Release Agreement, dated November 1, 2023, by and between Nuburu, Inc. and Dr. Mark Zediker.

 

10-Q

 

001-39489

 

10.4

 

November 9, 2023

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.39*

 

Note and Warrant Purchase Agreement, dated November 13, 2023, by and between Nuburu, Inc. and the lenders party thereto.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.40*

 

Form of Promissory Note.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.41*

 

Form of Warrant to Purchase Shares of Common Stock.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.42*

 

Registration Rights Agreement, dated November 13, 2023, by and between Nuburu, Inc.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.43*

 

Intercreditor and Subordination Agreement, dated November 13, 2023, by and between Nuburu, Inc. and the parties thereto.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.44*

 

Note Exchange Agreement, by and between Nuburu, Inc. and the parties thereto.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.45*

 

Form of Senior Secured Convertible Promissory Note.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.46*

 

Form of Warrant to Purchase Shares of Common Stock

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.47*

 

Board of Directors Compensation Policy

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

21.1

 

List of Subsidiaries of Nuburu, Inc.

 

8-K

 

001-39489

 

21.1

 

February 6, 2023

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

24.1*

 

Power of Attorney (included on the signature page to this Annual Report on Form 10-K)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

31.1*

 

Certification of the Principal Executive Officer required by Rule 13a-14(a) or Rule 15d-14(a).

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

31.2*

 

Certification of the Principal Financial and Accounting Officer required by Rule 13a-14(a) or Rule 15d-14(a).

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

62


Table of Contents

Exhibit
No.

Description

2.1†

32.1**

Business Combination Agreement, dated as of March 1, 2021, by and among Tailwind Acquisition Corp, Compass Merger Sub, Inc., QOMPLX, Inc. and Rationem, LLC (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.1 to Tailwind Acquisition Corp.’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on March 2, 2020)  

3.1Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Tailwind Acquisition Corp. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to Tailwind Acquisition Corp.’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on September 9, 2020).
3.2Amended and Restated Bylaws of Tailwind Acquisition Corp. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.2 Tailwind Acquisition Corp.’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on September 9, 2020).
4.1Specimen Unit Certificate (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed with the SEC on August 26, 2020).
4.2Specimen Class A Common Stock Certificate (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to the Registration Statement on Form S-1, filed with the SEC on August 26, 2020).  
4.3Specimen Warrant Certificate (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.3 to the Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed by Tailwind Acquisition Corp. on August 26, 2020).


Exhibit
No.
Description
4.4Warrant Agreement, dated as of September 9, 2020, by and between Tailwind Acquisition Corp. and Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to Tailwind Acquisition Corp.’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on September 9, 2020).  
4.5*Description of Registrant’s Securities.
10.1Private Placement Warrants Purchase Agreement, dated as of September 3, 2020, by and between Tailwind Acquisition Corp. and Tailwind Sponsor LLC (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to Tailwind’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on September 9, 2020).
10.2Investment Management Trust Agreement, dated as of September 9, 2020, by and between Tailwind Acquisition Corp. and Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to Tailwind Acquisition Corp.’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on September 9, 2020).
10.3Registration and Stockholder Rights Agreement, dated as of September 9, 2020, by and between Tailwind Acquisition Corp. and Tailwind Sponsor LLC (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to Tailwind Acquisition Corp’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on September 9, 2020).  
10.4Letter Agreement, dated as of September 3, 2020, among Tailwind Acquisition Corp., Tailwind Sponsor LLC and Tailwind Acquisition Corp.’s officers and directors (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to Tailwind Acquisition Corp.’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on September 9, 2020).  
10.5Administrative Services Agreement, dated as of September 9, 2020, by and between Tailwind Acquisition Corp. and Tailwind Sponsor LLC (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5 to Tailwind Acquisition Corp.’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on September 9, 2020).
10.6Sponsor Letter Agreement, dated as of March 1, 2021, by and among Tailwind Acquisition Corp., Tailwind Sponsor LLC, QOMPLX, Inc. and certain other persons party thereto (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to Tailwind Acquisition Corp.’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on March 2, 2021).  
10.7Investor Rights Agreement, dated as of March 1, 2021, by and among Tailwind Acquisition Corp., Tailwind Sponsor LLC and certain other persons party thereto (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to Tailwind Acquisition Corp.’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on March 2, 2021).  
10.8Form of Subscription Agreement (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to Tailwind Acquisition Corp.’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on March 2, 2021).
10.9Form of Subscription Agreement (Cannae) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to Tailwind Acquisition Corp.’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on March 2, 2021).  
10.10Bridge Financing Agreement, dated as of March 1, 2021, by and among QOMPLX, Inc. Tailwind Acquisition Corp. and certain other persons party thereto (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5 to Tailwind Acquisition Corp.’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on March 2, 2021).  
10.11Form of Transaction Support Agreement (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.6 to Tailwind Acquisition Corp.’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on March 2, 2021).


Exhibit
No.
Description
31.1*Certification of the Chief Executive Officer required by Rule 13a-14(a) or Rule 15d-14(a).
31.2*Certification of the Chief Financial Officer required by Rule 13a-14(a) or Rule 15d-14(a).
32.1**Certification of the ChiefPrincipal Executive Officer required by Rule 13a-14(b) or Rule 15d-14(b) and 18 U.S.C. 1350

32.2**

Certification of the ChiefPrincipal Financial and Accounting Officer required by Rule 13a-14(b) or Rule 15d-14(b) and 18 U.S.C. 1350

101.INS

97*

Nuburu, Inc. Clawback Policy

101.INS*

XBRL Instance Document

101.SCH

101.SCH*

Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema with Embedded Linkbase Documents

101.CAL

104*

104 Cover Page Interactive Data File (embedded within the Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase

document).

101.DEF

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase

101.LAB

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase

101.PREXBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase

* ​Filed herewith

*             Filed herewith

** Furnished herewith

Certain of the exhibits and schedules to these exhibits have been omitted in accordance with Regulation S-K Item 601(a)(5). The registrant agrees to furnish a copy of all omitted exhibits and schedules to the SEC upon its request.

Item 16.Form 10-K Summary

# Portions of this exhibit (indicated by asterisks) have been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment and this exhibit has been filed separately with the SEC.

† Certain of the exhibits and schedules to these exhibits have been omitted in accordance with Regulation S-K Item 601(a)(5). The registrant agrees to furnish a copy of all omitted exhibits and schedules to the SEC upon its request.​

ITEM 16. FORM 10-K SUMMARY

Not applicable.

63


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES


SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this Annual Report on Form 10-K to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

April 15, 2024

March 31, 2021

NUBURU, INC.

TAILWIND ACQUISITION CORP.

/s/ Chris HollodBrian Knaley

Name:

Name:

Brian Knaley

Chris Hollod

Title:

Title:

Chief Executive Officer

POWER OF ATTORNEY

KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints Brian Knaley, jointly and severally, his or her attorney-in-fact, with the power of substitution, for him or her in any and all capacities, to sign any amendments to this Annual Report on Form 10-K and to file the same, with exhibits thereto and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, hereby ratifying and confirming all that each of said attorneys-in-fact, or his or her substitute or substitutes, may do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this Annual Report on Form 10-K has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

Name

Position

Date

/s/ Philip KrimRon Nicol

Executive Chairman of the Board of Directors

March 31, 2021

April 15, 2024

Philip Krim

Ron Nicol

(Principal Executive Officer)

/s/ Chris HollodBrian Knaley

Chief Executive Officer and Director

March 31, 2021

April 15, 2024

Chris Hollod

Brian Knaley

(Principal Executive Officer)

/s/ Matt EbyChief Financial Officer and DirectorMarch 31, 2021
Matt Eby(Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)

/s/ Alan Sheriff

Director

March 31, 2021

Alan Sheriff

/s/ John Bolton

Director

April 15, 2024

/s/ Wisdom Lu

John Bolton

Director

March 31, 2021

Wisdom Lu

/s/ Neha ParikhDaniel Hirsch

Director

March 31, 2021

April 15, 2024

Neha Parikh

Daniel Hirsch

/s/ Will Quist

Director

March 31, 2021

Will Quist

/s/ Lily Yan Hughes

Director

April 15, 2024

Lily Yan Hughes

/s/ Kristi Hummel

Director

April 15, 2024

Kristi Hummel

/s/ Elizabeth Mora

Director

April 15, 2024

Elizabeth Mora


64


Table of Contents

NUBURU, INC.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

F-2

Consolidated Financial Statements:

Consolidated Balance Sheets

F-3

Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Loss

F-4

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Convertible Preferred Stock and Stockholders’ Equity (Deficit)

F-5

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

F-6

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

F-7 to F-22

F-1


Table of Contents

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Stockholders and the Board of Directors of

Tailwind Acquisition Corp.Nuburu, Inc.:

Opinion on the Financial Statements

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheetsheets of Tailwind Acquisition Corp.Nuburu, Inc. (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2020,2023 and 2022, the related consolidated statements of operations changes inand comprehensive loss, consolidated statements of convertible preferred stock and stockholders’ equity (deficit), and cash flows for the period from May 29, 2020 (inception) throughyears ended December 31, 2020,2023 and 2022, and the related notes (collectively referred to as the “financial statements”). In our opinion, the financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2020,2023 and 2022, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for the period from May 29, 2020 (inception) throughyears ended December 31, 2020,2023 and 2022, and in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

Going Concern

The accompanying financial statements have been prepared assuming that the Company will continue as a going concern. As discussed in Note 1 to the financial statements, the Company has sustained recurring operating losses and negative cash flows from operating activities and has stated that substantial doubt exists about the Company's ability to continue as a going concern. Management's evaluation of the events and conditions and management's plans regarding these matters are also described in Note 1. The financial statements do not include any adjustments that might result from the outcome of this uncertainty. Our opinion is not modified with respect to this matter.

Basis for Opinion

These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’sCompany's financial statements based on our audit.audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (“PCAOB”) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our auditaudits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB.PCAOB and in accordance with auditing standards generally accepted in the United States of America. Those standards require that we plan and perform the auditaudits to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. As part of our audit,audits we are required to obtain an understanding of internal control over financial reporting but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’sCompany's internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion.

Our auditaudits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. Our auditaudits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements. We believe that our audit providesaudits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

/s/ WithumSmith+Brown, PC

/s/ WithumSmith+Brown, PC

We have served as the Company’sCompany's auditor since 2020.2021.

East Brunswick, New York, New YorkJersey

March 25, 2021

April 15, 2024

PCAOB ID Number 100


F-2


Table of Contents

TAILWIND ACQUISITION CORP.NUBURU, INC.

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETSHEETS

 

December 31,
2023

 

 

December 31,
2022

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

ASSETS

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current assets

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents

 

$

2,148,700

 

 

$

2,880,254

 

Accounts receivable

 

 

482,279

 

 

 

327,200

 

Inventories, net of allowance of $1,133,457 and $292,990, respectively

 

 

1,456,275

 

 

 

972,695

 

Deferred financing costs

 

 

50,000

 

 

 

4,258,515

 

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

 

 

156,255

 

 

 

46,737

 

Total current assets

 

 

4,293,509

 

 

 

8,485,401

 

Property and equipment, net

 

 

5,650,976

 

 

 

3,771,849

 

Construction in progress

 

 

 

 

 

188,912

 

Right-of-use assets

 

 

586,164

 

 

 

641,651

 

Other assets

 

 

34,359

 

 

 

34,359

 

TOTAL ASSETS

 

$

10,565,008

 

 

$

13,122,172

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ DEFICIT

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accounts payable

 

$

4,744,606

 

 

$

4,456,587

 

Accrued expenses

 

 

2,750,305

 

 

 

2,312,118

 

Current portion of operating lease liability

 

 

355,385

 

 

 

343,049

 

Contract liabilities

 

 

30,400

 

 

 

178,750

 

Current portion of notes payable

 

 

2,147,992

 

 

 

 

Current portion of convertible notes payable

 

 

 

 

 

7,300,000

 

Total current liabilities

 

 

10,028,688

 

 

 

14,590,504

 

Operating lease liability

 

 

237,369

 

 

 

373,907

 

Convertible notes payable

 

 

6,713,241

 

 

 

 

Warrant liabilities

 

 

2,238,519

 

 

 

 

TOTAL LIABILITIES

 

 

19,217,817

 

 

 

14,964,411

 

Commitments and Contingencies (Note 6)

 

 

 

 

 

 

Stockholders’ Deficit

 

 

 

 

 

 

Convertible preferred stock, $0.0001 par value; 50,000,000 shares authorized; 2,388,905 and 23,237,703 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2023 and December 31, 2022, respectively

 

 

239

 

 

 

4,040

 

Common stock, $0.0001 par value; 250,000,000 shares authorized; 36,894,323 and 5,556,857 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2023 and December 31, 2022, respectively

 

 

3,689

 

 

 

1,077

 

Additional paid-in capital

 

 

73,241,955

 

 

 

59,344,952

 

Accumulated deficit

 

 

(81,898,692

)

 

 

(61,192,308

)

Total Stockholders’ Deficit

 

 

(8,652,809

)

 

 

(1,842,239

)

TOTAL LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ DEFICIT

 

$

10,565,008

 

 

$

13,122,172

 

DECEMBER 31, 2020

ASSETS    
Current assets    
Cash $2,245,798 
Prepaid expenses  275,652 
Total Current Assets  2,521,450 
     
Cash and marketable securities held in trust account  334,321,131 
Total Assets $336,842,581 
     
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY    
Current liabilities    
Accrued expenses $208,129 
Accrued offering costs  126,000 
Total Current Liabilities  334,129 
     
Deferred underwriting fee payable  11,697,550 
Total Liabilities  12,031,679 
     
Commitments and contingencies    
     
Class A common stock subject to possible redemption, 31,981,090 shares at $10.00 per share  319,810,900 
     
Stockholders’ Equity    
Preferred stock, $0.0001 par value; 1,000,000 shares authorized; none issued or outstanding   
Class A common stock, $0.0001 par value; 500,000,000 shares authorized; 1,440,480 shares issued and outstanding (excluding 31,981,090 shares subject to possible redemption)  144 
Class B common stock, $0.0001 par value; 50,000,000 shares authorized; 8,355,393 shares issued and outstanding  836 
Additional paid-in capital  5,280,926 
Accumulated deficit  (281,904)
Total Stockholders’ Equity  5,000,002 
Total Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity $336,842,581 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.

F-3


Table of Contents

NUBURU, INC.


TAILWIND ACQUISITION CORP.

STATEMENTCONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS AND COMPREHENSIVE LOSS

FOR THE PERIOD FROM MAY 29, 2020 (INCEPTION) THROUGH DECEMBER 31, 2020​​

Year Ended
December 31,

 

 

2023

 

 

2022

 

Revenue

$

2,085,532

 

 

$

1,440,428

 

Cost of revenue

 

 

5,695,433

 

 

 

4,859,599

 

Gross margin

 

(3,609,901

)

 

 

(3,419,171

)

Operating expenses:

 

 

 

 

 

Research and development

 

5,462,680

 

 

 

4,546,057

 

Selling and marketing

 

 

1,539,690

 

 

 

708,144

 

General and administrative

 

11,223,449

 

 

 

5,324,417

 

Total operating expenses

 

18,225,819

 

 

 

10,578,618

 

Loss from operations

 

 

(21,835,720

)

 

 

(13,997,789

)

Interest income

 

 

117,372

 

 

 

43,976

 

Interest expense

 

 

(754,549

)

 

 

(175,288

)

Other income, net

 

1,766,513

 

 

 

 

Loss before provision for income taxes

 

$

(20,706,384

)

 

$

(14,129,101

)

Provision for income taxes

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net loss and comprehensive loss

$

(20,706,384

)

 

$

(14,129,101

)

Net loss per common share, basic and diluted

$

(0.63

)

 

$

(2.59

)

Weighted-average common shares used to compute net loss per common share, basic and diluted

 

33,064,250

 

 

 

5,458,184

 

General and administrative expenses $387,335 
Loss from operations  (387,335)
     
Other income:    
Interest earned on marketable securities held in Trust Account  105,431 
     
Net loss $(281,904)
     
Weighted average shares outstanding of Class A common stock  33,421,570 
Basic and diluted income per share, Class A common stock $0.00 
     
Weighted average shares outstanding of Class B common stock  7,969,220 
Basic and diluted net loss per share, Class B common stock $(0.04)

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.

F-4


Table of Contents

NUBURU, INC.


TAILWIND ACQUISITION CORP.CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED STOCK AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY (DEFICIT)

STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

Convertible
Preferred Stock

 

Common Stock

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Shares(1)

 

 

Amount

 

 

Shares(1)

 

 

Amount

 

 

Additional
Paid-in
Capital

 

 

Accumulated
Deficit

 

 

Total
Stockholders'
Equity
(Deficit)

 

Balance as of January 1, 2022

 

 

23,196,296

 

$

4,036

 

 

 

5,153,286

 

$

999

 

$

56,646,247

 

$

(47,063,207

)

$

9,588,075

 

Issuance of Legacy Nuburu Series C preferred stock

 

 

41,407

 

 

 

4

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

188,886

 

 

 

 

 

 

188,890

 

Issuance of Legacy Nuburu common stock from option exercises

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

403,571

 

 

 

78

 

 

 

147,479

 

 

 

 

 

 

147,557

 

Stock-based compensation

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,362,340

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,362,340

 

Net loss

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(14,129,101

)

 

(14,129,101

)

Balance as of December 31, 2022

 

23,237,703

 

$

4,040

 

 

5,556,857

 

$

1,077

 

$

59,344,952

 

$

(61,192,308

)

$

(1,842,239

)

Issuance of Common Stock and Series A preferred stock upon conversion of convertible notes in connection with the reverse recapitalization

 

 

1,361,787

 

 

 

136

 

 

 

1,361,787

 

 

 

136

 

 

 

11,575,014

 

 

 

 

 

 

11,575,286

 

Conversion of Legacy Nuburu convertible preferred stock into Common Stock in connection with the reverse recapitalization

 

 

(23,237,703

)

 

 

(4,040

)

 

 

23,237,703

 

 

 

2,323

 

 

 

1,717

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Issuance of Common Stock and Series A preferred stock upon the reverse recapitalization, net of issuance costs

 

 

1,481,666

 

 

 

148

 

 

 

3,233,745

 

 

 

(197

)

 

 

(3,257,476

)

 

 

 

 

 

(3,257,525

)

Issuance of Common Stock and Series A preferred stock to satisfy certain reverse recapitalization costs

 

 

195,452

 

 

 

20

 

 

 

195,452

 

 

 

20

 

 

 

(40

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

Recognition of Public Warrants upon the reverse recapitalization

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1,336,863

)

 

 

 

 

 

(1,336,863

)

Issuance of Common Stock from the Lincoln Park Purchase Agreement

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,681,898

 

 

 

167

 

 

 

2,099,830

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,099,997

 

Issuance of Common Stock warrants in connection with the June 2023 Convertible Notes (net of issuance cost of $160,345)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,351,414

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,351,414

 

Issuance of Common Stock upon conversion of convertible preferred stock

 

 

(650,000

)

 

 

(65

)

 

 

1,300,000

 

 

 

130

 

 

 

(65

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

Issuance of Common Stock from option exercises

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

5,153

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

6,998

 

 

 

 

 

 

6,999

 

Issuance of Common Stock from releases of restricted stock units

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

391,651

 

 

 

39

 

 

 

(39

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

Restricted stock units used for tax withholdings

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(69,923

)

 

 

(7

)

 

 

(33,896

)

 

 

 

 

 

(33,903

)

Stock-based compensation

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,490,409

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,490,409

 

Net loss

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(20,706,384

)

 

(20,706,384

)

Balance as of December 31, 2023

 

2,388,905

 

$

239

 

 

36,894,323

 

$

3,689

 

$

73,241,955

 

$

(81,898,692

)

$

(8,652,809

)

FOR THE PERIOD FROM MAY 29, 2020 (INCEPTION) THROUGH DECEMBER 31, 2020(1) The number of shares of convertible preferred stock and common stock issued and outstanding prior to the Business Combination have been retroactively adjusted by the Exchange Ratio to give effect to the reverse recapitalization treatment of the Business Combination. See Note 1 - Description of Business and Note 3 - Reverse Recapitalization for more information.

  

Class A

Common Stock

  

Class B

Common Stock

  

Additional

Paid-in

  Accumulated  

Total

Stockholders’

 
  Shares  Amount  Shares  Amount  Capital  Deficit  Equity 
Balance – May 29, 2020 (Inception)    $     $  $  $  $ 
                             
Issuance of Class B common stock to initial stockholders        8,625,000   863   24,137      25,000 
                             
Sale of 33,421,570 Units, net of underwriting discounts and offering expenses  33,421,570   3,342         315,364,464      315,367,806 
                             
Sale of 9,700,000 private placement warrants              9,700,000      9,700,000 
                             
Forfeiture of Founder Shares        (269,607)  (27)  27       
                             
Common stock subject to possible redemption  (31,981,090)  (3,198)        (319,807,702)     (319,810,900)
                             
Net loss                 (281,904)  (281,904)
                             
Balance – December 31, 2020  1,440,480  $144   8,355,393  $836  $5,280,926  $(281,904) $5,000,002 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.

F-5


Table of Contents

NUBURU, INC.


TAILWIND ACQUISITION CORP.

STATEMENTCONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

FOR THE PERIOD FROM MAY 29, 2020 (INCEPTION) THROUGH DECEMBER 31, 2020

Year Ended
December 31,

 

 

2023

 

 

2022

 

Cash Flows from Operating Activities:

 

 

 

Net loss

$

(20,706,384

)

$

(14,129,101

)

Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used in operating activities:

 

 

Depreciation and amortization

 

505,898

 

 

450,505

 

Stock-based compensation

 

2,490,409

 

 

2,362,340

 

Change in fair value of warrant liabilities

 

 

(1,766,513

)

 

 

 

Inventory reserve adjustments

 

 

840,467

 

 

 

(258,116

)

Amortization of debt discount

 

 

416,636

 

 

 

 

Amortization of deferred financing costs

 

 

105,924

 

 

 

 

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

 

 

Accounts receivable

 

(155,079

)

 

(103,925

)

Inventories

 

(1,613,781

)

 

(199,429

)

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

 

 

(268,118

)

 

 

23,336

 

Operating lease right-of-use asset

 

 

319,426

 

 

 

292,932

 

Accounts payable

 

2,715,504

 

 

628,702

 

Accrued expenses

 

 

111,939

 

 

 

1,013,437

 

Contract liabilities

 

 

(148,350

)

 

 

5,700

 

Operating lease liability

 

(388,141

)

 

(314,111

)

Net cash used in operating activities

 

(17,540,163

)

 

(10,227,730

)

Cash Flows from Investing Activities:

 

 

Purchase of property and equipment

 

(1,167,751

)

 

(536,038

)

Net cash used in investing activities

 

(1,167,751

)

 

(536,038

)

Cash Flows from Financing Activities:

 

 

 

Proceeds from issuance of Legacy Nuburu convertible promissory notes

 

4,100,000

 

 

7,300,000

 

Proceeds from issuance of June 2023 Senior Convertible Notes and Warrants

 

 

9,225,000

 

 

 

 

Proceeds from issuance of November 2023 Junior Notes and Warrants (net of original issue discount)

 

 

5,000,000

 

 

 

 

Proceeds from the exercise of stock options

 

 

6,999

 

 

 

147,557

 

Restricted stock units used for tax withholdings

 

 

(33,903

)

 

 

 

Proceeds from the issuance of Legacy Nuburu preferred stock

 

 

 

 

 

188,890

 

Proceeds from reverse recapitalization

 

 

3,243,079

 

 

 

 

Proceeds from the issuance of preferred stock

 

 

5,000

 

 

 

 

Proceeds from issuance of Common Stock from the Lincoln Park Purchase Agreement

 

 

2,099,997

 

 

 

 

Payment of transaction costs related to the reverse recapitalization

 

 

(4,734,913

)

 

 

 

Repayment of related party convertible promissory notes

 

 

(675,000

)

 

 

 

Payment of deferred financing costs

 

 

(259,899

)

 

 

 

Net cash provided by financing activities

 

17,976,360

 

 

7,636,447

 

NET CHANGE IN CASH DURING THE PERIOD

 

(731,554

)

 

(3,127,321

)

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS BEGINNING OF PERIOD

 

2,880,254

 

 

6,007,575

 

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS ―END OF PERIOD

$

2,148,700

 

$

2,880,254

 

SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURE OF CASH FLOW INFORMATION:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash paid for interest

 

$

 

$

 

Cash paid for income taxes

 

$

 

 

$

 

SUPPLEMENTAL NON-CASH INVESTING AND FINANCING ACTIVITIES:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Right-of-use assets obtained in exchange for new operating lease liabilities

 

$

263,939

 

$

934,583

 

Transfer of property and equipment from inventory

 

$

430,666

 

 

$

 

Transfer of property and equipment from prepaid expenses

 

$

198,600

 

 

$

 

Purchase of property and equipment in accounts payable and accrued expenses

 

$

540,028

 

 

$

 

Deferred financing costs included in accounts payable and accrued expenses

 

$

681,845

 

$

4,258,515

 

Transaction costs related to the reverse recapitalization not yet paid

 

$

1,007,439

 

$

 

Issuance of Common Stock upon conversion of preferred stock

 

$

65

 

 

 

 

Issuance of Common Stock upon conversion of preferred stock in connection with the reverse recapitalization

 

$

11,575,286

 

$

 

Cash Flows from Operating Activities:   
Net loss $(281,904)
Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used in operating activities:    
Interest earned on investments held in Trust Account  (105,431)
Changes in operating assets and liabilities:    
Prepaid expenses  (275,652)
Accrued expenses  208,129 
Net cash used in operating activities  (454,858)
     
Cash Flows from Investing Activities:    
Investment of cash into Trust Account  (334,215,700)
Net cash used in investing activities  (334,215,700)
     
Cash Flows from Financing Activities:    
Proceeds from issuance of Class B common stock to Sponsor  25,000 
Proceeds from sale of Units, net of underwriting discounts paid  327,531,386 
Proceeds from sale of private placement warrants  9,700,000 
Repayment of promissory note – related party  (52,250)
Payment of offering costs  (287,780)
Net cash provided by financing activities  336,916,356 
     
Net Change in Cash  2,245,798 
Cash – Beginning of period   
Cash – End of period $2,245,798 
     
Non-Cash financing activities:    
Initial classification of Class A common stock subject to possible redemption $319,990,450 
Change in value of Class A common stock subject to possible redemption $(179,550)
Deferred underwriting fee payable $11,697,550 
Offering costs paid through promissory note – related party $52,250 
Offering costs included in accrued offering costs $126,000 
Forfeiture of Founder Shares $(27)

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.

F-6


Table of Contents

NUBURU, INC.


TAILWIND ACQUISITION CORP.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2020

NOTE 1. DESCRIPTION OFBACKGROUND AND ORGANIZATION AND BUSINESS OPERATIONS

Tailwind Acquisition Corp. (theNuburu, Inc. (“Nuburu” or the “Company”) and its wholly-owned subsidiary Nuburu Subsidiary, Inc., is a leading innovator in high-power, high-brightness blue laser technology that is focused on bringing breakthrough improvements to a broad range of high-value applications including welding and 3D printing. The Company is located in Centennial, Colorado.

Nuburu was originally incorporated in Delaware on May 29, 2020. The Company wasJuly 21, 2020 under the name Tailwind Acquisition Corp. (“Tailwind”) as a special purpose acquisition company, formed for the purpose of entering into a merger, capital stock exchange, asset acquisition, stock purchase, reorganization or similareffecting an initial business combination with one or more businessestarget businesses. On September 9, 2020 (the “IPO Closing Date”), the Company consummated its initial public offering (the “IPO”). On January 31, 2023 (the "Closing Date"), the Company consummated a business combination with Nuburu Subsidiary, Inc. f/k/a Nuburu, Inc. (“Legacy Nuburu”), a privately held operating company which merged into the Company's subsidiary Compass Merger Sub, Inc. (the “Business Combination”). and changed its name to “Nuburu, Inc.,” and the Company became the owner, directly or indirectly, of all of the equity interests of Nuburu Subsidiary, Inc. and its subsidiaries. In light of the fact that the Business Combination has closed and the Company's ongoing business will be the business formerly operated by Legacy Nuburu, this business section primarily includes information regarding Legacy Nuburu’s business.

Throughout the notes to the consolidated financial statements, unless otherwise noted, the “Company,” “we,” “us” or “our” and similar terms refer to Legacy Nuburu prior to the consummation of the Business Combination, and Nuburu and its subsidiaries after the consummation of the Business Combination.

Going Concern and Liquidity

The Company is not limiteddevotes its efforts to a particular industry or sector for purposes of consummating a Business Combination.business planning, research and development, and raising capital. The Company is an early stage and emerging growth company that has not yet achieved full commercialization and as such,is expected to incur losses until it does.

From inception through December 31, 2023, the Company is subject to allhas incurred operating losses and negative cash flows from operating activities. For the years ended December 31, 2023 and 2022, the Company has incurred net losses of $20,706,384 and $14,129,101, respectively, and the risks associated with early stage and emerging growth companies.

AsCompany has an accumulated deficit of $81,898,692 as of December 31, 2020,2023. The Company expects to continue to expand its operations, including by investing in manufacturing, sales and marketing, research and development, and infrastructure to support its growth. The Company anticipates that it will incur net losses for the foreseeable future and, even if it increases its revenue, there is no guarantee that it will ever become profitable. All of the aforementioned factors raise substantial doubt about the Company's ability to continue as a going concern.

Until the Company had not commenced any operations. All activity forcan generate sufficient revenue to cover its operating expenses, working capital, and capital expenditures, the period from May 29, 2020 (inception) through December 31, 2020 relates to the Company’s formation, the initial public offering (“Initial Public Offering”), which is described identifying a target company for a Business combination, and activities in connection with the proposed acquisition of QOMPLX (see Note 10). The Company will not generate any operating revenues until after the completion of a Business Combination, at the earliest. The Company generates non-operating income in the form of interest incomerely on funds raised from the proceeds derived from the Initial Public Offering.

The registration statement for the Company’s Initial Public Offering was declared effective on September 3, 2020. On September 9, 2020, the Company consummated the Initial Public Offering 33,421,570 units (the “Units” and, with respect to the Class A common stock included in the Units sold, the “Public Shares”), which includes the partial exercise by the underwriter of its over-allotment option in the amount of 3,421,570 Units, at $10.00 per Unit, generating gross proceeds of $334,215,700, which is described in Note 3.

Simultaneously with the closing of the Initial Public Offering,Business Combination, from the $9,225,000 of Senior Convertible Notes and Warrants issued in June 2023, from the $5,500,000 of Junior Notes and Warrants issued in November 2023, and from the $11,400,000 of Legacy Nuburu convertible notes (the "Legacy Convertible Notes") issued prior to the Closing (refer to Note 8, Notes and Convertible Notes Payable for more information on the Company's notes); as well as from the Lincoln Park Purchase Agreement pursuant to which Lincoln Park has agreed to purchase from the Company, consummatedat the sole discretion of the Company, up to $100,000,000 of Common Stock from time to time over a 48-month period. In accordance with the Lincoln Park Purchase Agreement, Lincoln Park has purchased, at the option of the Company, approximately $2.1 million of Common Stock during the year ended December 31, 2023 but is not required to purchase shares if the Company's stock price falls below $1.00 per share.

The Company plans to finance its operations with proceeds from the issuance and sale of 9,700,000 private placements warrants (the “Private Placement Warrants”) at a price of $1.00 per Private Placement Warrant in a private placement to Tailwind Sponsor LLC (the “Sponsor”), generating gross proceeds of $9,700,000, which is described in Note 4.

Transaction costs amounted to $18,847,894, consisting of $6,684,314 in cash underwriting fees, $11,697,550 of deferred underwriting fees and $466,030 of other offering costs.

Following the closing of the Initial Public Offering on September 9, 2020, an amount of $334,215,700 ($10.00 per Unit) from the net proceeds of the sale of the Units in the Initial Public Offering and the sale of the Private Placement Warrants was placed in a trust account (the “Trust Account”) located in the United States and is invested only in U.S. governmentequity securities within the meaning set forth in Section 2(a)(16) of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “Investment Company Act”), with a maturity of 185 days or less or in any open-ended investment company that holds itself out as a money market fund selected by the Company meeting certain conditions of Rule 2a-7 of the Investment Company Act, as determined by the Company, until the earlier of: (i) the completion of a Business Combination and (ii) the distribution of the funds held in the Trust Account, as described below.

The Company’s management has broad discretion with respect to the specific application of the net proceeds of the Initial Public Offering and the sale of the Private Placement Warrants, although substantially all of the net proceeds are intended to be applied generally toward consummating a Business Combination. Theredebt; however, there is no assurance that the Companymanagement's plans to obtain additional debt or equity financing will be ablesuccessfully implemented or implemented on terms favorable to completethe Company.

Certain Significant Risks and Uncertainties

The Company’s future results of operations involve a Business Combination successfully. The Company must complete a Business Combination with one or more operating businesses or assetsnumber of risks and uncertainties. Factors that together have an aggregate fair market value equal to at least 80% of the net assets held in the Trust Account (excluding the deferred underwriting commissions and taxes payable on the income earned on the Trust Account) at the time ofcould affect the Company’s signing a definitive agreement in connection with its initial Business Combination. The Company will only complete a Business Combination if the post-transaction company owns or acquires 50% or morefuture operating results and cause actual results to vary materially from expectations include, but are not limited to, rapid technological change, competition from substitute products and larger companies, protection of the outstanding voting securities of the target or otherwise acquires an interest in the target business or assets sufficient for it notproprietary technology, ability to be required to register as an investment company under the Investment Company Act.

The Company will provide its holders of the outstanding Public Shares (the “public stockholders”) with the opportunity to redeem all or a portion of their Public Shares upon the completion of a business combination either (i) in connection with a stockholder meeting called to approve the Business Combination or (ii) by means of a tender offer. The decision as to whether the Company will seek stockholder approval of a Business Combination or conduct a tender offer will be made by the Company. The public stockholders will be entitled to redeem their Public Shares for a pro rata portion of the amount then in the Trust Account (initially anticipated to be $10.00 per Public Share, plus any pro rata interest earnedmaintain distributor relationships, and dependence on the funds held in the Trust Account and not previously released to the Company to pay its tax obligations). There will be no redemption rights upon the completion of a Business Combination with respect to the Company’s warrants.key individuals.

The Company will only proceed with a Business Combination if the Company has net tangible assets of at least $5,000,001 either prior to or upon such consummation of a Business Combination and, if the Company seeks stockholder approval, a majority of the shares voted are voted in favor of the Business Combination. If a stockholder vote is not required by applicable law or stock exchange rules and the Company does not decide to hold a stockholder vote for business or other reasons, the Company will, pursuant to its Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (the “Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation”), conduct the redemptions pursuant to the tender offer rules of the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) and file tender offer documents with the SEC prior to completing a Business Combination. If, however, stockholder approval of the transaction is required by applicable law or stock exchange rules, or the Company decides to obtain stockholder approval for business or other reasons, the Company will offer to redeem shares in conjunction with a proxy solicitation pursuant to the proxy rules and not pursuant to the tender offer rules. If the Company seeks stockholder approval in connection with a Business Combination, the Sponsor has agreed to vote its Founder Shares (as defined in Note 5), and any Public Shares purchased during or after the Initial Public Offering in favor of approving a Business Combination. Additionally, each public stockholder may elect to redeem their Public Shares irrespective of whether they vote for or against the proposed transaction or do not vote at all.


TAILWIND ACQUISITION CORP.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2020

Notwithstanding the above, if the Company seeks stockholder approval of a Business Combination and it does not conduct redemptions pursuant to the tender offer rules, the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation provides that a public stockholder, together with any affiliate of such stockholder or any other person with whom such stockholder is acting in concert or as a “group” (as defined under Section 13 of the Exchange Act), will be restricted from redeeming its shares with respect to more than an aggregate of 15% or more of the Public Shares, without the prior consent of the Company.

The Sponsor has agreed (a) to waive its redemption rights with respect to its Founder Shares and Public Shares held by it in connection with the completion of a Business Combination and (b) not to propose an amendment to the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (i) to modify the substance or timing of the Company’s obligation to allow redemption in connection with the Company’s initial Business Combination or to redeem 100% of its Public Shares if the Company does not complete a Business Combination or (ii) with respect to any other provision relating to stockholders’ rights or pre-initial business combination activity, unless the Company provides the public stockholders with the opportunity to redeem their Public Shares in conjunction with any such amendment.

The Company will have until September 9, 2022 to complete a Business Combination (the “Combination Period”). If the Company is unable to complete a Business Combination within the Combination Period, the Company will (i) cease all operations except for the purpose of winding up, (ii) as promptly as reasonably possible but not more than ten business days thereafter, redeem the Public Shares, at a per-share price, payable in cash, equal to the aggregate amount then on deposit in the Trust Account including interest earned on the funds held in the Trust Account and not previously released to the Company to pay its tax obligations (less up to $100,000 of interest to pay dissolution expenses), divided by the number of then outstanding Public Shares, which redemption will completely extinguish public stockholders’ rights as stockholders (including the right to receive further liquidating distributions, if any), and (iii) as promptly as reasonably possible following such redemption, subject to the approval of the Company’s remaining stockholders and the Company’s board of directors, dissolve and liquidate, subject in each case to the Company’s obligations under Delaware law to provide for claims of creditors and the requirements of other applicable law. There will be no redemption rights or liquidating distributions with respect to the Company’s warrants, which will expire worthless if the Company fails to complete a Business Combination within the Combination Period.

The Sponsor has agreed to waive its liquidation rights with respect to the Founder Shares if the Company fails to complete a Business Combination within the Combination Period. However, if the Sponsor acquires Public Shares in or after the Initial Public Offering, such Public Shares will be entitled to liquidating distributions from the Trust Account if the Company fails to complete a Business Combination within the Combination Period. The underwriter has agreed to waive its rights to the deferred underwriting commission (see Note 6) held in the Trust Account in the event the Company does not complete a Business Combination within the Combination Period and, in such event, such amounts will be included with the other funds held in the Trust Account that will be available to fund the redemption of the Public Shares. In the event of such distribution, it is possible that the per share value of the assets remaining available for distribution will be less than the Initial Public Offering price per Unit ($10.00).

In order to protect the amounts held in the Trust Account, the Sponsor has agreed to be liable to the Company if and to the extent any claims by a third party for services rendered or products sold to the Company, or a prospective target business with which the Company has discussed entering into a transaction agreement, reduce the amount of funds in the Trust Account to below (1) $10.00 per Public Share or (2) such lesser amount per Public Share held in the Trust Account as of the date of the liquidation of the Trust Account due to reductions in the value of the trust assets, in each case net of the interest which may be withdrawn to pay franchise and income taxes. This liability will not apply with respect to claims by a third party who executed a waiver of any and all rights to seek access to the Trust Account and except as to any claims under the Company’s indemnity of the underwriter of the Initial Public Offering against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities. Moreover, in the event that an executed waiver is deemed to be unenforceable against a third party, the Sponsor will not be responsible to the extent of any liability for such third-party claims. The Company will seek to reduce the possibility that the Sponsor will have to indemnify the Trust Account due to claims of creditors by endeavoring to have all vendors, service providers (except the Company’s independent registered public accounting firm), prospective target businesses and other entities with which the Company does business, execute agreements with the Company waiving any right, title, interest or claim of any kind in or to monies held in the Trust Account.

NOTE 2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Basis of Presentation

The accompanying consolidated financial statements are presented in U.S. dollars and have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“U.S. GAAP”) and pursuant to the accounting and disclosure rules and regulations of the SEC.U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission ("SEC").

F-7


Table of Contents

Reclassification

Certain prior period balances in the consolidated statements of cash flows have been combined or reclassified to conform to current period presentation pursuant to Rule 10-01(a)(2) of Regulation S-X of the SEC. Such reclassifications had no impact on net income, cash flows or shareholders' equity previously reported.


TAILWIND ACQUISITION CORP.Principles of Consolidation

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTSThe accompanying consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and its wholly owned subsidiary. All significant intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.

DECEMBER 31, 2020

Emerging Growth Company

The Company is an “emerging growth company,” as defined in Section 2(a) of the Securities Act, as modified by the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012 (the “JOBS Act”), and it may take advantage of certain exemptions from various reporting requirements that are applicable to other public companies that are not emerging growth companies including, but not limited to, not being required to comply with the independent registered public accounting firm attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in its periodic reports and proxy statements, and exemptions from the requirements of holding a nonbinding advisory vote on executive compensation and stockholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved.

Further, Section 102(b)(1) of the JOBS Act exempts emerging growth companies from being required to comply with new or revised financial accounting standards until private companies (that is, those that have not had a Securities Act registration statement declared effective or do not have a class of securities registered under the Exchange Act) are required to comply with the new or revised financial accounting standards. The JOBS Act provides that a company can elect to opt out of the extended transition period and comply with the requirements that apply to non-emerging growth companies but any such election to opt out is irrevocable. The Company has elected not to opt out of such extended transition period which means that when a standard is issued or revised and it has different application dates for public or private companies, the Company, as an emerging growth company, can adopt the new or revised standard at the time private companies adopt the new or revised standard. This may make comparison of the Company’s consolidated financial statementstatements with another public company which is neither an emerging growth company nor an emerging growth company which has opted out of using the extended transition period difficult or impossible because of the potential differences in accounting standards used.

Use of Estimates

The preparation of consolidated financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires the Company’s management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the consolidated financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period.periods.

Making estimates requires management to exercise significant judgment. It is at least reasonably possible that the estimate of the effect of a condition, situation or set of circumstances that existed at the date of the consolidated financial statements, which management considered in formulating its estimate, could change in the near term due to one or more future confirming events. Accordingly,Estimates and assumptions made by management include, but are not limited to, the Company's inventory reserve and valuation of stock-based awards and warrants issued. Such estimates may be subject to change as more current information becomes available and, accordingly, the actual results could differ significantly from those estimates.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

The Company considers all short-termCash equivalents are defined as short term, highly liquid investments, with an original maturitywhich are readily convertible to cash and have remaining maturities of three months or less when purchasedat the date of acquisition. Cash and cash equivalents are held in U.S. financial institutions or in custodial accounts with U.S. financial institutions. The Company currently has bank deposits with financial institutions in the U.S. that exceed Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation insurance limits of $250,000. The Company has not experienced any losses in such accounts, nor does the Company believe it is exposed to beany significant credit risk on cash and cash equivalents. However, any loss incurred or lack of access to such funds could have a significant adverse impact on the Company's financial condition, results of operations, and cash flows. As of December 31, 2023 and 2022, substantially all of the cash on hand was considered cash equivalents.

Concentrations of Credit Risk, Other Risks and Uncertainties

The Company's financial instruments that are subject to credit risk consist primarily of cash and cash equivalents and accounts receivable. At December 31, 2023 and 2022, substantially all of the Company's cash and cash equivalents were held in one large financial institution located in the United States. Management believes the financial risk associated with these balances is minimal and has not experienced any losses to date. The Company didgenerally requires deposits from its customers. The Company's accounts receivable are derived from billings to customers and it has not experienced any collection issues to-date.

The Company's future results of operations involve a number of risks and uncertainties. The Company’s current business activities consist of business planning, research and development efforts to design and develop high-power, high-brightness blue laser technology, and capital raising to finance the Company through full commercialization. The Company is subject to the risks associated with such activities, including the need to further develop its technology and its marketing and distribution channels; further develop its supply chain and manufacturing; and hire additional management and other key personnel. Successful completion of the Company’s development program and, ultimately, the attainment of profitable operations, are dependent upon future events, including its ability to access potential markets and secure long-term financing.

F-8


Table of Contents

The Company currently depends upon a small number of customers for a substantial portion of its revenue. During the year ended December 31, 2023, two customers accounted for 39% and 29% of the Company's revenue, respectively. During the year ended December 31, 2022, two customers accounted for 47% and 22% of the Company’s revenue, respectively. As of December 31, 2023, four customers accounted for 50%, 18%, 13%, and 10% of the Company's accounts receivable, respectively. As of December 31, 2022, three customers accounted for 62%, 26%, and 8% of the Company’s accounts receivable, respectively. Loss of any of the Company's customers could have anya material adverse effect on the Company's operations.

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

The fair value of the Company's assets and liabilities, including cash equivalents, accounts receivable, prepaid expenses and other current assets, accounts payable, and accrued expenses, which qualify as financial instruments under Financial Accounting Standards Board ("FASB") Accounting Standards Codification ("ASC") 820 — Fair Value Measurement ("ASC 820") approximates the carrying amounts represented in the consolidated balance sheets, primarily due to their short-term nature.

Assets and liabilities recorded at fair value on a recurring basis in the balance sheets are categorized based upon the level of judgment associated with the inputs used to measure their fair values. Fair value is defined as the exchange price that would be received for an asset or paid to transfer a liability (an exit price) in the principal or most advantageous market for the asset or liability in an orderly transaction between market participants on the measurement date. Valuation techniques used to measure fair value must maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs. The standard describes a fair value hierarchy based on three levels of inputs, of which the first two are considered observable and the last unobservable, as follows:

Level 1: Valuations based on quoted prices for identical assets and liabilities in active markets.

Level 2: Valuations based on observable inputs other than quoted prices included in Level 1, such as quoted prices for similar assets and liabilities in active markets, quoted prices for identical or similar assets and liabilities in markets that are not active, or other inputs that are observable or can be corroborated by observable market data.

Level 3: Valuations based on unobservable inputs reflecting our own assumptions, consistent with reasonably available assumptions made by other market participants. These valuations require significant judgment.

The assets’ or liabilities’ fair value measurement level within the fair value hierarchy is based on the lowest level of any input that is significant to the fair value measurement.

Accounts Receivable and Allowance for Credit Losses

Accounts receivable consist of uncollateralized obligations due from customers under normal trade terms, typically requiring a substantial deposit prior to any shipment. The carrying value of receivables, net of the allowance for credit losses, represents their net realizable value. The allowance for credit losses is estimated by management based on the nature and the age of outstanding receivables, historical collection experience, specific customer circumstances, and reasonable and supportable forecasts of future economic conditions. Past due receivables are written off when the Company's collection efforts have been deemed unsuccessful in collecting the amounts past due. Bad debt recoveries are credited to the allowance account as collected.

The Company manufactures and sells its products to a broad range of customers. Customers are typically provided payment terms of 30 to 120 days. The Company has tracked historical loss information for its trade receivables and has not experienced any material credit losses to date. Management has also determined that there were no economic conditions present to warrant an allowance for credit losses as of December 31, 2020.2023 and 2022. As such, there was no allowance for credit losses recorded as of December 31, 2023 and 2022.

Inventories, Net

Marketable Securities HeldAll inventories are stated at the lower of cost determined on the first in, Trust Account

first out basis or net realizable value. Net realizable value is the estimated selling price in the ordinary course of business, less reasonably predicted costs of completion, disposal, and transportation. Inventory includes parts and components that may be specialized in nature and subject to obsolescence. The Company classifies its U.S. Treasury and equivalent securities as held-to-maturity in accordance with ASC 320 “Investments - Debt and Equity Securities.” Held-to-maturity securities are those securities whichmaintains a reserve for excess or obsolete inventory items. On a quarterly basis, the Company hasreviews inventory quantities on hand in comparison to past consumption, recent purchases, and other factors to determine what inventory quantities, if any, may not be sellable. Based on this review, inventories are written off and charged to cost of revenue when identified as excess or obsolete. Subsequent changes in facts and circumstances do not result in an increase in the abilityreserve previously recognized.

Property and intentEquipment, Net

Property and equipment are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation and amortization. The Company provides for depreciation and amortization of property and equipment on a straight-line basis for financial accounting purposes, and on an accelerated basis for tax purposes, over the estimated useful life of the respective asset.

Maintenance and repairs are charged to hold until maturity. Held-to-maturity treasury securitiesexpense as incurred and major renewals or betterments which extend the life of such assets are recorded at amortized costcapitalized based on the accompanyingshorter of the life of the lease or the estimated useful life. The net gain or loss on property retired or otherwise disposed of is credited or charged to operating expenses and the costs and accumulated depreciation and amortization are removed from the accounts.

The estimated useful lives for each major depreciable classification of property and equipment are as follows:

F-9


Description of property and equipment

Years

Computer equipment

5

Office furniture and equipment

7

Leasehold improvements

Lease term or useful life, whatever is shorter

Machinery and equipment

10

Leases

The Company determines if an arrangement is a lease at inception. Operating leases are included in operating lease right-of-use ("ROU") assets, and operating lease liabilities, current, and noncurrent, on the consolidated balance sheetsheets. The Company currently does not have any finance lease arrangements.

Operating lease ROU assets and adjustedoperating lease liabilities are recognized based on the present value of the future minimum lease payments over the lease term at the commencement date of the lease. As the Company's leases do not provide an implicit rate, the Company uses its incremental borrowing rate based on the information available at the commencement date of the lease in determining the present value of future payments. The operating lease ROU asset also includes any lease payments made and excludes lease incentives and initial direct costs incurred. The Company's lease terms may include an option to extend or terminate the lease when it is reasonably certain that it will exercise that option. Lease expense for minimum lease payments is recognized on a straight-line basis over the lease term. Leases with an initial term of 12 months or less are not recorded on the balance sheet; the Company recognized lease expense for these leases on a straight-line basis over the lease term.

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets

The Company reviews long-lived assets for impairment whenever events or changes in business circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of the assets may not be fully recoverable. If the sum of the expected undiscounted cash flows is less than the carrying value of the related asset or group of assets being reviewed for impairment, a loss is recognized for the amortizationdifference between the fair value and carrying value of the asset or accretiongroup of premiumsassets. There was no impairment loss recognized for the years ended December 31, 2023 or discounts.2022.

Revenue Recognition

Class A Common Stock SubjectThe Company's primary business activity involves sales of high-powered lasers and related installation services. The Company has sales to Possible Redemption

customers throughout the U.S., Europe, and Asia. All sales are settled in U.S. dollars. The Company accounts for revenue contracts with customers by applying the requirements of FASB ASC 606 — Revenue from Contracts with Customers ("ASC 606"), which includes the following steps:

identification of the contract, or contracts, with a customer;
identification of the performance obligations in the contract;
determination of the transaction price;
allocation of the transaction price to the performance obligations in the contract; and
recognition of revenue when, or as, the Company satisfies a performance obligation.

In all sales arrangements, revenues are recognized when control of the promised goods or services is transferred to customers, in an amount the Company expects to be entitled to receive in exchange for those goods and services.

At contract inception, the Company assesses the goods or services promised within each contract and determines the performance obligations and assesses whether each promised good or service is distinct. The Company then recognizes revenue for the amount of the transaction price that is allocated to the respective performance obligation when (or as) the performance obligation is satisfied.

Determining the method and amount of revenue to recognize requires the Company to make judgments and estimates which include determining whether the performance obligation is satisfied over time or at a point in time, the selection of method to measure progress towards completion, and determining if the contract includes any variable consideration or material right elements.

The Company’s primary performance obligations include product sales and installation services. Revenue for product sales is recognized when the customer obtains control of the product, which occurs at a point in time, and may be upon shipment or upon delivery based on the contractual shipping terms of a contract. Revenue for installation services is recognized over time, as the service is rendered. For this performance obligation, the Company has a right to consideration from customers that corresponds directly with the value to the customers of the Company's performance completed to date, and as such, the Company recognizes revenue in the amount to which it has a right to invoice the customer. Typically, invoices are issued upon shipment or completion of services, which varies based on the product and service duration.

The Company allocates the transaction price based on the estimated relative standalone selling prices of the promised products or services underlying each performance obligation. The Company determines standalone selling prices based on the price at which the performance obligation is sold separately. If the standalone selling price is not observable through past transactions, the Company estimates the standalone selling price taking into account available information such as market conditions and internally approved standard pricing related to the performance obligations.

The Company recognizes freight and shipping costs associated with outbound freight after control over a product has transferred to a customer, as a fulfillment cost and includes those costs in materials within cost of revenue. Revenue received from shipping and handling fees is reflected in net revenue.

F-10


Table of Contents

The Company's standard terms and conditions which are applicable to the Company's contracts covering the sale of its Class A common stock subjectproducts include warranty provisions that provide assurance to possible redemptionits customers that the products will comply with agreed upon specifications, which is standard in the industry. The product warranty is accounted for in accordance with the guidance inguidelines under ASC Topic 480 “Distinguishing Liabilities460-10 — Guarantees. Therefore, losses from Equity.” Class A common stock subject to mandatory redemptionwarranty obligations are accrued when the amount of loss can be reasonably estimated, and the information is classified as a liability instrument and is measured at fair value. Conditionally redeemable common stock (including common stock that features redemption rights that is either withinavailable before the control of the holderfinancial statements are issued or subject to redemption upon the occurrence of uncertain events not solely within the Company’s control) is classified as temporary equity. At all other times, common stock is classified as stockholders’ equity. The Company’s Class A common stock features certain redemption rights that are consideredavailable to be outside of the Company’s control and subject to occurrence of uncertain future events. Accordingly, the 31,981,090 shares of Class A common stock subject to possible redemption at December 31, 2020 are presented as temporary equity, outside of the stockholders’ equity section of the Company’s balance sheet.issued.

Offering Costs

Offering costs consist of legal, accounting and other expenses that are directly related to the Initial Public Offering. Offering costs amounting to $18,847,894 were charged to stockholders’ equity upon the completion of the Initial Public Offering.

F-8

TAILWIND ACQUISITION CORP.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2020

Income Taxes

The Company followshas determined that the assetnature, amount, timing, and liability methoduncertainty of accountingrevenue and cash flow are most significantly affected by its customer concentration, changes in technology, and adverse changes in the economy that may have an adverse impact on the ability of customers to contract with and pay the Company.

Income Taxes

Income taxes are accounted for in accordance with the provisions of FASB ASC 740 — Income Taxes ("ASC 740"), which requires the recognition of deferred income taxes for differences between the basis of assets and liabilities for financial statement and income tax purposes. Income taxes are recognized for the current year and for the impact of deferred tax assets and liabilities, which represent future tax consequences of events that have been recognized differently in the financial statements than for income taxes under ASC 740, “Income Taxes.”tax purposes. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized fordetermined based upon the estimated future tax consequences attributable to differencesdifference between the financial statements carrying amountsstatement and income tax basis of existing assets and liabilities, and their respective tax bases. Deferred tax assets and liabilities areas measured usingby the enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable incomewhich will be in the years in which those temporaryeffect when these differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect onreverse. Deferred tax expense (credit) is the result of changes in the deferred tax assets and liabilities.

In the event of the future consequences of differences between financial reporting bases and tax bases of assets and liabilities ofresult in a change in tax rates is recognized in income in the period that included the enactment date. Valuation allowances are established, when necessary, to reduce deferred tax assetsasset, the Company performs an evaluation of the probability of being able to the amount expectedrealize future benefits indicated by such asset. A valuation allowance related to be realized.

ASC 740 prescribes a recognition threshold and a measurement attribute for the financial statement recognition and measurement ofnet deferred tax positions taken or expected to be taken in a tax return. For those benefits to be recognized, a tax position must beasset is recorded when it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the net deferred tax asset will not be realized. The Company recorded a full valuation allowance as of December 31, 2023 and 2022, as it is more likely than not that the Company will not be able to be sustained upon examination by taxing authorities. utilize the net deferred tax assets in the foreseeable future (see Note 12, Income Taxes). The Company maintains valuation allowances until sufficient evidence exists to support the reversal of such valuation allowances.

The Company recognizes accruedin its financial statements the impact of a tax position, if that position is more likely than not of being sustained on audit, based on the technical merits of the position. The Company's policy is to recognize interest and penalties related toaccrued on any unrecognized tax benefits as incomea component of operating expense. Management has evaluated the Company's tax expense. Therepositions and concluded the Company has taken no uncertain tax positions that would require adjustments to the financial statements to comply with the provisions of this guidance. As there were no unrecognized uncertain tax benefits and no amounts accrued for interest and penaltiespositions as of December 31, 2020. The2023 and 2022, no interest or penalties were recorded to operating expenses. Tax returns filed by the Company is currently not aware of any issues under review that could result in significant payments, accruals or material deviation from its position. The Company is subjectremain open to federal and state income tax examinations through the statutory time periods.

Cost of Revenue

Cost of revenue primarily consists of the cost of materials, overhead and employee compensation associated with the manufacturing of our high-powered lasers. Product cost also includes lower of cost or net realizable value ("LCNRV") adjustments to inventory for adjustments to reduce the carrying value of inventory if its value is greater than the net realizable value, as well as adjustments for excess or obsolete inventory.

Research and Development Expenses

Research and development ("R&D") expenses consist of costs incurred to further the Company's commercialization development efforts. These costs consist primarily of compensation and related costs for R&D personnel, including stock-based compensation, employee benefits, training, travel, third-party consulting services, laboratory supplies, and R&D equipment depreciation. R&D costs are charged to the statement of operations as incurred and are included in operating expenses.

Selling and Marketing Expenses

Selling and marketing expenses consist primarily of compensation and related costs for the Company's direct sales force, sales management, and marketing and include stock-based compensation, employee benefits, and travel for selling and marketing employees as well as costs related to trade shows, marketing programs, third-party consulting expenses, and application lab depreciation expenses. Selling and marketing costs are charged to the statement of operations as incurred and are included in operating expenses.

General and Administrative Expenses

General and administrative expenses consist primarily of compensation and related costs for finance, human resources, and other administrative personnel, and include stock-based compensation, employee benefits, and travel expenses. In addition, general and administrative expenses include third-party consulting and advisory services; legal, audit, and accounting services; and facilities costs. General and administrative costs are charged to the statement of operations as incurred and are included in operating expenses.

Stock-Based Compensation Expenses

The Company measures and recognizes the compensation expenses for all stock-based awards made to employees, directors, and consultants based on estimated grant date fair values. The fair value of employee stock options is estimated on the grant date using the Black-Scholes model. The fair value for time-based stock awards is based on the grant date share price reduced by major taxing authorities since inception.the present value of the expected dividend yield prior to vesting. The fair value of market-based stock awards is estimated using an option-pricing model on the date of grant. Stock-based compensation is reduced for forfeitures, which are accounted for as they occur.

F-11


Table of Contents

Deferred Financing Costs

Deferred financing costs related to financings not yet in place are included in deferred financing costs on the consolidated balance sheet and are not amortized until the associated financing is received, at which point the costs will be amortized over the term of the agreement. Deferred financing costs related to the Company's Junior Notes (as defined and described in Note 8) are included as a deduction from the carrying amount of the notes in current notes payable in the consolidated balance sheets and are amortized to interest expense over the term of the notes.

Debt Discount

The debt discount related to the Company's Junior Notes (as defined and described in Note 8) is included as a deduction from the carrying amount of the notes in current notes payable in the consolidated balance sheets and is amortized to interest expense over the term of the notes.

Net Loss perPer Common Share

NetThe Company's basic net loss per common share is computedcalculated by dividing net loss by the weighted averageweighted-average number of shares of common stock outstanding duringfor the period. The Company has not considered the effect of warrants soldContingently issuable shares are included in the Initial Public Offeringcomputation of basic net loss per share as of the date that all necessary conditions have been satisfied and private placementissuance of the shares is no longer contingent. The Company's diluted net loss per share is computed by giving effect to all potential common stock equivalents outstanding for the period determined using the treasury stock method. For purposes of this calculation, stock options, restricted stock units, and warrants to purchase 26,410,785 shares of common stock inequivalents have been excluded from the calculation of diluted income (loss) per share, since the exercise of the warrants are contingent upon the occurrence of future events and the inclusion of such warrants would be anti-dilutive under the treasury stock method. As a result, diluted loss per common share is the same as basic loss per common share for the period presented.

The Company’s statement of operations includes a presentation of income (loss) per share for common shares subject to possible redemption in a manner similar to the two-class method of income (loss) per share. Net income per common share, basic and diluted, for Class A common stock is calculated by dividing the interest income earned on the Trust Account, net of franchise and income taxes, by the weighted average number of Class A common stock outstanding since original issuance. Net loss per share basicas their effect is anti-dilutive.

Recently Adopted Accounting Pronouncements

In September 2016, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update ("ASU") 2016-13 — Financial Instruments - Credit Losses (Topic 326), Measurement of Credit Losses on Financial Instruments ("ASU 2016-13"). This ASU changes the methodology for measuring credit losses on financial instruments and diluted, for Class B common stock is calculated by dividing the net loss, adjusted for income attributable to Class A common stock, nettiming of applicable franchise and income taxes,when such losses are recorded. The standard was adopted by the weighted average number of Class B common stock outstanding for the period. Class B common stock includes the Founder Shares as these shares doCompany effective January 1, 2023 and did not have any redemption featuressignificant changes to the Company's financial statements and do not participaterelated notes.

In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-02 — Leases, and issued subsequent amendments to the initial guidance in September 2017 within ASU 2017-13, in January 2018 within ASU 2018-01, in July 2018 within ASU 2018-11, in December 2018 within ASU 2018-20, in March 2019 within ASU 2019-01, in November 2019 within ASU 2019-10, in February 2020 within ASU 2020-02, in September 2020 within ASU 2020-05, in July 2021 within ASU 2021-05, and November 2021 within ASU 2021-09 (collectively, "Topic 842"). Topic 842 supersedes Topic 840 — Leases, and requires lessees to recognize all leases on their balance sheets, with the exception of short-term leases, as a right-of-use asset and a corresponding lease liability measured at the present value of the lease payments. Leases will be classified as finance or operating, with classification affecting the pattern and classification of expense recognition in the income earnedstatement. The new standard requires expanded disclosures regarding leasing arrangements. Effective January 1, 2022, the Company adopted Topic 842 using a modified retrospective transition approach by applying the new standard to all leases existing at the date of initial application and not restating comparative periods. There was no cumulative-effect adjustment recorded to retained deficit upon adoption.

Topic 842 provides several optional practical expedients in transition. The Company elected to use the package of practical expedients permitted under the transition guidance, which allows the Company not to reassess its prior conclusions about lease identification, lease classification and initial direct costs for any leases that existed prior to January 1, 2022. The Company did not elect to use the other practical expedients provided.

Upon adoption, the Company recognized the right-of-use asset and operating lease liability totaling $934,584 and $1,031,067, respectively, to reflect the present value of remaining lease payments under an existing lease arrangement with no impact to the opening balance of retained deficit as a result of adoption. The difference between the leased asset and lease liability represents the existing deferred rent liability balance, resulting from historical straight-lining of an operating lease, which was effectively reclassified upon adoption to reduce the measurement of the leased asset. Results for reporting periods beginning January 1, 2022 are presented under ASC 842. For more information on the Trust Account.impact of adoption and the disclosures required by the new standard, refer to Note 6, Commitments and Contingencies.

In August 2020, the FASB issued ASU 2020 06 — Debt – Debt with Conversion and Other Options (Subtopic 470 20) and Derivatives and Hedging – Contracts in Entity’s Own Equity (Subtopic 815 40): Accounting for Convertible Instruments and Contracts in an Entity’s Own Equity ("ASU 2020-06"). This ASU simplifies the accounting for convertible debt instruments and convertible preferred stock by removing the existing guidance in ASC 470-20, that requires entities to account for beneficial conversion features and cash conversion features in equity, separately from the host convertible debt or preferred stock. The following table reflectsamendments in ASU 2020-06 further revise the calculation of basic andguidance in ASC 260, Earnings Per Share, to require entities to calculate diluted net income (loss) per common share (in dollars, exceptearnings per share amounts):

  

For the Period From

May 29, 2020 (inception) Through
December 31,

 
  2020 
Class A Common Stock    
Numerator: Earnings allocable to Class A Common Stock    
Interest Income $105,431 
Income and Franchise Tax  (105,431)
Net Earnings $ 
Denominator: Weighted Average Class A Common Stock    
Class A Common Stock, Basic and Diluted  33,421,570 
Earnings/Basic and Diluted Class A Common Stock $0.00 
     
Class B Common Stock    
Numerator: Net Loss minus Net Earnings    
Net Loss $(281,904)
 Net Earnings allocable to Class A Common Stock   
Net Loss $(281,904)
Denominator: Weighted Average Class B Common Stock    
Class B Common Stock, Basic and Diluted  7,969,220 
Loss/Basic and Diluted Class B Common Stock $(0.04)


TAILWIND ACQUISITION CORP.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2020

As(EPS) for convertible instruments by using the if converted method. In addition, entities must presume share settlement for purposes of December 31, 2020, basic andcalculating diluted shares are the same as there are no securities that are dilutive to the stockholders.

Concentration of Credit Risk

Financial instruments that potentially subjectEPS when an instrument may be settled in cash or shares. The standard is effective for the Company to concentrations of credit risk consist ofon January 1, 2024 and should be applied on a cash account in a financial institution, which, at times, may exceed the Federal Depository Insurance Coverage of $250,000.full or modified retrospective basis, with early adoption permitted beginning on January 1, 2021. The Company hasadopted ASU 2020-06 effective January 1, 2022. The adoption of ASU 2020-06 did not experienced losseshave an impact on the Company’s financial statements.

In December 2023, the FASB issued ASU 2023-09 — Income Taxes (Topic 740): Improvements to Income Tax Disclosures. The ASU requires that an entity disclose specific categories in the effective tax rate reconciliation as well as reconciling items that meet a quantitative threshold. Further, the ASU requires additional disclosures on income tax expense and taxes paid, net of refunds received, by jurisdiction. The new standard is effective for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2024 on a prospective basis with the option to apply it retrospectively. Early adoption is permitted. The adoption of this account and management believesguidance will result in the Company being required to include enhanced income tax related disclosures. The Company is not exposed to significant riskscurrently evaluating the impact this standard will have on such account.its consolidated financial statements.

F-12

Fair Value


Table of Financial InstrumentsContents

The fair value of the Company’s assets and liabilities, which qualify as financial instruments under ASC 820, “Fair Value Measurement,” approximates the carrying amounts represented in the accompanying balance sheet, primarily due to their short-term nature.

Recent Accounting Standards

Management does not believe that any other recently issued, but not yet effective, accounting standards, if currently adopted, would have a material effect on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

NOTE 3. INITIAL PUBLIC OFFERINGREVERSE RECAPITALIZATION

Pursuant toOn January 31, 2023, upon the Initial Public Offering,consummation of the Company sold 33,421,570 Units, which includes a partial exercise by the underwriterBusiness Combination, all holders of its over-allotment option in the amount10,782,091 issued and outstanding shares of 3,421,570 Units, at a purchase price of $10.00 per Unit. Each Unit consists of one share of Class ALegacy Nuburu common stock and one-half40,392,723 issued and outstanding shares of one redeemable warrant (“Public Warrant”). Each whole Public Warrant entitles the holder to purchase one shareLegacy Nuburu preferred stock received shares of Class ANuburu common stock at a pricedeemed value of $11.50$10.00 per share after giving effect to the exchange ratios set forth below (the “Exchange Ratios”):

Legacy Nuburu Class / Series

Exchange Ratio

Legacy Nuburu Common Stock

0.515

Legacy Nuburu Series A Preferred Stock

0.566

Legacy Nuburu Series A-1 Preferred Stock

0.599

Legacy Nuburu Series B Preferred Stock

0.831

Legacy Nuburu Series B-1 Preferred Stock

0.515

Legacy Nuburu Series C Preferred Stock

1.146

This resulted in 31,323,904 shares of Nuburu Common Stock issued and outstanding as of the Closing and all holders of 7,132,467 issued and outstanding Legacy Nuburu equity awards received Nuburu equity awards covering 3,675,976 shares of Nuburu Common Stock at a deemed value of $10.00 per share after giving effect to the Exchange Ratios, based on the following events contemplated by the Business Combination Agreement:

the cancellation and conversion of all 40,392,723 issued and outstanding shares of Legacy Nuburu preferred stock into 23,237,703 shares of Nuburu Common Stock at the conversion rate as calculated pursuant to Legacy Nuburu's Certificate of Incorporation, multiplied by the Exchange Ratios at the date and time the Business Combination became effective (“Effective Time”);
the cancellation and conversion of all 10,782,091 issued and outstanding shares of Legacy Nuburu common stock into 5,556,857 shares of Nuburu Common Stock as adjusted by the Exchange Ratios;
the net exercise of all 4,000,000 outstanding warrants to purchase shares of Legacy Nuburu common stock immediately prior to the Effective Time in accordance with its terms and subsequent conversion into 1,167,557 shares of Nuburu Common Stock at the Effective Time;
the cancellation and conversion of all Legacy Nuburu Convertible Notes into shares of Legacy Nuburu common stock in accordance with its terms as of immediately prior to the Effective Time, which 2,642,239 shares were then outstanding as Legacy Nuburu common stock as of immediately prior to the Effective Time and subsequently converted into 1,361,787 shares of Nuburu Common Stock and 1,361,787 shares of Nuburu Series A preferred stock at the Effective Time; and
the cancellation and exchange of all 6,079,467 granted and outstanding vested and unvested Legacy Nuburu options, which became 3,133,270 Nuburu options exercisable for shares of Nuburu Common Stock with the same terms and vesting conditions except for a number of shares exercisable and the exercise price, each of which was adjusted by the Exchange Ratio; and
the cancellation and exchange of all 1,053,000 granted and outstanding vested and unvested Legacy Nuburu RSUs, which became 542,706 Nuburu RSUs for shares of Nuburu Common Stock with the same terms and vesting conditions except for the number of shares, which was adjusted by the Legacy Nuburu common stock Exchange Ratio.

The other related events that occurred in connection with the Closing are summarized below:

Tailwind and the Tailwind Sponsor entered into a letter agreement (the “Sponsor Support and Forfeiture Agreement”), dated as of August 5, 2022 (as amended by the Amended and Restated Sponsor Support and Forfeiture Agreement, dated January 31, 2023). In connection with the Business Combination, the 8,355,393 Tailwind Sponsor Class B shares were forfeited other than 1,150,000 shares of Common Stock (of which, 150,000 shares were transferred to Nautilus Maser Fund, L.P. and 50,000 shares were transferred to Cohen & Company Capital Markets at Closing) and 650,000 shares of Series A preferred stock. Additionally, upon the Closing, the Sponsor cancelled the 9,700,000 Private Placement Warrants that were held by the Sponsor.
Tailwind, Legacy Nuburu and Lincoln Park entered into a purchase agreement pursuant to which Nuburu may direct Lincoln Park to purchase up to $100 million of Common Stock from time to time over a 48-month period, subject to adjustment (see Note 7).

NOTE 4. PRIVATE PLACEMENT

Simultaneouslycertain limitations contained in the Lincoln Park Purchase Agreement. At the Closing, Nuburu issued 200,000 shares of Nuburu Common Stock to Lincoln Park.

Legacy Nuburu entered into an engagement letter with Anzu Partners on August 30, 2022 (the “Services Agreement”) relating to this arrangement pursuant to which Legacy Nuburu, in recognition of past Services, (i) agreed to pay $500,000 to Anzu Partners upon the closing of the Initial Public Offering, the Sponsor purchased an aggregate of 9,700,000 Private Placement Warrants, atBusiness Combination and (ii) issued a warrant with a strike price of $1.00$0.01 per private placementshare to Anzu Partners for 500,000 shares of Preferred Stock (the “Anzu Partners Warrant”). This warrant was exercised by Anzu Partners in connection with the Closing.

After giving effect to the Business Combination as described above, the number of shares of Common Stock and Series A preferred stock issued and outstanding immediately following the consummation of the Business Combination was as follows:

F-13


 

 

Common Shares

 

 

Series A
Preferred Shares

 

Tailwind public shares

 

 

316,188

 

 

 

 

Tailwind Sponsor Class B shares

 

 

8,355,393

 

 

 

 

Total shares of Tailwind common stock outstanding immediately prior to the Business Combination

 

 

8,671,581

 

 

 

 

Less: forfeiture of the Tailwind Sponsor Class B Common Stock other than 1,150,000 shares of Common Stock and 650,000 shares of Series A Preferred Stock

 

 

(7,205,393

)

 

 

 

Tailwind Sponsor Series A Preferred Stock

 

 

 

 

 

650,000

 

Tailwind public shares issuance of Series A Preferred Stock

 

 

 

 

 

316,188

 

Legacy Nuburu shares

 

 

31,323,904

 

 

 

1,377,265

 

Lincoln Park Commitment Shares

 

 

200,000

 

 

 

 

Anzu Warrant Shares

 

 

 

 

 

500,000

 

Total shares of Nuburu Common Stock outstanding immediately after the Business Combination(1)(2)

 

32,990,092

 

 

2,843,453

 

(1) Excludes 3,675,976 shares of Common Stock as of the Closing of the Business Combination to be reserved for potential future issuance upon the exercise of Nuburu options or $9,700,000settlement of Nuburu RSUs.

(2) Excludes 16,710,785 Public Warrants issued and outstanding as of the Closing of the Business Combination.

The Business Combination is accounted for as a reverse recapitalization in accordance with GAAP because Legacy Nuburu has been determined to be the accounting acquirer. Under this method of accounting, Tailwind, which is the legal acquirer, is treated as the accounting acquiree for financial reporting purposes and Legacy Nuburu, which is the legal acquiree, is treated as the accounting acquirer. Accordingly, the consolidated assets, liabilities and results of operations of Legacy Nuburu have become the historical financial statements of Nuburu, and Tailwind’s assets, liabilities and results of operations have been consolidated with Legacy Nuburu’s beginning on the acquisition date. For accounting purposes, the financial statements of Nuburu represent a continuation of the financial statements of Legacy Nuburu with the Business Combination being treated as the equivalent of Legacy Nuburu issuing stock for the net assets of Tailwind, accompanied by a recapitalization. The net assets of Tailwind are stated at historical costs and no goodwill or other intangible assets have been recorded. Operations prior to the Business Combination will be presented as those of Legacy Nuburu in future reports of Nuburu.

Legacy Nuburu was determined to be the accounting acquirer based on evaluation of the following facts and circumstances:

Legacy Nuburu stockholders comprise a majority of the voting power of Nuburu;
The Nuburu board of directors consists only of members of the Legacy Nuburu board of directors or nominees selected by Legacy Nuburu;
Legacy Nuburu’s operations prior to the acquisition comprise the only ongoing operations of Nuburu;
Legacy Nuburu’s senior management comprises the senior management of Nuburu;
Nuburu has assumed the Legacy Nuburu name; and
Legacy Nuburu’s headquarters have become Nuburu’s headquarters.

All periods prior to the Business Combination have been retrospectively adjusted using the Exchange Ratios for the equivalent number of shares outstanding immediately after the Closing to effect the reverse recapitalization.

In connection with the Closing of the Business Combination, the Company received net proceeds from the Business Combination totaling $3.2 million, prior to deducting transaction and issuance costs. Legacy Nuburu’s total transaction expenses were approximately $3.2 million and Tailwind’s total transaction expenses were approximately $2.5 million after taking into account waivers of costs incurred by Legacy Nuburu and Tailwind.

NOTE 4. BALANCE SHEET COMPONENTS

Inventories, Net

Inventories, net as of December 31, 2023 and 2022 consisted of the following:

 

December 31,
2023

 

 

December 31,
2022

 

Raw materials and supplies

 

$

1,973,634

 

 

$

1,011,421

 

Work-in-process

 

 

158,346

 

 

15,213

 

Finished goods

 

 

457,752

 

 

239,051

 

Inventories, gross

 

 

2,589,732

 

 

1,265,685

 

Less: inventory reserve

 

 

(1,133,457

)

 

 

(292,990

)

Inventories, net

 

$

1,456,275

 

$

972,695

 

F-14


Table of Contents

During the year ended December 31, 2023, the Company recorded net adjustments to inventories for LCNRV, obsolescence or scrap of approximately $640,000 to the statement of operations, primarily related to fully reserving inventory related to the Company's AO series as it shifted focus to producing the newer BLTM series, offset by scrap adjustments. During the year ended December 31, 2022, the Company recorded net credits for LCNRV, obsolescence or scrap of approximately $250,000 to the statement of operations, primarily due to reversals of LCNRV adjustments on items that were sold.

Property and Equipment, Net

Property and equipment, net as of December 31, 2023 and 2022 consisted of the following:

 

December 31,
2023

 

 

December 31,
2022

 

Machinery and equipment

 

$

7,179,629

 

 

$

4,827,626

 

Leasehold improvements

 

 

897,948

 

 

810,248

 

Furniture and office equipment

 

 

205,897

 

 

180,747

 

Computer equipment and software

 

 

197,386

 

 

136,282

 

Property and equipment, gross

 

 

8,480,860

 

 

5,954,903

 

Less: accumulated depreciation and amortization

 

 

(2,829,884

)

 

 

(2,183,054

)

Property and equipment, net

 

$

5,650,976

 

$

3,771,849

 

Depreciation and amortization expense related to property and equipment was $505,898 and $450,505 for the years ended December 31, 2023 and 2022, respectively.

Prepaid Expenses and Other Current Assets

Prepaid expenses and other current assets as of December 31, 2023 and 2022 consisted of the following:

 

December 31,
2023

 

 

December 31,
2022

 

Prepaid insurance

 

$

61,342

 

 

$

 

Other prepaid assets

 

 

94,653

 

 

 

34,889

 

Other current assets

 

 

260

 

 

11,848

 

Total prepaid expenses and other current assets

 

$

156,255

 

$

46,737

 

Accrued Expenses

Accrued expenses as of December 31, 2023 and 2022 consisted of the following:

 

December 31,
2023

 

 

December 31,
2022

 

Accrued payroll and related benefits

 

$

754,904

 

 

$

636,009

 

Accrued legal, accounting and professional fees

 

 

838,865

 

 

548,569

 

Accrued transaction costs related to the reverse recapitalization

 

 

503,600

 

 

 

651,818

 

Accrued taxes payable

 

 

89,346

 

 

 

108,516

 

Accrued interest

 

 

337,913

 

 

 

175,288

 

Other

 

 

225,677

 

 

191,918

 

Total accrued expenses

 

$

2,750,305

 

$

2,312,118

 

NOTE 5. FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS

The Company’s financial instruments that are carried at fair value consists of Level 1 and Level 3 assets and liabilities. Level 1 assets include highly liquid bank deposits and money market funds, which were not material as of December 31, 2023 and 2022. Level 1 liabilities include the Public Warrants and are classified as Level 1 due to the use of an observable market quote in an active market. The Company measured the fair value of the Public Warrants on the date of the Closing of the Business Combination based on the close price of the Public Warrant. During the year ended December 31, 2023, no warrants were exercised. Level 3 liabilities include the Junior Note Warrants (as defined in Note 8) and are classified as Level 3 due to the use of unobservable inputs in the aggregate. Each private placementvaluation of the liability, as further described in Note 10.

The gains and losses from re-measurement of Level 1 financial liabilities are recorded as part of other (expense) income, net in the consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss. During the year ended December 31, 2023, the Company recorded a gain of $1,766,513, related to the change in fair value of the Public Warrants and Junior Note Warrants from the Closing to the end of the period. Refer to Note 10 for more information on the warrants issued by the Company during the periods presented. There were no transfers between Level 1, Level 2, and Level 3 in any periods presented.

The following table sets forth the fair value of the Company’s financial liabilities by level within the fair value hierarchy:

 

At December 31, 2023

 

 

Level 1

 

 

Level 2

 

 

Level 3

 

 

Total

 

Public Warrants(1)

 

$

 

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

Junior Note Warrants

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,238,519

 

 

 

2,238,519

 

F-15


(1) The Public Warrants are a Level 1 fair value measurement, as noted further below and in Note 10 of these consolidated financial statements.

Level 1 Financial Liabilities

The following table sets forth a summary of the changes in fair value of the Company's Level 1 financial liabilities.

Year Ended December 31,

2023

Fair value, beginning of period

$

Recognition of Public Warrants upon the reverse recapitalization

1,336,863

Change in fair value

(1,336,863

)

Fair value as of December 31, 2023

$

On December 12, 2023, the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”) notified the Company, and publicly announced, that the NYSE had determined to (a) commence proceedings to delist the Company’s warrants, each whole warrant is exercisable to purchase one share of the Company’s common stock, par value $0.0001 per share, at a price of $11.50 per share, and listed to trade on the NYSE under the symbol “BURU.WS”, and (b) immediately suspend trading in the Warrants due to “abnormally low” trading price levels. As such, the Public Warrants were determined to have no value as of December 31, 2023.

Level 3 Financial Liabilities

The following table sets forth a summary of the changes in fair value of the Company's Level 3 financial liabilities.

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2023

 

Fair value, beginning of period

$

 

Recognition of Junior Note Warrants upon issuance

 

 

2,668,169

 

Change in fair value

 

(429,650

)

Fair value as of December 31, 2023

$

2,238,519

 

NOTE 6. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

Operating Lease

The Company leases and occupies approximately 27,900 square feet of office space in Centennial, Colorado under a noncancelable operating lease agreement. The original term of the lease was set to expire in December 2024, however, in November 2023, the Company elected to extend the lease through June 2025. In recognition of the ROU asset and the related lease liability as of December 31, 2023, any further options to extend the lease term have not been included as the Company was not reasonably certain to exercise any such option.

Year ended December 31,

 

 

2023

 

 

2022

 

Operating lease cost

$

352,080

 

$

340,146

 

As of December 31, 2023 and 2022, the weighted-average remaining lease term was 1.5 years and 2.0 years, respectively, and the weighted-average discount rate used was 7.0% and 5.5%, respectively.

During the years ended December 31, 2023 and 2022, the Company recognized the following lease costs arising from the lease transaction:

Year ended December 31,

 

 

2023

 

 

2022

 

Cash paid for amounts included in the measurement of lease liabilities

$

372,214

 

$

361,324

 

Right-of-use assets obtained in exchange for new operating lease liabilities

 

 

263,939

 

 

934,584

 

As of December 31, 2023, the future payments and interest expense for the operating lease are as follows:

Year Ending December 31,

Future Payments

 

2024

$

383,383

 

2025

 

240,834

 

Total undiscounted cash flows

 

 

624,217

 

Less: imputed interest

 

 

(31,463

)

Present value of lease liabilities

$

592,754

 

Legal Proceedings

In the normal course of business, the Company may become involved in legal proceedings. The Company will accrue a liability for legal proceedings when it is probable that a liability has been incurred and the amount can be reasonably estimated. Significant judgment is required to determine both probability and the estimated amount. When only a range of possible loss can be established, the most probable amount in the range is accrued. If no amount within this range is a better estimate than any other amount within the range, the minimum amount in the range is accrued. As of December 31, 2023 and 2022, the Company was not involved in any material legal proceedings.

F-16


Table of Contents

Purchase Commitments

As of December 31, 2023 and 2022, the Company had $602,335 and $657,112 in outstanding firm purchase commitments to acquire inventory and research and development parts from suppliers for the Company's ongoing operations.

NOTE 7. REVENUE

The Company’s primary revenue-generating activity involves sales of high-powered lasers and related installation services. The Company has sales to customers throughout the U.S., Europe, and Asia. All sales are settled in U.S. dollars.

The following table presents revenue from contracts with customers disaggregated by geography:

Year ended December 31,

 

 

2023

 

 

2022

 

United States

$

1,760,350

 

 

$

1,038,403

 

Asia

 

 

117,835

 

 

 

356,075

 

Europe

 

207,347

 

 

 

45,950

 

Total

$

2,085,532

 

 

$

1,440,428

 

The following table presents revenue from contracts with customers disaggregated by the timing of revenue recognition:

Year ended December 31,

 

 

2023

 

 

2022

 

Revenue recognized at a point in time

$

2,080,532

 

$

1,438,628

 

Revenue recognized over time

 

5,000

 

 

1,800

 

Total

$

2,085,532

 

$

1,440,428

 

Contract liabilities consist of customer deposits that are applied to invoices as the performance obligation is performed. Accounts receivable and contract liabilities as of December 31, 2023 and 2022 were as follows:

 

Accounts Receivable

 

Contract Liabilities

 

January 1, 2022

$

223,275

 

$

173,050

 

December 31, 2022

 

 

327,200

 

 

 

178,750

 

December 31, 2023

 

482,279

 

 

30,400

 

During the years ended December 31, 2023 and 2022, the Company recognized $32,500 and $1,800 of revenue that was included in the contract liabilities balance at the beginning of the reporting period, respectively.

NOTE 8. NOTES AND CONVERTIBLE NOTES PAYABLE

As of December 31, 2023 and 2022, the Company's outstanding debt consisted of the following. Please refer to the remainder of this footnote for more information on the debt issued during the periods presented.

 

December 31,
2023

 

 

December 31,
2022

 

Junior Notes Issued November 2023

 

$

5,500,000

 

 

$

 

Unamortized debt discount

 

 

(2,751,533

)

 

 

Unamortized deferred financing costs

 

 

(600,475

)

 

 

Current portion of notes payable

 

 

2,147,992

 

 

 

Legacy Nuburu Convertible Notes

 

 

 

 

 

7,300,000

 

Current portion of convertible notes payable

 

 

 

 

 

7,300,000

 

Senior Convertible Notes Issued June 2023

 

 

6,713,241

 

 

 

 

Convertible notes payable, long-term

 

 

6,713,241

 

 

 

Total debt

 

$

8,861,233

 

 

$

7,300,000

 

Junior Notes Issued November 2023

On November 13, 2023, the Company entered into Note and Warrant Purchase Agreements (the "Junior Note Purchase Agreements") with the lenders identified therein (the "Lenders") providing for (i) zero-interest promissory notes, issued with a 10% original issue discount, in the aggregate principal amount of $5,500,000 (the "Junior Notes"), and (ii) warrants ("Junior Note Warrants," refer to Note 10, Warrants), exercisable for an amount of the Company's common stock equal to 100% principle amount of the Junior Notes (limited to an aggregate of 19.9% of the Company's outstanding common stock until such time as the transaction is approved by the Company's stockholders), which will be exercisable for $0.25 per share of the Company's common stock. The Company intends to use the net proceeds (after deducting the original issue discount of $500,000 and offering expenses of $691,399) from the Junior Note Purchase Agreements for general corporate purposes.

The Junior Notes are junior and secured by the Company's patent portfolio pursuant to a security agreement among the parties (the "Security Agreement"). The Junior Notes will mature on the earlier of: (i) the Company closing a credit facility in principal amount of at least $20 million, (ii) a Sale Event (as defined in the Junior Note Purchase Agreements), or (iii) twelve months after issuance. The Junior Notes contain customary events of default. If the Junior Notes have not been repaid within six or nine months after issuance, the Junior Notes will begin to

F-17


Table of Contents

bear interest at the SOFR rate plus 9% and at the SOFR rate plus 12%, respectively, and an additional 25% warrant coverage will be provided at each such date, with a per share exercise price equal to 120% of the trading price of the Company's common stock at anthe time of issuance and a redemption right in favor of the Company when the trading price of the common stock is greater than 200% of the applicable exercise price for 20 out of $11.50any 30 consecutive trading days. Shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of the Junior Note Warrants will be limited to an aggregate of 19.9% of the Company's outstanding common stock until such time as the transaction is approved by the Company's stockholders.

Refer to Note 10 for the Company's accounting for the Junior Note Warrants. As a result of that accounting, the Notes contain the original issue discount of $500,000 as well as the discount associated with the Junior Note Warrant liability of $2,668,169. The discount will be amortized over the term of the Junior Notes in accordance with FASB ASC 835 - Interest.

The table below summarizes the issuance of the Junior Notes and Junior Note Warrants to related parties:

Noteholder

Principal Amount of Notes

 

David Seldin(1)

 

$

1,100,000

 

Eunomia, LP(2)

 

1,100,000

 

CST Global LLC(3)

 

 

220,000

 

(1) David Seldin was a member of the Legacy Nuburu board of directors and at the time of the issuance was the sole manager of Anzu Nuburu LLC, Anzu Nuburu II LLC, Anzu Nuburu III LLC and Anzu Nuburu V LLC (the "Anzu SPVs"), which at that time owned more than 5% of Legacy Nuburu’s capital stock.

(2)Ron Nicol, manager of Eunomia, LP, is the Executive Chairman of the Company’s board of directors.

(3)David Michael, an affiliate of CST Global LLC, was a member of the Legacy Nuburu board of directors.

Senior Convertible Notes Issued June 2023

On June 12, 2023 and June 16, 2023, the Company entered into Note and Warrant Purchase Agreements (the “Senior Convertible Note Purchase Agreements”) primarily with certain investors including existing investors (each, an “Investor”) for the sale of (i) convertible promissory notes (“Senior Convertible Notes”) in the aggregate principal amount of $9,225,000, and (ii) warrants (“Senior Note Warrants," refer to Note 10, Warrants) to purchase up to 11,518,895 shares of the Company’s common stock from the June 12, 2023 Purchase Agreement and up to 1,889,535 shares of Common Stock from the June 16, 2023 Purchase Agreement. The Company intends to use the net proceeds (after deducting offering expenses of $160,345) from the Senior Convertible Note Purchase Agreements for general corporate purposes.

The Senior Convertible Notes are senior, secured obligations of the Company, which became secured by the Company's patent portfolio per the Security Agreement as of November 2023, bear interest at the rate of 7.0% per annum, and are payable on the earlier of June 23, 2026 or the occurrence of an Event of Default, as defined in the Senior Convertible Notes. The Senior Convertible Notes are senior to the Junior Notes pursuant to an intercreditor agreement between the parties. The Senior Convertible Notes may be converted at any time following June 23, 2023 prior to the payment in full of the principal amount of the Senior Convertible Notes at the Investor’s option. In the event of the Sale of the Company (as defined in the Senior Convertible Notes), the outstanding principal amount of each Senior Convertible Note, plus all accrued and unpaid interest not otherwise converted into equity securities pursuant to the terms of the Senior Convertible Notes, shall (i) if the Investor so elects, be converted into equity securities pursuant to the terms of the Senior Convertible Notes at a price equal to $0.688 per share subject(subject to appropriate adjustment (see Note 7). A portionfrom time to time for any stock dividend, stock split, combination of shares, reorganization, recapitalization, reclassification or other similar event), or (ii) be due and payable immediately prior to the closing of such Sale of the proceeds fromCompany, together with a premium equal to 150% of the private placement warrants were addedprincipal amount to the proceeds from the Initial Public Offering held in the Trust Account. If the Company does not complete a Business Combination within the Combination Period, the proceeds frombe prepaid.

The table below summarizes the sale of the private placement warrants held in theSenior Convertible Notes and Senior Note Warrants to related parties:

Investor

Principal Amount of Convertible Notes

 

Wilson-Garling 2023 Family Trust(1)

$

5,000,000

 

David Seldin(2)

 

1,200,000

 

Eunomia, LP(3)

 

 

1,000,000

 

CST Global LLC(4)

 

 

100,000

 

Curtis N Maas Revocable Trust(5)

 

 

100,000

 

(1)Thomas J. Wilson, an affiliate of Wilson-Garling 2023 Family Trust, Account will be used to fund the redemptionwas a member of the Public Shares (subject toLegacy Nuburu board of directors.

(2)David Seldin was a member of the requirementsLegacy Nuburu board of applicable law)directors and at the time of the issuance was the sole manager of Anzu Nuburu LLC, Anzu Nuburu II LLC, Anzu Nuburu III LLC and Anzu Nuburu V LLC (the "Anzu SPVs"), andwhich at that time owned more than 5% of Legacy Nuburu’s capital stock.

(3)Ron Nicol, manager of Eunomia, LP, is the private placement warrants will expire worthless.

NOTE 5. RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

Founder Shares

In June 2020, the Sponsor purchased 8,625,000 sharesExecutive Chairman of the Company’s Class Bboard of directors.

(4)David Michael, an affiliate of CST Global LLC, was a member of the Legacy Nuburu board of directors.

(5)Curtis Maas, an affiliate of the Curtis N Maas Revocable Trust, was a member of the Legacy Nuburu board of directors.

Legacy Nuburu Convertible Notes

F-18


Table of Contents

Over the course of multiple closings in March, August and December 2022 and January 2023, Legacy Nuburu issued and sold Legacy Convertible Notes payable to various investors with aggregate gross proceeds of $11,400,000. The Legacy Convertible Notes accrued interest at a rate of 8% per annum. The outstanding principal amount and all accrued and unpaid interest on the Legacy Convertible Notes (the “Conversion Amount”), immediately prior to the consummation of the Business Combination, automatically converted into 2,642,239 shares of Legacy Nuburu common stock (the “Founder Shares”)that, upon consummation of the Business Combination, entitled the holders of the Legacy Convertible Notes to receive 1,361,787 shares of Common Stock, which was equal to (x) the Conversion Amount divided by (y) $8.50.

The table below summarizes the sale of the Legacy Convertible Notes to related parties:

Noteholder

Principal Amount of Legacy Convertible Notes

 

W-G Investments LLC(1)

$

1,000,000

 

David Seldin(2)

 

1,000,000

 

Ron Nicol(3)

 

 

1,000,000

 

CST Global LLC(4)

 

 

200,000

 

Curtis N Maas Revocable Trust(5)

 

 

150,000

 

Ake Almgren(6)

 

 

100,000

 

(1)Thomas J. Wilson, an affiliate of W-G Investments LLC, was a member of the Legacy Nuburu board of directors.

(2)David Seldin was a member of the Legacy Nuburu board of directors and at the time of the issuance was the sole manager of the Anzu SPVs, which at that time owned more than 5% of Legacy Nuburu’s capital stock.

(3)Ron Nicol is the Chairman of the Company’s board of directors and was a member of the Legacy Nuburu board of directors.

(4)David Michael, an affiliate of CST Global LLC, was a member of the Legacy Nuburu board of directors.

(5)Curtis Maas, an affiliate of the Curtis N Maas Revocable Trust, was a member of the Legacy Nuburu board of directors.

(6)Ake Almgren resigned as a member of the Company's board of directors effective as of May 19, 2023.

NOTE 9. CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED STOCK

Legacy Nuburu Preferred Stock Financing

In multiple closings in December 2021 and January 2022, Legacy Nuburu sold an aggregate of 1,166,372 shares of Legacy Nuburu Series C Preferred Stock, at a purchase price of $5.00 per share, for an aggregate purchase price of $25,000. approximately $5.8 million.

Series A Preferred Stock

Ranking

The Founder Shares includedCompany’s Preferred Stock ranks senior to the Company’s Common Stock with respect to rights on the distribution of assets on any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the affairs of the Company.

Dividends

Holders of the Company’s Preferred Stock participate, on an aggregateas-converted basis (without regard to any conversion limitations) in all dividends paid to the holders of upthe Company’s Common Stock.

Conversion Rights

The Preferred Stock is convertible at any time into Common Stock at a conversion rate equal to 269,607 shares$10.00 (subject to equitable adjustment in the event of a stock split, stock consolidation, subdivision or certain other events of a similar nature that were subject to forfeiture by the Sponsor following the underwriter’s election to partially exercise its over-allotment option so thatincrease or decrease the number of Founder Shares would collectively represent approximately 20%shares of Preferred Stock outstanding (the “Original Issuance Price”)) divided by the lesser of (i) $11.50 and (ii) the greater of (x) 115% of the lowest volume-weighted average price per share of the Company’s issuedCommon Stock as displayed under the heading Bloomberg VWAP (the “VWAP”) for any consecutive ninety-trading day period prior to the calculation of such VWAP and outstanding shares after the Initial Public Offering. The underwriter’s over-allotment option expired unexercised on October 24, 2020, as such 269,607 Founder Shares were forfeited, resulting(y) $5.00, in there being an aggregate of 8,355,393 Founder Shares outstanding.

The Sponsor has agreed,each case subject to certain limited exceptions, notadjustment as set forth in the Certificate of Designations (the “Conversion Price”).

Any conversion will be settled only in shares of Common Stock; provided, that, upon any conversion that would result in the holders beneficially owning greater than 9.99% of the Company’s voting stock outstanding as of the conversion date or any individual holder beneficially owning Common Stock in excess of the maximum number of shares of Common Stock that could be issued to transfer, assign or sellthe holder without triggering a change of control under the applicable stock exchange listing rules, the excess, if any, of the Founder Shares until the earlierconversion consideration otherwise payable upon such conversion shall be paid in cash, based on an amount per share of (A) one year after the completion of a Business Combination and (B) subsequentCommon Stock equal to a Business Combination, (x) if the last reported sale price per share of the Class A common stock equals or exceeds $12.00 per share (as adjusted for stock splits, stock reorganizations, recapitalizations andCommon Stock on the like)trading day immediately preceding the conversion date.

Mandatory Conversion

If the VWAP is greater than 200% of the Conversion Price for any 20 trading days within any 30-tradingin a 30-day trading day period, commencing at least 150 days after a Business Combination, or (y) the date on which the Company completes a liquidation, merger, stock exchange, reorganization or other similar transaction that results inmay elect to convert all, but not less than all, of the Preferred Stock then outstanding into the Company’s stockholders having the rightCommon Stock at a conversion rate with respect to exchange their shareseach share of Class A common stock for cash, securities or other property.

Administrative Support Agreement

The Company entered into an agreement, commencing on September 9, 2020, to pay an affiliate of the Sponsor a total of $10,000 per month for office space, utilities and secretarial, and administrative support services. Upon completion of a Business Combination or its liquidation, the Company will cease paying these monthly fees. For the period from May 29, 2020 (inception) through December 31, 2020, the Company incurred $40,000 in fees for these services, of which such amount is included in accrued expenses in the accompanying balance sheet.


TAILWIND ACQUISITION CORP.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2020

Promissory Note — Related Party

In June 2020, the Sponsor issued an unsecured promissory notePreferred Stock equal to the Company (the “Promissory Note”), pursuant to which the Company could borrow up to an aggregate principal amount of $300,000. The Promissory Note was non-interest bearing and payable on the earlier of December 31, 2020 or the consummation of the Initial Public Offering. The outstanding balance under the Promissory Note of $52,250 was repaid on September 15, 2020.

Related Party Loans

In addition, in order to finance transaction costs in connection with a Business Combination, the Sponsor, an affiliate of the Sponsor, or certain of the Company’s officers and directors or their affiliates may, but are not obligated to, loan the Company funds as may be required (“Working Capital Loans”). If the Company completes a Business Combination, the Company would repay the Working Capital Loans out of the proceeds of the Trust Account released to the Company. Otherwise, the Working Capital Loans would be repaid only out of funds held outside the Trust Account. In the event that a Business Combination does not close, the Company may use a portion of proceeds held outside the Trust Account to repay the Working Capital Loans but no proceeds held in the Trust Account would be used to repay the Working Capital Loans. The Working Capital Loans would either be repaid upon consummation of a Business Combination, without interest, or, at the lender’s discretion, up to $1,500,000 of such Working Capital Loans may be convertible into warrants, at a price of $1.00 per warrant, of the post Business Combination entity. The warrants would be identical to the Private Placement Warrants. As of December 31, 2020, no Working Capital Loans were outstanding.

NOTE 6. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

Risks and Uncertainties

Management continues to evaluate the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic and has concluded that while it is reasonably possible that the virus could have a negative effect on the Company’s financial position, results of its operations and/or search for a target company, the specific impact is not readily determinableOriginal Issuance Price as of the date of these financial statements. such conversion divided by the then applicable Conversion Price.

F-19


Table of Contents

Voting Rights

The financial statements doholders of Preferred Stock are not includeentitled to vote at or receive notice of any adjustments that might result from the outcomemeeting of this uncertainty.

Registration and Stockholder Rights

Pursuant to a registration and stockholder rights agreement entered into on September 9, 2020,stockholders, except the holders of Preferred Stock are entitled to certain consent rights on matters related to (i) the Founder Shares, Private Placement Warrants,creation or authorization of the creation of any equity or debt securities of the Company that rank senior or equal to certain rights of the Preferred Stock and warrants that may(ii) the authorization of any adverse change to the powers, preferences, or special rights of the Preferred Stock set forth in the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws, and shall have voting rights as required by law.

Redemption

On the second anniversary of the Closing Date, or January 31, 2025 (the “Test Date”), the Company is obligated to redeem the maximum portion of the Preferred Stock permitted by law in cash at an amount equal to the Original Issuance Price as of such date if the Conversion Price exceeds the VWAP. If, on the Test Date, the Conversion Price is equal to or less than the VWAP, the Company must convert all shares of Preferred Stock then outstanding into shares of the Company’s Common Stock at the then applicable Conversion Price. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company shall not be issued upon conversion of Working Capital Loans (andrequired to redeem any shares of Class A common stock issuable uponPreferred Stock to the exercise of the Private Placement Warrants and warrants that may be issued upon conversion of the Working Capital Loans and upon conversion of the Founder Shares) are entitled to registration rights, requiringextent the Company does not have legally available funds to registereffect such securities for resale (in the case of the Founder Shares, only afterredemption. The mandatory redemption and conversion provisions described herein are further subject to shares of Class A common stock). The holders of these securities will be entitled to make up to three demands, excluding short form demands, that the Company register such securities. In addition, the holders will have certain “piggy-back” registration rights with respect to registration statements filed subsequent to the completion of a Business Combination and rights to require the Company to register for resale such securities pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act. However, the registration and stockholder rights agreement provides that the Company will not permit any registration statement filed under the Securities Act to become effective until termination of the applicable lock-up period. The Company will bear the expenses incurred in connection with the filing of any such registration statements.

Underwriting Agreement

The Company granted the underwriter a 45-day option from the date of the Initial Public Offering to purchase up to 4,500,000 additional Units to cover over-allotments, if any, at the Initial Public Offering price less the underwriting discounts and commissions. The underwriter’s elected to partially exercise the over-allotment option to purchase an additional 3,421,570 Units. The remaining 1,078,430 Units expired unexercised on October 24, 2020.

The underwriter is entitled to a deferred fee of $0.35 per Unit, or $11,697,550limitations detailed in the aggregate. The deferred fee will become payable to the underwriter from the amounts held in the Trust Account solely in the event that the Company completes a Business Combination, subject to the termsCertificate of the underwriting agreement.Designations.

NOTE 7. STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

Series A Preferred Stock Issuances

The Company is authorized to issue 1,000,00050,000,000 shares of preferred stock with a par value of $0.0001$0.0001 per share with such designation, rights and preferences as may be determined from time to time by the Company’s board of directors. AtAs of December 31, 2020,2023 and 2022, there were no2,388,905 and 23,237,703 shares of preferred stock issued and outstanding.or outstanding, respectively.


TAILWIND ACQUISITION CORP.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2020

Class A Common Stock — The Company is authorized to issue 500,000,000Upon the Closing of the Business Combination, all 23,237,703 shares of Class A common stock with a par value of $0.0001 per share. Holders of Class A common stock are entitled to one vote for each share. At December 31, 2020, there were 1,440,480 shares of Class A common stock issued and outstanding excluding 31,981,090convertible preferred stock were cancelled and converted into 23,237,703 shares of Class ALegacy Nuburu common stock subjectbased upon the conversion rate as calculated pursuant to possible redemption.Legacy Nuburu's Certificate of Incorporation, multiplied by the Exchange Ratios at the Effective Time.

Class B Common Stock — The Company is authorized to issue 50,000,000 sharesAdditionally, upon the Closing of Class B common stock with a par valuethe Business Combination, the cancellation and conversion of $0.0001 per share. At December 31, 2020, there were 8,355,393 shares of Class B common stock issued and outstanding.

Holders of Class A common stock and Class B common stock will vote together as a single class on all matters submitted to a vote of stockholders except as required by law.

The shares of Class B common stock will automatically convertLegacy Nuburu Convertible Notes into shares of ClassLegacy Nuburu common stock in accordance with its terms as of immediately prior to the Effective Time resulted in the issuance of 2,642,239 shares which were then outstanding as Legacy Nuburu common stock as of immediately prior to the Effective Time and subsequently converted into 1,361,787 shares of Nuburu Common Stock and 1,361,787 shares of Nuburu Series A commonpreferred stock at the timeEffective Time.

As of the Closing, each Legacy Nuburu stockholder waived its right to participate in the Preferred Stock Issuance (for clarity, excluding any shares received as a result of the conversion of any Legacy Convertible Notes prior to the Closing, which were entitled to participate in the Preferred Stock Issuance). Legacy Nuburu stockholders were entitled to receive approximately 99% of the Common Stock issued as merger consideration pursuant to the Business Combination onAgreement agreed to waive such right by entering into the Stockholder Support Agreement (for clarity, excluding any shares received as a one-for-one basis, subjectresult of the conversion of any Legacy Convertible Notes). Those Legacy Nuburu stockholders who did not waive their right to adjustment. Inparticipate resulted in the case that additionalissuance of 15,478 shares of ClassNuburu Series A commonpreferred stock or equity-linked securities, are issued or deemed issuedat the Effective Time.

Each Tailwind stockholder who did not redeem their shares received a share of Nuburu Series A preferred stock. This resulted in excessthe issuance of 316,188 shares of Nuburu Series A preferred stock to those non-redeeming stockholders.

Tailwind and the Tailwind Sponsor entered into the Sponsor Support and Forfeiture Agreement. In connection with the Business Combination, the 8,355,393 Founder Shares were forfeited other than 1,150,000 shares of Common Stock (of which, 150,000 shares were transferred to Nautilus Maser Fund, L.P. and 50,000 shares were transferred to Cohen & Company Capital Markets at Closing) and 650,000 shares of Series A preferred stock.

Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, Professional Corporation (“WSGR”) was engaged by Legacy Nuburu to act as its counsel for the Business Combination. As partial compensation for the services provided by WSGR to Legacy Nuburu in connection with the Business Combination, the Company agreed to issue to WSGR 195,452 shares of Common Stock and 195,452 shares of Preferred Stock pursuant to the terms of the amounts offeredStock Purchase Agreement entered into by and between the Company and WSGR on March 10, 2023. The foregoing issuance was made in a transaction not involving a public offering pursuant to an exemption from the Initial Public Offering and relatedregistration requirements of the Securities Act in reliance upon Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act or Regulation D promulgated under the Securities Act.

Legacy Nuburu entered into an engagement letter with Anzu Partners on August 30, 2022 pursuant to which Legacy Nuburu, in recognition of past Services, (i) agreed to pay $500,000 to Anzu Partners upon the closing of athe Business Combination the ratio at whichand (ii) issued a warrant with a strike price of $0.01 per share to Anzu Partners for 500,000 shares of Class B common stock shall convert intoPreferred Stock (the “Anzu Partners Warrant”). This warrant was exercised by Anzu Partners in connection with the Closing and the $500,000 payment was made during the nine months ended September 30, 2023.

Conversions

In November 2023, a holder of Series A Preferred Stock converted 650,000 shares of ClassSeries A Preferred Stock to 1,300,000 share of Common Stock under the terms described under "Conversion Rights" above.

NOTE 10. WARRANTS

F-20


Table of Contents

Liability Classified Warrants

November 2023 Junior Note Warrants

In connection with the Junior Notes discussed in Note 8 - Notes and Convertible Notes Payable the Company issued the Junior Note Warrants to purchase up to 22,000,000 shares of the Company's common stockstock. The Junior Note Warrants currently outstanding have an exercise price equal to $0.25 per share and expire on December 6, 2028. The Junior Note Purchase Agreements also provide for additional warrants to be issued if the Junior Notes remain outstanding for certain periods of time: (i) if the Junior Notes have not been repaid six months after issuance, additional warrants will be adjusted (unlessissued to each Lender in an amount equal to the holders of a majorityprincipal amount of the outstanding sharesNote multiplied by 25%, and such quotient divided by a per share cash exercise price equal to 120% of Class B common stock agreethe Volume Weighted Average Price ("VWAP") of the Company's Common Stock during the ten trading days immediately prior to waiveissuance and (ii) if the Junior Notes have not been repaid nine months after issuance, additional warrants will be issued to each Lender in an amount equal to the principal amount of the Note multiplied by 25%, and such adjustment with respectquotient divided by a per share cash exercise price equal to any such issuance or deemed issuance) so120% of the VWAP of the Company's Common Stock during the ten trading days immediately prior to issuance.

Based on the terms of the Junior Note Purchase Agreements, the Junior Note Warrants were evaluated under FASB ASC 815-40 - Derivatives and Hedging-Contracts in Entity's Own Equity ("ASC 815-40") and the Company concluded they did not initially meet the criteria to be classified in stockholders' equity (deficit). Specifically, there were contingent exercise provisions and settlement provisions that existed, as described above, where the number of shares available under the Junior Note Warrants may be adjusted. Because the number of Class Aoutstanding common shares was not a fair value input to a fixed-for-fixed model, the Junior Note Warrants are treated as liabilities and are remeasured at each reporting date. The proceeds of $5,500,000 were allocated first to the Junior Note Warrant liability at fair value and then to the Junior Notes. The Company further determined that the Junior Warrant liability meets the criteria to be accounted for as a bifurcated derivative due to the significant discount it creates on the Junior Notes. The aggregate fair value of the Junior Note Warrants of $2,668,169 was estimated using a Monte Carlo simulation based approach, a Level 3 valuation. The significant inputs to the calculation of the fair value of the Junior Note Warrant liability were as follows:

 

 

Upon Issuance

 

 

As of December 31, 2023

Common Stock Warrants:

 

 

 

 

Stock price

 

$

0.18

 

$

0.15

Expected term (in years)

 

 

5.0

 

 

4.9

Expected volatility

 

 

66.3%

 

 

66.3%

Risk-free interest rate

 

 

4.1%

 

 

3.8%

Expected dividend yield

 

 

0.0%

 

 

0.0%

Public Warrants

In connection with the closing of the Business Combination, Nuburu assumed the 16,710,785 Public Warrants outstanding on the date of Closing. As of December 31, 2023, all 16,710,785 Public Warrants remain outstanding. However, on December 12, 2023, the NYSE notified the Company and publicly announced that the NYSE had determined to (a) commence proceedings to delist the Company’s warrants, each whole warrant exercisable to purchase one share of the Company’s common stock, issuable upon conversionpar value $0.0001 per share, at a price of all shares of Class B common stock will equal,$11.50 per share, and listed to trade on the NYSE under the symbol “BURU WS”, and (b) immediately suspend trading in the aggregate, on an as-converted basis, 20%Warrants due to “abnormally low” trading price levels. As such, the Public Warrants were determined to have no value in the financial statements as of December 31, 2023.

Each whole warrant entitles the sumregistered holder to purchase one share of the total numberCommon Stock at a price of all shares of common stock outstanding upon$11.50 per share, subject to adjustment as discussed below, at any time commencing 30 days after the completion of the Initial Public Offering plus all shares of Class A common stock and equity-linked securities issued or deemed issued in connection withBusiness Combination. Pursuant to the Warrant Agreement, a Business Combination (excluding any shares or equity-linked securities issued, or to be issued, to any seller in a Business Combination).

Warrants — Public Warrantswarrant holder may exercise its warrants only be exercised for a whole number of shares. No fractionalshares of Common Stock. The warrants will be issued upon separation of the Units and only whole warrants will trade. The Public Warrants will become exercisable on the later of (a) 12 months from the closing of the Initial Public Offering and (b) 30 daysexpire five years after the completion of a Business Combination.

The Company will not be obligated to deliver any shares of Class A common stock pursuant to the exercise of a warrant and will have no obligation to settle such warrant exercise unless a registration statement under the Securities Act with respect to the shares of Class A common stock underlying the warrants is then effective and a prospectus relating thereto is current, subject to the Company satisfying its obligations with respect to registration, or a valid exemption from registration is available. No warrant will be exercisable and the Company will not be obligated to issue any shares of Class A common stock upon exercise of a warrant unless the share of Class A common stock issuable upon such warrant exercise has been registered, qualified or deemed to be exempt under the securities laws of the state of residence of the registered holder of the warrants.

The Company has agreed that as soon as practicable, but in no event later than 20 business days after the closing of a Business Combination, it will use its commercially reasonable efforts to file with the SEC a registration statement for the registration, under the Securities Act, of the shares of Class A common stock issuableat 5:00 p.m., New York City time, or earlier upon exercise of the warrants, and the Company will use its commercially reasonable efforts to cause the same to become effective within 60 business days after the closing of a Business Combination, and to maintain the effectiveness of such registration statement and a current prospectus relating to those shares of Class A common stock until the warrants expireredemption or are redeemed, as specified in the warrant agreement; provided that if the Class A common stock is at the time of any exercise of a warrant not listed on a national securities exchange such that they satisfy the definition of a “covered security” under Section 18(b)(1) of the Securities Act, the Company may, at its option, require holders of Public Warrants who exercise their warrants to do so on a “cashless basis” in accordance with Section 3(a)(9) of the Securities Act and, in the event the Company so elects, the Company will not be required to file or maintain in effect a registration statement, but it will use its commercially reasonably efforts to register or qualify the shares under applicable blue sky laws to the extent an exemption is not available. If a registration statement covering the shares of Class A common stock issuable upon exercise of the warrants is not effective by the 60th day after the closing of a Business Combination, warrant holders may, until such time as there is an effective registration statement and during any period when the Company will have failed to maintain an effective registration statement, exercise warrants on a “cashless basis” in accordance with Section 3(a)(9) of the Securities Act or another exemption, but the Company will use its commercially reasonably efforts to register or qualify the shares under applicable blue sky laws to the extent an exemption is not available.liquidation.

Redemptions of warrants when the price of Class A common stockCommon Stock equals or exceeds $18.00$18.00 — Once the Public Warrants become exercisable, the Company may redeem the Public Warrants:

in whole and not in part;
at a price of $0.01 per warrant;

upon not less than 30 days’ prior written notice of redemption to each warrant holder; and
if, and only if, the closing price of the Class A common stock equals or exceeds $18.00 per share for any 20 trading days within a 30-trading day period ending three trading days before the Company sends the notice of redemption to the warrant holders.

in whole and not in part;
at a price of $0.01 per warrant;
upon not less than 30 days’ prior written notice of redemption to each warrant holder; and
if, and only if, the closing price of the Common Stock equals or exceeds $18.00 per share for any 20 trading days within a 30-trading day period ending three trading days before the Company sends the notice of redemption to the warrant holders.

TAILWIND ACQUISITION CORP.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2020

If and when the warrantsPublic Warrants become redeemable by the Company, the Companyit may exercise its redemption right even if itthe Company is unable to register or qualify the underlying securities for sale under all applicable state securities laws.

Redemption of warrants when the price per share of Class common stockCommon Stock equals or exceeds $10.00$10.00 — Once the Public Warrants become exercisable, the Company may redeem the Public Warrants:

in whole and not in part;
at $0.10 per warrant upon a minimum of 30 days’ prior written notice of redemption provided that holders will be able to exercise their warrants on a cashless basis prior to redemption and receive that number of shares based on the redemption date and the fair market value of the Common Stock;

F-21

in whole and not in part;
at $0.10 per warrant upon a minimum of 30 days’ prior written notice of redemption provided that holders will be able to exercise their warrants on a cashless basis prior to redemption and receive that number of shares based on the redemption date and the fair market value of the Class A common stock;
if, and only if, the last reported sale price of the Class A common stock equals or exceeds $10.00 per share (as adjusted per stock splits, stock dividends, reorganizations, reclassifications, recapitalizations and the like) for any 20 trading days within the 30-trading day period ending three trading days before the Company send the notice of redemption to the warrant holders; and

Table of Contents

if the closing price of the Class A common stock for any 20 trading days within a 30-trading
if, and only if, the last reported sale price of the Common Stock equals or exceeds $10.00 per share (as adjusted per stock splits, stock dividends, reorganizations, reclassifications, recapitalizations and the like) for any 20 trading days within the 30-trading day period ending three trading days before the Company sends the notice of redemption to the warrant holders; and
if the closing price of the Common Stock for any 20 trading days within a 30-trading day period ending on the third trading day prior to the date on which the Company sends the notice of redemption to the warrant holders is less than $18.00 per share, the Private Placement Warrants must also be concurrently called for redemption on the same terms as the outstanding Public Warrants, as described above.

In addition, if (x) the Company issues additional shares of Class A common stock or equity-linked securities for capital raising purposes in connection with the closing of a Business Combination at an issue price or effective issue price of less than $9.20 per share of Class A common stock (with such issue price or effective issue price to be determined in good faith by the Company’s board of directors and, in the case of any such issuance to the Sponsor or its affiliates, without taking into account any Founder Shares held by the Sponsor or such affiliates, as applicable, prior to such issuance) (the “Newly Issued Price”), (y) the aggregate gross proceeds from such issuances represent more than 60% of the total equity proceeds, and interest thereon, available for the funding of a Business Combination on the date of the consummation of a Business Combination (net of redemptions), and (z) the volume weighted average trading price of the shares of Class A common stock during the 20 trading day period starting on the trading day prior to the daydate on which the Company consummates a Business Combination (such price,sends the “Market Value”)notice of redemption to the warrant holders is below $9.20less than $18.00 per share, the Private Placement Warrants must also be concurrently called for redemption on the same terms as the outstanding Public Warrants, as described above.

Equity Classified Warrants

June 2023 Senior Note Warrants

In connection with the Senior Convertible Notes discussed in Note 8 - Notes and Convertible Notes Payable, the Company issued the Senior Note Warrants to purchase up to 11,518,895 shares of the Company's common stock pursuant to the June 12, 2023 Purchase Agreement and 1,889,535 shares of Common Stock pursuant to the June 16, 2023 Purchase Agreement. The Senior Note Warrants have an exercise price equal to $1.03 per share and expire on June 23, 2028.

As the Senior Note Warrants were part of a bundled transaction, the gross proceeds from the Private Placement of $9,225,000 were allocated to the Senior Convertible Notes and the Senior Note Warrants based on their respective relative fair value upon issuance. The aggregate fair value of the Senior Note Warrants of $3,401,366 was estimated using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model with the following assumptions:

Upon Issuance

Common Stock Warrants:

Expected term (in years)

5.0

Expected volatility

47.9%

Risk-free interest rate

4.0%

Expected dividend yield

0.0%

NOTE 11. STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION

As of December 31, 2023, the Company had an active stock-based incentive compensation plan and an employee stock purchase plan: the 2022 Equity Incentive Plan (the “2022 Plan”) and the 2022 Employee Stock Purchase Plan (the “ESPP”). All new equity compensation grants are issued under these two plans; however, outstanding awards previously issued under inactive plans will continue to vest and remain exercisable in accordance with the terms of the respective plans.

The 2022 Plan provides for the grant of stock and stock-based awards including stock options, restricted stock, restricted stock units, performance awards, and stock appreciation rights. As of December 31, 2023, there are 4.1 million shares available for grant under the 2022 Plan and 0.4 million shares available for grant under the ESPP.

Stock-Based Compensation Expense

Total stock-based compensation expense recognized in the Company’s consolidated statements of operations is classified as follows:

Year ended December 31,

 

 

2023

 

 

2022

 

Cost of revenue

$

640,847

 

 

$

988,003

 

Research and development

 

 

617,386

 

 

 

143,439

 

Selling and marketing

 

 

266,675

 

 

 

46,299

 

General and administrative

 

965,501

 

 

 

1,184,599

 

Total stock-based compensation expense

$

2,490,409

 

 

$

2,362,340

 

The Company’s stock-based compensation expense is based on the value of the portion of stock-based payment awards that are ultimately expected to vest. During the years ended December 31, 2023 and 2022, stock-based compensation relating to stock-based awards granted to consultants was $458,174 and $961,040, respectively.

Restricted Stock Units

The Company grants Restricted Stock Units ("RSUs") to its employees for their services with a liquidity event requirement. The RSUs granted to employees vest over a period of time from the grant date and are subject to the participants continuing service to the Company over the period. The following table shows a summary of the Company's RSUs outstanding as of December 31, 2023 as well as activity the year then ended:

F-22


Table of Contents

RSUs

 

 

Number of Shares

 

 

Weighted Average Grant Date Fair Value

 

Unvested at December 31, 2022

 

 

542,706

 

$

6.11

 

RSUs granted

 

 

887,997

 

 

$

1.92

 

RSUs vested

 

 

(391,651

)

 

$

4.42

 

RSUs forfeited

 

 

(150,679

)

 

$

1.47

 

Unvested at December 31, 2023

 

 

888,373

 

 

$

5.22

 

The weighted average grant date fair value of RSUs granted to employees and consultants was $1.92 and $6.11 per share for the years ended December 31, 2023 and 2022, respectively. The total grant date fair value of RSUs awarded was $1,709,217 and $3,316,950 for the years ended December 31, 2023 and 2022, respectively. The total grant date fair value of RSUs vested was $1,730,895 and nil for the years ended December 31, 2023 and 2022, respectively.

As of December 31, 2023, total unrecognized stock-based compensation costs related to RSUs was $2,624,464, which is expected to be recognized over a remaining weighted average period of 1.6 years. As of December 31, 2023, all of the RSUs are expected to vest.

Stock Options

The Company's outstanding stock options generally expire 10 years from the date of grant and are exercisable when the options vest, generally over four years, the majority of which vest at a rate of 25% on the first anniversary of the grant date, with the remainder vesting ratably each month over the next three years. A summary of stock option activity is as follows:

 

Number of Stock Options Outstanding

 

 

Weighted-Average Exercise Price

 

 

Weighted-Average Remaining Contractual Life (Years)

 

 

Aggregate Intrinsic Value

 

Options outstanding at December 31, 2022

 

3,133,270

 

$

4.35

 

 

7.9

 

$

5,484,316

 

Options granted

 

 

5,315,917

 

 

$

0.48

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Options exercised

 

 

(5,153

)

 

$

1.36

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Options cancelled or forfeited

 

 

(896,284

)

 

$

2.27

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Options outstanding at December 31, 2023

 

 

7,547,750

 

 

$

1.86

 

 

 

7.9

 

 

$

 

Options exercisable at December 31, 2023

 

 

2,954,137

 

 

$

3.10

 

 

 

5.4

 

 

$

 

Options vested and expected to vest at December 31, 2023

 

 

7,547,750

 

$

1.86

 

 

 

7.9

 

$

 

The weighted-average grant date fair value of options granted to employees and consultants was $0.48 and $1.44 per share for the years ended December 31, 2023 and 2022, respectively.

Aggregate intrinsic value represents the difference between the estimated fair value of the underlying Common Stock and the exercise price of outstanding, in-the-money options. The aggregate intrinsic value of options exercised was $1,040 and $2,319,018 for the warrants will be adjusted (to the nearest cent)years ended December 31, 2023 and 2022, respectively.

As of December 31, 2023, total unrecognized stock-based compensation cost related to stock options was $1,871,219, which is expected to be equal to 115%recognized over a weighted-average period of 2.3 years.

Determining the appropriate fair value of stock based awards requires the input of subjective assumptions including the fair value of the higherCompany’s Common Stock, the expected life of the Market Valueoption, and expected stock price volatility. The Company used the Black Scholes option pricing model to value its stock option awards.

The Company estimates the fair value of the options utilizing the Black-Scholes option pricing model, which is dependent upon several variables, including expected option term, expected volatility of the Company’s share price over the expected term, expected risk-free interest rate over the expected option term, and expected dividend yield rate over the expected option term, and actual forfeiture rates. A summary of the assumptions the Company utilized for option grants during the years ended December 31, 2023 and 2022, respectively, are as follows:

Year Ended December 31,

 

2023

 

2022

Expected term (in years)

0.75-5.0

5.8

Expected volatility

 

44.9%-47.6%

 

42.0%

Risk-free interest rate

 

3.8%-5.5%

 

2.6%

Expected dividend yield

 

0.0%

0.0%

NOTE 12. INCOME TAXES

Due to its current operating losses, the Company recorded zero income tax expense during the years ended December 31, 2023 and 2022. During these periods, the Company’s activities were limited to U.S. federal and state tax jurisdictions, as it does not have any significant foreign operations.

A summary of the sources of differences between income taxes at the federal statutory rate and the Newly Issued Price,provision for income taxes for the $18.00 per share redemption trigger priceyears ended December 31, 2023 and 2022, respectively, is as follows:

F-23


Year Ended December 31,

 

 

2023

 

 

2022

 

Tax benefit at the statutory rate

$

(4,346,294

)

 

$

(2,967,112

)

Increase (decrease) in taxes resulting from:

 

 

 

 

 

 

State taxes

 

 

(400,290

)

 

 

(767,514

)

Stock-based compensation

 

 

82,430

 

 

 

102,560

 

Research and development tax credits

 

 

(418,321

)

 

 

(73,558

)

Other

 

 

(167,497

)

 

 

24,868

 

Change in valuation allowance

 

 

5,249,972

 

 

 

3,680,756

 

Total income tax expense (benefit)

 

$

 

$

 

Significant components of the “RedemptionCompany's deferred income tax assets and liabilities are as follows:

As of December 31,

 

 

2023

 

 

2022

 

Deferred tax assets:

 

 

 

 

 

Net operating loss carryforwards

 

$

13,095,540

 

 

$

9,469,767

 

Research and development credits

 

 

1,647,502

 

 

 

1,229,181

 

Capitalized pre-business expenses

 

 

2,229,904

 

 

 

2,563,946

 

Accrued expenses

 

 

124,458

 

 

 

26,290

 

Stock-based compensation

 

 

899,453

 

 

 

481,062

 

Inventory reserve

 

 

243,070

 

 

 

64,726

 

Operating lease liability

 

 

127,116

 

 

 

158,388

 

Capitalized §174 research and development costs

 

 

1,905,522

 

 

 

919,466

 

Total deferred tax assets before valuation allowance

 

 

20,272,565

 

 

 

14,912,826

 

Less valuation allowance

 

 

(19,756,671

)

 

 

(14,506,698

)

Total deferred tax assets

 

 

515,894

 

 

 

406,128

 

Deferred tax liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fixed assets

 

 

(390,191

)

 

 

(264,377

)

Right-of-use assets

 

 

(125,703

)

 

 

(141,751

)

Total deferred tax liabilities

 

 

(515,894

)

 

 

(406,128

)

Net deferred tax asset (liability)

 

$

 

$

 

Effective for tax years beginning after December 31, 2021, taxpayers are required to capitalize any expenses incurred that are considered incidental to research and experimentation ("R&E") activities under IRC Section 174. While taxpayers historically had the option of Warrants whendeducting these expenses under IRC Section 174, the price per shareDecember 2017 Tax Cuts and Jobs Act mandates capitalization and amortization of Class A common stock equals or exceeds $10.00” described aboveR&E expenses for tax years beginning after December 31, 2021. Expenses incurred in connection with R&E activities in the US must be amortized over a 5-year period if incurred, and R&E expenses incurred outside the US must be amortized over a 15-year period. R&E activities are broader in scope than qualified research activities that are considered under IRC Section 41 (relating to the research tax credit). For the year ended December 31, 2022, the Company performed an analysis based on available guidance and determined that it will be adjusted (to the nearest cent)continue to be equalin a loss position even after the required capitalization and amortization of its R&E expenses. The Company will continue to 180%monitor this issue for future developments, but it does not expect R&E capitalization and amortization to require it to pay cash taxes now or in the near future. Also effective for tax years beginning after December 31, 2021, companies are subject to further limitations on the tax deductibility of the higherinterest expense, which becomes limited to approximately 30% of the Market Valueadjusted earnings before interest and the Newly Issued Price, and the $10.00 per share redemption trigger price described above under “Redemption of Warrants when the price per share of Class A common stock equals or exceeds $10.00” willincome tax expense. Interest expense that is limited for tax purposes may be adjusted (to the nearest cent) to be equalcarried forward indefinitely.

Due to the higherCompany’s history of cumulative losses and after considering all the Market Value and the Newly Issued Price.

The Private Placement Warrants are identical to the Public Warrants underlying the Units sold in the Initial Public Offering, exceptavailable objective evidence, management concluded that the Private Placement Warrants and the shares of Class A common stock issuable upon the exerciseit is not more likely than not that all of the Private Placement Warrants will not be transferable, assignable or saleable until 30 days after the completion of a Business Combination, subject to certain limited exceptions. Additionally, the private placement warrants will be exercisable for cash or on a cashless basis, at the holder’s option, and be non-redeemable so long as they are held by the initial purchasers or their permitted transferees (except for a number of shares of Class A common stock as described above under Redemption of warrants for Class A common stock). If the Private Placement Warrants are held by someone other than the initial purchasers or their permitted transferees, the Private Placement Warrants will be redeemable by the Company in all redemption scenarios and exercisable by such holders on the same basis as the Public Warrants.

NOTE 8. INCOME TAX

The Company’s net deferred tax assets arewill be realized in the future. Accordingly, the Company’s deferred tax assets, which include net operating loss (“NOL”) carryforwards and tax credits related primarily to research and development, continue to be subject to a valuation allowance as follows:of December 31, 2023 and 2022. The Company expects to continue to maintain a full valuation allowance until there is sufficient evidence to support recoverability of its deferred tax assets.

  December 31, 
  2020 
Deferred tax assets    
Net operating loss carryforward $2,772 
Organizational costs/Startup expenses  56,428 
Total deferred tax assets  59,200 
Valuation allowance  (59,200)
Deferred tax assets, net of allowance $ 


TAILWIND ACQUISITION CORP.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2020

The income tax provision consists of the following:

December 31,
2020
Federal
Current$
Deferred(59,200)
State
Current
Deferred
Change in valuation allowance59,200
Income tax provision$

As of December 31, 2020,2023 and 2022, the Company had $13,199approximately $56 million and $42 million, respectively, of U.S.unused federal net operating losses and approximately $30 million and $29 million, respectively, of unused state net operating loss carryovers available to offsetcarryforwards, that may be applied against future federal and state taxable income. If not utilized, the Company has approximately $1.3 million of federal and $1.3 million of state carryforwards as of December 31, 2023 and 2022, that expire in the year2035 through 2037 with the remainder having an indefinite carryforward yet being subject to 80% limitation as a business combination is consummated, these net operating losses will be limited by a Section 382 limitation given there will have been a change in control at the Company.

In assessing the realizationresult of the deferred tax assets, management considers whetherTax Cuts and Jobs Act. In addition, the Company had federal research credit carryforwards as of December 31, 2023 and 2022 of approximately $1.6 million and $1.2 million, respectively, of which will expire in the year2035 through 2043, if not utilized.

As of December 31, 2023 and 2022, the Company has determined that it is more likely than not that some portion of allthe Company will not recognize the future tax benefit of the deferred tax assets willloss carryforwards and the capital losses, and has recognized a valuation allowance of approximately $19.2 million and $14.5 million, respectively. The valuation allowance increased by approximately $5.3 million during the year ended December 31, 2023.

Utilization of the NOL carryforwards and credits may be subject to a substantial annual limitation due to the ownership change limitations provided by Section 382 and Section 383 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and similar state provisions. Generally, in addition to certain entity reorganizations, the limitation applies when one or more "5-percent stockholders" increase their ownership, in the aggregate, by more than 50 percentage points over a 36-month time period testing period, or beginning the day after the most recent

F-24


Table of Contents

ownership change, if shorter. The Company has determined that a Section 382 change in ownership occurred during the year ended December 31, 2023. As a result of this change in ownership, we expect that certain of the Company's NOLs may not be realized. The ultimate realization of deferred tax assets is dependent uponutilized in the generation offuture to offset future taxable income duringor tax liabilities. The amount of the annual limitation is determined based on the value of the Company immediately prior to the ownership change. However, due to the full valuation allowance recorded as of December 31, 2023, the limitation does not affect the Company's results of operations for the periods in which temporary differences representing net future deductible amounts become deductible. Management considers the scheduled reversal of deferred tax liabilities, projected future taxable income and tax planning strategies in making this assessment. After consideration of all of the information available, management believes that significant uncertainty exists with respect to future realization of the deferred tax assets and has therefore established a full valuation allowance. For the period from May 29, 2020 (inception) through December 31, 2020, the change in the valuation allowance was $59,200.presented.

A reconciliation of the federal income tax rate to the Company’s effective tax rate for the years ended December 31, 2023 and 2022 is as follows:

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

2023

 

 

2022

 

Statutory federal income tax rate

 

21.0

%

 

 

21.0

%

State taxes, net of federal tax benefit

 

 

1.9

%

 

 

5.4

%

Stock-based compensation

 

 

-0.4

%

 

 

-0.7

%

General business credits

 

 

2.0

%

 

 

0.5

%

Other adjustments

 

 

0.8

%

 

 

-0.2

%

Change in valuation allowance

 

 

-25.3

%

 

 

-26.0

%

Income tax provision

 

 

0.0

%

 

 

0.0

%

NOTE 13. NET LOSS PER SHARE

December 31,
2020
Statutory federal income tax rate21.0%
State taxes, net of federal tax benefit0.0%
Change in valuation allowance(21.0)%
Income tax provision0.00%

The Company files income tax returns inDiluted earnings per share ("EPS") includes the U.S. federal jurisdiction in various state and local jurisdictionsdilutive effect of Common Stock equivalents and is subjectcomputed using the weighted-average number of Common Stock and Common Stock equivalents outstanding during the reporting period. Diluted EPS during the years ended December 31, 2023 and 2022 excluded Common Stock equivalents because the effect of their inclusion would be anti-dilutive or would decrease the reported loss per share. The following table sets forth securities outstanding that could potentially dilute the calculation of diluted earnings per share:

For the Year Ended December 31,

 

 

2023

 

 

2022

 

Stock options outstanding

 

7,547,750

 

 

3,133,270

 

Warrants to purchase Common Stock - liability classified

 

 

38,710,785

 

 

 

 

Warrants to purchase Common Stock - equity classified

 

 

13,408,430

 

 

 

2,061,545

 

Unvested restricted stock units

 

 

888,373

 

 

 

542,706

 

If-converted Common Stock from Series A Preferred Stock(1)

 

 

6,077,810

 

 

 

 

If-converted Common Stock from convertible notes

 

 

13,426,430

 

 

 

 

If-converted common shares from Legacy Nuburu convertible notes

 

 

 

 

 

864,868

 

Total

 

 

80,059,578

 

 

6,602,389

 

(1) Assumes that all shares of Series A Preferred Stock are converted into Common Stock at a conversion rate equal to examination$10.00 divided by $5.00, representing the maximum number of shares issuable to holders of Series A Preferred Stock.

NOTE 14. SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

On February 22, 2024, the Company held a Special Meeting of Stockholders where stockholders of record as of January 22, 2024 approved proposals to authorize the Company to: (i) effect a reverse stock split of the Company's issued and outstanding Common Stock within a range from 1-for 30 to 1-for-75, with the exact ratio of the reverse stock split to be determined by the various taxing authorities.

NOTE 9. FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS

The fair valueCompany's board of directors, and (ii) issue up to $50.0 million of securities in one or more non-public offerings, where the maximum discount at which securities may be offered may be equivalent to a discount of up to 30% below the market price of the Company’s financial assets and liabilities reflects management’s estimateCompany's Common Stock. As of amounts thatthe date of this report, the Company would have received in connection withhas not effected the sale of the assets or paid in connection with the transfer of the liabilities in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. In connection with measuring the fair value of its assets and liabilities, the Company seeks to maximize the use of observable inputs (market data obtained from independent sources) and to minimize the use of unobservable inputs (internal assumptions about how market participants would price assets and liabilities). The following fair value hierarchy is used to classify assets and liabilities based on the observable inputs and unobservable inputs used in order to value the assets and liabilities:reverse stock split.

Level 1:Quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities. An active market for an asset or liability is a market in which transactions for the asset or liability occur with sufficient frequency and volume to provide pricing information on an ongoing basis.

Level 2:Observable inputs other than Level 1 inputs. Examples of Level 2 inputs include quoted prices in active markets for similar assets or liabilities and quoted prices for identical assets or liabilities in markets that are not active.
Level 3:Unobservable inputs based on our assessment of the assumptions that market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability.


TAILWIND ACQUISITION CORP.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2020

At December 31, 2020, assets held in the Trust Account were comprised of $1,138 in cash and $334,319,993 in U.S. Treasury Bills. During the period from May 29, 2020 (inception) through December 31, 2020, the Company did not withdraw any interest income from the Trust Account to pay its tax obligations.

The gross holding gains and fair value of held-to-maturity securities at December 31, 2020 are as follows:

   Held-To-Maturity Level  Amortized
Cost
  Gross
Holding
Loss
  Fair Value 
 December 31, 2020  U.S. Treasury Securities (Mature on 05/04/2021)
(1)
  1  $334,319,993  $(1,804) $334,318,189 

(1)Upon maturity, $334,379,000 of U.S. Treasury securities were purchased with a maturity date of May 4, 2021.

NOTE 10. SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

The Company evaluated subsequent events and transactions that occurred after the balance sheet date up to the date that the financial statements were available to be issued. Based upon this review, other than as described below, the Company did not identify any subsequent events that would have required adjustment or disclosure in the financial statements.

On March 1, 2021,April 3, 2024, the Company entered into a Business CombinationSecurities Purchase Agreement (as it may be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified(the “SPA”) with certain accredited investors named therein (the “Investors”) pursuant to which the Investors agreed to purchase from time to time, the “Business Combination Agremeent”), by and among the Company Merger Sub, QOMPLX, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“QOMPLX”$3,000,000 of newly issued shares (the “Shares”) and Rationem, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, in its capacity as the representative of the stockholdersCompany’s Common Stock, at a per Share purchase price of QOMPLX.$0.125 per Share. This equates to 24,000,000 shares to be issued to the investors.

The Business Combination Agreement providesPursuant to the SPA, the Company issued to the Investors warrants exercisable for among other things,an amount of Common Stock equal to 100% of the following transactions: (i) QOMPLX will change its name to “QOMPLX Operations, Inc.”; (ii) the Company’s certificate of incorporation and bylawsShares, which will be amended and restated; and (iii) Merger Sub will merge with and into QOMPLX, with QOMPLX as the surviving company in the merger, and after giving effect to such merger, continuing as the Company’s wholly owned subsidiary. In addition, in connection with transactions contemplated by the Business Combination Agreement, the Company is expected to change its name to “QOMPLX, Inc.” and QOMPLX is expected to consummate each of the acquisitions of Sentar, Inc., an Alabama corporation, and substantially all assets of RPC Tyche LLP, a limited liability partnership incorporated under the laws of England and Wales (such acquisitions, together with the other transactions contemplated by the Business Combination Agreement, including the PIPE Financing and the Bridge Financing (each as defined below), the “QOMPLX Business Combination”).


Immediately prior to the effective time of the QOMPLX Business Combination, in accordance with the terms and subject to the conditions of the Business Combination Agreement, outstanding shares of QOMPLX (other than treasury shares and shares with respect to which appraisal rights under the Delaware General Corporation Law are properly exercised and not withdrawn) will be exchangedexercisable for shares of Class A common stock, par value $0.0001$0.1625 per share of New QOMPLX (the “New QOMPLX Common Stock”) and outstanding QOMPLX vested options to purchase shares of QOMPLX will be exchanged for comparable options to purchase New QOMPLX Common Stock in each case, based on an implied QOMPLX equity valueand have a 5-year term. The Investors will also have the right to nominate two out of $850,000,000. This implied equity value of $850,000,000 is increased by the aggregate exercise price of vested options used to purchase shares of QOMPLX and is reduced by the accrued and unpaid interest under the Notes (as defined below) issued pursuantseven directors for election to the Bridge Financing Agreement. Unvested and unexercised QOMPLX options will also be exchanged for comparable options to purchase New QOMPLX Common Stock based on the same exchange ratio that is used for the exchangeCompany’s board of the vested options to purchase shares of QOMPLX.directors.

F-25

Concurrently with the execution of the Business Combination Agreement, the Company entered into (i) the subscription agreements (the “Subscription Agreements”) with certain investors, including, among others, Cannae Holdings, LLC (“Cannae”) and additional third party investors and (ii) a bridge financing agreement (the “Bridge Financing Agreement”) with QOMPLX, Cannae and certain other stockholders of QOMPLX. Pursuant to the Subscription Agreements, (A) each investor agreed to subscribe for and purchase, and the Company agreed to issue and sell to such investors, on the closing date of the QOMPLX Business Combination substantially concurrently with the closing of the QOMPLX Business Combination, an aggregate of 16,000,000 shares of New QOMPLX Common Stock for a purchase price of $10.00 per share, for aggregate gross proceeds of $160,000,000 (the “PIPE Financing”) and (B) the Company agreed to issue an additional 835,539 shares of New QOMPLX Common Stock to Cannae in exchange for its agreement to act as the lead investor in the PIPE Financing with a $50,000,000 commitment. Pursuant to the Bridge Financing Agreement, QOMPLX has agreed to issue convertible notes (the “Notes”) to the investors party thereto in an aggregate principal amount of $20,000,000 and the Company has agreed to, subject to, and conditioned upon the occurrence of, and effective as of immediately prior to, the closing of the QOMPLX Business Combination, assume the Notes and satisfy and discharge the principal amount and accrued and unpaid interest under each Note as of such time by way of issuance of one share of New QOMPLX Common Stock for every $10.00 of principal amount and accrued and unpaid interest payable on a Note as of such time.

Consummation of the transactions contemplated by the Business Combination Agreement are subject to customary conditions of the respective parties, including receipt of approval from stockholders of each of the Company and QOMPLX for consummation of the transactions and certain other actions related thereto by our stockholders.